m

XOND o o o

niliSW~NVINOSHilWS Z S3IMVHan J LIBRARIES Z SMITHSONIAN~ J |NSTITUTION. N

m

5AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN'lNSTlTUTION^NOIinillSNl'NVINOSHllWS _S3 I U VM a H ^l

<

>
INSTITUTION

tAR I ES_SMITHSONIANJNSTITUTION NOiinillSN!NVINOSHilWSS3

.nuiSNi NVINOSHIIWS

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

-f. Z v- w

^7>. < 4<v..

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSHilWS S3IHVdai1.

&&\ , . .to x^^x iif /^r^ " --*^^ u ^^^ w

C"'^*\ OC >/& ,//4P -i /?^^ "^ ^

<

(

^^ K %i

ONC

.nillSNTNVINOSHHWS S3
r- , z

o

CO

V 2
o

a I1~LI B RAR I ES Z SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION

^ sat

> v%

^..^zxi -a y*^

ll

m

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSHiWS
g z en z <o

.niliSNCNVINOSHillMSS3 I HVH a I1LI B RAR I ESSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

M

m

m

USNI^NVINOSHllV\lSS3iaVUan_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI.

g >v^AMiix n, ^tgaZg

R I ES SMITHSONIAN~"lNSTITUTION C/> NOIinillSNr
^ z co z

X^STITo^v < - g; ^|fc- <

I1SNI_NVINOSH1IWS S3IMVWan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI.

W ^ ^ 5 CO (f)

"^VTlTt^v ^T ^<TT7>^ iii *sMt,. Z

O
Z

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3ldVM8n L ' B

^J

>

^3 -sasssttx V']& ,y/j ~ vt
m ^10^- ^ N^T^x ^T co ^^y m

r SSIMVaan'LIBRARIES^SMITHSONlAN'lNSTITUTION N01

= .

>

^ - i- -- ^

RIES^SMITHSONlAN^INSTITUTlON^'NOIinillSNI NVINOSHIIWS^SB I 8 VH 8 M LIB

co = co 2

CO

O

z

USNINVINOSHlltMS S3 I HVU 9 II LIBRARI ESSMITHSONIANINSTITUTION

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1MS S3IHVaail

z T co z ^ <

LIB

CO

1SNI NVINOSHlltMS^SSIdVUan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N0

CO CO

z

CO

XT'.

FEBRUARY 1979

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE

Cartographic comparisons of Eurasian gypsy moth distri-
bution (Lymantria dispar L.; Lepidoptera: Lymantriidac)

R.L. Giese, M.L. Schneider 1
Blacklight trap collecting of parasitic Hymenoptera

P.P, Burbutis, J. A. Stewart 17
Mallophaga of wild mammals of Indiana

J.O. Whi taker. Jr., R.J. Goff 23
Male of Baetis rnacdunnoughi Ide & notes on

parthenogenetic populations within Baetis

(Ephemeroptera: Baetidae)

W.P. McCafferty, O.K. Morihara 26
Larval description & habitat notes of fishfly Neohermes

concolor (Davis) (Megaloptera: Corydalidae)

D.C. Tarter, W.D. Watkins, D.A. Etnier 29
Phoretic relationship between a chironomid larva &

an operculate stream snail Eugene R. Mancini 33

New Maemactes attacking alfalfa in Mexico (Coleoptera:

Curculionidae) Charles W. O'Brien 37

Arthropods associated with helleborine orchid

Epipactis helleborine at Dunnville, Ontario W. W. Judd 41
Redescriptions of three neotropical coreid genera of

uncertain tribal placement (Heteroptera) R. O'Shea 45

Large capacity pitfall trap

M. W. Houseweart, D. T. Jennings, J.C. Rea 5 1
Note on Cicindela longilabris Say (Coleoptera:

Cicindelidae) Norman L. Rnmpp 55

New records for dryopoid beetles in Mississippi

P. A . Lago , D. F. Stanford 5 6
Critical point drier used as a method of mounting

insects from alcohol G. Gordh, J.C. Hall 57

New species of Spathius Nees from Washington

(Hymenoptera: Braconidae) Mark Deyrup 60

NECROLOGY: Herbert Holdsworth Ross, 1908-1978 62

BOOK REVIEW 63

ANNOUNCEMENTS 64

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason; Treas-
urer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1X61-1926); 1911-1944 Philip I'. Culvert
(1X71-1961); 1945-1967 R. C,. Schmicder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R. H. Arnett, Jr.;
1973-4/1974 R.\y. I a kc.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, Tfie American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa, 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7. 00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student)

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp , RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S A Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority It is suggested that all prospective
authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the
A1BS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues
of 1 NTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two double-spaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8'/2\ll paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted,
they will be published as soon as possible Articles longer than eight printed pages may be
published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of
a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear
without division

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and similar
aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) pro-
vide the names of two qualified individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript
before it is submitted and (2) submit the names and addresses of two qualified authorities
in the subject field to whom the manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review.
Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: // undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd..
Tabernacle Twp.. RD7. Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979

CARTOGRAPHIC COMPARISONS OF EURASIAN
GYPSY MOTH DISTRIBUTION (LYMANTR1A DISPAR L.;
LEPIDOPTERA: LYMANTRIIDAE) 1

Ronald L. Giese, Mary L. Schneider

ABSTRACT: Historic maps have been reconstructed to a common scale and projection
in order to compare Eurasian distribution of the gypsy moth. Sites from the early
studies were used, along with new information, to produce 2 new versions of the moth's
Old World range. One "modern" map displays locations of documentable reports of
gypsy moths. The second presents contoured zones of presence and outbreak. These
zones are much more constrained than on the historic maps due to strict contouring
conventions. The largest area of periodic outbreak occurs between 0-50 E longitude
and 40-55 N latitude. The major area of distribution is typified by an annual precipi-
tation.^ at least 10 cm, and July and January average isotherms of 15 to 27C and -18
to 12 C, respectively. Outbreak areas, however, typically receive 25-100 cm of annual
moisture. As it relates to climate and vegetation, a more accurate picture of gypsy moth
distribution in the Eastern Hemisphere will aid current investigations pertaining to the
moth's spread and establishment in new areas in North America; new information will
also aid in the search for exotic natural enemies of this pest.

The gypsy moth, Lyniantria dispar L., has been present in North America
for over a century. For many years this pest was confined to the north-
eastern United States, but changing practices of pesticide usage, natural
dispersal, and inadvertent transport on vehicles have resulted in an extended
geographic range of the gypsy moth in this country and Canada. It seems
clear that containment is no longer possible and a large range expansion on
this continent can be anticipated. Just where, and at what rate, establish-
ment in new areas will occur are subjects of current concern.

One important base of information is the historic distribution of the
gypsy moth in Eurasia, the source of this introduced species. Knowledge of
vegetation, climate, and physical features can provide a necessary backdrop
for current investigations dealing with genetics, biological control, popula-
tion dynamics, and bioclimatology of the gypsy moth. Several of the major
historic investigations of gypsy moth distribution over large land areas are
written in different languages, and are not commonly available in tin's coun-
try. Though these works contain distribution maps constructed from each
author's own sources and data interpretations, direct comparisons are not
possible because of differences in map projections and scales. To bring

Deceived September 27, 1978. Supported by the School of Natural Resources, College
of Agriculture and Life Sciences, and the Graduate School, University of Wisconsin-
Madison.

Department of Forestry, University of Wisconsin-Madison. Madison, Wisconsin 53706.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 1-16. February 1979

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

together the valuable information contained in these studies, the maps
have been redrafted to a common scale and are presented herein in com-
parable forms, along with pertinent information gleaned from the trans-
lated articles. In addition, new maps have been synthesized to display both
specific locations of the gypsy moth, and generalized areas classified as to
presence and known outbreaks.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

For more convenient comparison, 4 maps derived from the literature
were redrafted such that each contained a common scale and projection.
All original figures were redrawn onto computer-generated outline maps
using the Miller Cylindrical projection with a scale of 1 : 1 8,750,000.

Locations for distribution points in Fig. 3 were obtained from a variety
of literature and personal communication sources; the specific citations
pertaining to individual countries are provided in Table 1 for workers
interested in more local phenomena. Locations for gypsy moth presence
and outbreaks were accepted from primary and secondary sources when,
in the authors' judgement, the information was believed reliable. As used
in this paper, "outbreak" denotes a mass appearance of the gypsy moth, as
reported in the literature, which causes widespread defoliation. "Presence"
denotes an endemic population for which no record of a mass appearance
was found. "Distribution" and "range" imply the geographic area occupied
by the gypsy moth. Within this area, moth populations may or may not
periodically reach outbreak proportions.

The generalized classification map (Fig. 4) was configured using the
following conventions:

-When a zone, either outbreak or presence, constituted "contiguous
points" <5 from each other, .5 was added to the outer bounds, and
points were connected by smoothing.

When a continental boundary lay <2 from a contour line plotted by
the .5 criterion (as above), the zone was extended to that boundary
(e.g., eastern England; northwestern France).

-When an "odd" point fell within a zone (e.g., a presence point in an
otherwise outbreak zone), it was simply included in that zone if sur-
rounded by the predominant points by <3 (e.g., presence point in
western Portugal)
When an outbreak and a presence zone were within 2 of each other,

the contour was drawn at the midpoint.

-When the zones were defined by points >2<5 apart, the outbreak
zone took the .5 criterion and the presence zone was extended to
the outbreak contour.

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979

-When at least 5 separated any 2 clusters of points of the same type,
the corresponding zone was broken according to the first criterion,
and the points were considered nonconterminous.

-When a known point fell >5 from any other point, it was plotted
according to type and location, but was not included within a con-
toured zone.

-Major bodies of water were excluded from the zones; however, no at-
tempt was made to exclude montane or desert areas if the general
region met the above criteria, even though altitude or absence of hosts
might preclude gypsy moth populations.

RESULTS

General Distribution According to Schedl

As far as could be determined, the first generalized map showing Eurasian
distribution was published by Schedl in 1936. His records were assembled
from both museum specimens and literature sources, and his paper docu-
mented numerous presence and outbreak locations. Distribution was shown
to cover most of Europe north to 58N, and south to the northwestern
coast of Africa. In eastern Asia, the northern range extended to 52N, and
south to 20N (Fig. 1A).

General Distribution According to the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology

The most recent transcontinental distribution map available was published
25 years ago (Anon. 1953) (Fig. IB). Except for England which was not
included, the northern range boundary almost everywhere exceeded that of
Schedl, while the southern boundary in northern Africa was similar. East-
wards, the limit penetrated further south at most locations. The Common-
wealth Institute employed the following criteria for contouring: ( 1 ) A broken
line was used where the limit was not known. (2) When an area in which the
pest was believed absent was surrounded by territories known to be infested,
the former area was entirely shaded. Hence, the Gobi desert region was in-
cluded in the distributional area, but the large arid area in Asia north and east
of the Caspian Sea was left blank.

Classified Distribution According to Kozhanchikov

In his book on the tussock moths, Kozhanchikov (1950) considered the
distribution of gypsy moths in the Old World. His map (Fig. 2A) indicated
presence from Portugal in the west, conterminously to the main Japanese
islands in the east. In Europe and North Africa, presence was between 32-61
north latitude; in the Far East, distribution lay between 24 and 56N. Four
outbreak regions were distinguishable within the larger distribution area:

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(1) an area in northern Africa above the Atlas mountains; (2) the largest
area, covering most of Europe, where the gypsy moth was characterized by
population densities and outbreak frequencies greater than in the other
regions; (3) an elliptically shaped area in central Asia, including portions
of the Tien Shan, Altai, and Sayan Mountain ranges; and, (4) a region in the
Far East bordering the Sea of Japan.

Classified USSR Distribution According to Kelus

Although national in scope, the work of Kelus (1941) covered such a
large fraction of the gypsy moth range in Europe and Asia that it merited
inclusion for comparison with the cross-continental studies. The USSR
range shown by Kelus included all shaded areas in Fig. 2B and conformed,
in general, with the outer boundaries depicted by Kozhanchikov (1950)
within the USSR, though not so far north. Between these outer limits,
Kelus showed the range protruding farther south into the semi-arid Siberian
lowland area between 60 and 85E longitude. In European USSR, the
northern boundary of the gypsy moth was associated ". . jn its entirety
with the area of the oak and does not go beyond the limits of this area"
(Kelus 1941). In the Urals and western Siberia, the northern boundary
coincided with the northern range of the lime tree (we assume Tilia cor-
data Mill.); in the Far East, the northern limit followed maple.

Kelus separated his distribution information into 3 classifications: pres-
ence, outbreak, and possible outbreak. The area identified as outbreak
(Fig. 2B) was the zone where mass increases appeared at 8-12 year inter-
vals. In this zone, there was "persistent damage done by the gypsy moth"
and its boundaries coincided with the "area occupied by oak." It com-
prised a large fraction of the European part of the USSR, including the
Crimean peninsula. This zone encompassed the entire forest steppe, the
region of broadleaved forests, and, to a certain extent, the coniferous-
broadleaved forest area.

The "possible outbreak" areas were demarcated as potential zones of
increase. Although Kelus established these 7 areas largely according to
climatic and vegetative criteria, he did document outbreaks within each
area, except the most eastern. Outbreaks in these potential zones tended
to be less frequent and occurred in fewer locations.

A Modern Synthesis of Classified Eurasian Distribution

Locations of gypsy moth presence and sites of historic outbreaks (Fig. 3)
were documented from a wide variety of world literature and personal com-
munications (Table 1). Besides Schedl (1936), Kozhanchikov (1950), and the
Commonwealth Institute (Anon. 1953) whose maps and articles were used
extensively, several other authors provided considerable international data:
Burgess and Grossman (1929), Forbush and Fernald (1896), and Goldschmidt

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979

o
on

E

O

T3

<u

rt
i_

-a

O

T3
.C
O

00

e

es

03

IH

I

"3

o

+-

w

C

C

3

4>

O

E

E
o
O

E
O

T5

0)

_o

*-

3

T3

J=
* *
O

E
>>

v>

a

c
a

H

2f .2?

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(1934). The frequency of these names in Table 1 is not necessarily a reflec-
tion of their contributions, since any outbreak/presence location may have
been reported by more than one source. In such cases, the most recent pub-
lication was listed in the table. Although the density of points in some
countries could have been multiplied greatly (e.g., Yugoslavia), presence or
outbreak as a classification was minimally satisfied when an outbreak site
(or presence, as a last resort) was determined for a county, province, or
similar intra-national division.

Zones of outbreak or presence were established using clusters of points
joined according to the criteria given in the methods section. The resulting
map (Fig. 4) shows the major areas the gypsy moth is known to inhabit,
and those regions where outbreaks have been recorded. While there is good
conformance of upper and lower bounds with previously published ac-
counts, the new map is much more constrained internally due to the more
rigorous criteria applied to zoning.

The northern limit at Leningrad (60N 30E) decreases eastwardly until,
at 130E, the northern range has dropped to 50. Though more irregular,
the southern limit also has a southerly trend toward the east. In Europe and
North Africa the lower boundary is 30-32N, while in the Far East (1 10E)
the gypsy moth is found down to 20N.

Two large zones of outbreak occur west of 50E. The first encompasses
Europe and the Mediterranean, including most adjacent mainland areas and
all major islands except Cyprus. The second covers eastern Europe and
western Asia. Most of the area classified as outbreak is found between 0-50E
longitude and 40-55N latitude. Though other disjunct outbreak zones
appear throughout the range, it is this primary zone in western Eurasia
where outbreaks are the most frequent and widespread. Because of the re-
moteness of the territory to the east of the 50th meridian, outbreaks are
less likely to be reported than in Europe. Smaller secondary outbreak areas
are also discernible: (a) the Tien Shan area south and southwest of Lake
Balkhash; (b) the Altai-Western Sayan region north of 50N; (c) an area
surrounding western Lake Baikal; and, (d) several areas adjacent to the Sea
of Japan.

The range boundaries in the upper regions of the Baltic and North Seas
are open to question, largely because historical records are not clear whether
the moth was a periodic immigrant or an established forest pest. While
Kozhanchikov (1950) showed gypsy moth presence in Finland, neither of
the generalized maps (Figs. 1A, IB) collaborated his information. In 1958,
9 male moths were trapped in southern Finland, but Mikkola (1971) deter-
mined that all were migrants originating most probably from the Ryazan
area of the USSR (about 200-300km southeast of Moscow). Similarly, the
only record of a gypsy moth in Denmark between 1960-1970 was a male
adult interpreted by Kaaber and Nordgaard (1970) to be a migrant.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

Os

j3

O

&

O

T3
4>

C3
l-i
G

O

>.

CA

a

oi
oo

C/D

s

U
I

oj

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The distribution situation in England remains tenuous. While the gypsy
moth was once found in Cambridgeshire, Huntingdonshire, and Bucking-
hamshire Counties, Kirby (1897) stated "It is now considered to be al-
most, if not quite, extinct as a British insect. . . ." Conveying information
from the Natural Environment Research Council (Anon. 1975), a recent
report noted the "apparently complete disappearance of the gypsy moth
from the British Isles." Yet, Taylor 3 has provided presence records for 6
counties since 1961 , plus the Scilly.and Channel Islands.

In terms of the UNESCO classification of world ecosystems (Reichle
1973), primary gypsy moth distribution is found within the closed forest
and open woodland, and to a lesser extent in the shrub regions. Within these
larger classifications, distribution is confined chiefly to the following forma-
tions: cold deciduous forest, southern mixed forest, cool mixed forests and
woodlands, and the southern boreal; lesser areas are found in dry woodlands
and grasslands. Climatically, the area of distribution is represented mainly in
the humid meso- and micro-thermal regions, but also, to some extent, in the
dry steppe. Almost the entire range of gypsy moth distribution lies in areas
receiving greater than 10 cm of annual precipitation; outbreak areas are
typified by an annual precipitation of 25-100 cm. The intervals 15 to 27C
and -18 to 12C, for the July and January average isotherms, respectively,
coincide with most of the presence areas; however, outbreaks are usually
confined to the intervals 15 to 23C and -18 to 5C for those months.

For visual purposes, broken lines are used to connect disjunct zones in
Fig. 4. Although these must be regarded as unknown limits, they are roughly
equivalent to the perimeters shown in Figs. 1 and 2.

Comparisons Between Modern and Historic Maps

Schedl's map (Fig. 1A) is in general agreement with the new map except
that the latter exhibits areas beyond Schedl's northern boundary at longi-
tudes 30 and 110E. Elsewhere, the new range is normally included within
that shown by Schedl. The Commonwealth Institute of Entomology map
(Fig. IB) is much more expansive than the new one, although good general
conformance is seen at the frontiers. In both the Schedl and Commonwealth
maps, Turkey is included in the gypsy moth's range, a phenomen we could
document only in part. Likewise, a large, roughly rectangular trough on the
new map-from 44N to the Gulf of Finland, and varying longitudinally
from 23 to 28E could not be confirmed.

On Kozhanchikov's map (Fig. 2A), the trough mentioned above was
classified as outbreak area. The area adjacent to 34E (between 52-58N),
also outbreak in Fig. 2A, could only be documented as presence on the
current map. Reasonable coincidence is seen between the new map's boun-
daries and Kozhanchikov's, though between 30-60E his northern limit

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

55

a

<-<

3

w

o
o

c

n.
o
o

o
o

<L>

3
O

-C
-*-
O

>,

e/i

O.

so

2?

O,

ca

M
60

2 ??

II

g
.a 8

C ,3

o *-

C

.2 S

"3 .-

i

o c

c -

o

0.

.

ca C
13 '3

-O O-

= 1

5 I

1 I

.s
E

10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

goes to 63N 4 higher than the modem map. Between the north and
south boundaries, Kozhanchikov's distribution throughout Asia is more
pervasive. A rather extensive elliptically shaped region which he classified
as outbreak (between 40-55N and 75-90E) could not be confirmed on
the modern map, except for a small area of agreement in the northwestern
section. In other areas, the new map shows a larger outbreak zone in Portugal,
and includes more Mediterranean Islands in the outbreak classification.

In the USSR (Fig. 2B), Kelus 1 range is generally more extensive than
shown in the new map. Each area proposed as outbreak in the modern map
coincides at least in part with areas he classifies as outbreak or possible
outbreak.

Because of tighter constraints in constructing zones, the new map is
generally more conservative than previous cartographic attempts. It is felt
that incorporation of more recent information, along with more conservative
classifications of zones, provides a more realistic basis for drawing biological
inferences from geographic information. It would be helpful, of course, if
results of gypsy moth research around the world were available from, or at
least noted by, some central source. There are several areas, e.g., extreme
western USSR (Estonia, Latvia, etc.), for which no gypsy moth information
could be found. Considering the seriousness of this pest in nearby areas of
Europe, it seems unlikely that knowledge through surveys or research is non-
existent, particularly when 3 of the 4 historic maps indicate the moth's
presence. Yet, extensive literature searches and personal inquiries have
yielded no information. It is hoped, however, that in spite of these limita-
tions, the modern map may serve to aid and enlighten, in particular, those
researchers seeking resolutions to the problems of gypsy moth range expan-
sion in North America as well as those exploring for exotic natural enemies
of this pest in the Old World.

Table 1 . Sources of presence and outbreak data in Fig. 3.

EUROPE (excluding U.S.S.R.)

Austria Frydrychewicz, 1928

Fuester et al., 1975 Keremidchiev, 1972

Howard, 1905 Mishin & Semevskii, 1971
Ho ward '& Fiske, 1911

Pschorn-Walcher 4 ,1978 Czechoslovakia

Ripper 1933 Dominguez Garcia-Tejero, 1943

Heskova, 1973

Belgium Hochmut et al., 1974

Howard & Fiske, 1911 Hruby, 1964

Schedl, 1936 Schedl, 1936

Bulgaria Denmark

Chorbadzhiev, 1928 Boas, 1923

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

11

EUROPE (excluding U.S.S.R.)-cont.

England

Taylor 3 , 1978

Finland

Kozhanchikov, 1950

France

Anon., 1953
Brascassat, 1927
Cadey, 1916
Cointat, 1948
Forbush& I ernald, 1896
Grison, 1973
Herard 8 , 1978
Ho ward & Fiske, 1911
Schedl, 1936

Germany

Cadey, 1916

Forbush& Fernald, 1896
Fuester et al., 1975
Goldschmidt, 1934
Howard & Fiske, 1911
Mishin & Semevskii, 1971
Schedl, 1936
Schneider et al., 1974
Skatulla 5 , 1978

Greece

Georgevits 6 , 1978
Isaakides, 1935
Kailidis, 1962

Hungary

Burgess & Grossman, 1929

Frydrychewicz, 1928

Hadzistevic & Hadzihalilovic, 1959

Ho ward & Fiske, 1911

Kisset al., 1965

Mishin & Semevskii, 1971

Schedl, 1936

Italy

Burgess & Grossman, 1929
Goldschmidt, 1934
Howard, 1905
Howard & Fiske, 1911
Mishin & Semevskii, 1971
Muesebeck& Parker, 1933

Nizi& Prosperi, 1973
Prota, 1974
Zwoli'er, 1972

Netherlands

Forbush& Fernald, 1896
Howard & Fiske, 1911

Poland

Forbush& Fernald, 1896
Frydrychewicz, 1928
Herard 8 , 1978
Karg, 1970
Nunberg, 1925
Schedl, 1936

Portugal

Greathead, 1976
Schedl, 1936
Zerkowitz, 1946

Rumania

Gonstantin, 1956
Howard, 1905
Howard & Fiske, 1911
Marcu, 1970
Pirvescu, 1964
Simionescu et al., 1973

Spain

Aullo, 1926

Burgess & Grossman, 1929

Dominguez Garcia-Tejero, 1943

Forbush& Fernald, 1896

Greathead, 1976

Romanyk, 1973

Schedl, 1936

Sweden

Forbush & Fernald, 1896
Fekander, 1951
Schedl, 1936

Switzerland
Schedl, 1936
Zwolt'er, 1972

Yugoslavia

1 rvdrvchewicz, 1928

12

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

EUROPE (excluding U.S.S.R.)-cont.

Georgijevic & Vaclav, 1958

Goldschmidt, 1934

Hadzistevic & Hadzihalilovic, 1959

Krnjaic, 1967

Maksimovic et al., 1970

Mishin & Semevskii, 1971

Pschorn-Walcher 7 , 1978

Schedl, 1936

Vasic& Jankovic, 1959

Vasiljevic, 1959

ASIA (excluding U.S.S.R.)

Afghanistan
Anon., 1953

Burma

Schedl, 1936

China

Anon., 1953

Forbush& Fernald, 1896
Goldschmidt, 1934
Kozhanchikov, 1950
Schedl, 1936

Cyprus

Anon., 1953
Schedl, 1936

India

Anon., 1953

Iran

Adeli & Soleimani, 1976
Anon, 1957
Herard 8 , 1978
Kozhanchikov, 1950
Schedl, 1936

Iraq

Anon., 1953

Israel

Anon., 1953
Schedl, 1936

Japan

Goldschmidt, 1934
Masaki, 1956

Zwolfer, 1972

Korea

Goldschmidt, 1934
Kozhanchikov, 1950

Lebanon

Kozhanchikov, 1950
Talhouk, 1950

Mongolia

Kozhanchikov, 1950
Schedl, 1936

Syria

Schedl, 1936

Taiwan

Anon., 1953

Tibet

Anon., 1953
Schedl, 1936

Turkey

Anon., 1953
Kozhanchikov, 1950

U.S.S.R.

Abdullaev, 1970
Benkevich, 196 la
Benkevich, 1961b
Benkevich, 1962
Bey-Biyenko, 1924
Burgess & Crossman, 1929
EdeFman, 1956
Forbush& Fernald, 1896
Frydrychewicz, 1928
Goldschmidt, 1934
Ho ward & Fiske, 1911
Kelus, 1941
Kondakov, 1963
Kozhanchikov, 1950
Mikkola, 1971
Mishin & Semevskii, 1971
Pantyukhov, 1962
Ryvkin, 1957

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

13

U.S.S.R.-cont.

Schedl, 1936
Vorontsov, 1968

AFRICA

Algeria

Burgess & Crossman, 1929
Kozhanchikov, 1950
Schedl, 1936

Morocco

Burgess & Crossman, 1929
Herard 8 , 1978
Kozhanchikov, 1950
Mishin & Semevskii, 1971
Schedl, 1936

Tunisia

Rabasse& Babault, 1975
Schedl, 1936

8

Personal communication from L.R., Taylor, Rothamsted Experimental Station, Har-
penden, Herts., England, May 17, 1978.

Personal communication from H. Pschorn-Walcher, Commonwealth Institute of Bio-
logical Control, Delemont, Switzerland, June 30, 1978.

'Personal communication from U. Skatulla, Lehrstuhl flir Angewandte Zoologie, Der
Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitat, Munich, West Germany, July 27, 1978.

'Personal communication from R.P. Georgevits, Forest Research Institute, Athens,
Greece, May 31, 1978.

'Personal communication from H. Pschorn-Walcher, Commonwealth Institute of Bio-
logical Control, Delemont Switzerland, Feb. 28, 1978.

Personal communication from F. Herard, U.S.D.A., European Parasite Laboratory,
Sevres, France, Nov. 17, 1978.

REFERENCES CITED

Anon. 1953. Distribution maps of insect pests: Lymantria dispar (L.). Commonwealth
Inst. Entomol. Distr. Maps Insect Pests Ser. A., Map 26.

Anon. 1957. Iran - Summary of insect conditions in 1956. Coop. Econ. Insect Rep.
7(23): 454.

Anon. 1975. Gypsy moth-er newsletter. Public Affairs Committee, Gypsy Moth Ad-
visory Council, Upper Darby, PA, No. 20, Dec. 1975, 34 pp.

Abdullaev, E.N. 1970. Some characteristics of biology of Porthetria diapar. (In Russian)
Vrediteli s-kh Kul't Uzb. i ikh entomofagi pp. 118-120.

Adeli, E. & P. Soleimani. 1976. Insects on Oriental beech (Fagus orientalis ssp. macro-
phylla) in Iran and their importance for forestry practices and wood utilization.
Zeit. ange. Entomol. 80: 132-138.

Aullo, M. 1926. The organization of eradicative campaigns against Lymantria dispar.
(In Spanish) Rev. Fitopatologia ii-iii (1924-1925), pp. 5-1 2.

Benekvich, V.I. 1961a. Data for forecasting a mass emergence of the gypsy moth,
Ocncria dispar L. II. Mass emergence of gypsy moths and its prediction in Nizhnem
Povolzh'e. (In Russian) Sb. po ekologii i sistematike zhivotnykh, Moskva, Izd. Orek-
haven-Zuevski Pedagog. Inst. 2: 38^40.

Benkevich, V.I. 1961b. Data tor forecasting a muss emergence of the gypsy moth,
Ocneria dispar L. III. Mass emergence of gypsy moths and its prediction in Ulyanovsk
district and in Bashkir ASSR. (In Russian) Sb. po ekologii i sistematike zhivotnykh.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Moskva, Izd. Orekhaven-Zuevski Pedagog. Inst. 2: 49-59.
Benkevich, V.I. 1962. Forecasting the mass emergence of the gypsy moth, Ocneria

dispar L. (Lepidoptera, Liparidae). Communication IV. Forecasting emergences of

the moth in eastern Siberia. Entomol. Review 41(1): 22-27 .
Bey-Biyenko, G. 1924. Notes on the biology of the gypsy moth (Lymantria dispar

L.) in the Altai region. (In Russian) Proc., Siberian Agric. Acad. 3: 155-160.
Boas, I.E.V. 1923. Danish Forest Zoology. Copenhagen: Gyldendal, 761 pp.
Brascassat, M. 1927. An extraordinary invasion of Ocneria dispar in F'rance in 1927.

(In French) Societe linneenne de Bordeaux. Actes. 79: 116-1 17.
Burgess, A.F. & S.S. Crossman. 1929. Imported insect enemies of the gypsy moth

and the brown-tail moth. USDA Tech. Bull. #86, 147 pp.
Cadey, E. 1916. Report of special field agent in charge of gypsy moth work. Agric.

of Maine, 14th Annual Report of the Commissioner of Agric, for 1915, pp. 109-

115.
Chorbadzhiev, P. 1928. Reports on pests of cultivated plants in Bulgaria during 1926.

(In Bulgarian) Rapp. ann. Sta. agron. Etat Sofia 1926, pp. 1 75-241 .
Cointat, M. 1948. Observations concerning an outbreak of Lymantria dispar in the

Canton of Uzes. (In French) Rev. Faux et F'orets 86(1 ): 11-32.
Constantin, M. 1956. An insect-eating insect which destroys Lymantria dispar L. eggs

in the F'etesti District. (In Rumanian) Revista Paduhlor 70(71), No. 3, pp. 168-

169.

Dominguez Garcia-Tejero, F. 1943. The pests of fruit trees in Spain and their geo-
graphical distribution. (In Spanish) Bol. Pat. Veg. Ent. Agric. 12: 329-352.

Edel'man, N.M. 1956. The biology of Lymantria dispar L. under conditions of the
Kubov District of the Azerbaijan SSR. (In Russian, Eng. summary) Zool. Zhur.
35: 572-582.

Forbush, E.H. & C.H. Fernald. 1896. The Gypsy Moth. Porthetria dispar (Linn. J. Mass.
Bd. Agric., Boston: Wright & Potter, 495 pp.

Frydrychewicz, J. 1928. Voracity of Lymantria dispar L. larvae. (In Polish, French
summary) Roezniki Nauk Rolniczych i Lesnych 19: 171-186.

Fuester, R.W., J.J. Drea, & F. Gruber. 1975. The distribution of Lymantria dispar
and /,. monacha (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae) in Austria and West Germany. Zeit.
fur Pflanzenkrankheiten 82(11/12): 695-698.

Georgijevic, E. & V. Vaclav. 1958. Problem of gypsy moth focuses in Bosnia and Her-
zegovina. (In Serbo-Croatian, Eng. summary) Zastita Bilja 41/42: 67-74.

Goldschmidt, R. \934.Lymantria. Bibliog. Genet. 11: 1-186.

Greathead, D.J. ed. 1976. A review of biological control in Western and Southern
Europe. Commonwealth Agric. Bur., Tech. Comm. #7, 182 pp.

Grison, P. 1973. Spatial representation of animal populations: critical analysis of the
stand notion. Ann. Sci. For. 30(3): 343-350.

Hadzistevic, D. & H. Hadzihalilovic. 1959. Gypsy moth gradations on the territory
of PR Bosnia and Herzegovina. Zastita Bilja 52/53: 153-159.

Heskova, A. 1973. Influence of food change on the development and health condi-
tion of Lymantria dispar L. larvae. Acta Inst. Forest Zvolcn. 4: 269-31 1 .

Hochmut, R., M. Capek, & V. Skuhravy. 1974. The application of synthetic pheromones
in the population counts of Lymantria monacha L. and Lymantria dispar L. in
Czechoslovakia. (In Czech., Fng. summary) Lesnictivi 20(3): 219-230.

Howard, L.O. 1905. The gypsy and brown-tail moths and their European parasites.
USDA, Yearbook of Agric. pp. 1 23-1 38.

Howard, L.O., & W.F. Fiske. 1911. The importation into the United States of the
parasites of the gypsy moth and the brown-tail moth. USDA, Bur. Entomol. Bull.
#91, 334 pp.

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979 15

Hruby, K. 1964. Prodromus Lepidopter Slovenska. (In Czech.) Vydavatelstvo SAV

Bratislava, 962 pp.
Isaakides, C.A. 1935. Des insectes et autres animaux nuisibles aux plantes vultivees

et des insectes auxiliaries de la Grece. (In French) Ann. Inst. Phytopath. Benaki
1(2): 1-12.
Kaaber, S. & I. Nordgaard. 1970. Fund af storsommerfugle fra Danmark 1969. Mora

og Fauna 76: 114-122.
Kailidis, D.S. 1962. Lymantria dispar L. A new old enemy of oak forests in Greece.

(In Greek) Dassika Chronika 4: 468476.

Karg, J. 1970. Mass appearance of the gypsy moth. (In Polish) Wszechswiat 2: 48.
Kelus, O.G. 1941. Geographical distribution and areas of the gypsy-moth outbreaks

in the USSR. (In Russian) Bull. Plant Prot. 1 : 45-52.

Keremidchiev, M.T. 1972. The dynamics of outbreaks of Lymantria dispar L. in Bul-
garia. (In Russian) Proc., Int. Congr. Fntomol., 13th, Moscow 3: 51-54.
Kirby, W.F. 1897. A Handbook to the Order Lepidoptera. Vol. Ill-Part I. London:

Lloyd.
Kiss, L., J. Kolonits, G. Lengyel, H. Pagony, P. Szontagh, P. Tallos, & E. Vicze. 1965.

Biotic and abiotic forest damage in 1963, and damage anticipated in 1964. (In

Hungarian) Erdeszeti Kutatasok 60(1/3): 359-385.
Kondakov, Y.P. 1963. The gypsy moth (Ocneria dispar L.) in forests of the Krasno-

yarskii krai. (In Russian) Zashchita Lesov. Sibiri nasckomykhvreditelei. Akad. Nauk

SSSR Moscow, pp. 30-77.

Kozhanchikov, I.V. 1950. Fauna of the USSR. Insects of Lepidoptera. Vol. 12. Tus-
sock Moths (Orgyidae). (In Russian) Zool. Inst. Acad. Sci. USSR, Moscow-Leninerad,

583pp.
Krnjaic, S. 1967. Survey of species and abundance of gypsy moth egg parasites in some

localities in Yugoslavia. In Selected Articles from Plant Protection, 1950-1970.

1976. pp. 619-625. Belgrade, Yugoslavia: Nolit Publ. House.
Lekander, M. 1951. The occurrence of forest insects in Sweden in the period 1741-

1945. (In Swedish, French Summary) Medd. Skogsforskningsinst. 39(5): 1-207.
Maksimovic, M., P. Bjegovic, & L. Vasiljevic. 1970. Maintaining the density of the gypsy

moth enemies as a method of biological control. In Selected Articles from Plant

Protection, 1950-1970. 1976. pp. 679^689. Belgrade, Yugoslavia: Nolit Publ. House.
Masaki, S. 1956. The effect of temperature on the termination of diapause in the egg of

Lymantria dispar Linne. Jap. J. Appl. Zool. 24(4): 148-157.
Mikkola, K. 1971 . The migratory habit of Lymantria dispar adults of continental Furasia

in the light of a flight to Finland. Acta Entomol. Fenn. 28: 107-120.
Mishin, A.S. & F.N. Semevskii. 1971. Generalizing ecological information using mathe-
matical models with local corrections. Soviet J. Ecology 2: 391-395.
Muesebeck, C.F.W. & D.L. Parker. 1933. Hyposoter disparis Viereck, an introduced

ichneumonid parasite of the gypsy moth. USDA, J. Agric. Res. 46: 335-347.
Nizi, G. & G. Prosperi. 1973. Notes on the woody growth of forest trees of the genus

Quercus defoliated by Lymantria dispar L. (In Italian, Fng. summary) Note ed

Appunti Sperimentali di Entomologia Agraria 14: 67-78.
Nunberg, M. 1925. The mass occurrence of the gypsy moth (Lymantria dispar L.) in

the area of Bochnia in 1924. (In Polish) Polskie Pismo Ent.,4(2): 118-133.
Pantyukhov, G.A. 1962. The effect of positive temperatures on different geographic

populations of the European gold tail (L'uproctis chrysorrhea L.) and the gypsy

moth (Lymantria dispar L. Lepidoptera, Orgyidae). Entomol. Review 41(2):

169-175.
Pirvescu, D. 1964. The development of outbreaks of defoliation caterpillars in the

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

forests of Oltenia and measures to control them. (In Rumanian) Revista Padurilor

79(7): 347-353.
Prota, R. 1974. Notes on the Lepidopter coenosis of Quercus suber L. and on the

population fluctuations of the harmful photosensitive species. Redia 55: 439462.
Rabasse, J.M. & M. Babault. 1975. Study of an outbreak of Lymantria dispar L. in

Mediterranean conditions. (In French, Eng. summary) Sciences Agronomiques

Rennes. Rennes, Franc^e; Ecole Nationale Superieure Agronomique et Centre de

Recherches de Rennes, pp. 143-160.

Reichle, D.E. ed. 1973. Analysis of Temperate Forest Ecosystems. 1st corrected re-
print, New York: Springer-Verlag, 304 pp.
Ripper, W. 1933. Measures against Porthetria dispar in 1931 and 1932. (In German)

Centralbl. Gesamte Forstwes. 58: 187-188.
Romanyk, N. 1973. Gradations of Lymantria dispar L. in Spain. (In French) Zastita

Bilja 24(1 24/1 25): 285-288.

Ryvkin, B.V. 1957. Peculiarities of outbreaks of Lymantria dispar L. and factors deter-
mining them. (In Russian) Zool. Zhur. 9: 1355-1 358.
Schedl, K.E. 1936. The gypsy moth in Eurasia, Africa, and New England. (In German)

Zeit. ange. Entomol. 12: 1-242.
Schneider, D., R. Lange, F. Schwarz, M. Beroza, & B.A. Bierl. 1974. Attraction of male

gypsy and nun moths to disparlure and some of its chemical analogues. Oecologia

14: 19-36.
Simionescu, A., G. Mihalache, & D. Pirvescu. 1973. Development of the gradations

of Lvmantria dispar L. in Rumania, and control measures. (In French) Zastita Bilja

24(124/125): 275-284.
Talhouk, A.S. 1950. A list of insects observed on economically important plants and

plant products in Lebanon. Bull. Soc. Fouad. ler. Ent. 34: 133-141.
Vasic, K. & L. Jankovic. 1959. A contribution to the knowledge of characteristics of

the indicators for the condition of gypsy moth populations in latency. (In Serbo-
Croatian, Eng. summary) Zastita Bilja 56: 3944.
Vasiljevic, L. 1959. Density of gypsy moth populations in various localities of the PR

of Serbia in the first year after the epizootic diseases of the polyhedry type. (In

Serbo-Croatian, Eng. summary) Zastita Bilja 52/53: 167-171.
Vorontsov, A.I. 1968. Forest entomology in the USSR. Entomol. Review 47(2): 165-

174.
Zerkowitz, A. 1946. The Lepidoptera of Portugal. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 54:

211-261.
Zwb'lfer, H. 1972. Report on a survey of two forest insects in Japan. Commonwealth

Inst. Biol. Control, Delemont Report, Dec. 1972, 21 pp.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 17

BLACKLIGHT TRAP COLLECTING OF PARASITIC
HYMENOPTERA 1 . 2

3 4

Paul P. Burbutis , James A. Stewart

ABSTRACT: Many species and large numbers of parasitic Hymenoptera were captured
in a 15-watt, standard insect survey blacklight trap. It appears that routine trapping of
these parasitoids by this method can be used to determine species composition, and their
relative abundance and seasonal distribution. This common survey technique, in wide-
spread use for pest species, may hold considerable promise for biological control
specialists and in integrated pest management programs.

Radiant energy in the form of blacklight (ultraviolet = 320 - 280 nanom-
eters) is used extensively for insect detection, routine survey and pest
management programs. The usefulness of blacklight traps in integrated pest
management (IPM), especially for determining the seasonal distribution and
abundance of economic species, is widely recognized. Much of the informa-
tion on insect light trapping is consolidated and treated in depth by Hienton
(1974) however no attention is given to the beneficial insects which are
strongly attracted to these same sources.

Tests by Weiss et al. (1941, 1942, 1943) show that parasitic Hymenoptera
are very specific in their response to blacklight. Frost (1964, 1966, 1969)
trapped insects during the winters of 1958 - 1963 in Florida and he lists ca.
80 species of parasitic Hymenoptera collected in this manner. A few other
reports either cite unusual collections or the occasional capture of a large-
size species of Ichneumonidae. From ca. 900 papers dealing with light
trapping of insects less than 30 mention parasitic Hymenoptera as being
captured in light traps. In most cases the lack of reference to parasitoids
does not mean these forms are absent in trap collections but most likely that
they are disregarded or overlooked because of their small size.

The results of preliminary studies in 1968 and 1969, at the USDA Benefi-
cial Insects Laboratory in Moorestown, N.J., suggested that blacklight trap-
ping may provide a mechanism for determining seasonal distribution and rela-
tive abundance of parasitoids. Such data could be very useful in biological

1 Received September IS, 1978.

2

Published as Misc. Paper No. 829 with the approval of the Director of the Delaware
Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication No. 454 of the Department of
Entomology and Applied Ecology.

Professor, Univ. of Del., Newark.
4 Formerly Biologist, USDA, ARS, Moorestown, N.J.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 17-22. February 1979

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

control especially in evaluating host-parasitoid spacial and temporal relation-
ships and in parasitoid release programs where synchronization with the host
is critical. This paper reports on those species of parasitic Hymenoptera
captured in 1970 in a standard survey blacklight trap, and presents informa-
tion on the possible use and importance of this attraction.

Methods and Equipment - A standard 15-watt insect survey trap (Harding
et al. 1966) was operated nightly at Moorestown, NJ from April 10 to
November 24, 1970. The trap was operated from 1/2 hour after sunset to
8:00 A.M. Specimens captured were either determined daily or frozen until
such time as determinations were possible. Preserved specimens are in the
reference collection of the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology,
University of Delaware or in the USDA Systematic Entomology Laboratory
at the U.S. Museum of Natural History.

Results - A total of 2,931 parasitic hymenoptera were captured and classi-
fied into 81 taxa representing 19 families. Many specimens were determined
only to higher taxa because the systematic knowledge of the group is incom-
plete. Several species are recognized as new and further study of those forms
determined only to higher taxa will very likely lead to the recognition of
other new species.

The following are the parasitic Hymenoptera and the numbers captured:

Braconidae: Meteoms levinentris (Wesmael) 166, M. communis (Cresson) 51,M.
hyphantriae Riley 31, (M. versicolor (Wesmael) 10, M. dimidiatus (Cresson) 9, M.
loxostegei Viereck 1, M. tauricornis (Provancher) 3, M. trachynotus Viereck 2,
Strcblocera n. sp. 42, Microctonus n. sp. 3, Leiophron sp. 1, Macrocentnis grandii
Goidanich 218, M. crambivorus Viereck 970, M. delicatus Cresson 17, M. cerasivorianae
Viereck 2, M. amicroploides Viereck 2,M. ancylivoms Rohwer \,M. aegeriae Rohwer 1 ,
Taphaeus sp. 1, Zele n. sp. 9,Neoblacus n. sp. 2,Blacus bissigmatus (Say) 467,5. 5 spp.
26, Hysterobolus n. sp. 6, Centistes n. sp. 16, Eubadizon extensor (L) 9, E. 2 spp. 15,
Triaspis sp. 3, Aliolus spp. 7, Adelius fasciipennis (Rohwer) 1, A. n. sp. 1 , Apanteles
spp. 65, Microgaster spp. 5, microplitis sp. 1, Phancrotoma spp. 27, Ascogaster sp. 1,
Aphaereta sp. 6, Pseumosema sp. 2, Mesocrina sp. 1, Asobara sp. 1, Opius spp. 3,
Bracon spp. 9, Rogas tcrminalis (Cresson) 1 1 , R. 4 spp. 35, Clinocentrus sp. 1 , Colastes
sp. 1 , Pelecystoma sp. 1 , Hormius sp. 5, Doryctes sp. 1 , Heterospilus 1 .

Aphidiidae: Aphidius spp. 5.

Ichneumonidae: Ophion bilineatus Say (Complex) 189, L'ncospilus purgatus (Say)
42, Netelia 3 spp. 33, Temclucha spp. 43, Pristomcrns spp. 3, Coccygomimus sp. 3,
Gelini 4 spp. 88, Mesochoms spp. 40, unidentified Ichneumonidae 105.

Mymaridae 1, Eulophidae 4, Encyrtidae 2, Torymidae 3, Pteromalidae 10,
Eurytomidae 1, Figitidae 2, Cynipidae 10, Proctotrupidae 14, Ceraphronidae 2, Dia-
priidae 9, Scelionidae 3, Platygasteridae 1, Bethylidae 5, Dryinidae 19, Tiphidae 1.

The data indicate that blacklight traps are useful for determining the
relative abundance and seasonal distribution of parasitoids. Many of the
species collected showed clear population (= flight) peaks and number of

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 19

generations (Figures 1, 2 and 3). Figures 4, 5 and 6 illustrate the seasonal
relationships between several parasitoids and their hosts.

Macrocentnis crambivorous Viereck (Fig. 4), the most abundant parasi-
toid captured, does not appear to correlate well with its hosts Crambus spp.
except late in the season. Figure 5 depicts the relationship between
Macrocentrus grandii Goidanich and one of its main hosts the European corn
borer, Ostrinia nubilalis (Hubner). These flight data indicate a relationship
between the two species, viz. adult parasitoids are most numerous following
the peak adult flights of its host. In Figure 6 the armyworm, Pseitdaletia
unipuncta (Haworth), is represented by 3 peak flights and Meteoms
communis (Cresson) corresponds very well to the first and third host peak
but is almost absent in relation to the second one. Rogas terminalis (Cresson),
another parasite of P. unipuncta, appears with each flight peak but at low
levels.

Discussion and Conclusions - The results of this study show that many
parasitic Hymenoptera can be collected in the standard blacklight insect
survey trap and that such trapping can also be useful for determining their
relative abundance and seasonal distributions. Blacklight trapping holds
considerable promise for the specialist in biological control. For those parasi-
toids attracted to blacklight, a commonly used, quantitative method is avail-
able for determining the synchronization of parasitic species with their hosts.
Also, a technique that measures adult parasitoids could be valuable for
evaluating their impact as mortality agents.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to thank Dr. P.M. Marsh and Dr. R.W. Carlson, USDA Systematic
Entomology Lab., for their help in identifying some parasitic Hymenoptera.

REFERENCES CITED

Frost, S.W. 1964. Insects taken in light traps at the Archbold Biological Station, Florida.
Fla.Entomol. 47:129-61.

1966. Additions to Florida insects taken in light traps. Ibid 49: 243-52.

1969. Supplement to Florida insects taken in light traps. Ibid 52: 91-101.

Harding, W.C., J.G. Hartsock and G.G. Rohwcr. 1966. Blacklight trap standards for

general insect surveys. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 12 (l):31-2.
Hienton, T.E. 1974. Summary of investigations of electric insect traps. USDA, ARS,

Tech. Bui. 1498, 136 pp., illus.
Weiss, H.B., F.A. Soraci, and F..E. McCoy. 1941. Additional notes on the behavior of

certain insects to different wave lengths of light. J.N.Y. I ntomol. Soc. 49: 149-59.
1942. The behavior of certain insects to various wave lengths light. Ibid

50:1-35.
1943. Insect behavior to various wave lengths of light. Ibid 51:11 7-3 1 .

20

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

.200

150

M
i /

\v

i i

i i

i i

i i

i i

i i

i

i

i

i

X

Blacus Jbisstigrnatus

Macrocentrus j
crambivorus

M.qrandii

****& - *
f V* **'*
* x %

May June July Aug

WEEKLY PERIODS

Sept Oct

Fig. 1. Seasonal distribution and abundance of Blacus hisstigmatus. Macrocentrus
crambivorus and M. grandii.

Meteorus teviventrus

May

June

July Aug

WEEKLY PERIODS

Sept Oct

Fig. 2. Seasonal distribution and abundance of Ophion billincatus and Meteorus
leviventms.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

21

12

8.

S.
* 3

E 3

Meteorus communis

Encospilus purgatus

May June July Aug Sept

WEEKLY PERIODS

Fig. 3. Seasonal distribution and abundance of Meteorus communis and Encospilus
purgatus.

400

300

QC

LU

Crambus spp. | \ / * \

Q. .

~^~~ 1 \ I 1

LU

1 \ I

A

\ I

z> 200 .

k

~"T I / i 1

0.

\

<

' \ / ;

u

/ \ /? s

DC

/ \ ' '

LU

/\ 1 :

GO

\ /

5 100 .

\ ; i

3

\ ' \

z

/ \ / * 5' ; \

X \ / \/ M. crambivoruSD *' ', \

,' \ ^* D -- ^^ A '*T~ ' \
/ \ / /' v . ' \>_--i>'' a X / \

^-- a ~-u a-'' "-., N^^

4

\ 18 1 15 29 13 27 10 24 7 21 5 19

May June July Aug. Sept Oct.

WEEKLY PERIODS

Fig. 4. Seasonal distribution and abundance of Crambus spp. and the parasitoid
Macrocentrus crambivonis.

22

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

40

A

56

35

ct

UJ

30

* ITII y i ui iui i

Q.

/ \ /

^^

LU

25

V

c*

' I

' \

20

/

(_i

/ \

UJ

CD

15

1 '.
Q 0. nubilalis / \ k

<

o ^*" D 'i /; ',

O

/ i n / i

Z

10

7 .

/ /

f \ i

D ', ' / '

/ , D

5

\ . D v ' *

/ D / ^. '[/ ''Q / "*-n/ * 'Q..- D --' D \ " V ^.

.--' ^_ -^ \ / / \ \

18 1 15 29 13 27 10 24 7 21 5

May June July Aug. Sept. Oct

WEEKLY PERIODS

Fig. 5. Seasonal distribution and abundance of Ostrinia nubilalis and its parasitoid
Macrocentrus grandii.

4 18 1 15 29 13 27 10 24 7 21 5
May June July Aug. Sept.

WEEKLY PERIODS

Fig. 6. Seasonal distribution and abundance of Pseudaletia unipuncta and its parasi-
toids Meteonis cornmunis and Rogas terminalis.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 23

MALLOPHAGA OF WILD MAMMALS OF INDIANA 1

John 0. Whitaker, Jr., Rebecca J. Goff 2

ABSTRACT: Biting lice, Mallophaga, on wild mammals of Indiana were found as
follows: Geomydoecus illinoiensis on Geomys bursarius, Suricatoecus quadraticeps on
Urocyon cinereoargcnteus, Trichodectes octomaculatus on Procyon lotor, Stachiclla
kingi on Mustela nivalis, S. larseni on Mustela vison, Neotrichodectes minutus on Mustela
frcnata, Neotrichodectes interruptofasciatus on Taxidca taxus, Neotrichodectes
mephitidis on Mephitis mephitis, and Tricholipeums parallelus and T. lipeuroides on
Odocoilcus virginiana. Not found to date were Suricatoecus vulpis (which could be
synonymous with S. quadraticeps) from Vulpes rulpcs, Heterodoxus spinigcr and
Trichodectes canis from Canis latrans, and Felicola felis from Lynx rufus.

There are very few reports of biting lice, Mallophaga, from wild mammals
of Indiana, although biting lice are very host specific and thus one is able to
predict quite accurately the species one would expect to find. We know of
only three previous reports of Mallophaga on Indiana mammals. Tuszynski
and Whitaker (1972) and Malecki (unpublished thesis) reported Geomy-
doecus geomydis (Osborn, 1891) from the Pocket gopher, Geomys bursarius.
However, this louse has now been reidentified as G. illinoiensis Price and
Emerson, 1971. Wilson (1957) reported Trichodectes mephitidis on Mephitis
mephitis from Wayne County, Indiana.

During studies on the mammals of Indiana (Mumford and Whitaker, in
preparation), a large number of most of the species of wild mammals of
Indiana have been examined for ectoparasites.

The purpose of the present paper is to report on the biting lice,
Mallophaga, found during these studies.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Mammals for these studies have been captured in various ways. Some have
been shot or trapped, road kills have been extensively examined, while other
animals have been donated to us from citizens of Indiana. Animals for study
were generally placed in plastic bags as soon as possible after capture, and
often were frozen until they could be examined.

Mainly we have used direct observation of mammals, using dissecting
needles to probe while viewing the fur and skin of the mammals under 10 to
70 power of a dissecting microscope. Our second major method was by wash-

deceived October 18, 1978.

Department of Life Sciences, Indiana State University, Terrc Haute, Indiana 47809.
ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 23-25. February 1979

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ing mammals in a detergent solution, and a few mammals were processed by
dissolving techniques.

Mallophagans were identified by the senior author and a few representa-
tive specimens were sent to Dr. K.C. Emerson (2704 North Kensington
Street, Arlington, VA 22207) for verification. Without his help this study
would not have been possible.

RESULTS

For this report only those animals harboring biting lice, or for which the
species regularly harbors biting lice, are included (Table 1). A total of nine
species of mammals were found to harbor biting lice, each having one species
of louse, except the White-tailed deer, which harbored two.

Thus a total of 10 species of biting lice were found on wild mammalian
hosts in Indiana. Of these, the pocket gopher was a rodent, and the deer was
an artiodactyl. The rest were in the order Carnivora. No bobcats, Lynx rufus,
were examined. Only two species, the red fox, Vulpes vulpes (14 examined),
and the Coyote (4 examined), did not harbor mallophagans, of the mammals
examined from the order Carnivora. Mallophagans would be expected on
both of these species if enough individuals were examined, Heterodoxus
spiniger (Enderlein) and Trichodectes canis (deGeer) on the coyote, Felicolor
felis (Werneck) on the bobcat. Suricatoecus vulpis (Denny, 1842) would be
expected on Vulpes, although there is a question as to whether the species on
Vulpes vulpes in North America might be S. quadraticeps of Urocyon
(Emerson, 1972). All other carnivores known to exist at present in Indiana
harbored biting lice.

LITERATURE CITED

Emerson, K.C. 1972. Checklist of the Mallophaga of North America (North of Mexico).

Part III. Mammal Host List. Deseret Test Center. Dugway, Utah. 28p.
Malecki, H.R. 1949. The parasites of the pocket gopher (Geomys bursarius illinoensis)

at the eastern limit of its range. M.S. thesis #[ 161 3. Purdue Univ. 41 p.
Tuszynski, R.C., and J.O. \Yhitaker, Jr. 1972. External parasites of pocket gophers,

Geomys bursarius, from Indiana. Amer. Midi. Natur. 87: 545-548.
Wilson, N.A. 1957. Some ectoparasites from Indiana mammals. J. Mammal. 38: 281-282.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 25

Number of lice Hosts with parasite
Total Average Number Percent

Table 1. Mallophaga from wild mammals of Indiana.

Hosts and Parasites

Geomys bursarius. Pocket Gopher (85 examined)

Geomydoecus illinoicnsis 1817 2 1 .4 85 1 00.0

Price and Emerson 1971

Canis latrans. Coyote (4 examined, no lice found)
Vulpcs vulpes. Red fox (14 examined, no lice found)
Urocyon cinereoargenteus. Gray fox (42 examined)

Suricatoecus quadraticeps 167 4.0 10 23.8

(Chapman, 1897)

Procyon lotor. Raccoon (54 examined)

Trichodcctes octomaculatits 1609 29.8 29 53.7

Paine, 1912

Mustela nivalis. Least Weasel (8 examined)

Stachiella kingi 466 58.3 4 50.0

(McGregor, 1817)

Mustela I'ison. Mink (9 examined)

Stachiella larseni 49 5.4 4 44.4

Emerson, 1 962

Mustela frenata. Long-tailed weasel (15 examined)

Neotrichodectes minutus 18 2.0 4 26.7

(Paine, 1912)

Taxidea taxits. Badger

Neotrichodectes interrupto-fasdatiis 4 0.6 28.6

(Kellogg and Eerris, 1915)

Mephitis mephitis. Striped skunk (10 examined)

Neotrichodectes mephitidis 3335 333.5 70.0

(Packard, 1972)

Lynx rufus (none examined)

Odocoileits virginiana. White-tailed deer (3 examined)

Thcholipeurus parallclus 39 13.0 3 100.0

Osborne, 1896)

T. lipeuroides 2 0.7 1 33.3

(Megnin, 1884)

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

THE MALE OF BAETIS MACDUNNOUGHI IDE AND NOTES
ON PARTHENOGENETIC POPULATIONS WITHIN BAETIS
(EPHEMEROPTERAiBAETIDAE) 1 ' 2

W.P. McCafferty 3 , O.K. Morihara 4

ABSTRACT: The discovery of males of Baetis macdunnoitghi Ide in Indiana and Illinois
indicates that the species is parthenogenetic only in northern populations. Somewhat
similar reproductive phenomena involving other North American Baetis species suggest
that obligatory, thelytokous parthenogenesis is an adaptation to relatively colder
environments. The male imago of B. macdunnoughi is described for the first time and is
similar to Baetis pygmaeus (Hagen).

Baetis macdunnoughi Ide has previously been known only from females
(Ide, 1937). Suspected thelytokous parthenogenesis was confirmed for
Wisconsin populations in laboratory experiments by Bergman and Hilsenhoff
(1978). We have recently examined males of B. macdunnoughi from southern
Indiana and southern Illinois. Of 55 larvae, 22 were males. One adult male
was reared and is described below.

Parthenogenesis in this species therefore may be apparently completely
developed only in Canadian and Wisconsin populations. Populations in
Illinois and Indiana (where the sex ratio appears to be approximately 1:1)
are known only from southern unglaciated regions of these states. Reproduc-
tive differences between the northern and the possibly older, isolated
southern populations are evidently being maintained by this geographic
disjunction.

Interestingly, a similar relationship of southern, sexually reproducing
populations and northeastern, completely parthenogenetic populations is
present in Baetis hageni Eaton (Bergman and Hilsenhoff, 1978). B. hageni
and B. macdunnoughi are not closely related, and the similar reproductive
phenomenon may be a result of historical population adaptations to climatic
or temperature regime differences between northern and southern areas.

An hypothesis that parthenogenesis in certain Baetis is related fo cold
adaptation is supported by the additional observation that Baetis foemina
McDunnough and Baetis hudsonicus Ide are both known only from the

'Received August 24, 1978.

Purdue University Agricultural Experiment Station Journal No. 7287.
3 Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907

4 *

Max-Planck-Institut fur Limnologie, 232 Plbn, Postfach 165, Germany (West)
ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 26-28. February 1979

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979

27

Canadian Tundra and are both known only as females. Also in some popula-
tions of the western Baetis bicaudatus Dodds, only females are known
(Dodds, 1923), and a correlation with cold mountainous environments may
possibly exist.

Parthenogenesis is evidently the most selectively favored form of reproduc-
tion in relatively colder, or stressed, environments for some species. Mayflies
with parthenogenetic potential may therefore be capable of existing in certain
environments that they would otherwise be incapable of. A selective advan-
tage for parthenogenesis could result either when populations are too small
to insure high frequencies of mate acquisition or when climatic conditions
conducive to mating are highly limited or unpredictable.

Known parthenogenesis in six other Baetis species in North America and
Europe is apparently facultative, deuterotokous, and non-geographic
(Degrange, 1960; Bergman and Hilsenhoff, 1978). This type of partheno-
genesis may be expected in many mayfly species (McCafferty and Huff, 1974;
Huff and McCafferty, 1974).

The following description of the adult male of B. macdunnoughi confirms
this species' close relationship with Baetis pygmaeus (Hagen).

Baetis macdunnoughi Ide

Adult Male - Length of body 3.5 mm, fore wing 3.8 mm, hind wing 0.7 mm. Head
brown; antenna! flagella paler. Thorax and coxae brown; remaining leg segments trans-
luscent, tinted with brown; fore legs with femora and tarsi slightly shorter than tibiae.

Figs. 1 and 2. Baetis macdunnoughi adult male. 1. Hind wing. 2. Genitalia, ventral
view.

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Wings hyaline. Fore wings with marginal intercalaries absent from first interspace. Hind
wings (Fig. 1) with prominent, acute costal projection; anterior margin beyond costal
projection undulate; 2 longitudinal veins and 1 long intercalary. Abdominal segments
2-6 transluscent white, tinted with brown; spiracles faintly pigmented; segments 7-10
opaque, tawny brown, with terga darker than sterna; forceps white, tinted with brown;
cerci white. Genitalia in ventral view (Fig. 2) with basal enlargement of forceps conical;
elongate portion broad in apical 2/3; terminal segment long and slender, more than 4
times longer than wide.

Material Examined - 1 6 imago lab reared, IN: Perry Co., Poison Cr. approx. 5 mi.
NW Derby. V-14-1976. A.V. Provonsha, M. Minno. Deposited in the Purdue University
Entomological Research Collection.

LITERATURE CITED

Bergman, E.A. and W.L. Hilsenhoff. 1978. Parthenogenesis in the mayfly genus Baetis
(EphemeropteraiBaetidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 71:167-168.

Degrange, C. 1960. Recherches sur la reproduction des Ephemeropteres. Trav. Lab.
Hydrobiol. Grenoble 51:7-193.

Dodds, G.S. 1923. Mayflies from Colorado. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 49:93-114.

Huff, B.L., Jr. and W.P. McCafferty. 1974. Parthenogenesis and experimental reproduc-
tive biology in four species of the mayfly genus Stenonema. Wasmann J. Biol.
32:247-254.

Ide, P.P. 1937. Descriptions of Eastern North American species of baetine mayflies with
particular reference to the nymphal stages. Can. Entomol. 69:219-231, 235-243.

McCafferty, W.P. and B.L. Huff, Jr. 1974. Parthenogenesis in the mayfly Stenonema
femoratum (Say) (Ephemeroptera:Heptageniidae). Entomol. News. 85:76-80.

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979 29

LARVAL DESCRIPTION AND HABITAT NOTES OF THE

FISHFLY NEOHERMES CONCOLOR (DAVIS)

(MEGALOPTERA: CORYDALIDAE) 1

Donald C. Tarter 2 , William D. Watkins 3 , David A. Etnier 4

ABSTRACT: Larval fishflies (Neohermes concolor) were collected under leaf litter near
a spring seep in the Cherokee National Forest, Polk Co., Tennessee. Following a labora-
tory pupation period of one month, one adult male and female emerged in the rearing
cage. A detailed description of the morphology of the larval stage is presented in
this paper.

Three eastern genera of fishflies, Chaiiliodes Latriel\e,Nigronia Banks and
Neohermes Banks, are found in the subfamily Chauliodinae. Banks (1908)
erected the genus Neohermes for some American species then placed in the
genus Chaiiliodes. Based on the genitalia of eastern and western adults of
Neohermes, Flint (1965) recognized five species in the genus: N. filicornis
(Banks) and TV. californicus (Walker), both from western North America; and
TV. angnsticollis (Hagen), TV. matheri Flint, and TV. concolor (Davis) from
eastern and central North America. Baker and Neunzig (1968) reared first-
instar larvae of TV. concolor from laboratory reared egg masses, but older
larvae have remained unknown for the three eastern species.

Other authors, including Tarter et al. (1977), Knight and Siegfried (1977),
Tarter et al. (1976a, b), Watkins et al. (1975), Tarter et al. (1975), Peterson
(1974), Tarter and Watkins (1974), Cuyler (1965), Neunzig (1966), Hazard
(1960) and Parfin (1952), have reported distributional, taxonomic and
ecological information on fishflies in eastern North America.

Based on the adult male, Neohermes concolor has been recorded from 21
states in the central, northeastern and southeastern portions of the United
States (Flint, 1965; Tarter et al., 1976a, b). The emergence period ranged
from 21 April (Pennsylvania) to 19 August (New York) (Tarter et al., 1976b).
In eastern Kentucky (Boyd County), Tarter et al. (1976a) noted that emer-
gence occurred from 12 June to 16 July, and peaked in early July.

Chaiiliodes larvae can be identified by a pair of long, unequal respiratory
tubes containing the spiracles of the 8th abdominal tergite. The body is
without papillae, or with only a few on the posterior part of abdomen. In
Nigronia larvae these respiratory tubes are shorter and equal in length, and

1 Received August 24, 1978

2 Dept. of Biol. Sci., Marshall Univ., Huntington, \VV 257(11

3 Ashland Oil Inc., Res. & Dev. Dept., Catlettsburg, KY 41 129

Dept. of Zool., University of Tennessee, Knoxville,TN 37916

ENT. NEWS 90 (1 ) 29-32. February 1979

30

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 1 . Larval stage of the fishfly Ncohermes concolor.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 31

the body is covered with papillae. Ncohermes larvae lack respiratory tubes
on the 8th abdominal tergite; the spiracles are sessile (Fig. 1 ).

On 16 April 1977, three larval fishflies were collected under leaf litter
near a spring seep in the Cherokee National Forest, Polk Co., Tennessee,
and returned to the laboratory at Marshall University. Following a pupation
period of one month, one adult male and female emerged. Earlier instar
larvae were collected from the same habitat.

Neohermes concolor

Chauliodes concolor Davis, 1 903, Bull. N.Y. State Mus. 68:462. Specimen Described.
One mature larva (19.6 mm) (Fig. 1) collected at the Cherokee National Forest Camp-
ground, Polk Co., about 3 mi off U.S. 41 1 on Tennessee Route 30, under leaf litter near
a spring seep 13 March 1976.

Head. - Length, 4.18 mm; Width, 3.71 mm; Labrum, length 0.33 mm and width
1.08 mm, light brown with two dark brown spots on lateral lobes of anterior margin,
one long seta per dark spot and six setae on anterior border; clypeus light brown with
yellowish margins; frons light brown; vertex light brown with few dark brown areas;
occiput yellow with distinct brown pattern; antenna five segmented, basal segment
0.26 mm, 2nd segment 0.34 mm, 3rd segment 0.61 mm, 4th segment 0.21 mm, and
5th segment 0.26 mm; mandibles dark brown distally, asymmetrically toothed.

Thorax. - Pronotum width 3.90 mm, length 3.30 mm, yellow with dark brown
pattern; mesonotum width 4.00 mm, length 1.63 mm, dark brown with two curved
yellow areas medially and two straight yellow areas laterally; metanotum width 4.05 mm,
length 1.38 mm, pattern similar to mesonotum; thoracic legs yellowish, numerous
setae on femur, tibia, and tarsus.

Abdomen. -- Length, 9.1 mm; light brown dorsally with yellowish markings near
spiracles; lateral appendages yellow with a light brown coloration at the base dorsally
and slightly longer than width of segment; no respiratory tubes on 8th tergite, spiracle
sessile (Fig. 1).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors are grateful to Steve Lawton for illustrating the larval stage. Special
thanks to Vickie Crager for typing the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Baker, J. R., and H. H. Neunzig. 1968. The egg masses, eggs, and first-instar larvae of

eastern North American Corydalidae. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 61:1 181-1 187.
Banks, N. 1908. On the classification of the Corydalinae, with description of a new

species. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 10:27-30.
Cuyler, R.D. 1965. The larvae of Nigronia fasciatits Walker (Megaloptera: Corydalidae).

Ent. News 76:192-195.
Davis, K. C. 1903. Sialididae of North and South America. In Aquatic insects in New

York State, Bull. N.Y. State Mus. 68:442487.
Flint, Jr., O.S. 1965. The genus Neohermes (Meualoptera: Corydalidae). Psyche 72:

255-263.
Hazard, E.I. 1960. A revision of the genera Cliauliodes and \igronia (Megaloptera:

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Corydalidae). Unpub. Master's Thesis, Ohio State University. 52 pp.
Knight, A.W., and C. A. Siegfried. 1977. The distribution of Corydalus cornutus

(Linnaeus) and Nigronia serricornis (Say) (Megaloptera: Corydalidae) in Michigan.

Great Lakes Entomol. 10:39-46.
Neunzig, H.H. 1966. Larvae of the genus Nigronia Banks (Neuroptera: Corydalidae).

Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 68:1 1-16.
Parfin, S.I. 1952. The Megaloptera and Neuroptera of Minnesota. Amer. Midi. Nat.

47:421434.

Peterson, R.C. 1974. Life history and bionomics of Nigronia serricornis (Say) (Megal-
optera: Corydalidae). Unpub. Doctoral Dissertation, Michigan State University.

210pp.
Tarter, D.C., and W.D. Watkins, 1974. Distribution of the fishily genera Chauliodes

Latreille and Nigronia Banks in West Virginia (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Proc. W.

Va. Acad. Sci. 46: 146-150.
, W.D Watkins, and M.L. Little. 1975. Life history of the fishily Nigronia

fasdatus (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Psyche 82:81-88.

W.D. Watkins, and M.L. Little. 1976a. Distribution, including new state

records, of fishflies in Kentucky (Megaloptera:Corydalidae). Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci.
37:26-28.
, W.D. Watkins, M.L. Little, and J.T. Goodwin. 1976b. New state records

of fishflies (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Ent. News 87:223-228.
, W.D. Watkins, M.L. Little, and D.L. Ashlev. 1977. Seasonal emergence

patterns of fishflies cast of the Rocky Mountains (Meaaloptera: Corydalidae). Ent.
News 88:69-76.

Watkins, W.D., D.C. Tarter, M.L. Little, and S.D. Hopkin. 1975. New records of fish-
flies for West Virginia (Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci. 47:1-5.

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979 33

A PHORETIC RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN A CHIRONOMID
LARVA AND AN OPERCULATE STREAM SNAIL 1

Eugene R. Mancini

ABSTRACT: Approximately 8000 Goniobasis semicarinata (Say) [Gastropoda :Pleuro-
ceridae] were quantitatively collected from three sampling stations in the Mosquito
Creek drainage system, Harrison County, Indiana from summer 1976 through summer
1977. Each of the snails was examined for the presence of sand grain cases inhabited by
Rheotanytarsus sp. (Diptera: Chironomidae). The percentages of mature snails used as
phoretic symbionts by the chironomid larvae were as high as 56% at one sampling sta-
tion during one summer season and were routinely greater than 35% at two of the three
stations during all seasons. In addition, approximately 10% of these snails demonstrated
multiple infestations. This is the first record of a chironomid larva using an operculate
stream snail as a phoretic symbiont.

Symbiotic relationships between mollusks and insects have been reported
occasionally in the literature (Steffan 1967), and those relationships have
generally been restricted to pulmonate snails and dipteran larvae. The nature
of the relationship between a gill-breathing operculate snail Goniobasis semi-
carinata and a chironomid larva which constructs sand grain cases on the
snail's shell in the Mosquito Creek drainage system, Harrison County, Indiana
was investigated from summer 1976 through summer 1977.

Snails were collected by Surber sampler using a stratified random transect
sampling design at three stations within the 66-km 2 drainage area. The snails
at each station represented a distinct population as defined by Mayr (1969),
since they were physically isolated from one another.

The symbiotic relationship was studied on the basis of percentage occur-
rence within the snail populations. Each snail collected in an individual sam-
ple was examined for the presence of sand grain cases occupied by
chironomid larvae.

Ninety larvae were randomly collected from snail shells during the sampl-
ing period. The head capsule from each larva was mounted in CMCP (Turtox)
mounting medium and identified with a compound microscope. Of the 90
larvae obtained from the shells of G. semicarinata, 89 were identified as

1 Received October 5, 1978

This paper is based on a portion of the research conducted in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, Department of Biology, Uni-
versity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky.

Water Resources Laboratory, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208
Present address: Woodward-Clyde Consultants, 3489 Kurtz Street, San Diego, Cali-
fornia 92 110.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1 ) 33-36. February 1979

34

ENTOMOLOGICAL NLWS

$ .C"' r-it r- ^ sU' ? > j^

' \W ^ ^-fS ^

%^/w

^ ; ^7?i^^

>^ft^S?j

<( S% ^

^r^-Xcc^-i^i;

O 2

I '

mm

Figure 1 . A mature goniobasis semicarinata shell with attached Rheotanytarsus
sp. sand grain cases (from Mancini 1978).

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

35

Rheotanvtarsus sp. The single exception was an unidentified coleopteran
larva which was inhabiting a previously abandoned Rheotanvtarsus sp. case.

A typical mature snail with three chironomid cases attached to the shell
is illustrated in Fig. 1 . The locations of the cases are not random, and the
numbers 1,2, and 3 designate the first, second, and third most common
case sites occupied on a mature snail shell.

The percentages of live snails used as symbionts by the larvae are pre-
sented in Table 1 . It should be pointed out that percentages of occurrence
were higher for mature (greater than 1.5 years of age) snails than for im-
mature individuals, and that multiple infestations occurred in approximately
10% of the affected snails. Indeed, one snail was found with seven inhabited
Rheotanvtarsus sp. larval cases attached to its shell.

Van Benthem-Jutting (1938) reported that larvae of Parachironomus varus
lived and fed on Physa fontinalis and supported the theory with evidence of
mutilated sections of the foot and mantle digitations. In addition, van
Benthem-Jutting also found that the larvae had a preferred case-building site
on the snail's shell along the parietal wall of the aperture near the free edge of
the peristome.

In the Mosquito Creek drainage system the relationship between G. seini-
carinata and Rheotany tarsus sp. seems to be phoretic as I have found no

Table 1. Percentages of live, mature, and young-of-the-year (Y-O-Y) G. semicarinata
used as phoretic symbionts by Rheotanytarsus sp. in the Mosquito Creek drainage,
summer 1976 through summer 1977.

Po

Ag

pulation and

SEASON

e Group

Summer 1976

Winter 1976-1977

Summer 1977

A

Mature

42.0

54.4

37.0

1975 Y-O-Y

33.3

50.0

1976 Y-O-Y

3.9

12.6

24.4

1977 Y-O-Y

-

-

3.8

B

Mature

10.4

8.4

1975 Y-O-Y

12.5

1976 Y-O-Y

0.6

1.7

12.3

1977 Y-O-Y

-

-

C

Mature

56.3

39.3

50.6

1975 Y-O-Y

47.6

_

1976 Y-O-Y

9.1

2.4

90.0

1977 Y-O-Y

_

_

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

evidence to suggest that the fly larva feeds on the snail. Such a relationship
has not been reported previously for any aquatic operculate snail with any
other insect larva or for this chironomid genus and any other snail.

Roback (1977) in reporting a phoretic relationship between a large hemi-
pteran, Cryphocricos peruvianus, and a chironomid larva Eukiefferiella sp.
suggested that these relationships may be relatively common in nature. These
data from the Mosquito Creek drainage system do, indeed, demonstrate this
relationship to be common, at least on a local level.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Thanks are offered to S.A. Elbert and C. Osuampke for their aid in the
collection and preparation of samples and to J. Fussell for her line drawing.
Thanks are also due to Dr. R. Tucker Abbott for his species level identifica-
tion of the snail and to R. Anne Mancini for her typing of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Mancini, E.R. 1978. The biology of Goniobasis semicarinata (Say) [Gastropoda:Pieuro-
ceridae] in the Mosquito Creek drainage system, southern Indiana. Ph.D. Disserta-
tion, University of Louisville. 93 pp.

Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of systematic zoology. McGraw-Hill Co.: New York. N.Y.
428pp.

Roback, S.S. 1977. First record of a chironomid larva living phoreticaliy on an aquatic
hemipteran (Naucoridae). Ent. News 88:192.

Steffan, A.W. 1967. Ectosymbiosis in aquatic insects (pp. 207-289). In: S.M. Henry (ed.)
Symbiosis. Academic Press. New York.

Van Benthem-Jutting, T. 1938. A freshwater pulmonate (Physa fontinalis [L.]) in-
habited by the larva of a non-biting midge (Tendipes [Parachironomus] varus Gtgh.).
Arch. Hydrobiol. 32:693-699.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 37

A NEW MAEMACTES ATTACKING ALFALFA IN MEXICO
(COLEOPTERA; CURCULIONIDAE) 1

Charles W. O'Brien 2 . 3

ABSTRACT: Maemactes pestis, a new species from Mexico, is known to attack alfalfa by
burrowing as larvae in the crowns and roots of the host plants. The species is described
and a diagnosis separating it from ruficornis Boheman is included, along with illustra-
tions of the male phallus and the female spermatheca and 8th sternite of both species.

Kissinger (1963) reviewed the genus Maemactes and keyed the seven
species then recognized as valid. As he indicated in his paper, little was known
concerning their biology. His new species punctatus was taken from an
Andropogon clump and cribratus LeConte was taken under cowchips. His
new species imitator was intercepted in quarantine on orchid plants. I have
collected large numbers of specimens of ruficornis Boheman under stones in
mountain meadows and have beaten perforatus Champion from jungle edge
in Panama. Because so little is known concerning this genus it is of consider-
able interest to report on this new species which is potentially a serious pest of
alfalfa in Mexico, burrowing in the roots and crowns of the host plants.

All of the specimens of the new species herein described were collected
by Dr. M.H. Schonhorst who, with others, is preparing a paper on the life
history of this weevil and the economic damage to alfalfa that it causes.
He collected the specimens from infested plants transplanted from field
plots. He split open the roots of supposedly infested plants and those with
larvae were transferred to clay pots in a greenhouse. These were covered
with screen boxes and the adults which emerged months later were
collected. Some larvae, pupae and teneral adults were also collected from
their galleries in the roots of the alfalfa (Schonhorst, pers. comm.). I shall
describe the immature stages in a future paper.

Maemactes pestis O'Brien, n. sp.

Holotype male. - Elongate oblong, sides subparallel, black to brownish black, clothed
with moderately sparse, suberect, brown to blackish, fine setae.

Rostrum moderately stout, not merging evenly with head, base strongly broadly

'Received September 8, 1978.

"Laboratory of Aquatic
Tallahassee, FL., 32307.

laboratory of Aquatic Entomology, P.O. Box 111, Florida A&M University,

This study was supported in part by the following grants in aid to Florida A&M
University, U.S.D.A. Cooperative State Research Service (Jrant Nos. 716-15-22 and
416-15-16.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 37-40. February 1979

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

gibbous, ca. twice as wide at base as at apex, basal 1/3 with large, lateral, coarse, conti-
guous punctures, becoming smaller, sparser, and less coarse towards apex. Head with
large, coarse, rugose punctures between eyes, on frontal area punctures large and coarse,
laterally becoming smaller and separated, with narrow punctate groove above eye,
vertex with smaller, finer, more separated, distinct punctures; frons depressed, not
foveate, between eyes ca. 3/4 as wide as rostrum at narrowest point; eyes narrow,
transverse, acutely oval, ca. 1/2 as long as wide. Prothorax scarcely wider than long,
laterally rounded, expanded from base to before middle and there strongly narrowed
to nontubulate apex, apex slightly more than 1/2 width of base; notum rather planate,
punctures moderate, separated by 1/2 to about their diameter, rather evenly distributed,
though with indefinite median line, surface shining, indistinctly finely reticulate; sub-
erect setae arising from center of punctures, pleural margin with larger, denser, sub-
contiguous punctures; pleuron with larger, separate punctures, surface matte, strongly
reticulate. Scutellum small, round, densely clothed with yellowish brown, subrecumbent,
scalelike setae. Elytra elongate, with humcrus subangulate, very weakly developed;
slightly swollen behind and below humerus, subparallel to declivity, there narrowed and
broadly evenly rounded to apex; intervals weakly convex, uneven in width, 1-3 subequal
in width to large, quadrate, deep strial punctures, outer intervals ca. 1/2 to 3/4 width of
strial puncture; all intervals with rather large punctures, outer intervals with single row,
2nd and 3rd with uneven row or rarely an interrupted double row, 1st with 2 rows in
apical 2/3, all punctures with rather indistinct, short, curved, yellowish to brownish
setae (more obvious in lateral view); strial punctures narrowly separated by slightly
depressed ridges, striae evident only at base and from declivity to apex. Legs moderately
stout, elongate; coxae densely clothed with recumbent to subrecumbent, white to golden
brown, scalelike setae; femora evenly, densely, coarsely punctate, with short, subrecum-
bent, scalelike setae; fore femur unarmed, mid and hind femora with small distinct
tooth; tibiae very densely, shallowly, coarsely punctate, all clearly mucronate on inner
apical angle. Venter rather evenly, coarsely, shallowly punctate; lateral punctures larger,
coarser and denser, each puncture with subrecumbent, fine to scalelike seta; abdominal
sternite 1 broadly deeply medially depressed, depression continuing on sternite 2; 2 as
long as 3 and 4 together, distinctly longer than 5; apex of sternite 5 and visible portion
of pygidium very densely clothed with recumbent to suberect, golden-brown, scalelike
setae; pygidial tergite distinctly laterally expanded at apex, apex acutely declivous.
Length: pronotum and elytron, 5.9 mm.

Allotype female. - Very similar to male; abdominal stcrnites 1 and 2 very slightly
depressed; pygidial tergite not expanded laterally at apex, apex obtusely declivous.
Length: pronotum and elytron, 6.0 mm.

Material examined. - On hand for this study were 190 specimens, including 61 adults
of this species. Numerous larvae and pupae were also available.

Range. - Known only from the State of Guanajuato, Mexico, 5 km. N. of Celaya.

Holotype male and allotype female, Mexico: State of Guanajuato, 5 km. N. Celaya,
ex roots alfalfa, M.H. Schonhorst, emerged 25-30-VI-1977, ex plants coll'd Jan.-Mar.
1977. Paratypes, same data (59); same locality, VIII-1975, in crown alfalfa, larvae
damaging crown, association] likely, foliage ehlorotic, M. Schonhorst (2).

Deposition of holotype and allotype, author's collection. Paratypes are deposited in
the following collections: author's, Tallahassee, EL.; University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ.;
British Museum (Natural History), London, England; U.S. National Museum, Washing-
ton, D.C.; E.L. Sleeper collection, Long Beach, CA; and D.G. Kissinger, Loma Linda,
CA.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

39

e

M. pestis

2 . M. ruficornis

mm.

Figure 1. Maemactes pestis O'Brien, n. sp.

Figure 2. M. nificornis Boheman; a, dorsal view of phallus; h, lateral view of phallus;
c, apicodorsal view of phallus; d, dorsal view of female 8th sternite; e, lateral view of
spermatheca.

Kissinger treated this species as nificornis Boheman but I have seen
Boheman's type in Stockholm and the species are quite distinct. They can be
readily separated by the following characters. The intervals of ruficornis are
relatively flat and very uneven in width, often with the alternate intervals 2 to
3 times as wide as the sutural interval. Strial punctures are large, very
unevenly distributed, and usually elongate oval. Punctures of the intervals are
small, in single uneven rows on the narrow intervals and irregularly distrib-

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

uted on the wide intervals. Elytral setae are small, recumbent, and scarcely
visible. The rather acute apex of the male phallus (fig. 2b) will readily
separate the species.

The rather uniform weakly convex elytral intervals with moderately large
distinct single or double rows of punctures and evenly distributed quadrate
to round strial punctures, along with the distinct though small suberect setae
of pestis and the broad truncate apex of the male phallus (fig. la) are
diagnostic. And pestis is not likely to be confused with the other species
which either possess scales or erect fine setae or have characteristics of
ruficornis.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I wish to thank Dr. M.H. Schonhorst, Department of Plant Sciences, University of
Arizona, Tucson, who collected all of the specimens of pestis herein studied and who
allowed me to retain the type specimens and made available his notes on the biology of
this important species.

LITERATURE CITED

Kissinger, D.G. 1963. Weevils of the genus Maemactes (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1 14(3474):479-486.

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979 41

ARTHROPODS ASSOCIATED WITH HELLEBORINE ORCHID,

EPIPACTIS HELLEBORINE (L.) CRANTZ,

AT DUNNVILLE, ONTARIO 1

WAV. Judd 2

ABSTRACT: From July 19 to August 7, 1977, helleborine, >/pacr/s helleborine, was in
bloom at Dunnville. A harvestman, Phalangium opilio, spiders, Araneus sp. and
Tetragnatha versicolor, and insects (Miridae, Syrphidae, Formicidae, Halictidae,
Coccinellidae, Curculionidae) were found on the plants. The weevil, Stethobaris ovata ,
chewed the flowers and destroyed them on more than half the plants.

The helleborine, Epipactis helleborine (L.) Crantz, is a European orchid
which was introduced into North America, first being noted at Syracuse in
1879. It was found first in Ontario near Toronto at Lambton Mills in 1890
and since then has spread over much of the southern part of the province
(Soper and Garay, 1954).

In 1977 a considerable growth of this plant was found in Haldimand
County in Lot 1 , Concession IV South of the Dover Road, Dunn Township,
recently annexed to the Town of Dunnville. The lot comprises about 90
acres and is rectangular, with its south end at the north shore of Lake Erie.
There are two woodlots in it. The southerly one is at the lakeshore, sur-
rounding summer cottages, and the northerly one is at the north end of the
lot. The two woodlots are separated by a quarter of a mile of cultivated
fields and pasture. Plants of helleborine were growing in both the woodlots
in 1977.

The structure of the flower of helleborine and its pollination have been
studied by various authors who note that the pollinating agents are almost
exclusively wasps of the family Vespidae (Darwin, 1877; Judd, 1972;Knuth,
1909; Meeuse, 1961). In 1977 an investigation was done of the insects asso-
ciated with this plant in the lot at Dunnville.

In the middle of July numbered stakes were placed beside twenty of the
plants in the southerly woodlot and each day the number of flowers in bloom
on these plants was counted. Blooming began on July 19 and continued for a
three-week period until August 8, with maximum blooming occurring on
July 28, 1978 (Table I). During this period the plants were examined daily
and a harvestman, spiders and insects found at them were collected. Peri-
odically, plants in the northerly woods were also examined.

Identifications were made by the following taxonomists who, unless

'Received November 1, 1978.

Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada.
ENT. NEWS 90 (1)41-44. February 1979

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

otherwise noted, are with the Biosystematics Research Institute, Agriculture
Canada, Ottawa: D.E. Bright (Curculionidae), D. Brown (Miridae), G. Gibson
(Halictidae), M. Ivanochko (Formicidae), R. Leech, Alberta Environment,
Edmonton, Alberta (Araneida), L. Masner (Vespidae), J.R. Vockeroth
(Syrphidae). The harvestman was identified with keys in Edgar (1966). All
specimens are deposited in the collection of the Department of Zoology,
University of Western Ontario except two beetles, Stethobaris ovata (LeC.),
kept in the National Collection, Ottawa.

ACCOUNT OF COLLECTIONS

Phalangida
Phalangiidae

Phalangium opilio L. -- One female harvestman was found sprawled over several
flowers on a plant on August 1. It is a species commonly found in Ontario (Edgar,
1966).

Araneida
Araneidae

Aranem sp. - Two immature spiders were on a light web spun over flowers on one
plant on July 22 and another was on a plant on August 5.

Tetragnathidae

Tethragnatha versicolor Walckenaer - Two spiders were found, one on a light web on
flowers of one plant on July 21 and another on a web on a plant on July 24.

Tetragnatha sp. - Five immature spiders were on a web spun over flowers on one
plant on August 5.

No insects or other prey were found in the webs spun by the spiders. Spiders of the
genera Araneus and Tetragnatha are common web-spinning spiders in eastern North
America (Comstock, 1967; Gertsch, 1949).

Insecta
Miridae

Plagiognathus obscurus Uhler - One bug was on a flower of a plant in the northerly
woods on July 24. Bugs of this genus have been found at flowers of dogwood in Dunn
Township (Judd, 1975).

Syrphidae

Toxomerus marginatus Say - One hover fly was on a flower on July 25. This species
has been found on flowers of dogwood near the helleborine plants (Judd, 1975).

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 43

Formicidae

Lasius alienus (Foerst.) One ant was running about over flowers on a plant on
July 25. This species is widely distributed in North America (Krombein, 1958).

Halictidae

Lasioglossum (Dialictus) sp. - One bee was at a flower on July 23. Various species
of this genus have been found at flowers of dogwood near the helleborine (Judd, 1975).

Coccinellidae

Hippodamia parenthesis (Say) - One lady beetle was crawling over the flowers on a
plant on July 24. This species is a common one in eastern North America (Blatchley,
1910; Dillon and Dillon, 1961).

Curculionidae

Stethobaris ovata (LeC.) - Several beetles were found on the plants, both in the
southerly and northerly woodlots, from July 21 to August 5. The beetles attacked the
flowers by chewing circular holes in the sepals of unopened flowers and working through
into the centre of the flowers. A flower so attacked turned black and withered. Of the
twenty numbered plants in the southerly woodlot only ten produced flowers that
bloomed through the period of blooming. One of these plants bloomed on July 21 but
it was attacked by the beetles and its flowers were blackened and withered by the
following day. Ten plants produced no blooms, their flowers being destroyed by the
beetles. Thus, more than half of the plants were prevented from setting seed by the
attacks of S. ovata. Several plants in the northerly woodlot were likewise found attacked
by the beetles. It is thus evident that S. ovata is potentially a major pest of helleborine.

Stethobaris ovata has been reported from Ontario previously (Blatchley and Leng,
1916). D.E. Bright, who identified the specimens from Dunnville, reported in a letter
that beetles of this species from South March, Ontario, deposited in the National Collec-
tion, were found feeding on Habenaria hyperborea, Cypripedhtm calceolus and
Cypripedium acaule, all of which are orchids. It thus appears that S-. ovata habitually
feeds on plants of the Orchidaceae.

Pollination

Over the three-week period during which the helleborine was in bloom
very few insects were found at the flowers, and these were species not regu-
larly recorded as pollinators of this plant. The commonest insect found on
the flowers, Stethobaris ovata, destroyed the flowers, and only the one bee,
Lasioglossum sp., was actually in a flower, the other insects being found
crawling over the outside of the flowers. However, after the plants had
bloomed, several flowers were found with well-developed ovaries and abun-
dant seed.

It lias frequently been observed that helleborine is pollinated almost
exclusively by wasps of the family Vespidae which cany pollinia on their
heads from one flower to another (Darwin, 1877; Judd, l c )72; Kntitli. IW);
Meeuse, 1961). At Owen Sound in Ontario Judd (l l >72) found three species

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

of Vespula (arenaria, consobrina, vidiia) pollinating the plants. The com-
monest of these was V. arenaria (Fabr.). Within 700 feet of the helleborine
plants in the southerly woodlot at Dunnville there were two active colonies of
V. arenaria which had built their nests under the eaves of cottages. At no
time were these wasps seen at the flowers, but it is likely that they were the
pollinators, visiting the flowers at times when the plants were not being
observed.

TABLE 1. Numbers of flowers of helleborine
in bloom on twenty plants

July

Date 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Number 4 13 23 34 37 48 55 59 59 65 57 50 39

August

Date 12345678

Number 30 22 16 13 8 3 1

LITERATURE CITED

Blatchley, W.S. 1910. Coleoptera or beetles known to occur in Indiana. Nature Publish-
ing Co., Indianapolis.
Blatchley, W.S. and C.W. Leng 1916. Rhynchophora or weevils of north eastern

America. Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis.
Comstock, J.H. 1967. The Spider Book (revised by W.J. Gertsch). Comstock Publishing

Associates, Ithaca, New York.
Darwin, C. 1877. The various contrivances by which orchids are fertilized by insects,

2nd. edition. D. Appleton and Co., New York.
Dillon, E.S. and L.S. Dillon. 1961. A manual of common beetles of eastern North

America. Row, Peterson and Co., Evanston, Illinois.
Edgar, A.L. 1966. Phalangida of the Great Lakes Region. American Midland Naturalist,

75 (2): 347-366.

Gertsch, W.J. 1949. American Spiders. D. VanNostrand Co., New York.
Judd, W.W. 1972. Wasps (Vespidae) pollinating helleborine, Epipactis helleborine (L.)

Crantz, at Owen Sound, Ontario. Proceedings, Entomological Society of Ontario

(1971), 102: 115-118.
Judd, W.W. 1975. Insects associated with flowering silky dogwood (Cornus obliqua

Raf.) at Dunnville, Haldimand County, Ontario. Ontario Field Biologist, 29 (2):

26-35.

Knuth, P. 1909. Handbook of flower pollination. Vol. 3. Clarendon Press, Oxford.
Krombein, K.V. 1958. Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico - Synoptic catalog.

United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Monograph No. 2, First

Supplement.

Meeuse, B.J.D. 1961 . The story of pollination. Ronald Press Co., New York.
Soper, J.H. and L.A. Garay. 1954. The hetleborine and its recent spread in Ontario.

Federation of Ontario Naturalists, Bulletin 65: 4-7.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 45

REDESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEOTROPICAL COREID

GENERA OF UNCERTAIN TRIBAL PLACEMENT

(HETEROPTERA) 1

R. O'Shea 2

ABSTRACT: O'Shea and Schaefer (1978) have shown that two neotropical tribes of the
Coreidae: Coreinae, Acanthocerini and Nematopodini, should be separated from the
strictly Old World genera (Mictini sensu stricto). Three neotropical genera do not belong
in any of these tribes, and cannot at present be placed in any coreine tribe. These genera,
Mammurius Stal, Curtius StSl, and Molchina Amyot and Serville are described here, with
tentative suggestions as to their relationships. The included species are listed, and those
not seen are marked by an asterisk.

Mammurius Stal 1862a : 278

TYPE SPECIES: Mammurius mopsus Stal 1862b : 293.

Body small, robust, stout; head quadrate to somewhat triangular, post-ocular
tubercles very small, antennifers small, widely separated, tylus projecting markedly
anteriorly of antennifers, antennae long, slender, terete, segment 1 stouter than 24, 2
longer than 1, 3 a little longer than 1, 4 shorter than 3, robustly fusiform; pronotum
very steeply declivent, callar region, collar not very distinct, lateral margins nodulose
with anterior angles marked by large nodulose projection, humeral angles slightly pro-
duced laterally into short broad spine, posthumeral margins sinuate, somewhat nodulose,
posterior margin smooth, posterior angles sharp, produced posteriorly; scutellum
punctate; metathoracic scent gland apparatus small, situated relatively ventrally; labium
relatively long, reaching intermediate coxae, mesosternum lacking median furrow; all
femora armed at least with small spines distally on ventral surface, posterior femora
incrassate in both sexes, more in male, armed distally with large spines; posterior tibiae
flattened, ventral margin armed with row of small teeth in both sexes; posterior angles
of abdominal segments unarmed, spiracles nearer lateral than anterior margins; paramere
broader apically than distally, with short curved tip (Fig. 1); aedeagus with paired
dorsal sclerites, large distodorsal sac, smaller medioventral sacs, vesica helical (Fig. 2).

NOTES: Stal (1862a) described Mammurius in part of his serial work
"Hemiptera Mexicana," and described the only included species, M. mopsus,
in the next part (Stal 1862b).

Mammurius is distinguished from nematopodine genera by its size (less
than 15mm long). Its tylus extends considerably anteriorly, even compared
with the outwardly similar genus, Piezogaster Amyot and Serville.

The genitalia are not very similar to those of the nematopodines. The

1 Received August 24, 1978.

2
Systematic and Evolutionary Biology Section, Biological Sciences Group, University of

Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. 06268 U.S.A. Present Address: Imperial Medical Center of
Iran, Corner of Jahan Koudak and Jordan Ave., Tehran, Iran.

ENT.NEWS90 (1)45-50. February 1979

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

dorsal sac of the conjunctiva and the helical vesica suggest that Mammurius
may be related to theAcanthocephala-gtoup (cf. Schaefer, 1965: Fig. 110).

Included species:

ciibanus Barber and Bruner 1947: Chile
mopsus Stal 1862: Mexico, (Arizona)

Curtius Stai 1870: 143
TYPE SPECIES: Mictisl marginalis Dallas 1852: 401 ; monobasic.

Mictoides Walker 1871 : 38, syn. nov.
TYPE SPECIES: Mictisl marginalis Dallas 1852: 401 ; selected here.

Redescription of the genus: Body large, stout, broad, not depressed; head sub-
quadrate, postocular tubercles forming smooth curve with eye, antennifers well
developed, widely separated, tylus projecting further anteriorly than antennifers;
antennae long, slender, terete, segment 1 slightly curved, more robust, 2 subequal in
length to 1, 3 shorter than 2, 4 slightly longer than 2, fusiform; pronotum not very
steeply declivent, callar region, collar distinctly marked, lateral margins relatively
smooth, anterior angles rounded, humeral angles sharp, posterior, posthumeral margins
smooth, posterior angles rounded; scutellum transversely striate; mesosternum lacking
median longitudinal furrow, metathoracic scent gland opening placed relatively laterally;
anterior femora with small spines distally on ventral surface in male, lacking in female,
other femora armed at least wjth distoventral spines, posterior femora of male very
markedly incrassate, with spines on ventral surface, dorsal surface smooth; posterior
tibiae of female more or less terete, of male flattened, curved, slightly dilated ventrally
with a large tooth at about midpoint, smaller spines distally; posterior angles of
abdominal segments more or less square, unarmed, spiracles much nearer anterior than
lateral margins; paramere with curved shaft (Fig. 3), distinct narrow curved tip (Fig. 4);
conjunctiva of aedeagus with divided unsclerotized distodorsal sac, paired distolateral
sacs (Fig. 5); vesica helical.

NOTES: Walker (1871) erected the genus Mictoides for Mictis marginalis
andM. trigiittata. But Mayr (1865) had already placed trigiittata in Sago tylus,
and Stai (1870) had already placed marginalis in Curtius. The two species
are not congeneric, so Mictoides has no validity nomenclaturally or biologi-
cally. Since Walker (1871) did not select a type from the two included
species, I am selecting marginalis, which automatically makes Mictoides a
synonym of Curtius.

Stal (1870) pointed out a number of differences between Curtius and
Sago tylus, which do have a similar habitus. Thus in Curtius (as opposed to
Sagotylus}: antennal segment 4 is longer than 3; the humeral angles are
different; spines are lacking on the anterior margin of the pronotum; a lobe
is lacking on the male metasternum above the coxa; there are ridges on the
venters of the anterior abdominal segments, near the transverse sutures. In
addition Curtius lacks a large tooth, present in Sagotylus on the ventral

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979

47

Fig. 1. Mammurius mopsus - paramere; Fig. 2. Mammurius mopsus - aedeagus; Fig. 3.
Curtius marginalis - paramere; I ; ig. 4. Curtius marginalis - paramere; Fig. 5. Curtius
marginalis - aedeagus; Fig. 6. Molchina sp. - male genital capsule; Fig. 7. Molchina sp. -
paramere; Fig. 8. Molchina sp. - aedeagus.

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

margin of the posterior femora of the male.

The parameres of Curtius are strongly sclerotized and curved (Figs. 3,4),
whereas those of sagotylus are membranous and lack curved tips. Curtius has
a totally unsclerotized conjunctiva (Fig. 5), whereas Sagotylus has paired
medioventral sclerites as well as distodorsal and distoventral lobes.

The aedeagus and paramere of Curtius are neither nematopodine nor
acanthocerine. Some doubts have been expressed in the past as to the place-
ment of the genus. Much of the following applies also to Molchina, the genus
I describe next, and will not be repeated there.

Stal (1870) placed Curtius and Molchina in a group, the Mictina. Later
Stal (1873) mentioned these genera again, stating in a section on Sparto-
ceraria, "Ad Physomeraria et Corearia appropinquant Spartoceraria americana

Ad hanc divisionem (i.e., Physomeraria) Spartocera et affinia, nee non

Curtius et Molchina pertinent."

Bergroth (1913) added Curtius and Molchina to the Spartoceridae
Lethierry and Severin 1894 to form his Menenotaria, a course also followed
by Blote (1936). Curtius and Molchina do not seem to belong in the Sparto-
cerini, among whose characters Schaefer (1965) included: femora unspined
apically, posterior femora slender, paired ventral conjunctival appendages
membranous.

Although the males have incrassate femora, the two genera do not belong
in the Nematopodini. Their conjunctivas are entirely membranous and have
distinct dorsal sacs. Nematopodine conjunctivas do not have dorsal sacs and
usually have three pairs of sclerotized appendages. Curtius and Molchina also
have helical vesicas, whereas nemtopodine genera have curved vesicas.

I prefer to leave Curtius and Molchina, for the present, as genera of
uncertain placement, until more American coreid genera can be examined.

Included species:

marginalis Dallas 1852; Colombia, Ecuador

= affinis Dallas 1852 (synonymized by Lethierry and Severin (1894)).

= culta (Distant) 1893 (synonymized by O'Shea (1974)).

Molchina Amyot and ServiUe 1843: 188-189

TYPE SPECIES: Lygaeus compressicornis Fabr. 1794: 138; monobasic.
Euplatycoris Walker 1871: 103-104 (synonymized by Bergroth, 1913).

TYPE SPECIES: Euplatycoris bellicornis Walker 1871 : 104; monobasic.

Body large, broad, stout, relatively depressed posteriorly especially in males; head
subquadrate, postocular tubercles forming smooth curve with eye, antennifers promi-
nent, situated close together, projecting distinctly anteriorly of tylus; antennae long,
slender, terete (except segment 3), segment 1 curved, relatively stouter, 2 shorter than 1 ,
3 subequal in length to 2, dilated on both sides for whole length, 4 curved, fusiform,
very long usually about twice as long as 3; pronotum steeply declivent, callar region,

Vol. 90, No. 1 , February 1979 49

collar distinct, lateral margins nodulose, especially posterior pait, anterior angles obtuse,
more or less rounded, humeral angles produced laterally into short broad, or long
narrow, sharp spine, posthumeral, posterior margins slightly nodulose, posterior angles
not clearly marked; scutellum transversely striate; mesosterum without median
longitudinal groove; metathoracic scent gland opening placed relatively laterally;
posterior trochanter of males armed with small spine; all femora armed at least with
distal spines on ventral surface, posterior femora incrassate, especially in male, ventral
margin of male posterior femora armed with row of small spines, dorsal margin smooth;
posterior tibiae of female more or less terete, of male flattened, curved, slightly dilated
ventrally, armed with large tooth about 2/3 from proximal end, and smaller more distal
teeth; abdominal segments 3, 4 of male armed medio ventrally with large tubercles,
posterior angles sometimes rounded, but usually forming small distinct spines, spiracles
nearer anterior than lateral margins of segments; male genital capsule with posterior
margin forming shelf, into which projects posteriorly a median tongue (Fig. 6); paramere
with relatively short base, long curved tip widening apically (Fig. 7); conjunctiva of
aedeagus with divided distodorsal lobe bearing paired lobes, paired distoventral lobes;
vesica helical (Fig. 8).

NOTES: Molchina can be separated from other genera in the Nematopodini
or Acanthocerini (i.e., those American genera whose males have incrassate
femora, and are not in the Acanthocephalini) by the following combination
of characters: humeral angles armed with distinct spines, third antenna! seg-
ment dilated, and male abdominal segments 3 and 4 with median ventral
tubercles. In addition, the paramere, aedeagus, and male genital capsule are
all unlike those of the nematopodine genera.

The systematic placement of Molchina is discussed with the previous genus,
Cur tius.

Included species:

compressicortris (Fabr.) 1794; N. Brazil, Guianas

granulata Stal 1870; N. Brazil

= bellicornis (Walker) 1871 (synonymized by Bergroth, 1913)

hopei (Perty) 1833; N. Brazil, Peru

*/i/2H Stal 1859;N. Brazil

*molitor Breddin 1898; Bolivia

*obtusidens Blote 1936; Panama

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The author expresses appreciation to Dr. Carl Schaefer for his invaluable assistance in
the review and processing of this paper.

REFERENCES CITED

Amyot, C.J.B. and A. Serville. 1843. Mistoire naturelle des insectes. Hcmiptcres.

Librairie Encylopedique de Roret, Paris.
Barber, H.G. and S.C. Bruner. 1 947. The Coreidac of Cuba and the Isle of Pines, with the

description of a new species (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Mem. Soc. Cub. Mist. Nat.

19:77-88.

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Bergroth, E. 1913. Supplementum catalogi hetcroptcroruni bruxellensis. II. Coreidae,

Pyrrhocoridac, Colobathristidae and Neididae. Mem. Soc. Ent. Belg. 22:125-183.
Bldte, H.C. 1936. Catalogue of the Coreidae in the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke

Historic. Part III. Coreinae, Second Part, Zool. Meded. 19:23-66.
Dallas, W.S. 1852. List of the specimens of hemipterous insects in the collection of

the British Museum Part II. British Museum, London.
Distant, W.L. 1890-1893. Insecta. Rhynchota, Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Vol. 1. Biologia

Centrali-Americana, London.
Fabricius, J.C. 1794. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta IV. C.G. Profit.

Hafniae.
Lethierry, L. and G. Severin. 1894. Catalogue general des hemipteres. Tome II.

Heteropteres, Coreidae, Berytidae, Lygaeidae, Pyrrhocoridae. Musee royal d'Histoire

naturelle de Belgique, Bruxelles.
Mayr, G.L. 1865. Diat;nosen neuer Hemipteren II. Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesellsch.

15:429-446.
O'Shea, R. 1974. Two new combinations and a new synonymy in the Coreidae

(Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Entomologists' Mon. Mag. 109: 125.
and C.W. Schaefer. 1978. The Mictini are not monophyletic (Hemiptera:

Coreidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 71 :776-784.
Perty, M. 1833. Delectus animalium articulatorum, quae in itinere per Brasiliam . . . Frid.

Fleischer, Monachii.
Schaefer, C.W. 1965. The morphology and higher classification of the Coreoidea

(Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Part III. The families Rhopalidae, Alydidae, and Coreidae.

Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 5: 1-76.
Stal, C. 1859. Hemipterologiska bidrag. Ofv. Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Forh. 15: 443-

454.

. 1862a. Hemiptera mexicana (part). Stett. Ent. Ztg. 23: 273-281.

1862b. Hemiptera mexicana (part). Stett. Ent. Ztg. 23: 289-325.

Enumeratio hemipterorum 1. Kongl. Svenska. Vetens. - Akad. Handl.

Enumeratio hemipterorum. 3. Kond. Svenska. Vetens.-Akad. Handl.
11(2):

Walker, F. 1971. Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera Heteroptera in the collection
of the British Museum. Part IV. Trustees of the British Museum, London.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 51

LARGE CAPACITY PITFALL TRAP 1

r\ -3 .

Mark W. Houseweart , Daniel T. Jennings , James C. Rea

ABSTRACT: Describes materials, procedures, advantages and disadvantages of using
large capacity pitfall traps to inventory ground-dwelling fauna in spruce-fir forests.

Numerous investigators have designed and used pitfall traps for collecting
ground-inhabiting arthropods (see Southwood, 1966 and Thiele, 1977 for a
general account; and Uetz and Unzicker, 1976 for a critical review). The
simplest design is a cup, jar, can or bottle sunk into the ground so that the
mouth is level with the soil surface. Walking insects and other arthropods
fall into the trap and are retained by a preservative or killing agent. More
elaborate designs include traps with funnels, roofs, barriers, aprons and time-
sort devices.

As part of a study on natural enemies of the eastern spruce budworm,
Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.), pitfall traps were used to inventory the
ground-dwelling fauna. Spruce budworms are susceptible to predation from
ground-inhabiting predators during the spring and summer larval-dispersal
periods, and when large larvae and pupae drop from host trees to the forest
floor. Because our study spanned the spring rainy season, a large capacity
pitfall trap, which would not overflow, was needed. This Note describes
the materials, procedures, advantages and disadvantages of using these large
capacity traps.

MATERIALS

The components needed for construction of the traps are readily available
from most scientific stockrooms or biological supply houses and from hard-
ware/lumber yards. Each trap (Fig. 1) consists of a 150 mm plastic funnel,
a 2-liter plastic bottle, and a 30 x 30 x 0.6 cm apron fashioned from tempered

Deceived November 6, 1978. Cooperative Forestry Research Unit, Journal Article
Series No. 7.

Assistant Research Professor, Cooperative Forestry Research Unit, School of Forest
Resources, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469

Principal Research Entomologist, Northeastern Forest Experiment Station, USDA
Building, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469

Research Technologist, Cooperative Forestry Research Unit, University of Maine,
Orono, Maine 04469

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 51-54. February 1979

52

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

hardboard. The funnel has a 15.4 cm outside diameter, tapering to a straight
sided spout with a 2.54 cm diameter hole. The spout fits snugly into the
neck of the 2-liter bottle, thus alleviating the necessity for a clamping device.
The hardboard (0.6 cm stock) is cut into a piece 30 cm 2 to form an apron.
A sabre saw is then used to cut a 14.9 cm diameter hole in the center of the
board. The hole is tapered to provide an optimum fit between the funnel and
board. Reinforcing ridges along the funnel sides are trimmed with a knife to
allow smooth contact between the funnel and tapered hole. Cut aprons are
treated (2 coats) with polyurethane varnish to prevent warping.

INSTALLATION AND SERVICE

Traps were installed in the field by digging 20-25 cm diameter holes with
a sharp-nose spade. Care was taken to dig a vertical hole only slightly larger
than the bottle and funnel, and yet deep enough to allow the bottle to swing
freely off the hole bottom. Aprons were placed over the holes and the bottle-
funnel unit suspended from the board (Fig.l).

A 1 : 1 mixture of ethylene glycol and 70% ethanol was added to each trap
bottle as a killing-preservative agent. We used ca. 300 ml of this mixture per
bottle, thus allowing ample space for dilution by rain.

Traps were installed in both strip-cut and dense spruce-fir forests of
northern Maine. They were serviced weekly by: 1) lifting out the funnel-

PITFALL TRAP

Design

Fiberboard Apron

Plastic Funnel

Placement

Ground Level

-Plastic Bottle

Fig. 1. Design and placement of large capacity pitfall trap.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 53

bottle unit, 2) removing the funnel, 3) swirling the liquid around in the bottle,

4) emptying the liquid and trapped contents into a wire-mesh strainer, and

5) rinsing the strainer with trapped contents into a large collecting jar. Part of
the liquid was saved and used to rinse the strainer; part was added to each
collecting jar for transportation and temporary storage. Additional ethanol
was added to the collecting jars since they were kept a period of time before
sorting.

To replenish the liquid in each trap bottle, a fresh mixture of 1 : 1 ethylene
glycol/ethanol was added to any excess, diluted solution. Bottle and funnel
were then reassembled and placed back in the apron hole. In most cases,
aprons were left in place, thus habitat disturbance was kept to a minimum.

ADVANTAGES/DISADVANTAGES

These large capacity pitfall traps are simple, easily constructed, easily
serviced and relatively inexpensive. Approximate costs of materials per
trap are:

1 50 mm Nalgene R plastic funnel $0.34

2-liter, narrow-mouth Nalgene plastic bottle 0.71

30 x 30 x 0.6 cm tempered hardboard 0. 1 9
Total cost of materials was ca. $1.24 per trap.

n

Use of registered trademarks does not constitute endorsement.

Care should be taken to purchase only bottles and funnels that fit properly
together. A loose fit or too tight a fit prevents proper union of the bottle
and funnel, thus presenting problems during installation and servicing.

A rain cover was not used in our pitfall-trap studies, although one could
easily be added if desired. However, such structures may attract or repel
certain arthropods. Morrill (1975) found that a greater variety of insects
were captured in traps without covers than those with covers. One distinct
disadvantage of coverless traps is the possible inclusion of aerial dispersing
forms, such as ballooning spiders.

The principal advantage of a large capacity trap can quickly be realized
during rainy weather. Our collections were made weekly; at most 1 liter ot
liquid had accumulated in some bottles. A screen covered hole could be cut
and installed in the upper portion of the bottle to allow excess fluid to
drain while retaining the pitfall sample; however, this was not needed during
our study.

Like Wojcik, et al., 1972, we experienced some problems with traps floating
out of the ground, especially in wet areas. This problem was easily rectified

54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

by attaching weights to the sides of the bottles.

The particle board aprons are an essential component of our trap design.
They serve as a support for suspending the funnel-bottle unit and provide
a runway for surface arthropods. Cutler, Grim and Kulman (1975) found
that traps with aprons caught twice as many dionychous spiders compared to
traps without aprons. The aprons should be varnished to prevent warping.

Our trap has been successfully used to compare the ground-invertebrate
fauna of strip-cut and dense spruce-fir forests of northern Maine. We have
collected spiders, carabid beetles, ants, opilionids and a variety of other
arthropods, including larvae of the spruce budworm. Shrews, frogs and
salamanders have also been captured without damage to the traps, although
one frog did plug a funnel spout. Bears ripped some traps out of the ground
and chewed the bottles and funnels; however, this destruction is probably not
unique to our trap design. In general the traps are durable and can be re -used
for several seasons.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are grateful to Drs. C.D. Dondale, H.M. Kulman, R.M. Reeves, F.B. Knight and
G.W. Simpson for their review comments. Also, we appreciate the talents of Mr. Wayne
N. Dixon for illustrating Figure 1.

LITERATURE CITED

Cutler, Bruce, Lee H. Grim and H.M. Kulman. 1975. A study in the summer phenology
of dionychious spiders from northern Minnesota forests. Great Lakes Entomologist
8(3):99-104.

Merrill, Wendell L. 1975. Plastic pitfall trap. Environ. Entomol. 4:596.

Southwood, T.R.E. 1966. Ecological methods with particular reference to the study
of insect populations. (Reprinted 1976) Chapman and Hall Ltd., London. 391 p.

Thiele, H.U. 1977. Carabid beetles in their environments. A study on habitat selection
,by adaptations in physiology and behavior. Springer-Verlag. Berlin Heidelberg,
Germany. Vol. 10, 380 p.

Uetz, G.W. and J.D. Unzicker. 1976. Pitfall trapping in ecological studies of wandering
spiders. J. Arachnol. 3:101-111.

Wojcik, Daniel P., W.A. Banks, D.M. Hicks, and J.K. Plumley. 1972. A simple inexpen-
sive pitfall trap for collecting arthropods. Fla. Entomologist 55(2): 1 15-1 16.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 55

A NOTE ON CICINDELA LONGILABRIS SAY
(COLEOPTERA: CICINDELIDAE) 1

Norman L. Rumpp"

In Entomological News (1902:167) William J. Fox, Secretary, reporting
on the March 1902 meeting of the Feldman Collecting Social in "Doings of
the Societies'" wrote:

"Mr. Laurent stated that the true Cicindela longilabris and the variety
laurentii do not seem to commingle, the variety keeping to the woods,
whereas the typical form occurs along roadways."

This is an important observation which reinforces my stated opinion of
the behaviors of C. longilabris and C. montana in the few known locations
where the two species come in proximity to each other. It is my opinion
that Laurent's observation of the behavior that he reported for laurenti
was correct because laurenti, as a subspecies of C longilabris, indeed occurs
in woodland, or at the edge of woods, much as the nominate form does.
However, Laurent may have been mistaken in his reference of the nominate
form, which he called Cicindela longilabris, when he was actually observing
C. montana. This latter species does stay in the open, and may be found
along roadways (dirt roads in 1902).

Fox did not state the location where Laurent made his observation,
nevertheless, I feel that it is reasonable to assume, from the known range
of ssp. laurenti, that it was made somewhere in the northern sections of
the eastern Rocky Mountains Range of Colorado where my map on page 6
of the Idaho Report, dated March 1978, showed the probable overlap of
C. longilabris laurenti with C. montana. From this it is inferred that such an
overlap exists.

Thanks to Andre Larochelle for mentioning the Fox quotation, and to
Howard Boyd for furnishing me with a copy of the Fox quotation.

REFERENCES

Fox, W.J., 1902. Entomological News 13 (5) - 167-168
Larochelle, A., 1977. Cicindela, Dec. 19779 (4)65-73

Rumpp, N.L., 1978. Report of a Collection of Tiger Beetles from the University of
Idaho ppl-30 (Unpublished)

1 Received September 25, 1978.

2 3446 Bahia Blanca W., Laguna Hills, Calif., 92653

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 55. February 1979

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW RECORDS FOR DRYOPOID BEETLES IN MISSISSIPPI 1

P.K. Lago, D.F. Stanford 2

ABSTRACT: The known ranges of Chelonarium lecontei Thomson (Chelonariidae) and
Psephenus herricki (DeKay) (Psephenidae) are extended to include Mississippi.

Brown (1975) reported the known distributions of aquatic dryopoid
genera in North America. The lone North American species of Chelonariidae,
Chelonarium lecontei Thomson has been recorded from Tennessee, North and
South Carolina Florida and Alabama; (Brown, 1972, 1975). Specimens of
C. lecontei were collected at black light traps in Lafayette and Benton
counties in Mississippi. One specimen was obtained at each site, 20 June 1977
and 8 July 1978, respectively.

Psephenus herricki (DeKay) is the most widely distributed member of the
genus in North America, and is the only species of Psephenus occurring east
of the Great Plains. The species has been reported from all states east of the
Mississippi River with the exceptions of Florida and Mississippi, and a few
states west of the Mississippi (Brown and Murvosh, 1974). Thirty-two larvae
of P. herricki were collected from a shallow, rocky stream in Tishomingo
County, Mississippi on 22 July 1978. This represents the first collection
record for the family Psephenidae in the state.

Brown, H.P. 1972. Aquatic dryopoid beetles (Coleoptera) of the United States. Biota
of freshwater ecosystems, identification manual No. 6, U.S. Environmental Protec-
tion Agency, Washington, D.C. 82 p.

Brown, H.P. 1975. A distributional checklist of North American genera of aquatic
dryopid and dascilloid beetles. Coleop. Bull. 29(3): 149-160.

Brown, H.P. and C.M. Murvosh. 1974. A revision of the genus Psephenus (water penny
beetles) of the United States and Canada (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea, Psephenidae).
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 100: 289-340.

Received November 7, 1978.
2 Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, Mississippi 38677.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 56. February 1979

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 57

A CRITICAL POINT DRIER USED AS A METHOD OF
MOUNTING INSECTS FROM ALCOHOL 1

G. Gordh, J.C. Hall 2

ABSTRACT: The use of a critical point drier for mounting insects from alcohol is
described. Advantages over standard methods are given which include: 1) Many specimens
can be handled at one time, 2) pigment colors remain life-like, 3) specimens do not
collapse, 4) appendages need no teasing and, 5) specimens are not brittle.

A major problem confronting museum workers has been the preparation of
material for study which had been collected or stored in alcohol. The
"standard" methods of removing insect specimens from alcohol and mounting
them on points or minutens has involved the transfer or movement of the
material through various liquids, viz. ethyl acetate, xylene and cellosolve
(ethylene glycol monoethyl ether) (Sabrosky, 1957, 1966; Vockeroth, 1966).
Other chemicals that have been used include chloroform, ether and acetone.
The disadvantages of the currently used methods include: 1) Time involved in
transferring the specimens or the liquids, 2) necessity of teasing the appendages
away from the body, especially the wings, 3) shriveling, 4) resultant hardening
or brittleness of the specimens and 5) the toxicity of compounds such as
xylene and acetone.

All biological tissue contains water. To maintain three dimensional
morphology of tissue or organisms for study, it is necessary to replace the
physiological water with another fluid (preservative) or eliminate the water
from the specimen without distortion. Drying specimens is achieved by
evaporation, freeze drying or critical point drying. The evaporative method of
drying is the oldest and most commonly used procedure in museum work, but
it is undesirable because surface tension forces developed during drying cause
severe distortion of soft tissue and more rigid tissues that contain large
amounts of water. Alternatively, freeze drying techniques have been developed
to prepare material for study, but the process is time consuming, requires
elaborate equipment and is not always successful. Freeze drying can distort
or destroy ultrastructure by differential thermal expansion or the formation
of ice crystals from unbound water. We believe that the process of critical
point drying is ideal for all forms of preparation involving small bodied insects.

The physical principles behind critical point drying are simple. In review,
liquefaction of gasses occurs when the cohesive forces binding molecules
together are greater than the kinetic energy disrupting them. Two physical
parameters are important to the phenomenon - critical temperature and

1 Received November 17, 1978.

Division of Biological Control University of California, Riverside, California
92502.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1)57-59. February 1979

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

pressure. Critical point drying involves passing a specimen through an inter-
mediate fluid (acetone, ETOH, Freon) and into a transitional fluid (CCH,
Freon, nitrous oxide) and subjecting it to the critical temperature and
pressure.

We discovered that insect specimens critically point dried emerged in
excellent condition for point mounting and subsequent study. The procedures
involved are simple and comparatively rapid. Specimens in alcohol, any per-
centage, are placed in a small mesh screen basket with lid. They are then
dehydrated by taking them through a series of increasing concentrations of
ethyl alcohol, we use 10% increments, ending in a solution of 100% ETOH.
The specimens within the basket are passed through two washes of 100%
ETOH. Specimens that have been preserved in 70% ETOH can be taken
through the alcohol series without rehydration. We have obtained excellent
results by leaving the basket of specimens in concentrations of alcohol for
20 - 30 minutes. In the case of freshly collected specimens in alcohol or small
Lepidoptera larvae, a longer period of time in each concentration is required,
eg. 1-2 hours. It is safe to leave any specimens for longer periods in concentra-
tions of alcohol above 50%. After removal from the last wash of absolute
alcohol, the specimens, with the basket, are placed within the chamber of the
critical point drier and are processed according to drier instructions.

There are several critical point driers on the market. Some of the transi-
tional fluids used in critical point driers include Freon, CO->, and nitrous
oxide. The driers we use can be used with either Freon or liquid COo. Liquified
CO2, research grade, is the transitional fluid we prefer because it is easiest to
use, comparatively inexpensive, is less noxious and provides more uniform
results than other fluids. We have used Freon- 13 as a transitional fluid and have
not noted any differences in specimens treated with this fluid as compared
to C02- We have not tested Freon-23 or Freon-116, but they may be useful
for some biological materials because each has a characteristic critical pressure
and temperature. When Freon is used as a transitional fluid, specimens must
be run through a series of increasing concentrations of Freon starting with 10%
and ending in pure Freon. This adds an additional procedure over the use of
C0 2 .

There are distinct advantages to critical point dried specimens over the
"standard" methods employed. These advantages include: 1) Many specimens
can be handled simultaneously, 2) pigment colors remain life-like, 3) specimens
do not collapse or shrivel, 4) no manipulation of the appendages is required
and 5) the specimens are not brittle. Relative to this latter point the appen-
dages can actually be manipulated and are more supple than in air dried speci-
mens. A further advantage is that the museum preparator is free to conduct
other duties while the specimens are being processed.

We have critical point dried Chalcidoidea, Proctotrupoidea and other various

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 59

small Hymenoptera with excellent results. The turgid condition of the insect
allows us to study not only segmentation of small parts, eg. labial palpi, but
also sculptural features of the integument. Diptera belonging to the
Nematocera and other small acalyptrate flies have been critical point dried.
The setation and pilosity remains as in life and the small bristles are less apt to
be broken off. Soft bodied arthropods such as Collembola, Thysanura, small
Lepidoptera larvae, spiders and mites have all been critical point dried. In the
case of the latter two groups the abdomen remains turgid and the legs do not
curl up as in air dried specimens. Cockroach oothecae and various
Hymenoptera and Diptera pupae have also been critical point dried with
success.

We can foresee, with the use of the critical point drier, at least partial, if
not total elimination of alcohol collections in museums. Insects and spiders
normally stored in alcohol can be critically point dried then stored, if desired
in air-tight vials. This eliminates the need to constantly replenish the alcohol
in alcohol stored material. Colors that fade with years of storage in alcohol
are preserved with critical point drying. This is especially important for
Lepidoptera larvae.

A word of caution: if the specimens are not completely dehydrated or the
alcohol is not completely purged from the chamber in the critical point dryer,
the specimens will eventually shrivel as in air dried material. If after processing,
it is determined the specimens are not completely dried, they can be returned
to absolute alcohol for a short time then rerun through the critical point drier.

At present the only disadvantage we have noted is that in general museum
use one is limited by the small size of the chamber, 1 inch diameter x 1 inch
high. Large larvae must still be stored in some preservative or other until such
time that a critical point drier is developed with a large enough chamber to
accommodate the larger specimens.

LITERATURE CITED

Sabrosky, C.S. 1957. On mounting Diptera from fluid. Bull. Entom. Soc. Amor. 3(1):38.
1966. Mounting insects from alcohol. Bull. Entom. Soc. Amer. 12(3):349.
Vockeroth, J.R. 1960. A method of mounting insects from alcohol. Canad. Entom.
98(1):69-70.

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW SPECIES OF SPATHIUS NEES FROM WASHINGTON
(HYMENOPTERArBRACONIDAE) 1 2

Mark Deyrup"
Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907

ABSTRACT: The braconid Spathius matthewsi n.sp. is described from two specimens
reared from Rhyncolus bmnneus Mannerheim (Coleoptera:Curculionidae) in western
Washington.

Matthews' 1970 revision of the genus Spathius Nees of North America
north of Mexico includes 21 species, only 3 of which occur on the west coast
of North America. A recent study of the insect community of dead Douglas-
fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii) (Mirb.) Franco in western Washington produced
two specimens of an undescribed Spathius. Considering the variability of
some species of Spathius, it is undesirable to describe a new species from two
specimens, but there is little chance that additional specimens will be ob-
tained during the next few years. The specimens seem sufficiently distinctive
in morphology, host, and geographic range to preclude the possibility that
they represent a described species of Spathius.

Spathius matthewsi. n.sp.
Description of Holotype female

Body: length 2.9 mm; ratio of length of ovipositor sheath to length of forewing 1.15;
testaceous; vertex, posterior half of gaster, tip of ovipositor brown; wings lightly in-
fumated, with a hyaline band through stigma to posterior border.

Head: antenna 3.8 mm, 26 flagellomeres, each with 2 straight apical setae 1.5-2 times
length of curved setae sparsely covering flagellomere; face finely transversely striate,
sparsely finely punctate, with fine hairs; frons shining, smooth, with a few delicately
etched fine transverse striae anterior to ocellar triangle; ocellar triangle raised, smooth,
shining; vertex and temples smooth, shining.

Thorax, including propodeum: lateral grooves of prothorax delimited by a dorsal carina
and with several transverse carinae; mesonotum convex and declivitous anteriorly; lobes
of mesonotum evenly granulate; notauli deeply impressed, converging posteriorly to a
broad depressed area having wide transversely carinulate lateral areas and a narrow granu-
lar median line; scutellar furrow crossed by 6 evenly spaced carinae; scutellum triangular,
convex, with a recumbent seta on each side at apical third; upper half of mesopleuron
longitudinally rugose, lower half granulate; sternaulus shallow, without transverse

Deceived August 24, 1978.

2

Purdue Agricultural Experiment Station Journal No. 7296.

ENT. NEWS 90 (1) 60-62. February 1979

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 61

carinae, a weak carina along lower edge of sternaulus, becoming stronger at posterior end
of sternaulus and continuing to mesocoxai cavity; prepectal carina complete, prepectal
area finely rugose; propodeum granulate dorsally, rugose laterally, basal carina absent,
lateral and dorsal carinae weak, propodeal carinae becoming well developed, conspicuous
on posterior third of propodeum; areola poorly defined apically, well defined basally,
areola almost twice as long as greatest width, area petiolaris well defined, longer than
wide.

Leg: fore tibiae with 2 rows of prominant spines; outer lobe of hind tibiae with two in-
conspicuous bristles; ratio of lengths of hind tarsomeres from basal tarsomere to apical
tarsomere 5.0/2.0/1.0/.9/1.5.

Wing: subdiscoideus not interstitial; first intercubitus longer than second abscissa of
radius; length of forewing from tegula to apex 2.8 mm.

Abdomen: petiole slightly arched at base, rugose, longitudinally strigose in broad apical
area; tergite 2+3 with basal lateral faintly reticulated patch on each side, tergites 2-7
otherwise smooth, shining; ovipositor sheath 3.2 mm; dorsal petiole length/dorsal length
of tergite 2+3 1.75.

Holotype female and damaged paratype: Tahuya, Mason Co., Washington, 21 June 1975
(M. and N. Deyrup); from gallery of Rhyncolus brunneus Mannerheim (Curculionidae)
in Pseudotsuga manziesii. Holotype and paratype will be deposited in the U.S. National
Museum.

Male: Unknown.

Remarks. The carina extending from the posterior end of the sternaulus is a diagnostic-
character of the trifasciatus group of Spathius (Matthews, 1970); the relationship to the
trifasciatus group will be more certain if the male of S. matthewsi proves to have swollen
femora. Spathius matthewsi keys out to 5. trifasciatus Riley in Matthews' 1970 key.
Spathius trifasciatus may be distinguished from S. matthewsi by the following charac-
ters: darker color; transversely striate frons, ocellar triangle, and anterior vertex; longi-
tudinal carinae in depressed area where notauli converge; rugose dorsum of propodeum;
confluent areola and area petiolaris; 6 to 10 spines on outer lobe of hind tibia. In addi-
tion, S. trifasciatus is an eastern and midwestern species associated with scolytids in
Carya and other broadleaf trees (Matthews, 1970).

Figure 1 . Mesopleuron and forewing of Spathius matthewsi.

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The host, Rhyncolus bnmneus Mannerheim, is not a bark weevil like the
other weevil hosts of Nearctic Spathius, but a true wood borer usually found
in dead dry standing conifers. Possible alternate hosts are not likely to be
weevils but rather anobiids of the genera Xestobium and Coelostethus.

This species is named for Dr. Robert Matthews in appreciation of his
excellent revision of Nearctic Spathius.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The author wishes to thank Dr. Paul Marsh of the Systematic Entomology Labora-
tory, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, for his efforts in comparing a specimen of S. matthewsi
with species in the U.S.N.M. collection.

LITERATURE CITED

Matthews, Robert W. 1970. A revision of the genus Spathius in America north of Mexico
(Hymenoptera:Braconidae). Contrib. Amer. Entomol. Inst. 4: 1-86.

HERBERT HOLDSWORTH ROSS
1908-1978

Dr. Herbert H. Ross, former Assistant Chief, Acting Chief (1962), Principal Scientist,
and Head, Section of Faunistic Surveys and Insect Identification of the Illinois Natural
History Survey, died at noon Thursday, November 2, 1978, in Athens, Georgia. He was 70.

Born in Leeds, England, Dr. Ross received his early education in British Columbia,
Canada, and graduated with his bachelor's degree in agriculture from the University of
British Columbia. He received his M.S. and Ph.D. from the University of Illinois.

Dr. Ross began his career with the Illinois Natural History Survey in 1927 as an
assistant entomologist, and was appointed head of the section of faunistic surveys and
insect identification in 1935. He became principal scientist in 1956, and the Survey's
first assistant chief in 1963. He also held the rank of professor of entomology with the
University of Illinois.

Dr. Ross retired from the Survey in August 1969 after more than 41 years of service.
He immediately accepted an appointment as Professor of Entomology at the University
of Georgia and retired again in 1976.

He was a past president and secretary -treasurer of the Entomological Society of
America, past president and secretary of the Society for the Study of Evolution and past
president of the Society of Systematic Zoologists. He was a member of Sigma Xi, the
Royal Entomological Society of London, Ecological Society of America, American
Association for the Advancement of Science, American Institute of Biological Sciences,
Society of Systematic Zoologists, and others. He was a corresponding member of the
American Entomological Society.

A prolific writer, Dr. Ross published over 200 technical research papers and books.
"A Textbook in Entomology," published in 1948, gained immediate recognition as one
of the most popular books in the field, and it has been translated into several foreign
languages. Later books included "Understanding Evolution" published in 1966 by
Prentice-Hall; "Evolution and Classification of the Mountain Caddistlies, "University of
Illinois Press, 1956; and "A Synthesis of Evolutionary Theory," printed in 1962 by
Prentice-Hall.

Vol. 90, No. 1, February 1979 63

BOOK REVIEW

The recent abundance of general entomological texts, possibly resulting from the
inadequacy of existing works, presents an interesting problem in the selection of a text
for approximately 1,500 beginning entomology students each year. Does the decision
rest in the cost of the text to the student or in the informational content to benefit the
student? Can a compromise be made between the number of texts necessary for ade-
quate course information coverage and the number of texts available? These are but two
questions that must be considered.

The most recent work, Introduction to Insect Biology and Diversity , contains nearly
all of the necessities for a good, well-balanced introductory text. Drs. Daly, Doyen and
Ehrlich have produced a book that equally treats insects, their biology and systematics
without surpassing 1 ,000 pages. They did it in half of that and perhaps at the sacrifice
of applied entomology. The book is divided into four parts: Insects as organisms, popula-
tion biology of insects, insects in relation to environment and insect diversity. Part one
explores insect morphology, physiology and behavior through sociality and is adequate
at the introductory level. Part two should have been left in The Process of Evolution by
Ehrlich, Holm and Parnell 2 . Part three is an interesting approach in several chapters to
the logical associations between insects and their environment or habitat. One wonders
about the value of long lists of order, family - habitat or trophic associations, especially
at the expense of sections on migration, dispersal, aggressive mimicry, insect structures,
insect defenses (non camouflage, mimicry), insect zoogeography, island endemism, etc.
The retention of parasitoid (hyper-, multiple, super-, and ecto-) when its use has been
greatly curtailed in the recent literature seems somewhat unorthodox.

The authors are to be congratulated on their workable, uncomplicated, accurately
illustrated keys to orders, suborders and families. The breakdown of Coleoptera is a
welcome and needed improvement, as is the modern approach to Lepidoptera. (Will no
one ever provide a good Siphonaptera key?) The treatment of the common families and
omission of the rarely collected families adds to the usability of this book in an
introductory course.

There is an adequate glossary of approximately 450 terms. One questions some
items in the glossary (auxiliary sclerites are three not four; pleurum, the unused form
of pleuron). Perhaps that is being too critical. The separate taxonomic and subject
indexes are useful, but is it really more economical to print See also references than to
repeat page numbers in an index for multiple topics? The reference citations, around
700, are more than in comparable texts. There is wasted paper (pages 295, 301, 304,
305 -, 472, 473, etc.) but the authors are probably not responsible for this. The figura-
tive material is well done and adequately explained in both captions and directly on the
illustrations. The photographs are of high quality.

As a possible suggestion for future editions, chapters on collecting, insects as pests
and benefical insects would add to an otherwise good introductory text in general
entomology. A less expensive paperback edition would be more warmly received by
students.

'Daly, H.V., J.T. Doyen, and P.R. Ehrlich. 1978. Introduction to insect biology and
diversity. McGraw-Hill Book Company. San Francisco, CA. 564p. $19.50.

2 Ehrlich, P.R., R.W. Holm, and D.R. Parnell. 1974. The process of evolution. McGraw-
Hill Book Company. San Francisco, CA. 378p.

R.W. Rust, Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, NV 89557

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

The following Opinions (listed by number) have been published recently by the
Internat'l Commiss. on Zool. Nom. (see Bull. Zool. Nom. Vol. 35, part 2, 31 Oct., 1978).

1107 (p. 88) Conservation of Dermacentor andersoni Stiles, 1908 (Acarina,
IXODIDAE).

11 10 (p. 99) Microterys Thomson, 1875 (Hymenoptera, CHALCIDOIDEA): con-

served under the plenary powers.

1111 (p. 101) Leucospis gigas Fabricius, 1793 (Hymenoptera, LEUCOSPIDAE)

conserved under the plenary powers.

1112 (p. 104) Madiza Fallen, 1810 (Diptera, M1L1CHIIDAE): designation of a type-

species under the plenary powers.

The Commission cannot supply separates of Opinions.

The required six months' notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by the
Internat'l Commiss. on Zool. Nom. in connection with the following name, listed by case
number: (see Bull. Zool. Nom. 35, part 2, 31 Oct., 1978).

640 Notonccta striata Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, Hemiptera): designation ofaneotype
under the plenary powers.

Comments should be sent in duplicate (if possible within six months of the date of
publication of this notice in Bull. Zool. Nom. 35, part 2), citing case number to:

R. V. Melville, The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature,

c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, LONDON, SW7 5BD,

England.

Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomen-
clature.

SECOND INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF
SYSTEMATIC AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY

The Second International Congress of Systematic and Evolutionary Biology (ICSEB
II) will be held at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada, 17-24 July
1980.

The provisional list of symposia topics include:

1 . Arctic Refugia dn the Evolution of Arctic Biota

2. Origins and Evolution of the North Pacific Marine Biota

3. Evolution of Reproductive Strategies

4. Evolutionary Epigenetics

5. Evolution of Community Structure

6. Green Algae and Land Plant Origins

7. Macromolecular Mechanisms in Evolution

8. Allozymes and Evolution

9. Coevolution and Foraging Strategy

10. Evolution of Colonizing Species

1 1 . Rare Species and the Maintenance of Gene Pools

12. Paleobiology of the Pacific Rim

Additional Symposia may be included.

Sessions for contributed papers and for papers in specialized fields, taxonomic as
well as methodological will also be organized.

Those interested in receiving an information circular in the Spring of 1979, should
write to:

Dr. G. G. E. Scudder, Department of Zoology, The University of British Columbia,

2075 Wesbrook Mall, Vancouver, B. C. V6T 1W5, Canada.

as brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title,
except where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative ab-
stract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an
article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the
article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion
of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly
always are needed. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of
the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures,
tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends,
should be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed
illustration, including all legends, is 4Vi x 6Vz inches. Authors will be charged for all text
figures and half-tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
dealing with systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and similar aspects of insect
life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A chage of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs
of all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a
cost of $30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manu-
script is submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status
(unemployed or retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a mini-
mum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to
the editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Wanted: Any records of Nicrophorus americanus collected since 1960 will be appreciated
by Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Dep't., Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, N.J.
07043

Wanted: Adults and testes of any Sphingonotus grasshoppers (especially with blue wings)
for study. Details for testes preparations, please write Dr. D.C.F. Rentz, CSIRO Division of
Entomology, PO Box 1700, A.C.T. 2601, Australia.

Wanted: North and Central American Araeoschizus (Tenebrionidae) for revisional study.
Charles S. Papp, Div. of Plant Industry, Dep't. of Food & Agriculture, Sacramento, CA
95814

BEETLE T-SHIRT FOR SALE: Yellow T-shirt with a large Goliathus giganteus and its
name above the beetle, printed in black. Shirts are 50% cotton & 50% polyester. Send
$5.50 with size (men's S-M-L-XL) to Scientific T-Shirt, 82 Shirley Ave., Buffalo, NY,
14215. NY State residents add sales tax.

For Sale: About 16,000 reprints on insects and spiders, especially chemoreception-2,000;
sound production and reception-3,000; behavior-1 ,500; taxonomic-1 ,5 00;* physiology -
3,000. Also sets of journals. For lists: Hubert Frings, 514 College Avenue, Norman, OK
73069. S.A.S.E. please.

WANTED: Records of any recent observations or collections of Dendrotettix quercus
Packard (Orthoptera: Acrididae) in either New Jersey or on Long Island, N.Y. Write Philip
E. Marucci, Blueberry-Cranberry Research Center, Rutgers Univ., Chatsworth, N.J., 08019.

INSECT PINS -- standard black, $9.50 per thousand. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Ave.,
Reedley, Calif., 93654

Journals & reprints for sale, including Annals & Bulletin of E.S.A., Ent. News., Proc. Ento.
Soc. Wash., Psyche and two journals from Brazil and Venezuela. Also large number of re-
prints. Send for complete list and other details. Neal A. Weber, 2606 Mission Road, Talla-
hassee, Florida, 32304

Wanted. Adult specimens of Lampyridae of the world, except U.S. and Canada. State condi-
tion, number, variety and price. Also, older lampyrid literature, reprints. J.E. Lloyd, Ento-
mol., Univ. of Florida, Gainesville. 3261 1

APRIL 1979

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

List of known robber flies of Pennsylvania
(Diptera: Asilidae)

Variation of male clasper of Ceraclea ancylus
(TrichopteraiLeptoceridae) in Saskatchewan

Douglas H. Smith

Deflection display of Gray Hairstreak
butterfly

standing water

Improved traps & techniques for study of emerging

aquatic insects L. LeSage, A.D. Harrison 65

Ectoparasites of mammals & birds from Ft. Dix,

New Jersey H.J. Harlan, R.D. Kramer 79

Co-occurrence of a marine & a freshwater species of

Limnichidae (Coleoptera) William D. Shepard 88

Litter & soil inhabiting microcoleoptera of southwest
North Dakota

/. W. Smith, C. Y. Oseto, E. U. Balsbaugh, Jr. 89

ToddE. Shelly 95

100

Four new species of Culmana, Gyponinae (Homoptera:

Cicadellidae) from Peru & Bolivia Dwight M. DeLong 105

Hervey Brackbill 109

North American host of yellowjacket social parasite
Vespula austriaca (Hymenoptera: Vespidae)

H.C. Reed, R.D. Akre, W.B. Garnett 1 10

Collapsible emergence trap for use in shallow

William S. El finger 1 14

New Records of Odonata for Alabama & Tennessee,
with significant range extensions for several
species Kenneth J. Tennessen 1 1 8

NOTICE 104

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;Treas-
urer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Oir., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,;
19734/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp, RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective
authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the
AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues
of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two double-spaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on S'/ixl 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted,
they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be
published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs
of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear
without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and similar
aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) pro-
vide the names of two qualified individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 65

IMPROVED TRAPS AND TECHNIQUES FOR THE
STUDY OF EMERGING AQUATIC INSECTS 1

Laurent LeSage, A.D. Harrison 2

ABSTRACT: A description is given of floating pyramidal emergence traps which can be
used in running and standing water and semi-aquatic habitats. They have a wood or ABS
tubing base and the netting is fine muslin. There are two versions of the traps: Model
DAY collects efficiently for a period of 24 hours or less and can be emptied rapidly as
the whole net can be removed by a fast stripping method. Model WEEK permits samples
to be taken over longer periods (2-15 days) and is suitable for taxonomic purposes, sur-
veys over wide regions or studies of large lakes and rivers. Both models can be used for
quantitative or qualitative limnological studies such as daily and seasonal emergence pat-
terns, life tables and the effects of peculiar ecological factors. The construction, dimen-
sions and the methods of setting the traps are described in detail and special problems,
such as the frequency of emptying, water condensation, predators, and the criteria for
the choice of models are discussed.

Mundie (1971) and Morgan (1971) review the literature on emergence
traps for limnological studies; most traps are designed for standing water
(Lindeberg 1953; Corbet 1965, Frank 1965, Mundie 1971 , McCauley 1976)
or wetlands (Lammers 1977) and cannot operate in lotic situations. Even the
3-sided pyramidal trap (Mundie 1964, 1966) or the stream box trap of Hamil-
ton (1969) are overturned by spates or quickly plugged by large amounts of
drifting detritus. The strong floating trap of Langford & Daffern (1975) is
very resistant to spates and works well in running water but its size limits its
use to large rivers.

Two types of traps are described, the first, Model DAY, designed to collect
emerging insects for a period of 24 hours or less and, the second, Model
WEEK, designed to collect for a period of up to one week. Both models could
be used on wetlands, standing or running water under various weather condi-
tions and are not selective for different groups of insects. New techniques
have also been developed to reduce the time involved in the collecting and
preservation of the trapped insects.

MODEL "DAY"
Construction

The base of the trap (Figs, la & 2) is made of 4 pieces of wood, 75 cm
long, 7 cm wide, 1.5 cm thick, joined together; the free internal surface is

1 Received December 30, 1978

Department of Biology, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, N2L 3G 1
ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 65-78. April 1979

66

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

0.37 m 2 . Four strips of polystyrene ("styrofoam"), 10 cm wide and 5 cm
thick are nailed underneath to give bouyancy. A strip of wood is fixed along
the inner top edge of the base, shaped as in Fig. 1 for net attachment. Four
wooden rods 1 .5 cm diameter for holding the top plate are joined to the base
and the plate by spiral (twisted) nails through drilled holes. The top plate is
made of 1 .5 cm plywood and is 15x15 cm. A hook in the middle of the plate

SPIRAL NAIL

TOP PLATE

NALGENE CONTAINER

WOOD ROD

-LATERAL SLEEVE

WOOD ROD

HOLDER

B

ELASTIC BAND
ABS TUBING

61 CM

STYROFOAM

Figure 1. Cross section through a pyramidal floating trap showing parts. A -model
DAY with wood frame, net and container. B-ABS tubing base for model WEEK.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

67

Figure 2. A-trap model DAY set in the field at Salem Creek, Elmira, Ontario. B-a
trap model WEEK set over a pool.

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

holds the top of the net. A transparent plastic bag, covering the top one-third
of the trap is stapled around the plate for protection against rain and wind.

The net is made of four panels of synthetic muslin (Tergal tissue-27 mesh/
cm, opening of 240/cm. The panels are about the same size as the four sides
of the frame but 1 cm extra is allowed on each side for stitching and the base
of each panel is 1 .5 cm wider than the frame so that the completed net can be
easily put on and taken off the frame. A strong elastic band is threaded
through the hem of the net to hold it in the groove formed by the basal strip
of wood (Fig. la). The top of the net is fixed to a small Nalgene container
with fiberglass tape. A cord, resistant to ethyl acetate, is used to hang the
container and net to the frame.

Operation

This model is specially designed for fast processing of emerged insects. It
has now been tested successfully over two years of daily collections and has
also been emptied hourly for a study of diel emergence patterns.

The "stripping method", which is not affected by the number of insects in
the net, can be summarised as follows:

A. To attach the net:

1 . Hang the top Nalgene container to the frame.

2. Take the two far corners of the net, one in each hand (Fig. 3a).

3. Fix the far side of the net in the groove, pull the net towards you
and secure the lateral and near sides (Fig. 3b).

B. To empty the traps:

4. Tap the base of the net to encourage any insects that may be resting
there to move upwards. Remove the base of the net and hold it closed (Fig.
3c).

5. Detach the top of the net, turn the net upside down and shake 3 to
5 times to concentrate the insects in the top container (Fig. 3e). This step is
optional as most insects will have already moved to the top, but advisable as
small, fragile insects (Ceratopogonidae, Chironomidae, etc.) seem to be pro-
tected against eventual damage by next steps.

6. Introduce the upper half to two-thirds of the net gently, without
packing, into a large killing bottle containing ethyl acetate and snap the cap
(Fig. 3d). A useful killing bottle can be made from a large one-gallon jar with
three paper towels moistened with ethyl acetate on the bottom. It was found
convenient to use two such jars at a time so that another trap could be
emptied while the insects from the first were being killed.

7. While insects are being killed (allow two minutes), re-set the trap
with a spare net.

8. When insects are killed, remove the net from bottle and shake all
of them down into the container (Fig. 3e).

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

69

9. Hold container in one hand and, with the other, turn the net com-
pletely inside out (Fig. 3f)-

10. Empty the contents into a large funnel with a tube attached (Fig.
3g). A 30 cm diameter Nalgene funnel on a support is ideal and a 2.5 cm
diameter plastic test tube fits snugly onto it.

1 1 . Tap the funnel when working in dry conditions or wash down the
organisms with 70% ethanol from a wash bottle, while holding the receiving
tube with the other hand. Label each tube with the corresponding trap
number.

Figure 3. A-G Illustration of different steps of the stripping method for emptying
traps model DAY. See the text for details.

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

12. The traps should be emptied at the same time each morning, or as
soon after noon as possible, and always in the same order to obtain an ac-
curate 24-h. emergence.

MODEL "WEEK"
Pyramidal version

Construction and dimensions correspond to model DAY but traps are
more sturdy and the floating base is made from ABS drainage tubing (Figs.
Ib, 2b). This base consists of four straight pieces, 10 cm diameter and 51 cm
long joined into a square with all joints sealed and thoroughly waterproof.
The groove for holding the base of the net is made from 2 cm diameter poly-
chlorovinyl (PCV) tubing bonded to the top of the base with epoxy cement;
the outer one-third of this tube is cut away (Fig. Ib). A small piece of the
same PCV tubing is fixed upright at each corner to receive the rods support-
ing the net; however, as a satisfactory joint (ABS-PCV) is difficult to make,
a stronger joint was obtained in later models from pieces of ABS folded into
the shape required (by gentle heat) and glued with ABS cement. The rods are
the same size as those used in model DAY. The net for model WEEK is al-
most the same as described for model DAY; the distinguishing feature is that
it is made to fit on a collecting head instead of the container, and that the
base of the net is fixed tightly by introducing a supplementary non-elastic
cord in the hem to eliminate eventual blowing out of nets by strong gusts of
wind.

Small collecting heads are made readily from transparent plexiglass and
Nalgene bottles (Figs. 4, 5). The plexiglass base has an 8x8 cm aperture; holes
are drilled in the 4 corners to take screws and one side is recessed to allow for
the positioning of a Nalgene collecting bottle when the head is completed.
The concentrator is attached above the base; this is made of four pieces of
plexiglass (dimensions in Fig. 4) to form a long sloping side, a short vertical
side and two triangular enclosing sides, shown. The vertical side has a 4x4 cm
aperture near the top to allow insects to pass into the collector.

The collector consists of two Nalgene bottles each 12 cm high. One is
fixed upside down, as shown, and has a lateral hole corresponding to that of
the concentrator, the second one screws onto this and is replaceable. As Nal-
gene is difficult to glue, it is necessary to bolt the bottle to the lid and the
side of the concentrator; these joints should be sealed with silicone cement.
The attachment for the replaceable bottle is made of a Nalgene bottle cap
pierced with as large a hole as possible; this has to be attached with screws to
the fixed bottle and the replaceable bottle can be screwed into it.

The collecting head itself is attached by screws to a square wooden plate

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

71

BOLT

VERTICAL SIDE

BASE

WOOD PLATE

SCREW

LATERAL SIDE

BOLT

Figure 4. Cross section through a collecting head for model WEEK showing parts
and hypothetical flight followed by trapped insects.

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(15x15 cm), with an aperture of 8x8 cm, that is attached to the four rods
fitting into the floating base as in model DAY. The net is the same as that
used in model DAY but here the top of the net is fixed directly to the
wooden plate by means of a small piece of wood attached by screws. A pro-
tecting plastic bag is stapled around the plate as in model DAY.

Operation

Insects can be collected rapidly merely by replacing bottles. Collecting
bottles are 3/4-filled with a mixture of 2 parts of 70% alcohol to one part of
commercial ethylene glycol. The volume of the preservative remained fairly
constant for a week or more. Trapping efficiency is improved if 5 ml of dish-
washing detergent is added to each liter mixture to lower the surface tension.
The trap can be left for two weeks if 1 : 1 70% ethanol and ethylene glycol are
used then a large collecting bottle must be employed. In the laboratory in-
sects should be transferred to fresh 70% ethanol.

As spiders and other predators may give trouble it is recommended that
nets be made with a lateral sleeve so that these can be removed at each visit.

Truncated version

It was observed in the field that some insects were clearly not caught by
the collecting head just described and it was suspected that these species
avoided the opening. It was decided, therefore, to construct a trap with an
enlarged collecting head but with the same size of base. This was achieved
by truncating the trap and fitting a head with a 20x20 cm aperture (Fig. 5b),
that is an aperture more than 5x the previous model.

Although no large-scale test was carried out, the truncated version ap-
peared to be more effective from field observations because the number of
insects noted resting on the net was generally smaller, the larger aperture pro-
duced less shade, eventual obstruction by spiders webs was considerably re-
duced, and the dead floating insects observed sometimes under the pyramidal
version were not present.

OBSERVATIONS, REMARKS AND COMPARISONS

Model DAY was used for two spring-fall seasons and model WEEK for one
season for a study on the life cycles of stream chironomids in the Salem
Creek near Elmira, Ontario; the results of this are to be published elsewhere.
In this section field observations, and problems encountered in sampling are
discussed and these traps compared with previously described ones.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

73

Figure 5. A-Close-up of a collecting head of trap model WEEK. B-Truncated
version of trap model WEEK.

74 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Construction

The material for both traps can be found in any general hardware store.
The traps are easy to build and do not require special tools. No differences in
efficiency were noted between those traps with a base of wood or those with
ABS tubing. Model DAY costs about $20.00 (U.S. 1976) and model WEEK,
with ABS tubing about $30.00 for material, labour not included. If limited
funds are available, model WEEK can be made with a wooden base and any
model WEEK can be adapted for daily use.

Styrofoam strips are eventually damaged after a year or so or loose their
bouyancy and must be replaced. The ABS base is more durable and remains
bouyant.

Shape

Traps with triangular, square, rectangular and round bases have been pro-
posed (Mundie 1971, Morgan 1971); the shape is probably not important in
standing water but in lotic situations traps must disturb the water flow as
little as possible; the square base was found to be best adapted for this pur-
pose, specially when anchored with one angle facing the current. The square
base, furthermore, is more convenient for setting traps half on the bank and
half in the water and altogether more versatile than the fixed box trap of
Morgan (1971).

Size

Morgan, Wadell and Hall (1963) found a correlation between the size and
efficiency of emergence traps in standing water; they concluded in their series
that a base of 0.46 m 2 proved optimal and that one of 0.37 nr was the
second best.

A base of 0.37 m 2 was adopted for our study for several reasons. First, the
traps are not too bulky and not too heavy, an important factor for floating in
running water. Second, the traps are not too large to be placed over a single
substratum type, or a small secondary branch stream, without overlapping
more than one microhabitat. Third, they are large enough not to interfere
excessively with water flow in the area they enclose, and large enough to
cover large objects such as tree stumps, rocks, piles of twigs, riparian vegeta-
tion, etc. Also they can be placed half in the water and half on the bank to
sample the fauna of stream margins. The 0.37 m 2 size, therefore, seems to be
a good compromise between the need for portability and convenience and
the need for obtaining reliably large samples.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 75

Net

The mesh must be less than 300 jum if all the insect fauna is to be collected
(Morgan 1971); many Ceratopogonidae, Orthocladiinae and other small in-
sects can escape through window screen or cotton gauze, often used (Need-
ham 1908, Adamstone & Harkness 1932, Miller 1941, Scott & Opdyke 1941 ,
Vallentyne 1952). Several synthetic curtain muslins are now available com-
mercially, these are cheap, translucent, strong and finely meshed (openings
of 200-250 jum) and ideal for emergence traps. After three years of use our
nets are still in good condition.

Scott & Opdyke (1941), using floating tent traps, showed that those made
of opaque material caught fewer insects than those made of white muslin.
Our "Tergal" muslin nets are very pale blue and cut off very little light.

The fine muslin material also provides a good support for nymphs, sub-
imagos and adults as they can easily grip it while moulting or maturing. Sub-
imaginal and nymphal exuviae are often found on the net and are easily col-
lected and preserved for eventual association with adults.

Setting in the field

Traps are secured so that they always sample at the same spot independent
of water level fluctuations. In fast-flowing water traps do not move very
much laterally but tend to sink in current over 2 m/s. Bouyancy is increased
if the attachment rope is fixed high up on to a pole or a tree so that the angle
between this rope and the water surface is 45 or more even during high
water periods (Fig. 2b). The rope should be at least 2 m long to give the trap
freedom to respond to changes in level and turbulence. It is suggested that the
traps be fixed in position and their flotation tested during a spate or high
spring levels if disasters and possible losses are to be avoided. It may be neces-
sary to change the location of some traps or to attach supplementary bouys
if the current is too fast. In pools or in standing water the efficiency of the
traps may be reduced by their tendency to move in the wind (Morgan, Wad-
dell & Hall 1963, Morgan 1971). They can be stabilized by driving poles
around them to hold them steady or by extra anchors.

Frequency of emptying

The frequency of emptying the traps is probably the most important factor
in any study of emergence. In most studies, even "quantitative" ones, traps
are emptied every second day and sometimes after even longer periods (Hall,
1963, Morgan, Waddell & Hall, 1963, Macan 1964, Anderson & Wold 1972).
Hamilton (1969) could find no significant differences between emptying daily
and every second day. Nevertheless, in our studies in Salem Creek, insects left in
the net for 24 h. after emergence showed a mortality of 8 1-1 00$, depending

76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

on the group of insects involved and the weather. All small insects were dead
and dry and only larger specimens such as Trichoptera, Plecoptera, Ephe-
meroptera and Diptera still survived 48 h. later. When the wind was strong or
the night cold all insects died.

During 500 days of daily emptying few dead animals were noticed floating
on the water surface. In Salem Creek the emergence peak is after sunset or
late afternoon for most insects and so these were resting or flying about the
net for 10-15 hours as they were collected soon after noon the next day. It is
estimated from dead insects found floating that model DAY and the net
stripping emptying method account for more than 99% of emerged insects
and are ideal for quantitative studies.

Condensation

In Ontario daily fluctuations in temperature throughout the collecting
season can produce considerable quantities of dew in open plastic and glass
containers. For this reason tent traps made of polyethylene (Sublette &
Dendy 1959) are inappropriate in this climate. No serious condensation was
found on the muslin netting and even small insects remained dry. Protection
from rain and wind was provided by the plastic covering at the top of the
trap.

Condensation problems in the collecting head of model WEEK were re-
solved by piercing vents through the sides of the concentrator or collector
and covering them with muslin.

Predation by various invertebrates

In our study spiders were the most important predators but their depriva-
tions were much reduced by Jaily emptying. Other predators such as the
Gyrinidae, Gerridae and fishes probably preyed on some emerging insects but
previous authors have considered these as a minor source of error (Morgan,
et al. 1963). Spiders may become a serious problem when traps are emptied
weekly as they tend to spin their nets over the entrance to the collecting
head. Their influence is minimized when the larger head (20x20 cm) is used;
the losses they cause can be roughly estimated by examining the webs for
insects remains.

Dragonflies and Empidae do not have time to cause damage in the daily
collecting program and soon fly into the bottle in model WEEK.

Special groups of insects

Living specimens are available for special studies; they can be picked out
of the trap in the field or the whole net can be brought into the laboratory
for processing.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 77

Very small insects such as Ceratopogonidae, Orthocladiinae, etc., are col-
lected successfully, specially by model DAY: the net stripping method of
emptying is better for these than any other method described so far. Very
short lived insects, such as the Tricorythidae are more easily sampled by
model WEEK than model DAY, specially in the case of those species which
will not rest on the muslin but fall into the bottle, nevertheless.

Dried specimens (Tabanidae, Tipulidae, Odonata, Coleoptera, etc.) may be
obtained from both models. With model DAY they can be killed with either
ethyl acetate or potassium cyanide prior to pinning and, in model WEEK the
collecting bottle can be replaced with a deep version of a classical killing
bottle with KCN. In this case bottles should be emptied often, daily if
possible.

Semiaquatic groups, insects pupating on the banks or species that crawl
to the shore to emerge can be collected by setting traps part on land and part
over water or by setting them over special microhabitats such as log piles,
small boulders, marginal vegetation and on sand and mud flats.

Choice of model

Each model has its advantages and limitations. Both are easy to build and
sample nearly all kinds of microhabitats in running and standing water. The
time involved in emptying is very short and independent of the number of
specimens in the trap. As they both float they do not disturb the substratum
underneath which can therefore be sampled over long periods.

The main advantage of model DAY is that it collects a 24-h. emergence
efficiently; it is, therefore, recommended for quantitative or life-cycle studies.
It is also very useful for the study of diel emergence patterns. The use of a
number of traps together minimizes losses due to bad weather, spates, preda-
tors and cattle and gives data suitable for statistical interpretation.

Model WEEK is ideal for taxonomic purposes as specimens are well pre-
served and traps can be emptied rapidly. It is also useful when traps cannot
be emptied daily, when only the general pattern of emergence is needed, or
when a large area has to be surveyed. It is also more convenient for special
situations such as deep lakes and large rivers and more effective than model
DAY for trapping insects with a very short adult life.

The truncated version of model WEEK represents the best compromise
when quantitative results are needed but time is not available for daily sam-
pling. The large aperture reduces considerably any inhibitions insects may
have against entering the collecting head and the time involved for emptying
is only a few minutes at each visit.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors would like to thank Mr. and Mrs. Joseph Heppell for making the nets
and Dr. S.M. Smith for his comments on the manuscript. The first author would also like

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

to express gratitude to his wife Lucie for her constant assistance and encouragement.
The research was financed by grant No. A4961 from the National Sciences and Engi-
neering Research Council Canada.

REFERENCES

Adamstone F.B. & W.J.K. Harkness. 1923. The bottom organisms of Lake Nipigon.

Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol. 22: 121-170.
Anderson N.H. & J.L. Wold. 1972. Emergence trap collections of Trichoptera from an

Oregon stream. Can. Ent. 104: 189-201.
Corbet P.S. 1965. An insect emergence trap for quantitative studies in shallow ponds.

Can. Ent. 97: 845-848.
Frank, G.H. 1965. The hatching pattern of five species of chironomid from a small

reservoir in the eastern Transvaal Lowveld as revealed by a new type of trap. Hydro-

biologia 25: 52-68.
Hamilton, A.L. 1969. A new type of emergence trap for collecting stream insects. J.

Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 26: 1685-1689.

Lammers, R. 1977. Sampling insects with a wetland emergence trap: design and evalua-
tion of the trap with preliminary results. Am. Midi. Nat. 97: 381-389.
Langford, T.E. & J.R. Daffern. 1975. The emergence of insects from a British river

warmed by power station cooling-water. Part 1. The use and performance of insect

emergence traps in a large spate-river and the effects of various factors on total

catches, upstream and downstream of the cooling-water outfalls. Hydrobiologia 46:

71-114.
Lindeberg, B. 1958. A new trap for collecting emerging insects from small rock-pools,

with some examples of the results obtained. Ann. Ent. Fenn. 24 : 1 86-1 9 1 .
Macan, T.T. 1964. Emergence traps and the investigation of stream faunas. Rivista di

Idrobiologia 3: 75-92.
McCauley, U.J.E. 1976. The efficiency of a trap for catching and retaining insects

emerging from standing water. Oikos 27: 339-345.
Miller, R.B. 1941. A contribution to the ecology of the Chironomidae of Costello Lake,

Algonquin Park, Ontario. Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol. 49: 1-63.
Morgan, N.C. 1971. Factors in the design and selection of insect emergence traps. In:

Edmondson W.T. and Winberg G.G. (ed.). A manual on methods for the assessment

of secondary productivity in fresh waters. IBP Handbook No. 17. Blackwell Scientific

Publications, Oxford, pp. 93-108.
Morgan, N.C., A.B. Waddell & W.B. Hall. 1963. A comparison of the catches of emerging

aquatic insects in floating box and submerged funnel traps. J. Anim. Ecol. 32: 203-

219.
Mundie, J.H. 1964. A sampler for catching emerging insects and drifting materials in

streams. Limnol. Oceanogr. 9: 456-459.
Mundie, J.H. 1966. Sampling emerging insects and drifting materials in deep flowing

water. Gewasser 41/42: 159-162.
Mundie, J.H. 1971. Techniques for sampling emerging aquatic insects. In: Edmondson

W.T. and Windberg G.G. (ed.). A manual on methods for the assessment of secondary

productivity in fresh waters. IBP Handbook No. 17. Blackwell Scientific Publica-
tions, Oxford, pp. 80-93.
Needham, J.G. 1908. Report of the entomological field station conducted at Old Forge,

N.Y. in the summer of 1905. Bull. N.Y. St. Mus. 124: 167-172.
Scott, W. & D.F. Opdyke. 1941. The emergence of insects from Winona Lake. Invest.

Ind. Lakes 2: 3-14.
Sublette, J.E. & J.S. Dendy. 1959. Plastic materials for simplified tent and funnel traps.

S.West. Nat. 3: 220-223.
Vallentyne, J.R. 1952. Insect removal of nitrogen and phosphorous compounds from

lakes. Ecol. 33: 573-577.

Vol. 90. No. 2, April 1979 79

ECTOPARASITES OF MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM
FORT DIX, NEW JERSEY 1 2

Harold J. Marian 3 , Richard D. Kramer 4

ABSTRACT: New state records are detailed for 17 arthropod ectoparasite species
collected from mammals and birds at Fort Dix, New Jersey. Thirty-four additional ecto-
parasitic arthropod species are included in a host-ectoparasite list from a total of 108
hosts of 21 different species.

This study was undertaken to supplement existing knowledge of known or
potentially medically important ectoparasitic arthropods at Fort Dix, Bur-
lington County, New Jersey. Presence, prevalence and host range data were
sought on ticks, fleas and mites which are known or potential vectors of
human pathogens.

Previous records of ectoparasites from New Jersey have been published
by: Cooley (1938, 1946), Fox (1940), Trembley and Bishopp (1940), Cooley
and Kohls (1944, 1945), Ferris (1951), Hansens and Hadjinicolaou (1952),
Baquaert (1954), Burbutis and Hansens (1955), Race (1955), Burbutis
(1956), Hansens (1956), Burbutis and Mangold (1956), Clifford, et. al.
(1961), Manischewitz (1966), Herrin (1970), and Whitaker and Wilson
(1974). Collections from Burlington County were limited in or absent from
most of these records.

During 1974, the Health and Environment Activity of the Medical Depart-
ment Activity, Fort Dix, NJ, conducted a small animal trapping and ecto-
parasite surveillance program as part of their routine pest surveillance mission.

Most of those 1974 collections are included here. All new state records
included herein have been examined and confirmed by taxonomic specialists.
Any specimen whose identification was questionable due to condition,
preparation artifacts or improper instar for determination, was omitted from
these data. No taxon is reported as a new state record if it could not be deter-
mined to be such a record. New state records do not include subspecies nor

Deceived January 23, 1979

2 A11 opinions and ideas expressed herein should be attributed to the authors, who are
solely responsible for both content and accuracy, and in no way purport to reflect
any position or policy of the Department of the Army or the Department of Defense.

3 Major, Medical Service Corps, U.S. Army, presently assigned to the Preventive Medicine
Division (Atlantic), USA MEDDAC, Box "S", Fort Gulick, Canal Zone, APO Miami
34008.

4 Captain (promotable), Medical Service Corps, U.S. Army, presently assigned to the
USAEHA, Regional Division - South (Bldg 180), Fort McPherson, GA 30330.

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 79-87. April 1979

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

taxa determined to genus only (although the latter are included in the host-
ectoparasite list in order to reflect their occurrence and observed hosts).

METHODS

Small animals and birds were trapped in box-type live traps, anesthe-
tized, and examined for ectoparasites. Fleas and some immature ticks were
mounted in balsam on slides whereas lice and most mites were mounted in
Hoyer's medium, ringed with clear fingernail polish. Some mites and late
nymphal instars were preserved in 70 percent ethanol. Louse flies were
attached with casein glue to paper points. These collections and processing
procedures are detailed in Bram (1978). Host animals were identified using
Burt and Grossenheider (1964), Peterson (1968) and Blair, et. al. (1968).
Arthropod specimens reported here have been deposited in the collections of:
the senior author, the Ohio State University (Columbus), the University of
Kentucky (Lexington), the University of Minnesota (St. Paul), the Cali-
fornia State University (Long Beach), the U.S. Army Academy of Health
Sciences (Fort Sam Houston, TX) and the U.S. National Museum.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Ectoparasites were collected from mammals and birds at Fort Dix, Bur-
lington County, New Jersey during 1974. Examination of 108 animals
yielded 321 fleas (9 species), 964 biting lice (6 species), 517 sucking lice
(7 species), 261 ticks (7 species), 259 mites (20 species), and 5 louse flies
(2 species). Seventeen ectoparasite species are reported from New Jersey
for the first time.

New state records are detailed below. All other collections are included
in the host-ectoparasite list for the purpose of recording their occurrence
and observed hosts in the study area. All specimens reported here were
collected on the Fort Dix military reservation. Numbers of ectoparasite
specimens reported herein should not be used for any quantitative pur-
poses because the investigators did not attempt to collect all the ectopara-
sites from heavily infested hosts.

Anoplura listed below follow the classification of Stojanovich and Pratt
(1965); Mellophaga follow Emerson (1972 a, 1972 b); Siphonaptera follow
Hopkins and Rothschild (1953); Acari follow Krantz (1971); Hippoboscidae
follow Baquaert (1959); vertebrate hosts follow Blair, et. al. (1968). Paren-
thetic numbers following host names indicate numbers of infested individuals
examined. Life stage abbreviations for ectoparasite specimens include:
L = larva(e), N = nymph(s), H = hypopus (hypopi), M = adult male(s), F =
adult female(s).

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 81

Class: ACARI

Order: PARASITIFORMES

Family: LAELAPIDAE
Eulaelaps stabularis (Koch)

1 M, 3 F, ex. Didelphis marsupialis L., 20-111-1974; 1 M, ex. D. marsupialis, 23-IV-
1974; 1 M, ex. Peromyscus leucopus (Rafinesque), 2-VIII-1974, 4 !', ex. Rattus nor-
vegicus (Berkenhout), 26-VI-1974; new state record.

Hirstionyssus staffordi Strandtmann and Hunt

1 N, 3 F, ex. Mephitis mephitis (Schreber), 29-111-1974; 2 F, ex. M. mephitis, 1-1V-1974;
new state record.

Haemogamasus reidi Ewing

1 N, 7 F, ex. Glaucotnys volans (L.), 1 8-X-1974; new state record.

Family: MACRONYSSIDAE
Ornithonyssus wernecki (Fonseca)

3 N, 1 F, ex. D. marsupialis, 4-III-1974; 5 F, ex. D. marsupialis, 16-111-1974; 2 F, ex.
D. marsupialis, 20-111-1974; 3 N, ex. D. marsupialis, 21-111-1974; new state record.

Order: ACARIFORMES
Family: MYOBIIDAE

Archemyobia inexpectatus Jameson

2 F, ex. D. marsupialis, 16-111-1974; new state record.

Family: LABIDOPHORIDAE

Dermacarus hylandi Fain

29 H, ex. Tamius striatus (L.) (8): 29-111-1974, 19-IV-1974, 5-VI-1974, 27 and 30-
VIII-1974 (2), and 26-IX-1974 (2); new state record.

Family: CHEYLETIDAE

Cheyletus eruditus (Schrank)

1 N, 4 F, ex. P. leucopus, 23-IV-1974; new state record.

Family: TROMBICULIDAE
Trombicula fitchi Loomis

3 L, ex. G. volans, 18-X-1974; new state record.

Class: INSECTA

Order: ANOPLURA

Family: HAEMATOPINIDAE

Neohaematopinus sciuropteri (Osborn)

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

4 N, 5 F,ex. G. volans, 18-X-1974; new state record.

Family: HOPLOPLEURIDAE

Hoplopleura erratica (Osborn)

21 N, 2 F, ex. T. striatus, 5-VI-1974; 56 N, 6 M, 11 F , ex. T. striatus (2), 30-VIII-1974;
27 N, 3 M, 19 F,ex. T. striatus, 12-IX-1974; 18 N, 5 M,9 F, ex. T. striatus, 26-IX-1974;
new state record.

Hoplopleura trispinosa Kellogg and Ferris

4 N, 1 M, 8 F, ex. G. volans, 18-X-1974; new state record.

Hoplopleura sciuricola Ferris

13 N, 4 M, 6 F, ex. Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin, 11-111-1974; 1 N, 1 M, ex. S. caroli-
nensis, 18-111-1974; 2 N, 3 M, 12 F, ex. S. carolinensis, 15-IV-1974; 4 N, 9 F, ex. S.
carolinensis, 21-IV-1974; 22 N, 10 F, ex. 5. carolinensis, 30-IV-1974; new state record.

Order: MALLOPHAGA
Family: TRICHODECTIDAE

Neotrichodectes mephitidus (Packard)

28 N, 39 M, 129 F, ex. M. mephitis, 29-111-1974; 41 N, 24 M, 75 F, ex. M. mephitis,
l-IV-1974; new state record.

Although geographic records for mallophaga are usually de-emphasized by most
experts due to the extreme mobility of theii bird hosts, this state record is worthy of
note. This becomes readily apparent when one considers that their hosts were collected
at least 30 miles from the nearest state border, a skunk's normal lifetime activity range
is less than a six mile radius, and they seldom, if ever, migrate (Verts, 1967).

Order: SIPHONAPTERA
Family: PULICIDAE
Pulex simulans Baker

1 M, 4 F, ex. Canis familiaris L., 8-XI-1974; new state record.

Smit (1958) resurrected this species from synonymy with Pulex irritans L. Many
workers since then have accepted and reinforced the validity of P. simulans as a separate
taxon. Palmer and Wingo (1972) presented a key for separating these two species with
supporting illustrations. Wilson (1966) summarized previously known records of P.
simulans but did not report any records from New Jersey.

Family: RHOPALOPSYLLIDAE
Polygenis gwyni (C. Fox)

1 M, 1 F, ex.M. mephitis, l-IV-1974; 2 M, 5 F, ex. D. marsupialis, 23-V-1974; new state
record.

Order: DIPTERA
Family: HIPPOBOSCIDAE

Ornithoica vicina (Walker)

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 83

1 M, ex. Lanius excubitor L., 29-VIII-1974; new state record.

Pseudolynchia canariensis (B. Macquart)
1 M, 3 F, ex. Columba livia Gmelin, 7-VI-1974; new state record.

HOST-ECTOPARASITE LIST

Class: AVES

Order: COLUMBIFORMES
Family: COLUMBIDAE

C. livia - domestic pigeon

Campanulotes bidentatus (Burmeister) - M:P*
Columbicola colurnbae (L.) - M:P
P. canariensis** - D:H

Order: PASSERIFORMES
Family: CORVIDAE

Cyanocitta cristata (L.) - blue jay
Brueelia sp. - M:P
Haemaphysalisleporispalustris (Packard) - P:I

Family: EMBERIZIDAE

Pipilo erythrophthalmus (L.) - rufous-sided towhee
H. leporispalustris - P:I

Family: ICTERIDAE

Quiscalus quiscula (L.) - common grackle

Ambloyomma americanum (L.) - P:I

H. leporispalustris - P:I

Myrsidea fuscomarginata (Osborn) - M:M
Tangavius aeneus (Wagler) - bronzed cowbird

Myrsidea thoracica (Giebel) - M:M

Family: LANIIDAE

Lanius excubitor L. - northern shrike
H. leporispalustris - P:I
O. vicinia** - D:H

*Key to ectoparasite taxa (i.e. Order: Family) in alphabetic order:

A:A = Acariformes:Anystidae, A:Ca = Acariformes:Camisiidae, A:E = Acariformes:
Erythraeidae, A:Lab = Acariformes: Labidophoridae, A:My = Acariformes: Myobiidae,
A:T = Acariformes:Trombiculidae, AN:H = Anoplura:Haematopinidae, An:Ho = Ano-
plura:Hoplopleuridae, D:H = Diptera:Hippoboscidae, M:M = Mallophaga:Menoponidae,
M:P = Mallophaga:Philopteridae, M:T = Mallophaga:Trichodectidae, P:An = Parasiti-
formes:Analgidae, P:C = Parasitiformes:Cheyletidae, P:I = Parasitiformes:I.\odidae,
P:L = Parasitiformes:Laelapidae, P:M = Parasitiformes:Macronyssidae, S:C = Siphonap-
tera:Ceratophyllidae, S:H = Siphonaptera:Hystrichopsyllidae, S:P = Siphonaptera:
Pulicidae, S:R - Siphonaptera: Rhopalopsyllidae.
**Indicates a new state record.

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Family: MIMIDAE

Dumetella carolinensis (L.) - catbird
Mesalgoides sp. - P:An

Family: TURDIDAE

Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin) - wood thrush
H. leporispalmtris - P:I

Class: MAMMALIA
Order: CARNFVORA
Family: CANIDAE

C. familiaris - domestic dog

Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche) - S:P

Dennacentor variabilis (Say) - P:I

P. simulans** - S:P

Rhipicephalus sanguineus (Latreille) - P:I

Family: FELIDAE

Felis catus L. - domestic cat

Androlaelaps fahrenholzi (Berlese) - P:L

C. felis - S:P

D. variabilis - P:I

Family: MUSTELIDAE

M. mephitis - striped skunk
H. Stafford!** - P:L
N. mephitidus** M:T
Odontopsyllus multispinosus (Baker) - S:C
P. gwyni** - S:R

Family: PROCYONIDAE

Procyon lotor (L.) - raccoon
A. americaimm - P:I
A. fahrenholzi - P:L

C. felis - S:P

D. variabilis - P:I
Ixodes texanus Banks - P:I
O. multispinosus - S:C
Ornithonyssus bacoti (Hirst) - P:M

Order: LAGOMORPHA

Family: LEPORIDAE

Sylvilagus floridanus (J.A. Allen) - Eastern cottontail

A. fahrenholzi - P:L

Cediopsylla simplex (Baker) - S:P

D. variabilis - P:I

H. leporispalustris - P:I

Ixodes dentatus Marx - P:I

Neotrombicula whartoni (Ewing) - A:T

O. multispinosus - S:C

Tencateia sp. - A: A

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 85

Order: MARSUPIALIA
Family: DIDELPHIDAE

M. marsupialis - opossum
A. inexpectatus** - A: My
Camisia sp. - A:Ca

C. eruditus** - P:C
C.felis - S:P

Ctenophthalmus pseudagyrtes Baker - S:H

D. variabilis - P:I

E. stabularis** - P:L
Laelaps echidnina Berlese - P:L
O. multispinosus - S:C
Orchopeas howardii (Baker) - S:C
Orchopeas leucopus (Baker) - S:C
O. bacoti - P:M

O. wernecki** - P:M
P.g\vyni** - S:R

Order: RODENTIA
Family: CRICETIDAE

/*. leucopus - white-footed mouse

A. fahrenholzi - P:L

C eruditus** - A:C

. stabularis** - P:L

6>. leucopus - S:C

O. fozcotf - P:M
Reithrodontomys humulis (Audubon and Bachman) - Eastern harvest mouse

Euschoengastia peromysci (Ewing) - A:T

Family: MURIDAE

R. norvegicus - Norway rat

C. pseudagyrtes - S:H
E. stabularis** - A:L
L. echidnina - P:L

Polyplax spinulosa (Burmeister) - An:Ho
Radfordia ensifera (Poppe) - A: My

Family: SCIURIDAE

G. volans - Southern flying squirrel

H. reidi** - P:L

H. trispinosa** - An: Ho

Miyatrombicula cynos (Ewing) - A:T

N. sciuropteri** - An:H

O. howardii - S:C

T. fitch i** - A:T
S. carolinensis - gray squirrel

A. fahrenholzi - P:L

D. variabilis - P:l

//. sciuricola** - An: Ho
Laelaps nuttalli Hirst - P:L
Neohacmatopinus sciuri Jancke - An:H

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

O. howardii - S:C
Sciurus niger L. - Eastern fox squirrel

L. nut talli - P:L

Neohaematopinus sciurinus Mjoeberg - An:H

O. howardii - S:C
T. striatus - Eastern chipmunk

Balustium sp. - A:E

C. pseudagyrtes - S:H

D. hylandi** - A: Lab

Epitedia wenmanni (Rothschild) - S:H

E. peromysci - A:T
H. erratica** - An: Ho
Ixodes scapularis Say - P:I

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to thank Drs. D.E. Sonenshine, M.L. Faran, R.D. Price, H.D. Pratt,
C.E. Hopla, R.B. Loomis, G.S. Ide, S.E. Thewke, W.T. Atyeo and C.S. Herrin and MAJ
D.B. Palmer, Jr. for their assistance in determining ectoparasites included here. Thanks
are also due to Drs. P.P. Burbutis and E.J. Hansens for their assistance in determining
some of the new state records reported herein and to MAJ A.R. Gillogly, ETC R.E.
Parsons and Dr. B.N. Chaniotis for reviewing this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Baquaert, J.C. 1954. The Hippoboscidae or louseflies (Diptera) of mammals and birds;

Part II: taxonomy, evolution and revision of American genera and species. Ento-

mologica Americana, Vol. XXXIV (N.S.), Business Press, Lancaster, PA, December,

1954,232 p.
Blair, W.F., A.P. Blair, P. Brodkorb, F.R. Cagle and G.A. Moore. 1968. Vertebrates

of the United States, 2 ed., McGraw-Hill Book Co., NY, NY, ix + 616 p.
Bram, R.A. 1978. Surveillance and Collection of Arthropods of Veterinary Importance.

APHIS Agr. Handbook No. 518; v + 125 p.
Burbutis, P.P. 1956. The Siphonaptera of New Jersey. Bull. N.J. Auric. Exper. Sta.

No. 782; 36 p.
Burbutis, P.P., and E.J. Hansens. 1955. Fleas on rats (Rattus norvegicus) in New Jersey.

J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. Vol. 63; pp. 103-106.
Burbutis, P.P., and R.E. Mangold. 1956. A study of the fleas of cottontail rabbits in

New Jersey. J. Wildlife Management, Vol. 20 (2); April.
Burt, W.H., and R.P. Grossenheider. 1964. A field guide to the mammals. Houghton-

Mifflin Co., Boston, 284 p.
Clifford, C.M., G. Anastos, and A. Elbl. 1961. The larval Ixodid ticks of the Eastern

United States. Misc. Publ. Ent. Soc. Amer., Vol. 2(3); pp 213-237, May.
Cooley, R.A. 1938. The genera Dermacentor and Otocentor (Ixodidae) in the United

States, with studies in variation. N.I.H. Bull. No. 1 7 1 ; 89 p.
Cooley, R.A. 1946. The genera Boophilus, Rhipacephalus, and Hacmaphysalis (Ixodidae)

of the New World. N.I.H. Bull. 187; 54 p.
Cooley, R.A., and G.M. Kohls. 1944. The genus Amblyomma (Ixodidae) in the United

States. J. Parasitol. Vol. 30(2); pp 77-1 1 1 , April.
Cooley, R.A., and G.M. Kohls. 1945. The genus Ixodes in North America. N.I.H. Bull.

184; 246 p.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 87

Emerson, K.C. 1972a). Checklist of the Mallophaga of North America (North of Mex-
ico). Part I. Suborder Ischnocera. Deseret Test Center, Dugway Proving Ground,
Dugway, Utah.

1972b) Part II, Suborder, Amblycera.

Ferris, G.F. 1951. The Sucking Lice. Vol. 1, Memoirs Pac. Const. Entomol. Soc., San
Francisco, CA; ix + 320 p.

Fox, I. 1968. Fleas of the Eastern United States. Hafner Publ. Co., NY, NY; vii + 191 p.
(facsimile of the 1940 ed., Iowa State College Press, Ames, IA).

Hansens, E.J. 1956. The occurrence of the rat louse (Polyplax spinulosa) on the Norway
rat in New Jersey. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. Vol. 64; pp 95-98.

Hansens, E.J., and J. Hadjinicolaou. 1952. Preliminary studies of fleas on rats (Rattus
norvegicus) in New Jersey. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc., Vol. 60; pp 91-95, June.

Herrin, C.S. 1970. A systematic revision of the genus Hirstionyssus (AcariiMesostig-
mata) of the Nearctic region. J. Med. Ent., Vol 7(4); pp 391437, August.

Hopkins, G.H.E., and M. Rothschild. 1953. An illustrated catalogue of the Rothschild
collection of fleas, Vol. I, Univ. Press, Cambridge, England; 361 p.

Krantz, G.W. 1971. A manual of acarology. O.S.U. Book Stores, Inc., Corvallis, OR.

Manischewitz, J.R. 1966. Studies on parasitic mites of New Jersey. J. N.Y. Entomol.
Soc., Vol. 74 (4); pp 189-197, December.

Palmer, D.B., Jr., and C.W. Wingo. 1972. Siphonaptera occurring on Missouri mam-
mals. Transactions, Mo. Acad. Sci., Vol. 6;pp 43-55.

Peterson, R.T. 1968. A field guide to the birds, 2 ed., Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston,
290 p.

Race, S.R. 1955. The Anoplura or sucking lice of New Jersey. M.S. Thesis, Rutgers
Univ., New Brunswick, N.J. (pp 41-44), April, Unpublished.

Smit, F.G.A.M. 1958. A preliminary note on the occurrence of Pulex irritans L. and
Pulex simulans Baker in North America. J. Parasitol, 44; 523-526.

Stojanovich, C.J., and H.D. Pratt. 1965. Key to Anoplura of North America. U.S. Publ.
Health Svc., Atlanta, GA; 24 p.

Trembley, H.L. and F.C. Bishopp. 1940. Distribution and hosts of some fleas of eco-
nomic importance. J. Econ. Ent., Vol. 33; pp 1 39-140.

Verts, B.J. 1967. The Biology of the striped skunk. Univ. of Illinois Press, Urbana;
vii + 218 p.

Whitaker, J.O., Jr., and N. Wilson. 1974. Host and distribution lists of mites (Acari),
parasitic and phoretic, in the hair of wild mammals of North America, North of
Mexico. Am. Midi. Natur., 91 (1); 1-67.

Wilson, N. 1966. A new host and range extension for Pulex simulans Baker with a sum-
mary of published records (Siphonaptera:Pulicidae). Am. Midi. Natur., 75: 245-248.

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CO-OCCURRENCE OF A MARINE AND A FRESHWATER
SPECIES OF LIMNICHIDAE (COLEOPTERA) 1

William D. Shepard 2

Members of the family Limnichidae are small, riparian beetles often
collected on objects (sticks, stones, vegetation, etc.) projecting from the
water. Limnichids frequent freshwater habitats except for the subfamily
Cephalobyrrhinae which is adapted to tidal mud flats and, hence, termed
"marine" although they probably are protected by bubbles on the under-
surfaces of various objects when submerged.

On 14 March 1977, 1 collected Throscinus politus Casey (a marine species)
and Eulimnichus ater (LeC.) (a freshwater species) on San Antonio Bay near
the Aransas National Wildlife Refuge, in Aransas Co., Texas. Both species
were taken from wood and rocks exposed at low tide or nearshore mud flats.
At the time, the only freshwater runoff into the bay was from a single seep
a few meters long in which there were several immature crayfish. Upon
entering the bay, though, the water was quickly diluted by the seawater
and tasted salty just a few centimeters from the mouth of the seep.
A "normal" assemblage of marine invertebrates existed on the mud flat and
right up to the mouth of the seep.

It is tempting to envision the evolution of a marine existence for the
Cephalobyrrhinae by a series of gradual steps from living near streams en-
tering such shallow bays to on-shore windrows of detritus and, finally, to
objects intermittently exposed by the gentle tides of these bays. Undoubt-
edly, heavy rains are an aid in transporting freshwater species into or near
the bays.

I thank Drs. Harley P. Brown and Dave Wooldridge for their comments
regarding this collection and assistance in identifying the specimens.

1 Received December 8, 1978
Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma, 73019

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 88. April 1979

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 89

LITTER AND SOIL INHABITING MICROCOLEOPTERA
OF SOUTHWEST NORTH DAKOTA 1 2

James W. Smith 3 , Christian Y. Oseto 4 , and Edward U. Balsbaugh, Jr. 5

ABSTRACT: A two year study in southwest North Dakota yielded sixteen species in
thirteen families of microcoleoptera (< 2.0 mm body length) that inhabit litter and
the soil surface. During the summers of 1976-77, a soil arthropod survey was under-
taken in Dunn, Hettinger, McKenzie, and Slope counties as part of the Regional En-
vironmental Assessment Program (REAP). REAP was initiated to evaluate environ-
mental and socioeconomic impacts caused by coal development activities in the region.

In conjunction with the Regional Environmental Assessment Program
(REAP) for southwest North Dakota, a study of the microcoleoptera, or
minute beetles, was undertaken to determine which species inhabit the soil
in the study area in question. REAP was established to provide baseline data
for assessing impacts of industrial development. The term micro-coleoptera
carries no nomenclatorial status as a category of beetles, but was arbitrarily
used to mean any member of the order Coleoptera less than 2.0 mm. total
body length. In southwest North Dakota, we found 13 families of beetles
which included members less than 2.0 mm. long. The study area consisted
of four counties in North Dakota, located in the southwest corner of
the state. The study was undertaken during June, July, and August of
1976 and 1977.

METHODS

Diverse habitat types are represented in the four study sites in Dunn,
Hettinger, McKenzie, and Slope counties. The sites can be characterized as
follows:

Dunn County -a 1.6 hectare site in a stand of bur oak, Quercus macrocarpa Michx.,
situated between a pasture and an oat field. The oat field margin is largely composed
of alfalfa, Medicago sativa L. A stock watering pond is located near the oak stand.

Hettinger County-the site is located in a shelterbelt of Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt.
and Caragana arborescens Lam., situated between a cultivated wheat field and a farm-

1 Received December 8, 1978

2 Approved by the Director of the N.D. Agric. Exp. Sta. as Journal Series No. 954.
Supported in part by North Dakota Regional Environmental Assessment Program,
Project 6-02-3.

3 ' 4 ' s Graduate Research Assistant, Assistant Professor of Entomology, and Associate
Professor of Entomology respectively, North Dakota State University, Fargo,
N.D. 58105

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 89-94. April 1979

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

stead. Setaria lutescens (Weigel) Stuntz and Agoseris cuspidata (Pursh.) Raf. are found
in the rows between the trees, and Astragalus canadensis L. was found as the major
volunteer in the belt.

McKenzie County-a 4 hectare site located in an upland pasture to the north and a
wooded ravine to the south. The major pasture grass is little bluestem, Andropogon
scoparius Michx., and the major tree species in the ravine are quaking aspen, Populus
tremuloides Michx., and amehcan elm, Ulnnis americana L. Blue grama, Bouteloiia
gracilis (HBK) Lag. is also found extensively down the slope of the pasture.

Slope County-a study area located on a hillside of mixed prairie -wooded habitat.
Ponderosa pine, Finns ponderosa Laws., columnar juniper, Junipcnis scopulorum (Sar-
gent) Rydb., and creeping juniper, /. horizontalis Moench, make up the major woody
species; the dominant grasses were little bluestem, Andropogon scoparius Michx., and
side-oats grama, Bouteloiia curtipendula (Michx.) Torr. The substrate on the slopes is
rocky. One extensive area of moss is present, along with a dense cover of 2.5 or more
cm. of pine needles.

Soil samples were obtained with a soil sampler whose core was 8 cm.
diameter and 20 cm. depth. The top layer of duff and decaying vegetation
was included, along with any green plants picked up in the core. The cores
were placed in plastic bags, coded with a REAP file number, and returned to
the laboratory. In the laboratory, soil-inhabiting arthropods were extracted
using a modified Tullgren funnel. The soil sample was placed in the funnel
so that the only avenue of escape was into the collecting tube. A 60 watt
incandescent bulb, in conjunction with a rheostat control, provided variable
levels of heat intensity. Low heat was used initially, and heat was increased
after 24 hours. After 48 hours, the collection tube was removed and beetles
which met the criterion of 2.0 mm length or less were transferred to 70%
ethanol for storage and further study. Each sample was assigned a REAP
file number identical to the one it received in the field.

Determinations were made with a binocular dissecting microscope. Beetles
were placed in a well slide (16 mm diameter by 2 mm depth) along with
enough glycerine to submerge the beetle. In those instances where a beetle
was curled excessively, a shallow well slide (16 mm diameter by 0.5 mm
depth) and a coverslip were utilized to force the beetle into an extended
posture for better viewing. The slide was illuminated by a double light source
which facilitated the observation of lightly sclerotized and jointed parts,
especially segments of appendages. The glycerine eliminated problems with
reflection off the fluid surface, and permitted easy manipulation of the
specimen. After determination to species, beetles were washed in 70% ethanol,
dried, pointed using Gelva as the mounting medium, and deposited in the
North Dakota Insect Reference Collection (NDSU), Fargo, ND.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 91

RESULTS

Sixteen species of microcoleoptera in as many genera and thirteen families
were identified from the samples in southwest North Dakota. Certain of these
beeltes appear to be habitat specific, while others are more generally dis-
tributed (Table 1). Some microcoleoptera were collected in such low num-
bers that no definite conclusions can be drawn about their habits and habitats.

Cryptophagidae: Anchicera ovalis Casey-This species was found associated with
leaf litter in the aspen wooded ravine. The beetles are thought to feed on mold, fleshy
fungus, decayed leaves, and similar materials (Arnett, 1971).

Orthoperidae: Arthrolips decolor LeConte-This beetle was present in large num-
bers in the grassland communities. It feeds on decomposing plant material and the
spores of fungi (Hatch, 1957). Some orthoperids are thought to be carnivorous (Arnett,
1971). Several adult specimens of A. decolor were cleared in lactophenol so that the
alimentary canal could be seen directly through the body wall. Gut analyses made on
these REAP orthoperids were inconclusive because the alimentary canal was empty.

Orthoperus scutellaris LeConte-This beetle was present in the leaf litter soil cores
in Dunn and Hettinger counties and feeds on fungal spores and decomposing plant
material (Hatch, 1957).

Ptiliidae: Ptilium cohimbianum Matthews-P. columbianum was found in Dunn and
Slope counties, in tree covered areas and in moss. It is notable for its large size [for a
Ptilium} , elongate form, pale color, and very long antennae (Matthews, 1884).

Acratrichis sp. -These were found in a stand of aspen in October of 1976 and were
collected only one time.

Staphylinidae: Habrocerus schwarzi Horn-Blatchley (1910) said that H. schwarzi
is boreal and may be found in northern Indiana. This record is from the leaf litter in
McKenzie county, which is composed mainly of aspen. Four undetermined Aleocharinae
were taken in McKenzie, Hettinger, and Slope counties in four different samples.

Lathridiidae: Melanophthalma americana Mannerheim-This beetle is reported to be
common and has been reared from Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt. (Hatch, 1962). Our
specimens presented some difficulty because of variation. Some of the specimens were
clearly M. americana while others had many characteristics of M. cavicollis Mann. Fall
(1899) spoke of the problem: 'The very limited material [of Af. americana] . . . gave no
indication of the really unusual variability to which many species of this family are
known to be subject, and. . . which are now seen to be so completely connected by
intermediates. . . that their subsequent recognition by students is a practical impos-
sibility.". Using the extremes of variability present, we dissected and examined geni-
talia. All beetles appeared to be one species and were determined to resemble M. amer-
icana more than M. cavicollis. M. americana was present at all sites except McKenzie
county, and apparently is not dependent on Abies lasiocarpa for its life cycle, but
instead is adaptable and widely dispersed in southwest North Dakota.

Pselaphidae: Pselaphus ulkei Bowman-This beetle, with antennae-like palpi (Hatch,
1962, pl.X, fig. 7), was taken in an extensive growth of moss in Slope county, in Octo-
ber, 1976. This late season collection was done as a reconnaissance survey of the area
for selection of the next year's collecting sites, and only a couple of the 1976 sampling
sites were visited. The moss was chosen because it had previously been rich in organ-

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

isms, especially minute beetles. The moss was collected extensively throughout the 1977
visits, but no more P. ulkei were found. However, the REAP survey ended in August,
and no October collection trips were possible in 1977. Hatch (1962) said that P. ulkei
occupies areas that were recently glaciated, and so may be considered boreal.

Scaphidiidae: Baeocera apicalis Fall-Blatchley (1910) took B. apicalis by sifting
damp leaves from low moist ground. The REAP survey shows B. apicalis to be present
in the McKenzie ravine in leaf litter and in the previously mentioned moss in Slope
county. Arnett (1971) said that little is known concerning the adult habits and ecology.

Leiodidae: Agathidium politum LeConte-Not much is published concerning these
contractile beetles which can roll up into a ball, except that they frequent logs bearing
fungal growth, especially beneath loose bark. These beetles were taken in a pine-juniper
stand which had numerous fallen branches.

Carabidae: Polyderis laevus Say -This tiny carabid was taken along the north edge
of the shelterbelt in Hettinger county. Blatchley (1910) claimed it is one of the smallest
carabids. Our specimens are 1.2 mm. He recorded P. laevus from under leaves along the
borders of marshes. Lindroth (1966) stated: 'This species seems not to be riparian.
Darlington informs me that he has found it under stones in good soil.". The REAP
Hettinger site was not close to any river or creek, so that P. laevus is almost certainly
not riparian.

Bruchidae: Abutiloneus seminulum Horn-This species was present along the edge of
a wheat field in Dunn county. Blatchley (1910) reported A. seminulum from dogwood
flowers. Horn (1873) described this species from sweeps, with the comment: "[A
seminulum} occurs over a wide extent of country, specimens being known from Penn-
sylvania, Nebraska, Dacota (sic), and California.".

Chrysomelidae: Longitarsus testaceus Melsheimer-One specimen was taken in the
McKenzie wooded ravine on October 8, 1976. Balsbaugh and Hays (1972) collected
large series of L. testaceus on Cirsium spp., which was probably C. undulatum (Nutt.)
Spreng., or bull thistle. Bull thistle is common in the REAP collecting sites. Blatchley
(1910) noted that L. testaceus hibernates beneath logs and mullein leaves. Although it
was not observed at the McKenzie site, mullein is present in southwest North Dakota,
and the date of collection would lead one to believe that L. testaceus was hibernating.
L. testaceus is a resident of northwest South Dakota, viz. in Buffalo, Spearfish, Sturgis,
and Wall (Kirk and Balsbaugh, 1975).

One specimen each of two other beetle families, Scydmaenidae and Colydiidae,
were taken in the shelterbelt in Hettinger county. Unfortunately, they were irreparably
damaged and not determined further. No other representatives of either family were
taken in the REAP collections.

DISCUSSION

Many beetles that would qualify as microcoleoptera are better collected
by methods not employed in this study: treehole duff sifting, windowpane
trap, aerial stickyboards or traps, beating brush piles, and blacklight trapping.
However, the entomology section of REAP was designed primarily to moni-
tor soil arthropods, and so only those minute beetles living in or on the soil
were collected. Future surveys for microcoleoptera which employ the above
collecting methods or others not mentioned will probably yield a much
greater diversity of micro-coleoptera for southwest North Dakota.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

93

Table 1. Summary of litter and soil inhabiting microcoleoptera collected in southwest
North Dakota by year, month, location, and type of habitat.

BEETLE

Carabidae

Polydcris laevus Say

Staphylinidae

Habrocerus schwarzi Horn
undetermined Aleocharinae

Pselaphidae

Pselaphus ulkei Bowman

Leiodidae

Agathidium politum LeConte

Ptiliidae

Ptilium columbianwn Matthews
Acratrichis spp.

Scydmaenidae

undetermined sp.

Scaphidiidae

Baeocera apicalis LeConte

Cryptophagidae

Anchicera ovalis Casey

Orthoperidae

Arthrolips decolor LeConte
Orthoperus scutellaris

Lathridiidae

Melanophthalma americana Mann.

Colydiidae

undetermined sp.

Chrysomelidae

Longitarsus testaceus Melsheimer

Bruchidae

Abutiloneus senrinulum Horn

YEAR MONTH

77

76

Jy,A

Jy

76,77 Jy,A,O
76 Jy

76 O

COUNTY-SITE

H7

76

77

A

J,Jy,A

M4
M4,H5,H7,H9

76

S10

77

Jy

S9

76,77
76

J,Jy,A

D3,S9,S10
M4

H5

76,77

J,0

M4,S10

76

Jy,A

D2,M4

76,77
76,77

Jy,A,s
Jy,s

D1,D2,S8
D3,H7

77

Jy

D1,D2,H5,H7,S9,S10

H6

M4

Dl

J=June; Jy=July; A=August; S=September; O=October; Dl=Dunn-oats; D2=Dunn-
grassland; D3=Dunn-oak woodland; M4=McKenzie-aspen woodland; H5=Hettinger-
shelterbelt; H6=Hettinger-E. edge belt; H7=Hettinger-N. edge belt; S8=Slope-grassland;
S9=Slope-pine-juniper woodland; S10=Slope-moss.

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to thank Dr. Robert B. Carlson, Department of Entomology,
NDSU, for critically reviewing and advising on this manuscript. We also wish to thank
Dr. Burruss McDaniel, South Dakota State University, for the loan of voucher specimens
for verification of species names, and Dr. Allan C. Ashworth, Geology Department,
NDSU, Dr. Terry L. Erwin,National Museum of Natural History, and Dr. Ian Moore,
Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, for their help in
making determinations.

REFERENCES

Arnett, R.H., Jr. 1963. An Introduction to the Study of Beetles. Catholic University of
America Press, Washington, D.C. 40 pp.

. 1971. The Beetles of the United States, 3rd printing. American Entomo-
logical Institute, Ann Arbor, Michigan. 1112 pp.

Balsbaugh, E.U., Jr. and K.L. Hays. 1972. The Leaf Beetles of Alabama (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae). Auburn University Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 441. 223 pp.

Blatchley, W.S. 1910. Coleoptera or Beetles Known to Occur in Indiana. Nature Pub-
lishing Co., Indianapolis, Indiana. 1386 pp.

Fall, H.C. 1899. Revision of the Lathridiidae of Boreal America. Trans. Amer. Entomol.
Soc. 26:101-190.

Hatch, M.H. 1975. The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest; Part II: Staphyliniformia.
University of Washington Press, Seattle. 384 pp.

. 1962. The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest; Part III: Pselaphidae and Diversi-

cornia I. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 503 pp.

Horn, G.H. 1873. Descriptions of new species of U.S. Coleoptera. Trans. Amer.
Entomol. Soc. 4: 311-342.

Kirk, V.M. and E.U. Balsbaughjr. 1975. A list of the Beetles of South Dakota. South
Dakota State University Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 42. 139 pp.

Lindroth, C.H. 1966. The Ground-Beetles (Carabidae excl. Cicindelinae) of Canada and
Alaska. Opusc. Entomol. Supp. 33: 409-648.

Matthews, Rev. A. 1884. Synonymy of North American Trichopterygidae. Trans. Amer.
Entomol. Soc. 11: 113-156.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 95

A LIST OF KNOWN ROBBER FLIES OF PENNSYLVANIA

(DIPTERA: ASILIDAE) 1

Todd E. Shelly 2

ABSTRACT: Pennsylvania county records and capture dates are presented for 84 asilid
species known from the state.

Within the past several decades scant attention has been given to the
taxonomy or distribution of asilids of the eastern Nearctic region. Despite
accounts of eastern Diogmites (Artigas 1966), Michigan asilids (Baker and
Fischer 1975), and Arkansas asilids (Scarbrough 1972), several of the most
recent notes include Brimley (1922), Bromley (1925, 1931, 1946a, b, 1947,
1950 a, b), Champlain and Knull (1923), Fattig (1945), and McAtee and
Banks (1920). While initiating a revision of the genus Laphria, I examined
1699 specimens collected from Pennsylvania and noted county and date of
capture for each. In the resulting list, the number of specimens examined of
each species is also presented to provide a rough estimate of relative abun-
dance. Note, however, that inter-generic comparisons of relative abundance,
in particular, should be drawn carefully since large and hence more conspicu-
ous species are more likely to be captured than smaller species. Note too that
capture dates do not refer to the known flight period over a species' total
geographic range but instead refer only to the range of known Pennsylvania
capture dates. For more information on flight range and general biology of
east coast asilids, the reader is referrred to the aforementioned articles plus
Bromley (1923), Scarbrough and Sipes (1973), Scarbrough and Norden (1977),
and Scarbrough (1978).

For each species in the following list Roman numerals are followed by (I)
Pennsylvania counties within which at least one individual was captured, (II)
range of Pennsylvania capture dates, and (III) number of specimens examined
by the author. Unfortunately, for several rare species, the few specimens
collected were only labelled "Pa." and in these cases the county and date of
capture information is noted as being "Unrecorded". The asilid classification
and nomenclature system followed is that of Martin and Wilcox (1965).

Received for publication: November 6, 1978.

2

Dep't. of Entomology and Applied Ecology, Univ. of Delaware, Newark, Delaware,
19711.

Current address: Department of Biology U.C.L.A., Los Angeles, CA 90024

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 95-99. April 1979

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

KNOWN ASILIDAE OF PENNSYLVANIA

Leptogastrinae

1. Beameromyia pictipes (Loew). I. Delaware, Monroe II. June 16-July 1 2 III. 2

2. Leptogaster atridorsalis Back. I. Delaware, Montgomery, Philadelphia, II. June 6-
July 14 III. 5

3. Leptogaster flavipes Loew. I. Allegheny, Bucks, Centre, Delaware, Lehigh, Monroe,
Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmoreland II. June 4-July 24 III. 44

4. Leptogaster incisuralis Loew. I. Delaware II. June 13-June 24 III. 2

5. Leptogaster virgata Coquillet. I. Allegheny , Bucks, Delaware II. July 2-August 1 III. 3

6. Psilonyx annulatus (Say). I. Delaware, Fayette, Montgomery, Philadelphia II. July 5-
September 4 III. 18

7. Tipulogaster glabrata (Wiedemann). I. Allegheny, Lehigh, Montgomery, Westmore-
land II. June 13-August 17 III. 21

Dasypogoninae

8. Ceraturgus cruciatus (Say). I. Centre, Chester, Cumberland, Dauphin, Huntingdon,
Lebanon, Lehigh, Monroe, Philadelphia, Potter II. June 3-July 30 III. 3 3

9. Ceraturgus similis Johnson. I. Unrecorded II. Unrecorded III.l

10. Crytopogon falto (Walker). I. Centre, Forest, Huntingdon, Mifflin, Potter II. June 9-
July 4 III. 12

11. Crytopogon laphriformis Curran. I. Bucks II. May 14 III. 1
12 Crytopogon lyratus Osten Sacken. I. Tioga II. August 2 III. 1

13. Crytopogon maginalis Loew. I. Centre, Huntington II. June 19-August 4 III. 2

14. Dioctria (Dioctria) baumhaueri Meigen. I. Centre II. June 9 III. 1

15. Dioctria (Eudioctriaj albius Walker. I. Allegheny, Bradford, Centre, Fayette,
Lebanon, Lehigh, Monroe, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Potter, Somerset, Westmore-
land II. May 25-August 6 III. 91

16. Dioctria (Eudioctria) brevis Banks I. Centre, Lehigh, York II. June 9-July 21 III. 13

17. Dioctria (Eudioctriaj tibialis Banks. I. Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmoreland II.
June22-July 13 III. 3

18. Diogmites basalis (Walker). I. Allegheny, Bucks, Dauphin, Delaware, Fayette,
Lehigh, Luzerne, Monroe, Philadelphia, Pike, Sullivan II. July 13-August 30 111.29

19. Diogmites discolor Loew. I. Adams, Allegheny, Berks, Bucks, Centre, Dauphin,
Delaware, Franklin, Lancaster, Philadelphia II. July 9-September 2 111.41

20. Diogmites misellus Loew. I. Monroe II. Unrecorded III. 2

21. Diogmites platypterus Loew. I. Centre, Clearfield II. July 30-August 1 3 III. 9

22. Echthopoda formosa Loew. I. Delaware II. July 1 III. 2

23. Heteropogon macerinus (Walker). I. Berks, Blair, Cumberland, Dauphin, Lehigh,
Montgomery, Somerset II. July 1 1-September 15 III. 22

24. Holocephala abdominalis (Say). I. Delaware, Erie, Fayette, Lancaster, Montgomery,
Philadelphia, Westmoreland II. June 15-September 1 III. 98

25. Holocephala calva (Loew). I. Centre, Delaware, Fayette, Lehigh, Montgomery II.
June 23-August 22111.31

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 97

26. Holopogon (Holopogon) guttulus (Wiedemann). I. Lehigh, Monroe, Montgomery

II. June 14-July 15 III. 4

27. Holopogon (Holopogon) phaeonotus Loew. I. Dauphin, Lehigh II. Unrecorded III. 4

28. Stichopogon argenteus (Say). I. Unrecorded II. Unrecorded III. 1

29. Stichopogon trifasciatus (Say). I. Lehigh II. June 28-August 18 III. 2

30. Taracticus octopunctatiis (Say). I. Allegheny, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmore-
land II. July 3-July 11 III. 8

Laphriinae

31. Andrenosoma fulvicauda (Say). I. Allegheny, Bucks, Dauphin, Venango II. June 13-
August 16 III. 4

32. Atomosia glabrata (Say). I. Allegheny, Delaware, Philadelphia, Westmoreland II.
June 8-August 11 III.9

33. Atomosia puella (Wiedemann). I. Allegheny, Centre, Chester, Dauphin, Delaware,
Lehigh, Monroe, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmoreland II. June 2-August 22

III. 47

34. Atomosia pusilla Macquart. I. Centre, Delaware, Lancaster, McKean, Philadelphia
II. June 21-July 21 III. 16

35. Atomosia ruflpes Macquart. I. Bucks, Delaware II. June 24-August 17 III. 3

36. Atomosia sayii Johnson. I. Delaware, Monroe, Philadelphia II. June 30-July 31 III. 23

37. Cerotainia albipilosa Curran. I. Centre, Delaware, Lehigh, Montgomery II. June 18-
July 28 III. 7

38. Cerotainia macrocera (Say). I. Allegheny, Berks, Dauphin, Delaware, Fayette,
Lehigh, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmoreland II. June 19-August 12 III. 16

39. Dasylechia atrox (Williston). I. Philadelphia II. July 28 III. 1

40. Lampria bicolor (Wiedemann). I. Delaware, Monroe II. June 30 III. 2

4 1 . Laphria aeata Walker. I. Monroe II. Unrecorded III. 1

42. Laphria affinis Macquart. I. Philadelphia II. June 18 III. 1

43. Laphria aktis McAtee. I. Allegheny, Dauphin II.May 27-June 27 III.l 1

44. Laphria canis Williston. I. Allegheny, Bucks, Centre, Cumberland, Dauphin, Dela-
ware, Fayette, Huntingdon, Lehigh, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Westmoreland II.
May 29-August 25 III. 67

45. Laphria champlainii (Walton). I. Cumberland II. June 29-July 7 III. 8

46. Laphria divisor (Banks). I. Allegheny, Delaware, Philadelphia, Washington II.
June 12-July 8III.9

47. Laphria Jlaricollis Say. Allegheny, Berks, Centre, Chester, Cumberland, Delaware,
Fayette, Lehigh Philadelphia, Washington II. May 9-August 2 III. 161

48. Laphria gilva (Linnaeus). I. Philadelphia II. June 25 III. 1

49. Laphria grossa (Fabricius). I Centre, Cumberland, Delaware, Lehigh, Philadelphia
II. June 3-July 28 III. 25

50 Laphria index McAtee. I. Allegheny, Dauphin, Montgomery, Tioga, Westmoreland
II. June 2-August 25 III. 13

51. Laphria ithvpyga McAtee. I. Beaver, Delaware, Huntingdon, Philadelphia, Somerset
II. June 19-September 4 III. 1 7

52. Laphria posticata Say. I. Centre, Delaware, Huntingdon, Lehigh, Union II. May 10-
August 20 III. 16

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

53. Laphria sacrator Walker. I. Forest, Sullivan II. June 7-August 5 III. 7

54. Laphria saddles Walker. I. Monroe II. July 1 2, III. 1

55. Laphria saffrana Fabricius. I. Allegheny II. Unrecorded III. 1

56. Laphria scorpio McAtee. I. Centre II. July 14 III. 1

57. Laphria sericea Say. I. Allegheny, Centre, Dauphin Fayette, Huntingdon, Monroe,
Washington, Westmoreland II. May 21-August 13 III. 40

58. Laphria sicula McAtee. I. Allegheny, Centre, Fayette, Montgomery, Philadelphia,
Westmoreland II. June 4-August 13 III. 32

59. Laphria thoracica Fabricius. I. Allegheny, Centre, Cumberland, Dauphin, Delaware,
Lehigh, Montgomery, Washington II. May 17-July 19 III. 73

60. Laphria virginica (Banks). I. Dauphin, Philadelphia II. June 15-July 18 III. 3

61. Laphria winneman McAtee. I. Allegheny, Centre, Forest, Huntingdon, Philadelphia
II. June 15-July 11 III. 18

Asilinae

62. Asilus auricomus Hine. I. Elk, Monroe, Philadelphia II. August 27-Ocotober 12 III. 6

63. Asilus erythocnemius Hine. I. Pike II. July 8 III. 1

64. Asilus lecythus Walker. I. Admas, Allegheny, Bucks, Centre, Dauphin, Fayette,
Monroe, Montgomery, Westmoreland II. June 20-July 23 III. 55

65. Asilus sericeus Say. I. Allegheny, Centre, Delaware, Forest, Huntingdon, Lebanon,
Lehigh, Monroe, Montgomery, Perry II. May 20-September 1 III. 78

66. Asilus virginicus Banks. I. Centre, Cumberland II. June 1 0-July 8 III. 2

67. Efferia aestuans (Linnaeus). I. Allegheny, Berks, Bucks, Centre, Cumberland, Dela-
ware, Huntingdon, Lawrence, Luzerne, Mercer, Monroe, Montgomery, Philadelphia,

II. June 6-August 24 III. 108

68. Efferia pogonias (Wiedemann). I. Allegheny, Centre, Dauphin, Delaware, Erie,
Luzerne, Monroe, Philadelphia, Pike II. July 12-September 21 III. 23

69. Neoitamus flavo femora tus (Hine). I. Berks, Centre, Chester, Clearfield, Crawford,
Dauphin, Delaware, Fayette, Monroe, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Somerset, West-
moreland II. May 29-August 11 III. 33

70. Neoitamus orphne (Walker). I. Allegheny, Berks, Cameron, Centre, Fayette,
Lebanon, Mifflin, Monroe, Philadelphia, Tioga, Westmoreland II. May 21-August 20

III. 70

71. Ominatius tibialis Say. I. Allegheny, Fayette, Westmoreland II. July 15-August 20
III. 4

72. Proctacanthus philadelphicus Macquart. I. Lehigh, Philadelphia II. July 28-August 27
III.2

73. Proctacanthus rufus Williston. I. Lehigh II. July 14 III. 1

74. Promachus bastardii (Macquart). I. Allegheny, Centre, Delaware, Montgomery,
Philadelphia, Westmoreland II. June 24-September 2 III. 26

75. Promachus rufipes (Fabricius). I. Centre, Cumberland, Dauphin II. July 28 -
September 26 III.7

76. Promachus vertebratus (Say). I. Allegheny, Bucks, Centre, Clearfield, Dauphin,
Huntingdon II. July 1 -September 5 III. 19

77. Tolmerus antimachus (Walker). I.Allegheny II. July 13 III. 1

78. Tolmerus johnsoni (Hine). I. Delaware II. July 14 III. 1

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 99

79. Tolmerus maneei (Hine). I. Unrecorded II. Unrecorded III. 1

80. Tolmerus notatus (Widemann). I. Bucks, Centre, Cumberland, Delaware, Fayette,
Lebanon, Luzerne, Monroe, Montgomery, Philadelphia, Potter, Tioga, Westmore-
land II. May 28-September 12 III. 72.

81. Tolmerus novascotiae (Macquart). I. Delaware, Lehigh, Philadelphia II. July 2-
September4 III. 11

82. Tolmerus paropus (Walker). I. Luzerne, Monroe II. July 9-August 15 III. 3

83. Tolmerus sadyates (Walker). I. Centre, Erie, Fayette, Huntingdon, Tioga, West-
moreland II. July 17-September 22 III. 27

84. Tolmerus snowii (Hine). I. Delaware, Monroe, Philadelphia II. June 9-August 25
III. 8

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I gratefully acknowledge the cooperation of the following persons during my visits to their
respective institutions: D. Otte (ANSP), H. Roberts (Rutgers Univ.), M. Thayer (MCZ),
L. Knutson and R. Gagne (USNM), P. Wygodzinsky (AMNH), G. Wallace (Carnegie
Museum), R. Rust (Univ. Delaware), and F. Wood (Univ. Maryland).

LITERATURE CITED

Artigas, J.N. 1966. The genus Diogmites (Rober Flies) in eastern United States. Ohio J.

Sci. 66: 401-421.
Baker, N.T. and R.L. Fischer. 1975. A taxonomic and ecologic study of the Asilidae of

Michigan. Great Lakes Ent. 8:31-91.
Brimley, C.S. 1922. List of the robber flies (Asilidae, Diptera) of North Carolina. Ent.

News 33: 294-298.
Bromley, S.W. 1923. Observations on the feeding habits of robber flies. Part I.

Proctacanthus rufus Will, and P. brevipennis Wied. Psyche 30: 41-45.
Bromley, S.W. 1925. The Bremus resembling Mallophora of the southeastern United

States (Diptera: Asilidae). Psyche 32: 190-194.
Bromley, S.W. 1931. A preliminary annotated list of the robber flies of Ohio (Diptera:

Asilidae). Sci. Bull. Ohio State Museum 1. 19pp.
Bromley, S.W. 1946a. Bee-killing Asib'dae of the southeastern United States (Diptera).

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 48: 16-17.
Bromley, S.W. 1946b. Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Part VI. Asilidae. Conn. State

Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey Bull. 69. 47pp.

Bromley, S.W. 1947. Ohio robber flies IV (Diptera: Asilidae). Ohio J. Sci. 47: 67-68.
Bromley, S.W. 1950a. Florida Asilidae (Diptera) with description of one new species.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 43: 227-239.

Bromley, S.W. 1950b. Ohio robber flies V (Diptera: Asilidae). Ohio J, Sci. 50: 229-234.
Champlain, A.B. and J.N. Knull. 1923. Notes on Pennsylvania Diptera. Ent. News 34:21 2.
Fatrig, P.W. 1945. The Asilidae or robber flies of Georgia. Emory Univ. Museum Bull.

3.33pp.
Martin, C.H. and J. Wilcox. 1965. In Stone, A> et al. A catalogue of the Diptera of

America North of Mexico. Agr. Res. Serv., Agric. Hndbk. 276. Washington, D.C.
McAtee, W.L. and N. Banks. 1920. District of Columbia: Asilidae. Proc. Ent. Soc.

Wash. 22: 13-33.
Scarbrough, A.G. 1972. Records of robber flies from northeastern Arkansas, Proc. Ent.

Soc. Wash. 74: 375-378.
Scarbrough, A.G. and G. Sipes. 1973. The biology of Leptogaster Jlaripcs Loew in

Maryland (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 74: 441-448.
Scarbrough, A.G. and A. Norden. 1977. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran

(Asilidae: Diptera) in Maryland: Diurnal activity rhythm and seasonal distribution.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 79: 438-554.
Scarbrough, A.G. 1978. Ethology of Cerotainia albipilosa Curran (Diptera: Asilidae) in

Maryland: Predatory behavior. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 80: 113-127.

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

VARIATION OF THE MALE CLASPER OF CERACLEA
ANCYLUS (VORHIES) (TRICHOPTERA:
LEPTOCERIDAE) IN SASKATCHEWAN 1

Douglas H. Smith 2

ABSTRACT: Variation in the genitalia of adult males of Ceraclea ancylus (Vorhies) is
discussed and the possibility of misidentifying variant specimens is noted.

To separate closely related species, taxonomists select diagnostic charac-
ters based primarily on an examination of the preserved material and the pub-
lished taxonomic information available for each species. Often, however,
knowledge of the variation within a species is incomplete because certain
parts of the range of a species are poorly collected. A character chosen to dis-
tinguish a species in one part of its range may not serve to distinguish that
species in another part of its range. This paper reports on the difficulty of
identifying certain male specimens of the species Ceraclea ancylus (Vorhies)
using a recently constructed key to adult males of the genus Ceraclea be-
cause these specimens possess an unusual and previously undescribed varia-
tion of the clasper.

The males of the North American caddisfly species Ceraclea ancylus
(Vorhies) have been previously characterized as having a clasper which has a
long ventral lobe tipped with a single large apical spine (see Betten, 1934;
Ross, 1944; Morse, 1975). The presence of a subapical spine on the male
clasper of C. ancylus has never been indicated in publications dealing with
this species. This paper reports on the finding in Saskatchewan, Canada of
males of C. ancylus from several different localities whose claspers bear a
subapical spine.

RESULTS

Of ten adult males of C. ancylus collected by me in Saskatchewan, three
specimens (each from a different locality, Figure 1) had a subapical spine on
a clasper, either on the right clasper (one specimen) or on the left clasper
(two specimens). No specimens were found with a subapical spine on both
claspers. The genitalia of each of the three variant males, in respect of the
shape of the aedeagus (compare Figure 4 with Figure 9D in Morse (1975))
and the shape of the ventral lobe and the mesal ridge of the clasper (compare
Figures 2 and 3 with Figure 774C in Ross (1944) and Figure 95C in Morse

1 Received January 16, 1979

Department of Biology, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada
S7N OWO

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 100-104. April 1979

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 101

(1975), respectively) indicate that these specimens belong to the species C.
ancylus (Morse, pers. comm., 1978; excluding references to figure numbers).

DISCUSSION

Morse (1975) provides keys for the identification of adult males of the
genus Ceraclea. Specimens of C. ancylus lacking the subapical spine on the
claspers can readily be identified using Morse's key to the males of the sub-
genus Arthripsodina. Variant male specimens of C. ancylus described above
can not be identified using Morse's key because at step 28, for North Ameri-
can Ceraclea material, the key leads to Ceraclea flava (Banks) if a subapical
spine is present on both claspers and to C. ancylus and Ceraclea neffi (Resh)*
if a subapical spine is absent on both claspers. On the basis of the subapical
spines it is impossible to determine the identity of the variant males of C.
ancylus in Morse's key since they have a subapical spine on one clasper.
Fortunately, the morphology of the aedeagus and the mesal ridge of the
clasper are distinctly different between C. ancylus and C. flava so that these
two species can readily be distinguished (compare drawings 93D with 95D
and 93C with 95C in Morse (1975)).

Morse (pers. comm., 1978) speculated that the occasional presence of the
subapical spine on the male clasper of C. ancylus may result from introgres-
sive hybridization, from a mutation or from ancestral genes for the subapical
spine which can occasionally express themselves in some Saskatchewan popu-
lations. Presumably, if hybridization caused the appearance of the subapical
spine on the clasper of C. ancylus males, C. ancylus would have to interbreed
with adults of the closely related species, C. flava, the males of which have a
subapical spine on each clasper. C. flava was recorded by Gushing (1961)
from the Montreal River system in the boreal forest region of Saskatchewan.
However, I have been unable to verify the occurrence of this species in Sas-
katchewan during three years of intensive collecting of caddisflies in the same
region. Oliver (1960) conducted light trap studies near Lac La Ronge, Sas-
katchewan and, although he recorded C. ancylus in this study, he also did not
collect adults of C. flava. If C. flava does not occur in Saskatchewan, then
hybridization has to be ruled out as an explanation for the appearance of a
subapical spine on either clasper of C. ancylus males in Saskatchewan. It is
more likely that the presence of the subapical spine in certain C. ancylus
individuals is the result of a mutation or of the occasional expression of a
recessive gene or group of genes in some Saskatchewan populations of C.
ancylus.

*Both variant and normal males of C. ancylus can be separated from C. neffi on the basis
of the shape of the ventral lobe of the claspers, the width of the tenth tergite, in lateral
aspect, and the morphology of the aedeagus (see Morse, 1975).

102

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 1. Saskatchewan collection sites of variant adult males of Ceraclea ancylus.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

103

Figs. 2-4. Genitalia of variant Ceraclea ancylus males: 2, ventral aspect of genitalia;
3, clasper, caudal aspect; 4, aedeagus, lateral aspect; a = apical spine, m = mesal ridge of
clasper, s = subapical spine, v = ventral lobe of clasper.

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. D.M. Lehmkuhl for his supervision and
encouragement during the course of my studies, for making available facilities and
equipment without which this research would not have been possible, for financial sup-
port from his National Research Council grant and for his constructive criticisms during
the preparation of the manuscript. I would also like to thank the Institute for Northern
Studies for the scholarship which enabled me to study Saskatchewan caddisflies. Special
thanks are due to Dr. John Morse from the Department of Entomology and Economic
Zoology, Clemson University, Clemson, South Carolina for identifying specimens of
Ceraclea ancylus and for his many useful comments concerning these specimens. I would
ilso like to thank Dr. C. Gillott and Dr. L. Burgess for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Betten, C. 1934. The caddisflies or Trichoptera of New York State. New York State
Mus. Bull. 292: 1-576.

Gushing, C.E. 1961. Ecology of a lake-stream system. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Sas-
katchewan, Saskatoon. 134 pp.

Morse, J.C. 1975. A phylogeny and revision of the caddisfly genus Ceraclea (Trichoptera,
Leptoceridae). Contrib. Amer. Entomol. Inst. 11: 1-97.

Oliver, D.R. 1960. The macroscopic bottom fauna of Lac La Ronge, Saskatchewan. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 17: 607-624.

Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 23:
1-326.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

The following Opinion has been published recently by the International Commission
on Zoological Nomenclature (see Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Volume 35,
part 3, February '79).

Opionion No. 1115 (p. 175) Nysson Latreille (Hymenoptera, SPHECIDAE) validated
as from 1796.

The Commission cannot supply separates of Opinions.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 105

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF CULM AN A, GYPONINAE
(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE) FROM PERU AND BOLIVIA 1

Dwight M. DeLong 2

ABSTRACT: Four New Species of Culmana - Gyponinae - from Peru and Bolivia,
C. concara n.sp., C. dualana n.sp., C. bacula n.sp., and C. spinella n.sp., are described.

The genus Culmana was described (1972) by DeLong and Freytag, and
C. torqua DeL. & Frey. was designated as the type. A synopsis of the genus
was published (1972) in which eight species were treated, seven of which
were described as new. Four new species are described at this time. The genus
Culmana is related to Polana and Scaris.

Culmana concava n.sp.

(Figs. 1-5)

Length of male 10 mm, female unknown. Crown two and one-half times as wide at
base between eyes as median length. Color, crown brown with a round black spot behind
each ocellus at base. Pronotum brown, a series of faint darker brown spots along anterior
margin. Scutellum brown, basal angles darker brown. Forewings dark brown, three small
black spots on clavus along commissure and two on corium.

Male genital plates two and one-half times median width, apices narrow, rounded.
Style with blade shallowly concavely rounded on ventral margin near base, apical fifth
curved dorsally, apex blunt, rounded. Aedegal shaft bearing two short, lateral, subapical
spines at five-sixths length of shaft. Apex with three spines, a median and two lateral,
which curve dorsally. Pygofer bluntly pointed apically, with a plate beneath pygofer
wall, each side, which is rounded apically and does not extend to apex of pygofer.

Holotype male, Santa Isabel, Dept. Cusco, Peru XII-10-1952, Felix L. Waytkowski
coll., in the North Carolina State University collection.

C. concava is related to hicida.

Culmana dualana n.sp.

(Figs. 6-10)

Length of male 10.3 mm, female unknown. Crown two and one-half times as broad
at base between eyes as median length. Color, dark brown anteriorly, light brown poster-
iorly, with a small round black spot behind each ocellus at base. Pronotum dark brown.
Scutellum pale brown, with dark brown basal angles. Forewings dark brown with two
very small black spots on clavus along commissure, three larger spots on corium.

Male genital plates narrow on basal third, three times as long as median width, apices

Deceived December 11, 1978

2 Department of Entomology, Ohio State University.

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 105-109. April 1979

106

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 1-5 Culmana concava n.sp. 1 , aedeagus ventrally, 2. plate ventrally, 3. aedeagus
laterally, 4. style laterally, 5. pygofer laterally. Figs. 6-10 C. dualana n.sp. 6. aedeagus
ventrally, 7. aedeagus laterally, 8. plate ventrally, 9. pygofer laterally, apical portion,
10. style laterally.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 107

rounded. Style with blade broadly, concave ly excavated on ventral margin at two-thirds
its length; apical eighth curved dorsally, apex blunt, rounded. Aedeagal shaft slender,
bearing a pair of slender, apical, pincer-like processes, one-fifth length of shaft, extend-
ing caudally. Pygofer narrowed apically, bluntly rounded, bearing a plate beneath pygo-
fer wall, each side, which is rounded apically and does not extend to apex of pygofer.

Holotype, male, Santa Isabel, Dept. Cusco, Peru. XII-1-1952, Felix L. Waytkowski
coll., in the North Carolina State University collection.

C. dualana is related to turba.

Culmana bacula n.sp.

(Figs. 11-15)

Length of male 10.5 mm, female unknown. Crown three times as wide between eyes
at base as median length. Color, anterior margin of crown cream colored, bordered with
black above. Median portion of crown brown with black median line and a round black
spot behind each ocellus, at base, Pronotum with two proximal round black spots near
anterior margin. A large black area, with white center, on anterior portion of pronotum
behind inner margin of each eye. Disc and posterior portion of pronotum brown. Scutel-
lum dark brown with four white spots, equidistant, across anterior margin, and one on
margin at middle, each side. Forewings dark brown with two black spots on clavus and
three on corium.

Male genital plates two and one-half times as long as median width, apex narrowed,
rounded. Style with a rounded notch on ventral margin of basal third of blade. Blade
slightly enlarged at two-thirds its length by a rounded bulge on ventral margin, apex
narrow, rounded. Aedeagal shaft with apex roundly notched, forming two short apical
spines. Enlarged portion just basad of notch with two prominent spines, each side. A
process arises on ventral margin, subapically and extends almost to apex of apical proc-
esses. Pygofer with a rod-like process arising beneath pygofer wall and extending beyond
apex of pygofer. Apex of process blunt.

Holotype male, Machu Picchu, Peru XI-25-67, D.M. DeLong coll., in the DeLong
collection.

C. bacula is related to fascia and excava.

Culmana spine I la n.sp.

(Figs. 16-20)

Length of male 10.5 mm, female unknown. Crown two and one-half times as wide at
base between eyes as median length. Color, anterior margin of crown pale brown, median
black line and a round black spot behind each ocellus, at base. Pronotum mostly dark
brown with black and white irregular coloration. Two small proximal black spots near
anterior margin. White areas behind each eye. Scutellum dark brown with a white spot
at middle, each side. Forewings brown with black spots on corium and two on clavus
along commissure.

Male genital plates elongate, slender at base, four times as long as median width,
apices narrow, rounded. Style with blade deeply roundly excavated on ventral margin at
one-third length of blade, bent slightly, dorsally, subapically, apex narrow, rounded.
Aedeagal shaft bearing a pair of short, proximal, median teeth and a spine about one-
eighth length of shaft extending laterocaudally, each side. Pygofer pointed at apex, with
a slender plate-like process on inner pygofer wall. Process pointed at apex extending

108

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figs. 11-15 C. bacula n.sp. 11. aedeagus ventrally, 12, aedeagus laterally, IS.pygofer
laterally 14. style laterally, 15. plate ventrally, Figs. 16-20 C spinella n.sp. 16. aedeagus
ventrally, 17. aedeagus laterally, apical portion, 18. style laterally, 19. pygofer laterally,
20. plate ventrally.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 109

slightly beyond apex of pygofer.

Holotype male, Uenlagarde le Paz, Bolivia, in the U.S. National Museum.
C. spinella is related to excava.

LITERATURE CITED

DeLong, Dwight M. and Paul H. Freytag. 1972. Studies of the Gyponinae. A key to the
known genera and descriptions of five new genera. Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 45:
405413.

. 1972. Studies of the Gyponinae: The genus Culmana and seven new species

(Homoptera:Cicadellidae). Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 45:405-413.

DEFLECTION DISPLAY OF GRAY
HAIRSTREAK BUTTERFLY 1

Hervey Brackbill 2

A predator-deflection display that I believe has not been reported before
for this butterfly was given by a Gray Hairstreak (Strymon melinus Hiibner)
at Woodlawn, Baltimore Co., Md., on 29 August 1978. The insect flew onto
a petunia plant in a flower box. When I went close I found it settled with
body vertical but head downward; with the wings closed above its back, the
tails of the hindwings thus stuck up like antennae. This, along with the
eyelike appearance of the black-centered orange spot on the adjacent wing
edge, made what was actually the rear of the insect resemble the head.
Soon I became aware that the butterfly was enhancing this appearance by
making the false antennae wave, which it did by "shuffling" its still closed
hindwings-moving one forward slightly, the other backward slightly. This
it continued until, shortly, it flew away.

Wickler (Mimicry in Plants and Animals, McGraw-Hill, N.Y., 1968:75)
notes the form and coloration of this butterfly but says nothing of its be-
havior. He and Cott (Adaptive Coloration in Animals, Oxford Univ. Press,
N.Y., 1940:372) both report this behavior in some species of the related
Thecla. Hailman (Optical Signals, Indiana Univ. Press, Bloomington and
London, 1977:182) recently predicted that it would be found in hairstreaks.

1 Received for publication: November 6, 1978

2 2620 Poplar Drive, Baltimore, Md., 21207.

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 122. April 1979

110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NORTH AMERICAN HOST OF THE YELLOWJACKET

SOCIAL PARASITE VESPULA AUSTRIACA (PANZER)

(HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE) 1 2

Hal C. Reed, Roger D. Akre 3 , and W.B. Garnett 4

ABSTRACT: The social parasite, Vespula austriaca (Panzer), was found in two colonies
of V. acadica (Sladen) in northern Idaho. These parasitized colonies were smaller than
normal, queen-right V. acadica colonies.

Vespula austriaca (Panzer) is a relatively rare Holarctic yellowjacket
(Miller, 1961) that has no worker caste and is an obligate social parasite in
the nest of other species of yellowjackets. This species has been recorded in
the nests of Vespula rufa (L.) in Europe (Robson, 1898; Carpenter and Pack-
Beresford, 1903; Chitty, 1903; Pack-Be re sford, 1904; Weyrauch, 1937;
Biegel, 1953; Archer, 1977) and V. rufa schrencki Radoszkowski in Japan
and East Siberia (Yamane and Kubo, 1970). Only 16 colonies have been re-
ported containing the parasite, and one of these records (Harrison, 1915) is
questionable. The few behavioral data available (Robson, 1898; Weyrauch,
1937; Yamane and Kubo, 1970) indicate that the V. austriaca female invades
an established V. rufa nest, kills the host queen, and is aggressive towards the
host workers that rear her brood. Evans (1903) presented collection dates of
a number of V. austriaca females which showed they are active about a
month later than queens of their host, V. rufa, presumably an adaptation to
invade already established nests. The only other behavioral information avail-
able about this species is that queens are attracted to the synthetic attractant,
heptyl butyrate, so this material can be used to sample occurrence of this
species (Reierson and Wagner, 1978).

Vespula austriaca has not been reported from a nest of a Nearctic species.
However, distributional data indicate it may be parasitic on several species
of the V. rufa species group, with V. acadica (Sladen) being the most likely
host (Wagner, 1978; Akre et al., 1979). Our previous field studies of yellow-
jackets in Idaho, Oregon, and Washington also suggested this species as the
most likely host.

1 Received January 6, 1979

Scientific paper number 5262, Washington State University, College of Agriculture
Research Center, Dep't. of Entomology, Pullman 99164. Work conducted under
projects 4037 and 0037. Financed in part by National Science Foundation Grant
BNS 76-81400.

Research Assistant and Entomologist, respectively.

Assistant Professor, Raymond Walters College, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati,
Ohio 45236.

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 110-113. April 1979

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

COLLECTION DATA

During a field study of V. acadica biology in northern Idaho, two para-
sitized colonies were collected in July 1978 in the St. Joe National Forest 4
miles northeast of Harvard (Latah County). The collection area was located in
a mature forest, with closed canopy, which borders Strychnine Creek. The
major trees present are grand fir (Abies grandis (Douglas) Lindl.) and
Douglas-fir (Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco) with some western red-
cedar (Thuja plicata Donn). This has been described as a Thuja plicata-
Pachistima myrsinites habitat type of Daubenmire and Daubenmire (1968).
Both colonies were situated in deeply shaded areas in decaying logs on the
forest floor. The first colony was collected 10 July and was comprised of 4
V. acadica workers and a V. austriaca female. The nest consisted of an uppei
comb (29 pupal, 59 larval, and 53 egg cells) and a lower reproductive comb
(12 egg cells). The second colony was collected 18 July and had 5 V. acadica
workers in addition to the V. austriaca female. This nest also had two combs.
The upper comb had 20 pupae, 38 larvae, and 31 eggs, while the lower, re-
productive comb had only two cells, one with an egg. The entrance tunnels
and cavities surrounding the nests were examined carefully for remains of the
host queen, but none were found.

In addition to the social parasite, both colonies were infested with the
common pupal parasitoid, Sphecophaga vesparum buna Cresson (Hymenop-
tera:Ichneumonidae). During collection of the first colony (10 July), 3 adult
Sphecophaga flew out of the nest, and 6 cocoons were present in the worker
comb. An additional 39 adult Sphecophaga emerged over the next 4 weeks.
The second colony (18 July) contained 4 adult S. v. buna, but no cocoons
were visible in the combs. However, 16 adults were collected within the next
4 weeks. The second nest also contained Melittobia acasta (Walker) (Hy-
menoptera:Eulophidae) which parasitized one yellowjacket larva and one
pupa in addition to 3 S. v. buna prepupae in overwintering cocoons. Other
reports of Melittobia spp. in vespine nests include Zabriske (1894), Gaul
(1940) and Gaul (cited in Thomas, 1960).

COMPARISONS

Table 1 summarizes and compares all available information on host records
and sizes of colonies parasitized by V. austriaca. The parasite appears to have
a detrimental effect on colony size of V. rufa as seen in comparisons between
normal and parasitized colonies (see also Archer, 1977). A comparable
situation was seen in parasitized colonies of V. acadica which averaged 4.5
workers and 125 cells as opposed to 48 workers and 426 cells in normal
colonies. In this regard it is similar to another yellowjacket social parasite,

112

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

<L> O

.a*

oo

tfi

U

-o
o

0>
OO
M

S

CN

OO
(N

(N

1 O ^5 ^O
IO ^O f^

^- oo n

ro fN ro
rs r-l <N

^t ^3

VO

i o r~ ON oo

OO O) ^ OO t~-

^" 1 -H O)

^ (N <N O4 (N

ro

ro

ON

CN

ON

ON

OO

i the Literature. The number of

<t

np

co
CO

ro
O

*i*

^f

ON O ON

O ro i -H o

.H

4->

.ECTION

I

*o

5

vo -^ CO

O c^- O O O

o

o

t/5

C
U

>..a

. ^
> vj

C3 O

^'S

ue is given
Naturalis

^

_1

(D

O ^

u

ts"

C"

"? O
ro

| fN O

o

c o

> oo

o g;

*

1

H

^=0

fN

Q
00

1 S

OO

'4-1
O

~ t ^-~,

S ^

03

3 u

c

(jj

^-^

S ^'

_y _.

5

N

"Q

4-

n

3

oo

D

^ O

C *""*

4>

T3 ^

.2

>H

,_,

rt

>

2

3 x:

3

1

COLON

o
>,

1-4

H

3

o

13
a,

1H

J3

M

x:

V3 V5 00

c/1 V5 C/3
t-H HH

C/3 Vi V3

^i OO OO OO

^2 p p p
"S c o" o' o"

OO

p

c"
o

00

p

c
o

P3

X) '

S

E >-i

;s <

o

U

OO

o

00

H

CQ

-4* -4-* *-
1 ')-4 'l-l

CQ CQ CQ

;^ g. "rt "w "S
(S ^22 2

to

o

a>

6

!i

>> -g

'I

"c

n o

3 o

o

CTJ O

0,

*wa

""*"-*.

*^ 'O

V5 ^

cd

00

00

00

o

c3 C

3

c3

r-

[~^

t .

a

ON

ON

ON

a

T3 j

~ 5

f yellowjackets

Literature

source

00
ON

OO

^H

c

o

*

T3 T3

3<2 p;

^ to vi r-~

M a> Q> ^

<U >H I-H _

(- (U (U
C CQ CQ -"
CL) i i fl>

a^; <2 -^ S -^

i-i o O o O o
f cd ON nj ON H

U OH i OH I <

1l

*~~ T3 ^
t~~ C <;

O^ w t

^ 0) ^ a#

8 o -c
x: c 2 o 2
u C X> r- r-
M cd 3 ^ ^ O

U

3
O
&

(U

J2

3
O

a

03

o

c 'E

3
"3

" ^3

s quite variable
1 parasitized n

o

"5 ***

.-c OJ

to

c

O

*vi C

c

a>

x> -2

'S

o

c^ vo

^^

3

f

E '-~*

O

>~H

*j ^ OO

^ r-~ o oo . rs

00

4J

c o

o 2,

8

o

_CD

-

03

V) ts> r^\

3 3

^5 t

(N

vi

3

w

rt VI

<;

'o

e

"o
U

d

3

OO OO >.

< < 3

g 3 33 3

o 1-1 H-, _, _,

3

OO

'v>

s .|

3 ^

_>l

H o

S

"S

cx

CT 1 i>

3 O
13 *-<

s

^^
2 15 s

c

*-* r-

'c^ G

O 0.

H

D.

S

'3)

ctf O

M t i

o> .-.

O

U

'E3

Q.

1 1 1

E ^ ^ ^o

" ^5 O O

M

O

C^ ^^

S"S

*3 *

~-

+j

Q

tt C'J ^ ^3 ^J c3

^

^

^

S

1

5"

^ P ^ Q p

3 F 3 <J E

. o . . 1 o

U

C

<u .S
c *-*

(U

CJj <D

-t *-

.2 o

H

Ix

^>.' N N^.' >^' ^ S

~^-~

^T^i;

z

*

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 113

Dolichovespula arctica (Rohwer) (Greene et al., 1978).

Additional parasitism by Sphecophaga and Melittobia may also have con-
tributed to the small size of both colonies. However, the ichneumonid para-
site was also found in five of 8 V. acadica colonies without V. austriaca
(Roush and Akre, 1978) and these colonies were larger.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank A. Greene, C.A. Johansen, E.G. Klostermeyer, P.J. Landolt, and K. Raffa
for suggestions on improving the manuscript.

Appreciation is extended to Mr. E.G. Dahms, Senior Curator, Queensland Museum,
Australia for determining Melittobia acasta.

LITERATURE CITED

Akre, R.D., A. Greene, J.F. MacDonald, P.J. Landolt, and H.G. Davis. 1979. The yellow-
jackets of America north of Mexico. USDA Agric. Handbook, (in press, 1 Feb 1978).

Archer, M.E. 1977. A nest of Vespula rufa (L.) - V. austriaca (Panzer) (Hym., Vespi-
dae). Ent. Gaz. 28:263-264.

Biegel, W. 1953. Zur Biologie und Okologie sozialer Wespen. Sitz. Phys.-Med. Soz.
Erlang. 76:115-153.

Carpenter, G.H. and D.R. Pack-Beresford. 1903. The relationship of Vespa austriaca
to Vespa rufa. Ent. Mon. Mag. 39:230-242.

Chitty, A. 1903. Vespa austriaca in a nest of V. rufa at Forres in 1892. Ent. Mon Mag
39:284.

Daubenmire, R. and J.B. Daubenmire. 1968. Forest vegetation of eastern Washington
and northern Idaho. Wash. Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 60. 104 pp.

Evans, W. 1903. Vespa austriaca and V. rufa in Scotland. Ent. Mon. Mag. 39:299-300.

Gaul, A.T. 1940. Meeting of October 19, 1939. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 35:149-151.

Greene, A., R.D. Akre, and P.J. Landolt. 1978. Behavior of the yellowjacket social
parasite, Dolichovespula arctica (Rohwer) (Hymenoptera:Vespidae) Melanderia
29:1-28.

Harrison, J.W.H. 1915. Vespa austriaca. Vasculum 1:113-115.

Miller, C.D.F. 1961. Taxonomy and distribution of Nearctic Vespula. Can. Ent Suppl
22:1-52.

Pack-Beresford, D.R. 1904. Another nest of Vespa rufa austriaca. Irish Nat. 13:242-243.

Reierson, D.A. and R.E. Wagner. 1978. Trapping to determine the sympatry and sea-
sonal abundance of various yellowjackets. Envir. Ent. 7:418422.

Robson, C. 1898. Vespa austriaca, a cuckoo-wasp. Sci. Gossip (n.s.) 5:69-73.

Roush, C.F. and R.D. Akre. 1978. Nesting biologies and seasonal occurrence of yellow-
jackets in northeastern Oregon forests (Hymenoptera:Vespidae). Melanderia 30-
57-94.

Thomas, C.R. 1960. The European wasp (Vespula germanica Fab.) in New Zealand
NZ Inf. Ser. Dept. Sci. Ind. Res. 27:1-74.

Wagner, R.E. 1978. The genus Dolichovespula and an addition to its known species of
North America. Pan-Pac. Ent. 54:131-142.

Weyrauch, W. 1937. Zur Systematick und Biologie der Kuckuckswespen Pseudovespa,
Pseudovespula und Pseudopolistes. Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.) 70:243-290.

Yamane, S. and T. Kubo. 1970. A brief note on the labour-parasitic wasp, Vespula
austriaca, in association with Vespula rufa schrencki. Kontyu 38:171-175.

Zabriske, J.L. 1894. Notes on some parasites of Vespa. J.N.Y. Ent. Soc. 2:81-86.

114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A COLLAPSIBLE INSECT EMERGENCE TRAP
FOR USE IN SHALLOW STANDING WATER 1

William S. Ettinger 2

ABSTRACT: A trap to collect emerging aquatic insects in shallow (< 15 cm) standing
water is described. Trap construction is nitex netting over an aluminum framework.
The trap encloses a defined substrate surface area of 0.1 m and captures all aquatic
insects emerging within that area. When retrieved the trap can be collapsed to retain
all insects.

Study of the aquatic insect community in a shallow (<15 cm) pond
requires collection of emerging adults for precise species identification and
determination of emergence periods of individual species. For this purpose
I designed an emergence trap of nitex netting stretched over an aluminum
framework (Fig. 1). Trap design is that of a collapsible triangular prism,
unlike conical and essentially rigid emergence traps described by Corbet
(1965), McCauley (1976), and Lammers (1977). Trap collapsibility allows
easy catch retrieval with forceps after sacrifice and facilitates economy of
storage and ease of transportation.

CONSTRUCTION

The trap framework consists of two rectangular sections (each 47.3 x
31.5 cm) constructed of angle aluminum (1.5 x 12.7 x 12.7 mm) hinged
together along one edge (Fig. 2). One piece of appropriate mesh netting is
stretched tautly over both sections, including the hinged joint, and fastened
securely with flat aluminum strips and bolts. The triangular sides of the trap
(47.3 x 47.3 x 31.5 cm) are netting reinforced along the bottom (short)
edge with rubber tape (Fig. 2A) and fastened to the framework as described
above. The side netting is attached so that it stretches tautly when the trap
is opened to sample area 0.1 m 2 . Two aluminum strips 32.0 cm long (Fig.
2B) are bolted at one end to one framework section. The trap is spread
open and appropriate holes are drilled in the opposite ends to fit over 5 x 40
mm bolts (Fig. 2C) attached to the other section. Bolts (Fig. 2D) are used
to secure the strips when the trap is closed.

Received December 4, 1978
2 Logan Florist, 824 Spruce St., Pottstown, PA 19464

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 1 14-117. April 1979

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

115

OPERATION

The open trap is set directly on the substrate. Upon retrieval the base is
lifted clear of the substrate, but kept submerged to prevent escape of the
catch. The movable strips are disengaged and immobilized with bolts (Fig.
2D). The triangular netting is folded into the trap as it is closed. When the
trap is closed, the edges of the two aluminum base pieces fit together to con-
tain the catch. The trap is then removed from the water. The catch can be
sacrificed with alcohol in the trap, or it can be transported live to the labora-
tory.

OBSERVATIONS

Although the trap rests directly on the substrate surface, substrate dis-
ruption can be minimized by careful trap placement. Movement of water and

Fig. 1. Emergence traps designed to collect aquatic insects in shallow standing water,
in open and closed positions.

116

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 2. Isometric projection diagram of the emergence trap showing construction
details. A, rubber tape reinforcing folding side of net; B, aluminum strip used to keep
trap open; C, bolt used to secure aluminum strip with trap open; D, bolt used to im-
mobilize aluminum strip with trap closed.

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979 117

diffusion of dissolved substances into and out of the trap should be facili-
tated, not impeded, by the netting.

The submerged netting was observed to discolor after several weeks of
trap use, presumably from organic materials or algae in the water. However, I
periodically cleansed the netting with detergent which minimized discolora-
tion, but did not eliminate it.

No catch retention "baffle" such as those included by Mundie (1971) and
McCauley (1976) in their designs is a part of my trap. It is assumed that
natural mortality is insignificant over a trapping period of two days. The
netting provides ample "foothold" for emerging insects since large numbers
of exuviae, potentially useful for association with adults, are recovered
from it.

One trap collected 1464 specimens of 30 species of Diptera, Ephemerop-
tera, and Odonata during 375 days of operation May-October 1975 and
March-October 1976. It was blown over by wind only once during the period.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

1 thank W.G. Duffy, J.H. Mundie, T.P. Poe, and R.P. Rutter for critical review of the
manuscript. Sanders & Thomas, Inc. reproduced the isometric projection diagram.

LITERATURE CITED

Corbet, P.S. 1965. An insect emergence trap for quantitative studies in shallow ponds.
Can. Ent. 97:845-848.

Lammers, R. 1977. Sampling insects with a wetland emergence trap: Design and evalua-
tion of the trap with preliminary results. Amer. Midi. Nat. 97(2):381-389.

McCauley, V.J.E. 1976. Efficiency of a trap for catching and retaining insects emerging
from standing water. Oikos 27:339-345.

Mundie, J.H. 1971. Techniques for sampling emerging aquatic insects. - In: Edmondson,
W.T. and Winberg, G.G. (ed.), A manual on methods for the assessment of secondary
productivity in fresh waters. IBP Handbook No. 17. Blackwell Scientific Publica-
tions, Oxford.

1 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW RECORDS OF ODONATA FOR ALABAMA AND

TENNESSEE, WITH SIGNIFICANT RANGE EXTENSIONS

FOR SEVERAL SPECIES 1

Kenneth J. Tennessen 2

In this paper, five species of Odonata are added to the state list of
Alabama, and three are added to the state list of Tennessee.

Calopteryx angustipennis (Selys) in Alabama

Charles Gooch and I collected a total of seven males and eight females of
C. angustipennis on May 9 and May 13, 1977, at Butler Creek, near Hwy. 1 1,
Lauderdale County, Alabama. Discovery of C. augustipennis in this locality
significantly increases the known range of this species, which, before this
collection, included Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, North Carolina, Ohio,
Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, and West Virginia (Johnson 1974).
The Butler Creek locality extends the range by about 300 km southwest of a
line drawn through the previously known western localities (Fig. 1). Butler
Creek is a clear, swiftflowing, shallow stream with mostly gravel and rock
substrate.

Johnson (1974) found that the sternum of segment 10 was black in C
angustipennis males from Kentucky, Pennsylvania, and Tennessee, whereas
it was white in males from North Carolina, South Carolina, and West Virginia.
He questioned this variability in a character that is apparently displayed to
the female during reproductive behavior. All seven males from Butler Creek
have a white spot on the sternum of abdominal segment 10, but the size of
the spot varies.

The other species of Calopteryx known to occur in Alabama are C. macu-
la ta (Beauvois) and C. dimidiata Burmeister. The known range of C. dimi-
diata was also extended with the collection of a male at Butler Creek, on
August 22, 1977, and a female at Indian Creek, in Wayne County, Tennessee,
on August 16, 1977. These localities lie in the supposed distributional hiatus
between eastern Tennessee and northern Louisiana shown by Johnson (1973;
1974).

Archilestes grandis (Rambur) and Lestes congener Hagen in Alabama

E. Pickard and I collected a single male of each species at a strip mine

1 Received January 2, 1979

Tennessee Valley Authority, Division of Environmental Planning, Water Quality and
Ecology Branch, E & D Building, Muscle Shoals, AL 35660.

ENT. NEWS 90 (2) 1 18-120. April 1979

Vol. 90, No. 2, April 1979

119

Figure 1. Known distribution of Calopteryx angustipennis (Selys) in eastern United
States (modified with permission from Johnson, 1974).

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

pond off Hwy. 233, in Marion County, Alabama.

Neurocordulia yamaskanensis (Provancher) in Alabama and Tennessee

A total of 21 males and 3 males of N. yamaskanensis were collected be-
tween June 6 and June 25, 1976, along the south shore of Wilson Lake,
Colbert County, Alabama. Also, nymphs were found clinging to large, sunken
logs near the shore. On June 3, 1976, A.H. Price and R.N. Brown collected a
teneral female of TV. yamaskanensis in a field near the Tennessee River, east of
Saltillo, in Decatur County, Tennessee. These localities extend the known
range far to the southwest of that previously recorded: Connecticut, Ken-
tucky, Maine, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio, Pennsylvania, and West Virginia
(Needham and Westfall 1955); Wisconsin (Hilsenhoff 1972); and Virginia
(Roback and Westfall 1967).

Gomphus (Stylurus) townesi Gloyd in Alabama

On August 2, 1973, I collected one female of G. townesi at the Conecuh
River near Hwy. 4, Escambia County, Alabama.

Gomphaeschna furcillata (Say) and Celithemis verna Pritchard in Tennessee

On May 19, 1976, I collected one male of G. furcillata that was flying
around a pond at Savage Point, near Dunlap, in Sequatchie County,
Tennessee. R.N. Brown collected a nymph believed to be Celithemis from this
same pond on May 12, 1976. Although the nymph itself was not identified
with certainty, a male of Celithemis verna emerged on June 7.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I thank Clifford Johnson for information concerning records of Calopteryx angnsti-
pennis and for permission to reproduce and revise his published figure of its distribution.
I thank Minter J. Westfall, Jr., and Carl Cook for checking records of the species in-
cluded in this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Hilsenhoff, W.L. 1972. New records of Odonata from Wisconsin. Great Lakes Entomol.

5:79.
Johnson, C. 1973. Variability, distribution and taxonomy of Calopteryx dimidiata

(Zygoptera: Calopterygidae). Fla. Entomol. 56:207-222.
Johnson, C. 1974. Taxonomic keys and distributional patterns for Nearctic species of

Calopteryx damselflies. Fla. Entomol. 57:231-248.
Needham, J.G., and M.J. Westfall, Jr. 1955. A manual of the dragonflies of North

America (Anisoptera). Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley. 615 pp.
Roback, S.S., and M.J. Westfall, Jr. 1967. New records of Odonata nymphs from the

United States and Canada with water quality data. Trans. Arner. Entomol. Soc.

93:101-124.

before it is submitted and (2) submit the names and addresses of two qualified authorities
in the subject field to whom the manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review.
Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept
as brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title,
except where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative ab-
stract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an
article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the
article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion
of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly
always are needed. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of
the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures,
tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends,
should be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed
illustration, including all legends, is 4 1 /z x 6 ] /2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text
figures and half-tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
deailing with systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and similar aspects of insect
life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs
of all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a
cost of $30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manu-
script is submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status
(unemployed or retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a mini-
mum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to
the editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Journals & reprints for sale, including Annals & Bulletin of E.S.A., Ent. News., Proc. Ento.
Soc. Wash., Psyche and two journals from Brazil and Venezuela. Also large number of re-
prints. Send for complete list and other details. Neal A. Weber, 2606 Mission Road, Talla-
hassee, Florida, 32304

Wanted. Adult specimens of Lampyridae of the world, except U.S. and Canada. State condi-
tion, number, variety and price. Also, older lampyrid literature, reprints. J.E. Lloyd, Ento-
mol., Univ. of Florida, Gainesville. 3261 1

Wanted: Specific locality data for collections of any Pycnopsyche (Trichoptera: Limnephili-
dae) species for use in biogeographical portion of dissertation. John A. Wojtowicz, Dep't of
Zoology, Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, TN 37919

For sale: Insects, especially Carabidae, from Europe. List on application. Write to Michel
Grotz, Rue des Vennes 250, 4020 Liege, Belgium

Wanted: Due to expansion recently, we require suppliers of Live & Dead Insects throughout
the world. Good rates. We also require a US agent, to act on our behalf, for Orders etc.
Commission basis. TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE), P.O. Box 14,
Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

For Sale: The most complete Entomological company - over 2,000 specimens, rare material,
common, Pupae & Cocoons, Exotic Insects, Indonesian Specialists. Dollar Cheques welcome
or Credit Cards. Low Postage rates. Cheapest material. Catalogue free: TRANSWORLD
ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE), P.O. Box 14, Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

For Sale: Sample from Catalogue: 50 all different Tropical Butterflies, Al, Papered, 25%
Papilio, etc. $15 post paid, via Air mail, send check to: TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL
COMPANY, (AE), P.O. Box 14, Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

MAY -JUNE 1979

NTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Assessment of mating status of female
grasshoppers (Orthoptera)

Adaptive changes in morphology & behavior of Clossiana
selene larva (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)

Christine L. Turnbull

David B. Weissman 121

125

Insects visiting bloom of withe-rod, Viburnum cassanoides
in the Orono, Maine area

E.R. Miliczky , E.A. Osgood 1 3 1

Additional records of Siphonaptera in southern
New England

A.J. Main, A.B. Carey, M.G. Carey, V.A. Nelson 135

Lectotype designation of Ochthera schembrii (Diptera:
Ephydridae) & resulting synonomies

Philip J. Clausen 141

New distribution record & morphological variant of
Terpn acarus glebulentus (Acari: Terpnacaridae)

B. McDaniel, P.O. Theron 143

Predator escape behavior by fall cankerworm larvae,
Alsophila pometaria (Lepidoptera: Geometridae)

G. Scott Deshefy 145

Improved method for preserving color patterns in

pinned insects Stephen B. Berte 1 47

New distribution record for Micromegistus bakeri

(Acarina: Parantennulidae) B. McDaniel, E.G. Bolen 149

A third specimen of Celidophylla albimacula

(Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) & remark on emergenge

of Diptera from insect carrion Charles L. Hague 151

Mississippi record for introduced dung bettle, Onthophagus

taunts (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) Paul K. Lago 152

BOOKS RECEIVED & BRIEFLY NOTED

142, 150

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Ma son; Treas-
urer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Clir., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Roy d, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,;
1973-4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp, RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective
authors join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the
AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues
of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two double-spaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on S'/ixll paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted,
they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be
published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs
of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear
without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and similar
aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) pro-
vide the names of two qualified individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd..
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 121

ASSESSMENT OF MATING STATUS OF FEMALE
GRASSHOPPERS 1

David B. Weissman

ABSTRACT: A technique is described whereby the spermatheca and duct are removed
from field-caught adult female grasshoppers and stained for spermatozoa, thus enabling
the mating status of the individual to be determined.

During studies on reproductive strategies of grasshoppers in areas of
California with a Mediterranean climate (Weissman and French, 1979), it was
necessary to determine the time of insemination by a technique independent
of observing field pairs in copulo. An alternative method is especially impor-
tant in species with low densities where spermatophore transfer might take
only 30-40 minutes (see, for example, Pickford and Gillott, 1971 ; Haskell,
1960) and, consequently, go unobserved. This paper describes such a method,
whereby, using testicular spermatozoa for comparison, it was ascertained that
females of the oedipod grasshopper Trimerotropis occidental^ (Bruner)
went unmated for 9-14 weeks after becoming adult as part of their reproduc-
tive dormancy strategy (see Weissman and French, 1979, for details).

METHODS

The spermatheca and its duct (see Uvarov, 1966, p. 145 for anatomy) of
the female, and the testes of the male are removed in insect saline from
recently captured adults and immediately fixed in freshly prepared 3 parts
100% ethanol: 1 part glacial acetic acid. The structures may be examined
immediately, or can be stored in fixative in a freezer for years. The sper-
matheca and duct are blotted dry of fixative, placed on a glass slide, stained
with lacto-propionic orcein, macerated with a small rod, protected with a
coverslip, and examined at low (125X) power with a compound microscope.
Three to five follicles are isolated from a testis and treated in the same
manner.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Spermatozoa are easier to detect in the spermatheca after they have been

1 Received March 1, 1979

2 Associate, Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden
Gate Park, San Francisco, Ca. 94118

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 121-124

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

initially appreciated, in the absence of other confusing structures, by first
examining testicular follicles where mature sperm should be readily visible
(Fig. 1). Spermathecal spermatozoa will appear identical (Fig. 2), but cellular
wall structures (Figs. 3, 4, and 5) can also have a stringy appearance similar to
spermatozoan bundles. In unmated females, this distinction between wall
components and sperm is both crucial and especially difficult. The final de-
cision with reference to actual insemination should be made only after
searching properly squashed spermatheca and finding diagnostic isolated
spermatozoon (Fig. 6).

';

'*

'* -**,"'^ ;

:

\

Figure 1. Mature spermatozoa appear as long filaments (arrows) in partial testis
squash of Trimerotropis occidentalis.

Figure 2. T. occidentalis female with spermatheca] squash revealing presence of
sperm (arrows) morphologically indistinguishable from those seen in Fig. 1.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979

123

.<*<

*

..-

t ^ %:

^p %^

..

*

- y-\*r /' *

v^ w&m

^r> w^-i '"^ - ; - ; - ' : "-

1>X

1 ^^ ' " ^^

a-" >,

*i

t

V

Figures 3, 4, and 5: Various spermathecal suborgan structures (arrows), most likely
of wall origin, from a female T. occidentalis, that must be distinguished from spermato-
zoa. The grasshopper was in reproductive dormancy and unmated at time of capture.

124

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 6: "Single" spermatozoon (arrows, under phase contrast) as seen in T. oc-
cidentalis spermathecal squash. Similar structures are not seen in virgin females and
are diagnostic of insemination.

Using this method, I was also able to confirm the delayed mating in the
spur-throated grasshopper Melanoplus devastator Scudder, as originally
postulated by Middlekauff (1964). This technique should be applicable to all
invertebrates possessing a spermatheca, or its functional equivalent.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

I thank T.J. Cohn for helpful comments upon an earlier draft.

LITERATURE CITED

Haskell, P.T. 1960. Stridulation and associated behaviour in certain Orthoptera. 3. The
influence of the gonads. Anim. Behav., 8: 76-81.

Middlekauff, W.W. 1964. Effects of photoperiod upon oogenesis of Melanoplus devasta-
tor Scudder. L Kans. Entomol. Soc., 37: 163-168.

Pickford, R. and C. Gillott. 1971. Insemination in the migratory grasshopper Melanoplus
sanguinipes (Fabr.). Canad. J. Zool., 49: 1583-1588.

Uvarov, B. 1966. Grasshoppers and locusts. A handbook of general acridology. Cam-
bridge University Press, New York.

Weissman, D.B. and E. French. 1979. The autecology and population structure of
Trimerotropis occidentalis , a grasshopper with a reproductive dormancy. Oecologia
(Berl.), submitted.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 125

ADAPTIVE CHANGES IN MORPHOLOGY AND

BEHAVIOR OF CLOSSIANA SELENE LARVA

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) 1

Christine L. Turnbull 2

ABSTRACT: The morphological and behavioral changes in the immature stages of
Clossiana selene, a nymphalid found in Europe, are examined. A possible explanation for
the adaptive significance of these changes is the varying array of predators and parasites
which attack each instar.

The larvae of many lepidopterans undergo complex changes in morphol-
ogy and behavior during development (Ford, 1945). Changes in color; num-
ber, size and pattern of hairs, spines and tubercles; and behavior such as the
alarm response, occur as the instars progress. The present study investigates
the possible adaptive significance of these changes in the larva of Clossiana
selene Schiffermueller (Nymphalidae).

This butterfly occurs locally in woodlands, especially clearings, margins
and damp areas, throughout most of Britain (South 1941). Its food plant
is the violet, Viola canina. The first brood of adults emerges in June and
July and eggs are laid within twelve days of emergence. There are five larval
instars and each instar is morphologically distinct from any other. In Britain
the majority of larvae enter hibernation during August as second, third, or
fourth instars and begin feeding again the following April. The remainder
feed up quickly after emerging from the egg, taking only twenty one or
twenty two days to complete their larval development. Consequently they
pupate and emerge as adults in the August of the same year. Matings from
these individuals result in larvae which quickly grow to the third instar and
hibernate before cold conditions ensue (Tutt, 1896; Frohawk, 1934).

The interruption of development by hibernation results in larval activity
during two distinct seasons. More precisely, the first, second and third in-
stars occur in summer from mid-June through August, (or August through
September for the partial brood), while the majority of fourth and fifth
instars are active in spring, mainly April through May. Instars occurring at
different times of the year are likely to encounter different predators and
parasitoids. In this paper I explore the possibility that changes in instar
morphology and behavior can be explained in part by changes in kind and
frequency of major larval enemies through time.

1 Received February 13. 1979

2 Department of Biological Sciences, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60201

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 125-130

126

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

I mm

Fig. 1. Morphology of the five larval instars of Clossiana selene. The armature is
drawn without hairs and spines. Symbols: b=black, yb=yellow-brown, yo=yellow ochre,
bb=blue-brown, o=orange, br=brown, gb=grey-blue.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 127

METHODS

One hundred and eight Clossiana selene larvae were kept in separate
containers in well-shaded conditions similar to those found in their normal
habitat. Each container was approximately twelve inches in height and
consisted of a potted food plant with a closely fitting, ventilated plastic
cover. Each larva remained in its container except for periods of study, and
faeces were removed on alternate days. The plants were watered from the
bottom. Records were kept on the morphology, especially the changes in
size, armature (tubercles and spines) and color, and the behavior of each
instar.

RESULTS

Morphology: The changes in morphology throughout the five instars of
Clossiana selene are illustrated by Fig. 1. Changes occur between instars at
ecdysis, and within each instar, once the coloration after ecdysis is com-
plete, the only morphological feature to alter is the size. The first instar
larva will grow from approximately 1.5 mm to 4.5 mm then ecdyse; the
second instar increases to approximately 10 mm; and the third, fourth and
fifth instar larvae increase in size to 14.5, 18, and 22 mm respectively before
ecdysing.

The armature of the first instar is sparse and consists of tiny, fine hairs
scattered over the surface and a few small clusters of fine spines protruding
from shiny, black spots. Immediately upon ecdysis the black tubercles of
the second instar larva are apparent, each bearing many spines projecting
in diverse directions (see Fig. 2). Larger and more numerous hairs and spines
are also present at this stage. Large tubercles and larger and more numerous
spines feature in the third instar. The prothoracic tubercles are more promi-
nent and extend to approximately one and a half times the length of the
others. The tubercles have a size gradient with the largest ones situated
dorsally and the smallest towards the ventral surface. The tubercles, hairs
and spines are bigger in the fourth and fifth instars, corresponding to the
increase in body size. Throughout, each large black spot usually bears two
or three spines and each small dot has a single hair projecting from the
center.

There is an overall increase in the number of spines over the body sur-
face and on each tubercle between each instar, resulting in a densely coated
fifth instar individual. By comparison the first instar individual appears
naked.

The undersurface of every instar is dark grey-brown, mottled with lighter
and darker areas, but the coloration of the dorsal surface varies with the
instar. The first instar larva is mainly yellow-brown with some small black

128

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 2. A single tubercle from a fourth larval instar to show spines.

patches and several shiny black spots. The second instar resembles the first
except for appearing generally darker because of the tubercles and more
extensive black patches. The third instar is mainly dark blue-brown in color
with lateral cream bands, dorsal yellow ochre pataches and some charcoal
markings. The fourth (and first post hibernation) instar is lighter and brighter,
being pale grey-blue with a lateral cream band, and the previously yellow
ochre regions are now orange and more extensive. It also bears the promi-
nent prothoracic tubercles which are differentiated into black and grey.
The fifth instar appears as the brightest of all the stages being mainly dark
grey-blue with lateral cream and brown bands and dark brown markings,
and the general tubercles are differentiated into yellow ochre and cream.
The spines remain black throughout the instars.

Behavior: The larvae feed mainly at night and generally on the under-
surface of the leaves.

Defensive behavior of the first and second instar larvae differs from that
of the third, fourth and fifth instars. In the former stages the larva is passive
and any mechanical disturbance results in dislodgement from the leaf. How-
ever, in the latter stages the larva actively curls into a ball when disturbed
and lies on its side with the head tucked in, protected by the last few ab-
dominal segments, and the tubercles radiating in all directions. The larva
often drops to the ground during this process.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 129

DISCUSSION

The agents which reduce the numbers of the early instars of butterflies
in general appear to be adverse weather conditions (heavy rain), fungal and
viral diseases and parasites. The later stages and adults suffer from attack
by parasites and invertebrate and vertebrate predators (Ford, 1945; Har-
court, 1966).

It is most probable that the principal selective force for particular color
patterns is predation by vertebrates (especially birds in Britain) (Ford, 1945;
Carpenter, 1937). Most of the nymphalid larvae have warning coloration, are
armed with spines and are conspicuous on the food plant (Ford, 1945). In
the case of Clossiana selene, the coloration and armature becomes well de-
veloped in the fourth and fifth instars and the earlier instars are generally
much less conspicuous. The first, second and third instars, which are active
predominantly mid-June through August, are small (less than 14.5 mm),
moderately spiny and mainly a subdued yellow or blue-brown with black
markings and spots. After hibernation the fourth and fifth instars are larger,
eventually reaching 22 mm in length, have dense spines and large tubercles,
especially on the prothorax, and exhibit bright colors with highly variable
markings including orange and cream. While the background is dark grey-
blue, the overall impression is bright therefore, the colors do not appear to
be explicable in terms of thermoregulation, for example, the absorption of
heat on emergence from hibernation.

The coloration and armature of the last two instars may be a response
to heavy predation by birds. The appearance of most fourth and fifth instar
larvae coincides with the breeding season of birds and the rearing of fledg-
lings. While insect predation by birds can be very heavy at this season they
are known to generally avoid hairy, conspicuous larvae and the coloration
and armature of caterpillars are both important in deterring predators (Judd,
1899; Jones, 1932). The rolling behavior of the fourth and fifth instars when
disturbed probably aids in repelling predators through the display of spines
and tubercles.

Larvae avoid parasitoids by a variety of mechanisms including hiding,
violent struggling when the parasitoid is near, falling from the food plant,
the possession of a tough cuticle, or any combination of these (Askew, 1971).
Since the early instars of Clossiana selene have relatively few and small spines
and tubercles, and are relatively drabbly colored, their defense appears to be
mainly by crypsis and catalepsis. It is these instars which may be the most
vulnerable to parasitoids. Larvae and pupae of butterflies are parasitized
by at least two major orders of insects, the Hymenoptera and the Diptera.
Nothing is known of the specific parasites of Clossiana selene but the family

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Nymphalidae is heavily parasitized by both orders (Thompson, 1944) and
the incidence of parasitism is especially great during the early instars. The
Tachinidae are the more generalized parasites and several species, for example,
Phryxe vulgaris, attack close relatives of Clossiana selene (Audcent, 1942).
It is very likely that patterns of parasite attack on Clossiana selene are very
similar.

The available data and literature suggest that the changes in the morphol-
ogy and behavior of the Clossiana selene instars is a response to changes in
the relative frequency of its major enemies before pupation. The changes are
perhaps exaggerated as a result of the larvae being active in two distinct
seasons. Parasitoids are likely to be present at all times but the larvae are
most vulnerable to them during the early instars. By contrast, predation by
birds is likely to be at a maximum during the active period of the later
instars which bear the largest spines and tubercles and which exhibit the
brightest and most variable colors.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to thank Dr. A.J. Pontin of the Royal Holloway College, University of
London, for his support and encouragement.

REFERENCES

Askew, R.R. 1971. Parasitic insects. New York: American Elsevier.

Audcent, H. 1942. A preliminary list of the hosts of some British Tachinidae (Dipt).

Trans. Soc. Brit. Ent. 8:1-42.
Carpenter, G.D.H. 1921. Experiments on the relative edibility of insects with special

reference to their coloration. Ent. Soc. Lond. Trans. 69:1-105.
Ford,E.B. 1945. Butterflies - London: Collins.

Frohawk, F.W. 1934. The Complete Book of British Butterflies London: Ward, Lock.
Harcourt, D.G. 1966. Major factors in survival of the immature stages of Pieris rapae

(L.). Can. Entomol. 98:653-662.
Jones, P.M. 1932. Insect coloration and the relative acceptability of insects to birds.

Ent. Soc. Lond. Trans. 80:345-385.
Judd, S.D. 1899. The efficiency of some protective adaptations in securing insects from

birds. Amer. Nat. 33:461-484.

South, R. 1941. The Butterflies of the British Isles. London: Frederick Warne.
Thompson, W.R. 1944. A Catalogue of the Parasites and Predators of Insect Pests.

Part 5. The Imperial Parasite Service, Belleville, Ontario, Canada.
Tutt, J.W. 1896. British Butterflies. London.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 131

INSECTS VISITING BLOOM OF WITHE-ROD
VIBURNUM CASSANOIDES L. IN THE ORONO, MAINE

AREA 1

Eugene R. Miliczky, Eben A. Osgood

ABSTRACT: Insects visiting flowers of Viburnum cassanoides L. were collected through-
out its bloom period. Representatives of five insect orders and 33 families were identi-
fied including four families of native bees which may be the most important pollinators.
Cerambycidae and Syrphidae were well represented in numbers of individuals and
species, and two new species of Syrphidae were found.

Viburnum cassanoides L., withe-rod, is a woody shrub, common in the
northeastern United States and frequently grows at the margins of wooded
areas, along roadsides, and in larger clearings. During bloom its small white
flowers are produced in clusters (cymes) two to four inches in diameter.
Experiments by Miliczky and Osgood (1979) demonstrated its dependence
upon insects for pollination. Their work also showed that an operational
spray of Sevin-4-oil for spruce budworm control was detrimental to native
bees, the most important insect pollinators, and that fruit set of V. cas-
sanoides was adversely affected. Fruit set in sprayed areas was less than 1/5
that in control areas. Of the many species of bees collected during that
study, those in the genus Andrena were by far the most abundant, followed
in order by Dialictus spp. and parasites in the genus Nomada.

Casual observations and limited collecting during 1977 showed that large
numbers of small flies and several species of small beetles were associated
with the bloom, but native bees, syrphid flies, and larger species of beetles
were few in number, or absent. The principal objectives of the current study
were to determine the array of bees and other insects which visit flowers of
V. cassanoides, and if present, to determine the species of andrenids and
some of the other apparently important pollinator groups. The andrenid
species found on V. cassanoides could then be compared with those collected
in Malaise traps in the study by Milickzy and Osgood (1979). Information
on other visitors would also suggest additional insect groups to study in
future work on the effect of insecticides on fruit set of this species.

Dept. of Entomology, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469, Graduate Student

1 Received March 12, 1979

'Dept. of Entomology, Ui
and Professor of Entomology respectively.

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 131-134

1 3 2 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The study was conducted from June 14 to July 1, 1978 when withe-rod
was in bloom. Smaller species of insects were collected from blooms with a
sweep net, or entire flower clusters were placed in a killing jar. Larger beetles
were hand-collected and many bees and syrphids were selectively captured
with a net as different species were observed. With the exception of Em-
pididae, which were preserved in alcohol, all specimens were pinned, and
all pinned specimens were examined under a microscope for the presence
of pollen. Most specimens were taken in Orono on the University of Maine
campus, and additional specimens were collected in Passadumkeag about
20 miles north. Collections were made throughout the day on most days
of the bloom period, weather permitting.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Extensive collections of insects visiting the bloom of V. cassanoides
showed that several groups were much better represented than we previously
thought. More than 16 species of native bees were collected, and 8 of the 1 1
species of andrenids collected were among those taken in Malaise traps by
Miliczky and Osgood (1979).

Members of the genus Dialictus and other Halictidae were commonly
seen on the bloom but the genus Nomada was not observed. Ten species of
cerambycids and 32 species of syrphids, including 2 new species, were also
collected. In addition, representatives of 28 other families were found on
the bloom. Many of these were apparently casual visitors playing little, if
any, role in pollination, although Empididae were particularly abundant.
Collections in other areas would undoubtedly yield many additional species.

Many species of native bees, syrphid flies and cerambycid beetles were
carrying pollen loads or were liberally dusted with pollen and may be the
most important groups of pollinators of V. cassanoides. But native bees,
with their highly pubescent bodies, well-known behavior patterns when
collecting food for their young, and the frequency with which they were
seen on bloom, may be of primary importance in pollination of this plant.

Following is a list of insects collected on V. cassanoides in this study.
Those marked with an asterisk were bees carrying pollen loads or bees and
other insects liberally dusted with pollen. All specimens are deposited in the
collection of the Department of Entomology, University of Maine at Orono
except syrphids noted in the list as "kept" which are in the USNM collec-
tion.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979

133

Insects Collected on Bloom of V. cassanoides

Hemiptera

Miridae
Lygaeidae

Homoptera

Cicadellidae

Coleoptera

Scarabaeidae

Hoplia trifasciata Say

Trichiotinus affinis (Gory &
Percheron)

Elateridae

Ampedus ? mbricus Say
*Miscellaneous several species

Lampyridae

Photuris pennsylvanica (DeGeer)

Cantharidae

Cantharis fraxini Say
C. scitulus Say

Cephaloidae
Cephaloon sp.

AUeculidae

homira ? quadristriata Couper

Oedemeridae

Asclera ruficollis Say

Mordellidae

Anaspis ? rufa Say
Mordellistena sp.

Cerambycidae

*Anoplodcra chrysocoma (Kby.)
*A. rnutabilis (Newman)
*A. sexmaculata (L.)
*A. vittata (Swcderus)

Cyrtophorus verrucosus (Olivier)
*Evodinus monticola (Randall)

Grammoptera sp.
*Leptura lineola Say

Molorchus bimaculatus Say
*Miscellaneous - 1 species

Chrysomelidae

Orsodacne atra (Ahrens)

Curculionidae - 4 species
Miscellaneous - 1 species

Diptera

Syrphidae
*Blera badia (Walker)

Brachyopa notata O.S. - kept

Chalcosyrphus vecors (O.S.)

Cheilosia rita Curran

Cheilosia n. sp. - kept

Chrysogaster antitheus (Walker)

Doros aequalis Loew
*Eristalis arbustorum (L.) - kept
*E. dimidiatus Wied.
*E. obscurus Telford
*E. transversalis Wied.

Heringia sp.
*Mallota posticata (Fabr.)

Metasyrphus lapponicus (Zett.)

Microdon ruficrus Will.

M. tristis Loew

Orthoneura pulchella (Will.)

Parasyrphus generalis (Will.)

Parasyrphus n. sp. - kept
*Sericomyia chry so tox aides Macq.

S. lata (Coquillet)

Somula decora Macq.

Sphegina rufiventris Loew

Syritta pipiens (L.)

Syrphus rectus O.S.
*Temnostoma alternans Loew

T. balyras (Walker)
*T. barberi Curran
*T. vespiforme (L.)

Xylota atlantica Shannon

X. confusa Shannon

X. segnis (L.)

Empididae

Pipunculidae

Conopidae

Sepsidae

Anthomyiidae

Muscidae

Calliphoridae

Sarcophagidae

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hymenoptera *Dialictus spp.

Tenthredinidae

Cynipidae Andrenidae

Gasteruptiidae *Andrena algida Smith

Formicidae *A. alleghaniensis Vier.

Vespidae *A. carlini Ckll.

Odynerus sp. *A. crataegi Robt.

*A. cressoni Robt.

Sphecidae *A. dunningi Ckll.

Ectemnius sp. *A. miranda Smith

*A. miserabilis Cresson

Colletidae *A. regularis Wall.

Hylaeus modestus modestus Say *A. nivalis Smith

*A. vicina Smith
Halictidae

Evylaeus quebecensis (Craw.) Apidae

*Lasioglossum sp. *Bombus terricola Kirby

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We wish to thank Dr. F.C. Thompson of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Sys-
tematics Entomology Laboratory for verification and identification of Syrphidae and
Dr. Wallace E. LaBerge of the Illinois Natural History Survey for assistance with An-
drenidae; Dr. Howard Y. Forsythe, Jr. and Dr. Richard H. Storch, Department of En-
tomology, University of Maine at Orono, for helpfully reviewing the manuscript; and the
Maine Forest Service, Department of Conservation for funds to carry out this study.

LITERATURE CITED

(f)\

Miliczky, E.R. and E.A. Osgood. 1979. The effects of spraying with Sevin-4-oil on
insect pollinators and pollination in a spruce-fir forest. Maine Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Tech. Bull. 90 (in press).

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 135

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF SIPHONAPTERA IN
SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND 1 2

A.J. Main, 3 A.B. Carey, 3 M.G. Carey, 3 V.A. Nelson 4

ABSTRACT: A total of 2703 fleas representing 23 species and subspecies were collected
between 1969 and 1979 in southern New England. Several new distributional records,
including five species not previously reported from Connecticut, are presented. Eighteen
new host records for New England are listed.

Since an earlier report on fleas in New England (Main, 1970), we have had
the opportunity to examine an additional 2703 specimens collected in Con-
necticut and Massachusetts. Represented in these collections were 22 species
(plus two subspecies), including five not previously reported from Connec-
ticut (Main, 1970; Miller and Benton, 1973).

This paper is a compilation of these new records. As in the earlier publica-
tion, distribution is presented by state and county; however, extensions of
previously reported ranges are marked with an asterisk (*). New parasite-
host associations for New England are noted with a double asterisk (**).
The percentage of fleas collected from each vertebrate species in the present
survey is given in parenthesis in the list of hosts.

PULICIDAE

Cediopsylla simplex (Baker)

Distribution: CONN: Middlesex, New London,* New Haven;* MASS: Nantucket,*
Plymouth.

Host Associations: This rabbit flea was taken from Sylvilagiis floridanus (7090, Urocyon
cinereoargenteus (18%), Vulpes vulpes (6%), Canis familiaris** (4%), and Oryctolagus
cuniculus** (2%)

New Records: Fifty-four specimens (19 66, 35 99) were collected from 17 mammals
of five species.

1 Received March 24, 1979

'This study was supporte
5 S07 RR 05443 and National Institutes of Health Grant Number 5 R01 AM 20358.

'Department of Epidemiology and Public Health,
60 College Street, New Haven, Connecticut 065 10

Department
ticut 06515

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 135-140

This study was supported in part by Biomedical Research Support Grant Number
i

Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale University School of Medicine,
<

Department of Biology, Southern Connecticut State College, New Haven, Connec-

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ctenocephalides felis felis (Bouche)
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New Haven, New London;* MASS: Plymouth

Host Associations: The cat flea was collected from the following species of mammals:
C. familiaris (33%), Felis domestica (18%), Homo sapiens (18%), Procyon lotor (7%),
Mephitis mephitis (7%), Didelphis virginiana (4%), O. cuniculus (4%), Tamiasciurus
hudsonicus** (4%), and U. cinereoargenteus** (4%).

New Records: Twenty-seven specimens (5 66, 22 99) were collected from 15 mammals
representing nine species.

VERMIPSYLLIDAE

Chaetopsylla lotoris (Stewart)
Distribution: CONN:* New Haven;* MASS: Hampshire, Plymouth.

Host Associations: This raccoon flea was taken from P. lotor, U. cinereoargenteus, and
M. mephitis.**

New Records: Belchertown (Hampshire Co.) Mass., 16 III. 69, 1 9 ex P. lotor; Milford
(New Haven Co.) Conn., 1. III. 71, 1 9 ex M. mephitis;Plymouth (Plymouth Co.) Mass.,
12. XI. 72, 1 9 ex U. cinereoargenteus.

HYSTRICHOPSYLLIDAE

Atyphloceras bishopi Jordan
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex;* MASS: Bristol.

Host Associations: This vole flea was taken from Clethrionomys gapperi (75%) and
Microtus pinetorum (25%).

New Records: Easton (Bristol Co.) Mass., 19. XI. 69, 3 99 ex C. gapperi; Moodus (Middle-
sex Co.) Conn., 22.X.78, 1 6e\ M. pinetorum.

Epitedia faceta (Rothschild)
Distribution: CONN:* Middlesex.*

Host Associations: This flying squirrel flea was taken from Glaucomys volans.
New Records: Killingworth (Middlesex Co.) Conn., 25. XI. 78, 1 9 ex G. volans.

Epitedia wenmanni wenmanni (Rothschild)
Distribution: MASS: Bristol, Hampshire, Plymouth.

Host Associations: This species parasitizes a wide variety of mammals including C.
gapperi (77%) and Perom yscus leucopus (and nest) (23%).

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 137

New Records: Thirteen specimens (7 66, 6 99) were collected from nine mammals of
two species.

Epitedia wenmanni testor (Rothschild)
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London.*

Host Associations: Like E. w. wenmanni, E. w. testor is found on a variety of small
mammals including P. leucopus (80%), M. pennsylvanicus (15%), and D. virginiana.

New Records: Twenty specimens (9 66, 11 99) were collected from 16 mammals of
three species.

Tamiophila grandis (Rothschild)
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London.*

Host Associations: This chipmunk flea was collected from Tamias striatus (67%) and
P. leucopus (33%).

New Records: East Haddam (Middlesex Co.) Conn., 21.X.78, 1 9 and 5. XI. 78, 1 9
both ex T. striatus; Old Lyme (New London Co.) Conn., 28.X.78, 1 9 ex P. leucopus.

Ctenophthalmus pscudagyrtes pseudagyrtes Baker
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London;* MASS: Franklin, Nantucket.*

Host Associations: This species is found on a wide variety of mammals including P.
leucopus (17%), M. pennsylvanicus (17%), T. striatus (13%), M. pinetorum (11%),
Scalopus aquaticus (11%), Parascalopus breweri (11%), C. gapperi (11%), D. virginiana
(4%), Mustela frenata (2%), Blarina brevicauda (1%), 5. floridanus (1%), and M. me-
phitis** (1%).

New Records: During this study, 151 specimens (67 66, 84 99) were taken from 76
mammals of 12 species.

Doratopsylla blarinae Fox
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London,* New Haven.

Host Associations: This shrew flea was taken from B. brevicauda (76%), P. leucopus
(23%), and C. gapperi (1%).

New Records: Eighty-two specimens (33 66, 49 99) were taken from 29 mammals of
three species.

Stenoponia americana (Baker)

Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London;* MASS: Bristol, Nantucket,* Ply-
mouth.

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Host Associations: This white-footed mouse flea was found on P. leucopus (and nest)
(85%), M. pinetonim** (9%), T. striatus (4%),M. pennsylvanicus (2%).

New Records: A total of 46 specimens (21 66, 25 99) was found on 31 mammals of
five species.

CERATOPHYLLIDAE

Ceratophyllus diffinis Jordan
Distribution: MASS: Plymouth.*

Host Associations: Specimens were taken from Geothlypis trichas** (50%), Troglodytes
aedon (25%), and Seiurus aurocapillus (25%).

New Records: Four specimens (1 6, 3 99) were taken from four birds of three species.

Ceratophyllus gallinae (Schrank)
Distribution: MASS: Plymouth.*

Host Associations: This poultry flea was taken from H. sapiens.
New Records: Manomet (Plymouth Co.), Mass., 19. IV. 70, 1 9 ex//, sapiens.

Megabothris asio asio (Baker)

Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New Haven,* New London;* MASS: Bristol, Nan-
tucket.

Host Associations: This meadow vole flea was taken from M. pennsylvanicus (88%),
P. leucopus (6%), and Zapus hudsonius** (6%).

New Records: Seventeen specimens (9 66, 8 99) were taken from nine rodents of three
species.

Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bosc)
Distribution: CONN:* New Haven*.
Host Associations: This rat flea was taken from D. virginiana. **

New Records: Hamden (New Haven Co.) Conn., 13.X.73, 3 66, 1 9 Madison (New Haven
Co.) Conn., 31.1.74, 3 <3c5, 2 9.

Opisodasys pseudarctomys (Baker)
Distribution: CONN:* Middlesex;* MASS: Bristol.*
Host Associations: This flying squirrel flea was taken from G. volans.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 139

New Records: Easton (Bristol Co.) Mass., 22. III. 70, 1 9 and Killingworth (Middlesex
Co.) Conn., 25.XI.78, 1 c5both from G. volans.

Orchopeas howardii howardii (Baker)

Distribution: CONN: Fairfield,* Middlesex,* New London,* New Haven; MASS: Ply-
mouth.

Host Associations: This squirrel flea was taken from a wide variety of mammals: S.
carolinensis (69%), M. mephitis** (15%), T. hudsonicus (8%-), P. lotor (4%), D. vir-
giniana** (2%), G. volans (1%), T, striatus (1%), C. familiaris** (1/2%), and M penn-
sylvanicus (1/2%).

New Records: A total of 285 specimens (102 66, 183 99) was collected from 88 mam-
mals of nine species.

Orchopeas leucopus (Baker)

Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London,* New Haven;* MASS: Bristol, Nan-
tucket,* Plymouth.

Host Associations: This Peromyscus flea was found on P. leucopus (and nest) (98%),
M. pennsylvanicus (1%), T. striatus (1/2%), C. gapperi, M. pinetorum,** and H. sap-
iens.**

New Records: During the present survey, 673 specimens (217 66, 456 99) were taken
from 269 mammals representing six species.

Oropsylla arctomys arctomys (Baker)
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex, New Haven,* New London; MASS: Plymouth.

Host Associations: This woodchuck flea was taken from Marmota monax (87%), P.
lotor** (7%), and U. cinereoargenteus (7%).

New Records: Twenty-five specimens (12 66, 13 99) were taken from five mammals
of three species.

LEPTOPSYLLIDAE

Odontopsyllus multispinosus (Baker)
Distribution: CONN:* New Haven,* New London;* MASS: Plymouth.

Host Associations: This rabbit flea was taken from S. floridanus.

New Records: Mt. Carmel (New Haven Co.) Conn., 12.V.44, 1 6, Manomet (Plymouth
Co.) Mass., 8.IV.77, 1 9, Old Lyme (New London Co.) Conn., 25.VI1.78, 1 6, 1 9 all
from S. floridanus.

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Peromyscopsylla hamifer hamifer (Rothschild)
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex.*
Host Associations: This vole flea was collected from M. pennsylvanicus and pinetonin. **

New Records: Moodus (Middlesex Co.) Conn., 28.X. 78, 1 6 ex M. pennsylvanicus and
29.X. 78, 1 dexA/. pinetomm.

Peromyscopsylla hesperomys hesperomys (Baker)
Distribution: CONN: Middlesex,* New London.*
Host Associations: This Peromyscus flea was found on P. leucopus.
New Records: Five specimens (2 66, 3 99) were taken from five white-footed mice.

1SCHNOPSYLLIDAE
Myodopsylla insignis (Rothschild)
Distribution: CONN: Litchfield. MASS: Hampden.
Host Associations: This bat flea was taken from Myotis lucifugus.

New Records: A total of 1272 specimens (469 66, 803 99) was collected from 192
little brown bats.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to acknowledge Mrs. Kathleen S. Anderson and the staff and volun-
teers at the Manomet Bird Observatory and Mr. Kirby O. Kloter for their assistance in
collecting specimens, and Dr. Omar M. Amin and Dr. Allen H. Benton for critically re-
viewing the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Main, A.J. 1970. Distribution, seasonal abundance, and host preference of fleas in New
England. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 72: 73-89.

Miller, D.H. and A.M. Benton. 1973. An annotated list of the Siphonaptera of Connec-
ticut. J.N.Y. Ent. Soc. 81: 210-213.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 141

LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION OF OCHTHERA SCHEMBRII
RONDANI (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE) AND RESULTING

SYNONOMIES 1 2

Philip J. Qausen

ABSTRACT: A lectotype and two paralectotypes are designated for Ochthera schembrii
Rondani and three new synonomies are listed.

At the time of completion of my revision of the nearctic, neotropical, and
palearctic species of the genus Ochthera (Clausen, 1977), I was unable to
locate the type series of Ochthera schembrii Rondani. Consequently, in the
revision, I considered the species as a nomen dubium.

I have just recently located and borrowed three specimens of schembrii
which were in the Rondani collection in the Museo Zoologico de "La Spe-
cola," Universita Degli Studi, Via Romana, 17-50125 Firenze (Florence),
Italy. Mr. Martelli of the Museo Zoologico "thinks that the specimens in
our possession are undoubtedly those upon which Rondani based his descrip-
tion," and is the type series.

Unfortunately, the three specimens are females and all are quite moldy.
They each bear only an elliptical label with the collection number "2107"
printed in red.

Poor as they are, if these specimens represent the type series, one should
be designated as the lectotype for nomenclatorial stability. Therefore, I am
herein designating the female specimen with 1 wing mounted on a point and
the abdomen in a microvial as the lectotype, and the remaining two females
(one with the head missing) as paralectotypes. All are in the collection of the
Museo Zoologico.

An examination of the lectotype clearly shows that it is conspecific with
Ochthera mantispa Loew. Rondani described schembrii in March of 1847
and Loew described mantispa in December of the same year. It has already
been determined that Ochthera angustitarsus Becker (1903) and Ochthera
setigera Czerny (1909) are conspecific with mantispa, and complete synono-
mies are listed for these names in Clausen, 1977. Thus, the valid name for the

1 Received February 7, 1979

2 Paper No. 10,675, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108.

3 Department of Entomology, Fisheries and Wildlife, University of Minnesota, St. Paul,

MN 55108

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 141-142

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

species becomes Ochthera schembrii Rondani while mantispa Loew, angusti-
tarsus Becker, and setigera Czerny become junior synonyms.

LITERATURE CITED

Becker, T. 1903. Aegyptische Diptern. Berlin Zool. Mus. Mitt. 2(h.3): 67-195, 4 pis.
Clausen, P.J. 1977. A revision of the nearctic, neotropical, and palearctic species of the

genus Ochthera, including one ethiopian species, and one new species from India.

Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 103: 451-529.
Czerny, L. and G. Strobl. 1909. Spanische Diptern. III. Beitrag. Zool. - Bot. Gesell.

Wien, Verhandl. 59: 121-301.

Loew,H. 1847. Dipterologisches. Stettin. Ent. Ztg. 8(12): 368-376.
Rondani, C. 1847. Communication: Nota septima ad inserviendum dipterologiae italicae.

Nova species generis Ochthera, Lair., descripta a Camillo Rondani. Bui. Ent. Soc.

France (bound with the Annales), Ser. 2, 5: XXIX-XXXI.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

ARTHROPOD PHYLOGENY. A.P. Gupta, ed. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1979. 762 pp.
$32.50.

Thirteen presentations on the evolution of arthropod taxa, including discussions on
arthropod morphology, anatomy, embryology and physiology and the evolution of
hexapod classes.

AMERICAN SPIDERS, (second ed.) W.J. Gertsch. Van Nostrand Reinhold. 1979.
274 pp. $24.95.

This revised, popular natural history of the Araneae focuses on their numbers and
kinds, morphology, life histories and behavior. Besides many manuscript improvements,
a feature of this edition is the extensive series of new colored and black and white illus-
trations.

IMMS' OUTLINES OF ENTOMOLOGY, (sixth edition) O.W. Richards and R.G. Davies.
Chapman & Hall & John Wiley & Sons. 1978. 254 pp. $22.50 cloth. $9.95 ppbk.

An introductory text book to the study of insects, including the more important features
in their structure, modes of life, classification, biology and phylogeny.

MANUAL FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF THE LARVAE OF THE CADDISFLY
GENERA HYDROPSYCHE AND SYMPHITOPSYCHE IN EASTERN AND CENTRAL
NORTH AMERICA. G.A. Schuster and D.A. Etnier. Environmental Monitoring &
Support Laboratory, Office of Research & Development, U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 45268. 1978. 129 pp. Free of charge from Cincinnati office
or from senior author at State Biological Survey of Kansas, Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kans. 66044

Full descriptions of larvae of 39 species of these two genera are presented along with
information on their diagnosis and biology. A complete key is provided with over
fifty figures.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 143

A NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD AND A MORPHOLOGICAL

VARIANT OF TERPNACARUS GLEBULENTUS THERON

(ACARI: TERPNACARIDAE) 1

B. McDaniel 2 , P.O. Theron 3

ABSTRACT: A new distribution record and morphological variant of Terpnacarus
glebulentus Theron from South Dakota (Acari: Terpnacaridae).

Members of the genus Terpnacarus Grandjean have recently been studied
by Theron (1976) and a new species, T. glebulentus Theron was described
from South Africa. Members of the genus Terpnacarus, to our knowledge,
have not been recorded from the United States except for the statement by
Krantz (1970, 1978) of an undescribed species from Oregon.

Recent ecological soil surveys in South Dakota revealed specimens so
similar to T. glebulentus Theron, collected from South Africa, that we have
elected to regard them, for the present, as belonging to this species.

Sixty-two adult females were collected 1 mile south of Chester, South
Dakota by B. McDaniel, April 11,1 977 near the shore of Lake Madison under
Elaeagnus angustifolia L. (Russian Olive Tree) with a stand of Panicum
virgatum (Switchgrass) with an understory of Poa pratensis (Kentucky
bluegrass) and sedges.

The adult females can be divided into 2 groups, depending on the number
of internal genital setae. The holotype female, as well as 17 female paratypes
from South Africa and all South Dakota females, bears 2 pairs of internal
genital setae while 3 pairs are present in 6 of the female paratypes from South
Africa. There is also a difference in the hysterosomal setal formula which
ranges from 22 pairs (2-2-2-2-2444) on females collected from South
Dakota to as high as 24 pairs (2-2-2-2-24-5-5) on the holotype female, along
with 17 female paratypes. The 6 female paratypes with 3 pairs of internal
setae have a hysterosomal setal formula totaling 23 pairs (2-2-2-2-244-5).
The variation in the hysterosomal setal formula involves the posterior 2 rows
in each case. There is a slight difference in the leg chaetotaxy of the 2 groups
found in South Africa.

Deceived March 10, 1979

2 Entomology-Zoology Department, South Dakota State University, Brookings, South
Dakota 57007

Institute for Zoological Research, Potchefstroom, University for C.H.E., South Africa

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 143-144

144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

It should be pointed out that the two South African forms, those females
with 2 and 3 internal genital setae, were found to appear sympatrically in
several localities and eggs have been found in both groups.

In a study of the life cycle of T. glebulentus, Theron (1976) was only
able to obtain females through nine generations and stated that the probability
exists that reproduction is entirely parthenogenetic. This is upheld thus far
as no males were found and several females contained eggs within their
body in the material collected from South Dakota.

REFERENCES

Krantz, G.W. 1978. A Manual of Acarology. Oregon State University Bookstore, Inc.,

Corvallis. 2nd Ed., 509 pp.
Krantz, G.W. 1970. A Manual of Acarology. Oregon State University Bookstore, Inc.,

Corvallis. 335 pp.
Theron, P.O. 1976. New Species of the Genus Terpnacants Grandjean (Acari:

Terpnacaridae) With Notes on the Biology of One Species. J. Ent. Soc. Sth. Aft.

(39 (1): 131-141.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 145

PREDATOR ESCAPE BEHAVIOR BY FALL CANKERWORM
LARVAE, A LSOPHILA POMETARIA
(LEPIDOPTERA: GEOMETRIDAE) 1

G. Scott Deshefy 2

ABSTRACT: Silk emission and dropping behavior in larvae of the fall cankerworm,
Alsophila pometaria, enable the species to escape predation and ultimately reestablish
contact with its tree host.

The fall cankerworm, Alsophila pometaria (Harris), is an omnipresent
geometrid defoliator of deciduous forests in Canada, from the Maritime
Provinces to Alberta, and in the eastern U.S. south to North Carolina and
west to Missouri and Montana. Caterpillars are dimorphic, and a five to six
week larval period in approximate synchrony with host tree foliation and
with mid-summer increases in leaf tannins is a characteristic of the species'
univoltine life cycle (Feeny, 1970; Schneider, in press).

While conducting an investigation at Coweeta Hydrologic Laboratory
in the Nantahala Mountains of North Carolina, I observed fall cankerworm
larvae responding to leaf-branch disturbances by writhing and subsequently
dropping from trees on which they fed. In conjunction with this behavior,
silk was produced, fibers anchored to grazed leaves, and strands emitted
anteriorly as the insect dropped. With cessation of disturbance, suspended
larvae were observed returning to host leaves by ingesting suspensory silk.
Although this behavior may function also in larval wind dispersal, its primary
function appears to be anti -predatory. Dropping behavior was experimentally
induced by jarring infested branches, perhaps simulating perturbations of
birds or other large predators, whereas swaying movements and wind dis-
turbances proved ineffective in eliciting the response. A recent study of
genetic variability in the fall cankerworm at Coweeta Hydrologic Laboratory
has revealed possible Alsophila pometaria larval genotype-host tree associa-
tions (Deshefy, unpublished data). Additionally, the species is partheno-
gynogenetic (Mitter and Futuyma, 1977), and apterous adult females often
deposit egg clusters on the same tree from which they dropped during pre-
pupal metamorphosis (Schneider, in press). These data, combined with
possible host specific synchrony of the insect's life cycle, suggest that, just
as female aptery leads to possible recolonization of the same tree host over

Deceived March 3, 1979

2 Department of Zoology, Clemson Univ.

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 145-146

146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

several generations, the described emission of silk and related dropping be-
havior similarly enable larvae to return to the same tree after successfully
avoiding predation. These behavioral responses therefore appear to operate
as an anti-predator adaption geared for reestablishing contact between the
escaping phytophage and its individual tree host.

it

LITERATURE CITED

Deshefy, G.S. 1978. Genetic variability in populations of the fall cankerworm,
Alsophila pometaria, in defoliated forests in the southern Appalachians. Unpub-
lished M.S. thesis. Clemson University, Clemson, South Carolina, 107 pp.

Feeny, P.P. 1970. Seasonal changes of oak leaf tannins and nutrients as a cause of
spring feeding by the winter moth, Operophtera brumata. Ecology. 51:565-580.

Mitter, C. and Futuyma, D.J. 1977. Parthenogenesis in the fall cankerworm,
Alsophila pometaria. Entomologia Experimental et Applicata. 21:192-198.

Schneider, J.C. 1979. The role of parthenogenesis and female aptery in synchronized
egg hatch with host tree foliation for the fall cankerworm, Alsophila pometaria.
Ecology, in press.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful for. the assitance of Drs. Jack B. Waide and Darrell G. Yardley. Research
supported by National Science Foundation Grant (DEB 77-05324) to University of
Georgia.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 147

AN IMPROVED METHOD FOR PRESERVING
COLOR PATTERNS IN PINNED INSECTS 1

Stephen B. Berte 2

ABSTRACT: A method for drying pinned insects is described which preserves their color
patterns better than the standard air-drying technique. The process, which involves the
use of acetone, offers an added advantage in that specimens can be dried and ready for
labeling and storage 48 hours after being collected.

While identifying adult dytiscid beetles, I found that taxonomically im-
portant markings of many specimens often became obscured when the ani-
mals were air-dried. In an effort to circumvent this problem, I employed a
method of preservation which I had been using for adult Odonata which in-
volves the immersion of specimens in acetone followed by a brief period of
air-drying.

The use of acetone for preserving odonate color patterns was employed
by European workers as early as the 1950's (Robert 1959). More recently,
White & Morse (1973) described a technique involving the placement of
specimens in paper envelopes and immersing these in an acetone bath for 24
hours. After this period, the specimens are removed from the bath, air-dried
for 24 hours, and stored in cellophane envelopes.

To process pinned specimens, freshly killed animals are pinned in the
usual way and submerged in acetone. After 24 hours they are removed from
the bath, pinned in a block to air-dry and then labeled and stored in the usual
manner. Fresh acetone may cause processed specimens to be too brittle; this
problem can be alleviated by diluting the acetone with water. After some use
the acetone becomes diluted with water and dissolved lipids and is no longer
effective as evidenced by processed specimens which are too pliable and/or
whose colors and color patterns are not preserved as well as they could be.
The number of times that a quantity of acetone can be used depends upon
both the size and number of insects which have been treated. A word of
caution: as acetone is highly flammable and its vapors can be harmful, care
should be exercised in its use and all work should be done in a well venti-
lated area.

The degree to which the preservation of colors and color patterns is en-
hanced by this method varies from one species to the next, but in no case
have I observed specimens to look worse after the treatment as compared

Deceived February 28, 1979

Department of Biology, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2N 1N4.

ENT. NEWS 90(3) 147-148

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

to the standard air-drying technique. In the Odonata colors are generally well
preserved but the eyes react differently to the treatment, some remaining-
apparently unchanged while others turn white (even between specimens of
a given species). In most dytiscid adults, color patterns are enhanced, thus
aiding in the recognition of key characters, but in notonectids and corixids
the effect is not as marked. On the other hand, the colors and patterns of
acridid grasshoppers are extremely well preserved.

As White & Morse point out, the method is probably successful for three
reasons, the first of which is that the destruction of specimens due to bacter-
ial growth is prevented. Secondly, acetone dehydrates the specimen, thereby
reducing the time necessary for drying. Finally, because lipids act as barriers
to the evaporation of water, their removal by the technique also facilitates
rapid drying.

The acetone method of preserving insect specimens is superior to the
standard air-drying process in that colors and patterns are, at the least, un-
altered as compared to the old method and usually are markedly better pre-
served. In addition, specimens can be dried and ready for labeling and storage
48 hours after they have been collected. If at a later date it becomes neces-
sary to extract the genitalia from specimens, the pinned insects can be im-
mersed in boiling water for a minute of two. This renders the insects suf-
ficiently pliable to make the necessary dissections possible without destroy-
ing the specimens.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to thank Dr. G. Pritchard and the Izaak Walton Killani Foundation for
support.

LITERATURE CITED

Robert, P.A. 1959. Die Libellen (Odonaten). Kummerly & Frey, Geographischer Verlas,

Bern. 404 pp.
White, H.B. & W.J. Morse. 1973. Odonata (dragonflies) of New Hampshire: an annotated

list. Res. Rep. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Stn. 30: iii-46 pp.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 149

NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD FOR

MICROMEGISTUS BAKER!
TRAGARDH(ACARINA:PARANTENNULIDAE)

B. McDaniel 3 , Eric G. Bolen 4

ABSTRACT: A new distribution is established for Micromegistus bakeri Tragardh from
Padre Island, Texas on a carabid beetle Scarites subleranous Fabricius.

Several specimens of the mite, Micromegistus bakeri Tragardh were ex-
tracted from a single soil sample collected on Padre Island, Nueces County,
Texas, on October 16, 1978. This soil sample, collected in a sparsely vege-
tated mud-flat bordering the Laguna Madre, also contained a specimen of
Scarites subleranous Fabricius, a carabid beetle. According to Arnet (1960),
S. subleranous inhabits burrows in damp clay soil in the vicinity of streams
or marshes.

Three specimens of M. bakeri were found in the vial containing S. sub-
leranous. Two of these, a protonymph and a male, were unattached. A single
larva was attached at the junction of trochanter and femur II, a favored site
recorded by Nickel andElzinga (1970) for a newly hatched larva.

Nickel and Elizinga (1970) reported the collection of M. bakeri from three
carabid species, S. subleranous, Evarthms sodalis colossus Le Conte and
Patrobus longicomis (Say) from Kansas. Tragardh (1948), who described
M. bakeri, collected it from S. subleranous from Mississippi.

The collection of M. bakeri Tragardh from south Texas extends the
known distribution of this species from its type locality of Mississippi and
from those collected from Kansas by Nickel and Elzinga (1970) to the
Texas Gulf Coast. We thank the U.S. National Park Service, Padre Island
National Seashore, for authorization to collect soil samples for this study.

REFERENCES

Arnett, R.H. 1960. The Beetles of the United States. The Catholic University of America
Press. 1-1 112 pp.

Deceived February 17, 1979

2 South Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Jour. Ser. No. 1588
Entomology-Zoology, South Dakota State University, Brookings, South Dakota

4

Dean's Office, The Graduate School, Texas Tech University, Lubbock Texas

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 149-150

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Nickel, P.A. and R.J. Elzinga. 1970. Biology of Micromegistus bakeri Tragardh, 1948

(Acarina: Parantennulidae), with descriptions of immatures and redescription of

addults. Acarologia 12(2): 234-243.
Tragardh, I. 1948. Description of Micromegistus, a new genus of Paramegistidae, with

notes on Neomegistus Paramegistus and Echinomegistus (Acarina). Ent. Tidsk.

Stockholm 69: 127-131.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

CLASSIFICATION OF THE COLEOPTERA OF NORTH AMERICA. Prepared for the
Smithsonian Institution. J.L. LeConte and G.H. Horn. Arno Press. 1978. 567 pp. $35.00.

This is a complete reprint of the very hard to obtain second edition (1883) of the
Smithsonian Institution publication 507. Valuable early work. Classification is to genera.

HYMENOPTERORUM CATALOGUS. Part 15. Braconidae. R.D. Shenefelt. Dr. W. Junk
B.V. 1978. 448pp. $112.20.

Part 15 of a continuing series.

DIVERSITY OF INSECT FAUNAS. L.A. Mound & N. Waloff, editors. Royal Ent.
Soc. & Blackwell Scientific Pub. John Wiley & Sons. 1978. 204 pp. $37.50

Twelve papers on insect diversity from taxonomic, phylogenetic and ecological view-
points. Number nine in a series of symposia of the Royal Ent. Soc. of London.

ANALYSIS OF ECOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. D.J. Horn, G.R. Stairs & R.D. Mitchell,
editors. Ohio State Univ. Press. 1979. 312 pp. $27.50.

Nine papers on the properties and interrelationships of organisms and their environ-
ments, whether the basic unit of study be the ecosystem or the species and their inter-
relationships that are the components of any given system. This duality in approach is
matched by the ways ecologists measure and describe the systems and organisms they
study. Both are included in the contents of this volume.

ECOLOGICAL METHODS, with particular reference to the study of insect populations,
(second ed.) T.R.E. Southwood. Chapman & Hall. John Wiley & Sons. 1978. 524 pp.
$25.00.

Handbook of ecological methods, including precise measurements, descriptions and
critical analyses and their importance. A standard text.

RODENT MALARIA. R. Killick-Kendrick & W.Peters, editors. Academic Press. 1978.
406pp. $39.75.

Eight papers present different aspects of malarian parasites or malaria in the fields of
taxonomy, ecology, cell biology, biochemistry, genetics and chemotherapy.

Vol. 90, No. 3, June 1979 151

A THIRD SPECIMEN OF CEL/DOPHYLLA ALBIMACULA

(ORTHOPTERA: TETTIGONIIDAE) AND REMARK ON

THE EMERGENCE OF DIPTERA FROM INSECT CARRION 1

Charles L. Hogue 2

ABSTRACT: A female Celidophylla albimacula (third -known specimen) is recorded
from Costa Rica, having been found dead on the ground like the only other existing
female specimen. The author suggests caution regarding conclusions that sarcophagid
larvae emerging from the latter specimen indicate true parasitism.

The photograph of a female Celidophylla albimacula Saussure and Pictet
published recently by Allen Young (1978) caused me to recall that I had
acquired a specimen of the same species, under somewhat similar conditions,
likewise in Costa Rica. It is also a female and is deposited in the collection of
the Entomology Section of the Natural History Museum of Los Angeles
County, California. Unfortunately, the actual collector (who found the
specimen lying dead in the road and brought it to the author) did not re-
member the exact locality, having inadvertently mixed the insect with some
other biological samples. It was found in August 1964. Because of the ext-
reme rarity and distinctiveness of this species, it seems worthwhile to make
note here of this additional specimen.

Young comments on the emergence of sarcophagid larvae from his
still -living but incapacitated female, which was lying on the forest floor.
Wliile it is possible that the larvae were indeed parasites, my own experi-
ence in the tropics with large moribund and dead insects that accumulate
on the ground under lights makes me cautious toward this conclusion. Such
insect carrion attracts Sarcophagidae in the same manner as does vertebrate
carcasses and other saprogenous matter, and the larviparous habit of many
species of this fly family, as well as the warm climate, result in very rapid
infestation by and development of their larvae. I think it premature, there-
fore, to ascribe parasitism by this family to Celidophylla albimacula even pro-
visionally, on the basis of Young's observations.

REFERENCES

Young, A.M. 1978. New Record of neotropical katydid Celidophylla albimacula
(Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae) and parasitism, from Costa Rica. Entomol. News 88:
210-212.

Curator of Entomology, Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Los Angeles,

Deceived March 3, 1979

2 Curator of Entom
California 90007.

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 151

152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A MISSISSIPPI RECORD FOR INTRODUCED DUNG

BEETLE, ONTHOPHAGUS TAURUS SCHREBER

(COLEOPTERA: SCARAB AEIDAE) 1

Paul K. Lago 2

ABSTRACT: Onthophagus taunts Schreber is recorded from Mississippi. This represents
the western-most reported U.S. Locality for this European dung beetle which was first
collected in North America in Florida during 1971.

The occurrence of a common European dung beetle, Onthophagus taurus
Schreber, in North America was first reported by Fincher and Woodruff
(1975). The first recorded specimen was collected during August 1971
in Santa Rosa County, Florida. Between 1971 and 1975, additional speci-
ments were collected throughout southwestern Georgia, the Florida pan-
handle and a few counties in southeastern Alabama. The Santa Rosa County
record marked the western limit of the reported range (Fincher and Woodruff,
1975).

On 15 April 1977, I collected 21 specimens of O. taunts under cow dung
16 miles southeast of Wiggins, Stone County, Mississippi. This record repre-
sents a westward range extension of nearly 150 miles beyond that which
was previously known. Fincher and Woodruff (1975) suggested that the
species was introduced at an undetermined coastal locality in the Florida
panhandle. On the basis of their theory, the Mississippi record indicates that
the species is radiating from the point of introduction, rather than moving to
the east and north as indicated by the collection records of Fincher and
Woodruff (1975).

LITERATURE CITED

Fincher, G.T. and R.E. Woodruff. 1975. A European dung beetle, Onthoplwgiis taurus
Schreber, new to the U.S. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Coleop. Bull. 29:349-350.

Deceived March 17, 1979

2 Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677

ENT. NEWS 90 (3) 152

before it is submitted and (2) submit the names and addresses of two qualified authorities
in the subject field to whom the manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review.
Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept
as brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title,
except where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative ab-
stract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words. The abstract is the key to how an
article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's com-
plete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the
article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them
useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion
of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations nearly
always are needed. Authors can be very helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of
the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the text of accompanying figures,
tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends,
should be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed
illustration, including all legends, is 4*/2 x 6'/2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text
figures and half-tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor,
Howard P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books
received and short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books
deailing with systematics, morphology, ecology, behavior and similar aspects of insect
life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs
of all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a
cost of $30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manu-
script is submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status
(unemployed or retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a mini-
mum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to
the editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Journals & reprints for sale, including Annals & Bulletin of E.S.A., Ent. News., Proc. Ento.
Soc. Wash., Psyche and two journals from Brazil and Venezuela. Also large number of re-
prints. Send for complete list and other details. Neal A. Weber, 2606 Mission Road, Talla-
hassee, Florida, 32304

Wanted. Adult specimens of Lampyridae of the world, except U.S. and Canada. State condi-
tion, number, variety and price. Also, older lampyrid literature, reprints. J.E. Lloyd, Ento-
mol., Univ. of Florida, Gainesville. 3261 1

Wanted: Specific locality data for collections of any Pycnopsyche (Trichoptera: Limnephili-
dae) species for use in biogeographical portion of dissertation. John A. Wojtowicz, Dep't of
Zoology, Univ. of Tenn., Knoxville, TN 37919

For sale: Insects, especially Carabidae, from Europe. List on application. Write to Michel
Grotz, Rue des Vennes 250, 4020 Liege, Belgium

Wanted: Due to expansion recently, we require suppliers of Live & Dead Insects throughout
the world. Good rates. We also require a US agent, to act on our behalf, for Orders etc.
Commission basis. TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE), P.O. Box 14,
Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

For Sale: The most complete Entomological company - over 2,000 specimens, rare material,
common, Pupae & Cocoons, Exotic Insects, Indonesian Specialists. Dollar Cheques welcome
or Credit Cards. Low Postage rates. Cheapest material. Catalogue free: TRANSWORLD
ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE), P.O. Box 14, Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

For Sale: Sample from Catalogue: 50 all different Tropical Butterflies, AJ , Papered, 25%
Papilio, etc. $15 post paid, via Air mail, send check to: TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL
COMPANY, (AE), P.O. Box 14, Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

VOL. 90

SEPTEMBER - OCTOBER 1979

NO. 4

NTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Biogeographic patterns in flight capacity of Nearctic grass-
hoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae) Daniel Otte 153
Chorusing in Syrbula (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Cooperation,
interference, competition, or concealment?

D. Otte, J. Loftus-Hills 159
New records of Heteroceridae (Coleoptera) from Ohio

PaulM. Holeski 166
Checklist of caddisflies (Trichoptera) from

Massachusetts Richard J. Neves 167

New state record of fishfly Nigronia serricornis in Alabama

Joseph F. Scheiring 1 76
Distribution of aquatic Dryopoidea (Coleoptera) in Maine

Terry M. Mingo 111
Two new subgenera & three new species of Polana

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae) from Peru & Columbia

Dwight M. DeLong 187

Two dissection knives for the morphologist, histologist, &
systematist, with suggestions for their use

Norman T. Baker 191
New species of bruchomyine fly from Ecuador

(Diptera: Psychodidae) Charles P. Alexander 197

New geographical distribution records for 28 species &
subspecies of tabanids in West Virginia (Diptera:
Tabanidae) J.D. Hacker, L. Butler, L.L. Pechuman 200
Coal slurry observed as habitat for semiaquatic beetle
Lanternarius brunneus (Coleoptera: Heteroceridae),
with notes on water quality conditions

WilliamS. Vinikour 203
Caddisflies (Trichoptera) of the Cranberry Glades of

West Virginia D. C. Tarter, P. L. Hill 205

Rediscovery of Hygrotus sylvanus (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae)

Gregory L. Daussin 207

ANNOUNCEMENTS

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFEY NOTED

190, 196
186, 202, 208

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester, Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder(1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp, RD7, Vincentown, New Jesey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8'/2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of aditional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 153

BIOGEOGRAPHIC PATTERNS IN FLIGHT

CAPACITY OF NEARCTIC GRASSHOPPERS

(ORTHOPTERA:ACRIDIDAE)

Daniel Otte 2

ABSTRACT: The North Ameican species of Gomphocerinae and Acridinae display several
interesting biogeographic trends. The proportion of obligately flightless species increases
southwards towards the tropics and westwards from the central prairies to the Pacific coast,
and is also higher on islands. Facultative nonflying species are unknown in Central America
and the Caribbean region and are most common in northern and northeastern parts of the
United States. Species ranges are smallest for obligate nonflyers, while obligate flyers and
facultative flyers do not differ significantly.

While preparing a handbook on the North American grasshoppers, all
described valid species of slant-faced grasshoppers (Gomphocerinae and
Acridinae) from Panama northwards and the Caribbean region were
studied and their ranges plotted. Several interesting bipgeographic patterns
and trends relating to condition of flight were noticed and are reported here.
Unfortunately the number of species involved is not large enough in most
comparisons to indicate that the differences observed are statistically
significant. The species examined are listed in Table 1 along with the
geographic center of their ranges, the estimated size of their ranges and
whether or not they can fly. Distribution areas were estimated by placing a
grid (176 km to a side) over a distribution map and counting the squares
which included a part of the species range.

( 1 ) Roughly 48% of the species are obligate flyers, species in which
both sexes are always capable of flight during some part of their adult life
(here called F-species). Approximately 18% are facultative flyers, species
in which at least one sex or some individuals of either sex are capable of
flight (f-species). The remaining 37% are obligate nonflyers, species in
which flying or long-winged individuals have not been found (N-species).
Flying ability in both F- and f-species varies considerably; some species are
capable of flying up to 50 m or more when disturbed (Rhammatocerus and
Mermiria species), others can fly a few meters at most (Parapomala).

(2) The f-species category includes the following combination of
flying and nonflying individuals: (a) both sexes are usually capable of flight,
but in some geographic regions they are flightless (e.g., Amphitornus
coloradus, Ageneotettix deorum, Horesidotes cinereus, and Opeia
obscura): (b) males are capable of flight but females are usually not (e.g.,
Aeropedellus clavatus)\ (c) both sexes are usually unable to fly, but
occasional individuals are long-winged and capable of flying (e.g., Chor-
thippus curtipennis, Dichromorpha elegans) and D. viridis, Chloealtis
conspersa and C. abdominalis, and Boopedon nubilum).

'Received May 14, 1979. Supported by National Science Foundation Grant No. DEB-
7619292.

2 Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia. Pennsylvania.
19103.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 153-158

1 54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(3) The forewings of males are usually longer than those of females.
The reason seems to be that males in this group use their forewings in
stridulating and retain them principally for this reason. In only one species
is the male apparently capable of flight and the female unable to fly (Aerope-
dellus clavatus).

(4) On the continent the proportion of N-species decreases north-
wards and is significantly lower in regions A, B, and C (Fig. 1) than in
regions H (X 2 test: p <.05 , df = 1 ). Moving from region H to A in the central
part of the continent, percentages of N-species decrease as follows: Central
America 56%, southern Mexico 33%, northern Mexico and SW United
States 15%, central prairies 8%, northern prairies 12%. Differences among
regions A, B, C, and E are not significant (X 2 tests); but the difference
between regions A or C and G are significant at the 0.1 level. Along an
eastern transect the trend is similar: Caribbean regions 67%; Florida and
SE United States 14%, NE United States 0%.

(5) The proportion off-species decreases southwards. Through the
center of the continent region A has 24% f-species; regions B and E have
15%; region G has 1 1 % and region H has 0%. In southern Mexico, Central
America and the Caribbean region the Gomphocerinae can either fly or
they cannot.

(6) Along the east-west transect through the United States the west
has a higher proportion of N-species than the east, but the proportion off-
species is higher in the east than the west. However, this is a trend and the
difference is not statistically significant at the 0.05 level.

(7) High altitude populations of a species are more likely to be
flightless than low altitude populations. Among the Gomphocerinae the
pattern is seen only in Amphitornus coloradus and Ageneotettix deorum.
The flightless populations of Ageneotettix deorum are known only from
higher elevations in Arizona and Colorado, and the short-winged form of
Amphitornus coloradus has been collected only at higher elevations in the
Tushar Mountains in Utah and in the San Francisco Mountains and Kaibab
Plateau in Arizona.

( 8 ) N-species have smaller ranges on the average than either f-species
or F-species. This trend is evident in frequency histograms in Fig. 1.
Interestingly, F-species and f-species do not differ significantly in range
size.

Many of the short-winged and flightless species of grasshoppers in
Central America are associated with forests, forest openings and forest
margins, or mountain ridges. The ranges of most of them are small when
compared to those of flying species from the same region, so the small
ranges appear to be a direct consequence of their flightlessness and not due
to the relatively constricted land mass. The cause of flightlessness in
Central America and the Caribbean may be a greater stability of habitats
and hence reduced selective pressures for dispersability. Alternatively, the
species tend to be restricted to islands or islands of suitable habitat within
forests and may be subject to some of the same pressures promoting
winglessness on oceanic islands. With loss of flight and the consequent

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

155

reduction in vagility, isolated populations are less likely to exchange genetic
material over the longer term, and thus may speciate more rapidly. Because
the ranges of many of the Central American species are very restricted, I
believe it is likely that many more species will be discovered when forest
and mountain habitats are more thoroughly explored, and this will further

50 100

AREA of RANGE (x >IOOO)

150 sq. km

Fig. 1 . The map shows areas compared for numbers of F-, f-, and N-species. Proportions of
these categories differ significantly between region H and regions A, B, C. and E. The
frequency histogram illustrates that relatively many more N-species (black) have small
ranges, and none have large ranges. Mean range size off-species (hatched) and F-species
(cross-hatched) do not differ significantly (P < 0.05.X 2 test).

156

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

increase the proportion of flightless species. Some of the flying species in
Central America are most common in weedy and disturbed habitats leading
one to wonder if the number of flying species is now higher than it was prior
to human disturbance.

Table 1. List of species included in this survey,along with range size and functional
condition of wings. F, capable of flight; N, unable to fly. The / separates the condition of males
on the left and females on the right. When / is absent both sexes are alike. Parentheses indicate
the rare condition: Example: F.N./F(N) indicates flying and nonflying males are both
common, but that nonflying females are uncommon.

Approximate Estimated

center of range size

range (sq km)*

Acantherus piperatus
Achurum carinatum
Achurum minimipenne
Achurum sumichrasti
Acrolophitus hirtipes
Acrolophitus nevadensis
Acrolophitus maculipennis
Acrolophitus pulchella
Aeropedellus clavatus
Ageneotettix brevipennis
Ageneotettix deorum
Ageneotettix salutator
Arnblytropidia elongata
Arnblytropidia mysteca
Amblytropidia trinitatis
Amphitornus coloradus
Amphitornus durangus
Aulocara brevipenne
Aulocara elliotti
Aulocara femoratum

Boopedon auriventris
Boopedon dampfi
Boopedon diabolicum
Boopedon empelios
Boopedon flaviventris
Boopedon gracile
Boopedon nubilum
Boopedon rufipes
Bootettix argentatus
Bootettix joerni

Chiapacris eximius
Chiapacris nayaritus-
Chiapacris velox
Chloealtis abdominalis
Chloealtis aspasma
Chloealtis conspera

New Mexico
Florida
NE Mexico
C Mexico
Colorado
N Arizona
No. Mexico
Idaho
Montana
No. Mexico
Colorado
NW Mexico
C Mexico
E Texas
Panama
Colorado
W Mexico
No. Mexico
Colorado
Colorado

Kansas
S Mexico
C Mexico
W Mexico
W Mexico
Texas
Colorado
C Mexico
No. Mexico
No. Mexico

C Mexico
W Mexico
S Mexico
Montana
NW USA
Minnesota

25
20

7

40
74

9

30
<1
80

9

188
16
15
86

20 + +
144

2

2

156
95

17

6

7

1

18
34
75

6
44

3

1
1
3

57

1

114

Flight

F

N

N

F

F

F

F

F

f/N

N

F(N)

F-N

F

F

F

F(N)

F

N

F

N(F)

N

N

N

N

N

F/N(F)

N(F)/N(F)

N

F

F

N

N?

F

N(F)/N(F)

N

N(F)/N(F)

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

157

Approximate

Estimated

center of

range size

range

(sq km)*

Flight

CHloealtis dianae

N California

5

N

Chloeallis gracilis

S California

6

N

Chorthippus curtipennis

North Dakota

250 +

N.F./N.F

Chrysochraon petraea

NWUSA

3

N

Cibolacris crypticus

W Mexico

5

F

Cibolacris parviceps

S Arizona

51

F

Cibolacris samalayucae

No. Mexico

2

F

Compsacrella poecila

Cuba

1

N

Cordillacris crenulata

Colorado

67

F

Cordillacris occipitalis

Colorado

90

F

Dichromorpha elegans

SE USA

33

N(F)

Dichromorpha prominula

W Mexico

16

F

Dichromorpha viridis

Misissippi

125

N(F)

Eritettix abortivus

Texas

22

N

Eritettix obscurus

Florida

6

N

Eritettix simplex

Iowa

115

F

Esselenia vanduzeei

C California

3

N

Eupnigodes megacephala

C California

5

N

Eupnigodes sierranus

C California

7

F

Heliaula ntfa

New Mexico

31

F

Horesidotes cinereus

S Arizona

14

F(N)

Horesidotes deiradonotus

W Mexico

2

N(F?)

Leurohippus stoneri

Antigua

<1

N

Ligurotettix coquilletti

W Arizona

22

F

Ligurotettix planum

No. Mexico

17

F

Melanotettix dibelonius

C Mexico

4

N

Mermiria bivittata

Oklahoma

95

F

Mermiria intertexta

SE USA

17

F

Mermiria picta

E Texas

83

F

Mermiria texana

W Texas

35 +

F

Metaleptea brevicornis

C America

200 +

F

Opeia obscura

Colorado

127

F(N)

Opcia atascosa

W Mexico

6

N

Orphula azteca

C America

24

F

Orphula vitripenne

Yucatan

2

F

Orphulina ha I Ion i

C America

20+

F

Orphulella aculeata

C Mexico

4

F

Orphulella brachyptera

Cuba

1

N

Orphulella concinnula

South America

150 +

F

Orphulella decisa

Caribbean

1

N

Orphulella losamatensis

N South America

50 +

F

Orphulella nesicos

Caribbean

1

N

Orphulella orizabae

C Mexico

6

F

Orphulella pelidna

Nebraska

200 +

F

Orphulella pern i.\

Costa Rica

1

N

158

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Approximate

Estimated

center of

range size

range

(sq km)*

Flight

Orphulella pu net at a

N South America

150 +

F

Orphulella quiroga

C Mexico

7

N(F)

Orphulella scudderi

Cuba

4

F

Orphulella speciosa

Missouri

110

F

Orphulella tolteca

C Mexico

4

F

Orphulella trypha

Caribbean

1

N

Paropomala wyomingensis

New Mexico

65 +

f

Paropomala pallida

Arizona

55

f

Paropomala virgata

New Mexico

22

F

Phaneroturis cupido

C America

2

N

Phaneroturis tantillus

C America

1

N

Phlibostroma quadrimaculatum

Kansas

80 +

f

Prorocorypha snowi

NW Mexico

3

N

Psoloessa brachyptera

C Mexico

2

N

Psoloessa delicatula

Colorado

111

F

Psoloessa meridionalis

C Mexico

14

N(F)

Psoloessa microptera

NE Mexico

2

N

Psoloessa texana

W Texas

95

F

Pseudopomala brachyptera

S Dakota

85

N.F

Rhammatocerus viatorius

S Mexico

33 +

F

Rhammatocerus cyanipes

N South America

20

F

Silvitettix aphelocoryphus

C America

1

N

Silvitettix audax

C America

1

N

Silvitettix biolleyi

C America

3

N

Silvitettix chloromerus

C Mexico

3

N

Silvitettix communis

C America

2

N

Silvitettix gorgasi

C America

1

N

Silvitettix maculatus

C America

6

N

Silvitettix rhachicoryphus

S Mexico

2

N

Silvitettix ricei

S Mexico

1

N

Silvitettix salinus

S Mexico

2

N

Silvitettix thalassinus

C America

10

N

Silvitettix whitei

S Mexico

1

N

Stenobothrus brunneus

Montana

42

F

Stenobothrus shastanus

Oregon

35

N

Stethophyma gracile

Minnesota

60

F

Stethophyma lineata

Minnesota

60 +

F

Stethophyma celata

Iowa

30 +

F

Syrbula admirabilis

E Texas

100 +

F

Syrbula festina

S Mexico

6

F

Syrbula monlezuma

No. Mexico

73

F

Xeracris minimus

S California

8

F

Xeracris snowi

W Arizona

7

F

*x3 1,000

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 159

CHORUSING IN SYRBVLA (ORTHOPTERA:

ACRIDIAE).COOPERATION, INTERFERENCE

COMPETITION, OR CONCEALMENT? 1

Daniel Otte 2 , Jasper Loftus-Hills 3

ABSTRACT: The function of chorusing behavior in grasshoppers is discussed. Experiments
with females placed into a sound arena and exposed to tape recorded male songs suggest the
relationship between chorusing males is principally competitive. But a mutualistic element
may also exist.

Male orthopterans attempting to attract females by means of acoustic
signals (calls) may interact in one or more of the following ways
(Alexander, 1975; Otte, 1977; Morris, Kerr, and Fullard, 1978): (a) The
calls of the two males can be more or less independent of one another, but an
indirect competition exists if both males attempt to attract the same female,
(b) The calls of two males may alternate with one another. Such alteration
could result if it benefits both males to call during silent pauses in the other's
call sequence so as to ensure that critical information-containing elements
of song remain distinct, (c) Males can sign synchronously, thereby
minimizing the noise-to-signal ratio and reducing mutual interference, (d) A
group of males may sing simultaneously but asynchronously. In some
species relatively long silent periods alternate with periods when many
males sing simultaneously (Jacobs, 1953; Haskell, 1957; Otte, 1970,
1972). Whether choruses constitute a form of cooperation among males in
attracting females or are the result of competition among males is the
subject of the present paper (see also Morris, Kerr, and Fullard, 1 978). (e)
Nonsinging males may position themselves near singing males and attempt
to intercept females that are attracted by song (Otte, 1972, 1977, Cade,
1 979). (f) Nonsinging males may behave aggressively toward singing males
and attempt to guard females or areas likely to harbor females against other
males (Alexander, 1961; Otte and Joern, 1975; Otte, 1977; Cade, 1979).

Syrbula admirabilis (Uhler) is a common eastern United States grass-
hopper in which nonsynchronous chorusing has been demonstrated (Otte
1972). Courtship in this species is extraordinarily complex and in the field
and laboratory the songs of males are typically clumped in time so that
lengthy silent periods alternate with periods of intense singing. Some

'Received May 14, 1979.

2 Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
19103.

3 Formerly of the Universities of Melbourne, Texas, Cornell and Michigan

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 159-165

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

clumping in space also seems to take place, but the latter has not been
convincingly demonstrated. In typical laboratory interactions, involved
singing males, a leader, and one or more followers can be discerned. One
male (the leader) usually starts a bout of singing and is joined after some
seconds by one or more males (the followers) and all males sing several
times in succession before all singing stops.

Typical songs consist of a series of leg strokes (10-50) and the duration
of a song varies from 10 seconds to more than 30 seconds. Follower males
usually begin singing long before the leader finishes his song. Sexually
receptive responsive females respond to calling males either by stridulating
or by walking to the males or both.

The experiments reported here were designed to answer the following
questions: (a) Does the song of one male interfere with that of another when
the songs are produced at the same time? (b) Does the leader or the follower
in a chorus involving two males have the advantage in attracting females:
i.e., is a female attracted to the first or the last song she hears? (c) Are
several closely spaced males more effective in attracting females than a
single male an equal distance from the female?

Methods

Two kinds of arenas were used in these experiments. The first was an
elongate arena, a 7 ft. x 1 ft. x 1 ft. wire-gauze cage, divided evenly into 7
sections. Florescent lights were placed over the top of the cage to give equal
illumination to all sections. The entire cage was covered with a layer of
cheesecloth to reduce visual disturbance from the outside. A group of 30-40
virgin females was placed into the central section during each trial. A trial
consisted of playing the songs of males from speakers to one or both ends of
the arena for a period of one hour and then counting the number of females
assembled in the two end sections. During this period some females may
have first oriented to the song and then walked away, but such behavior was
not recorded. The following three experiments were conducted using the
elongated arena.

Experiment 1 : Control. Females were placed into the central section
of the arena; a speaker was placed at each end; both speakers remained
silent. The number of females moving into the two end sections was
counted.

Experiment 2. A tape containing the song of a single male was played
through a speaker at one end, while another speaker at the opposite end
remained silent. The interval between successive songs was 30*seconds.
The speaker producing the song was switched to the opposite end of the
arena between trials.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 161

Experiment 3. A tape containing the song of one male was played
through a speaker at each end. The timing was so arranged that a male (the
leader) began singing at one end, and when he was halfway through his song,
the male at the other end (the follower) began to sing. A 30-second interval
separated the end of the follower's song and the next beginning of the
leader's song. In this fashion the advantage of leader or follower could be
assessed.

Because the data from elongate arenas seemed somewhat equivocal
we conducted the next series of experiments in a square arena with
dimensions 5 ft. x 5 ft. and with walls 1 ft. high. The arena had cheesecloth
floor and walls and was illuminated from above with florescent lights.
Female responses were scored by counting females moving into the central
1 ft. x 1 ft. square next to each wall (A), as well as the number entering the
wider 3 ft. x 1 ft. sections (B). Speakers were placed outside the arena at the
center of a side and rotated regularly around all four sides between trials to
randomize the possible effects of other stimuli. The two speakers used
during each trial were always placed at opposite sides. Five females were
used in each trial. Each trial consisted of playing the tapes for 30
consecutive minutes. The following experiments were conducted using the
square arena:

Experiment 4: Response of females to a single male song were
determined by playing a call through a speaker while keeping the opposite
speaker silent.

Experiment 5: In this experiment we attempted to determine whether
the leader or follower in a two-male chorus has the advantage in attracting
females. The two songs consisted of 50% overlap between leader and the
follower and were played from speakers at opposite ends of the arena.
Sound intensities were held equal.

Experiment 6: In this experiment females were given a choice of
approaching a speaker playing the songs of two males singing simultaneous-
ly ( 100% overlap in songs, but no synchrony of individual leg strokes), or to
a speaker with the song of one male. Two-male choruses and one-male
songs alternated with one another regularly, with a 15-second pause
between songs. Intensities of sound from the two speakers were identical,
except when the individual pulses of the two males occasionally overlapp-
ed.

Tape recordings used in the above experiments were made in the
laboratory at the same temperatures at which experiments were conducted
(80 J F). A loop was made of one full song. The same loop was used to make
up all songs used in these experiments. The influence of subtle differences
between songs was thus eliminated. The loop was re-recorded onto a
continuous tape to produce an uninterrupted series of songs separated by
30-second intervals. Original tape recordings were made with a Uher 4000

162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Report L tape recorder and a Uher Dynamic Microphone Model M514.
Playbacks were made with a Uher Stereo tape recorder with songs
emanating from the two speakers recorded onto separate tracks. Speakers
were manufacturd by Kudelski, Switzerland.

Females were collected in the field, either as late instar nymphs or as
adults. They were kept separated from males in 2 ft. x 2 ft. x 2 ft. wire-gauze
cages for at least a week before testing. Oviposition pans were provided for
egg laying. Females used in experiments 1-3 were virgins. Females used in
experiments 4-6 were field-caught and may or may not have copulated
before capture. Many of these females laid eggs prior to experimentation.
Experiments were carried out at 80 F.

Results

The following kinds of responses of females to playback of male songs
were observed: (a) no detectable response females remained motionless
or moved about in a seemingly random fashion: (b) females stridulated in
response to the male song but did not move toward the speakers; (c) females
moved toward the speaker without stridulating; (d) females moved toward
the speakers where they stridulated. Only response types c and d were used
to score female responsiveness to particular speakers.

Results of Experiments 1-3 are summarized in Table 1. In general,
when no sound was produced, females moved in equal numbers to both ends
of the elongate arena (Expt. 1 ), but the broadcasting of male songs at one
end caused females to move in greater numbers to that end (Expt. 2). When
given a choice of going either to the leading or the following song (Expt. 3)
females were attracted equally to both.

Results of Experiments 4-6 are summarized in Table 2. Experiment 4
demonstrated that females were attracted to the taped songs. Experiment 5
suggested that the leading male in the two-male chorus has a slightly greater
chance of attracting females than the follower, but the difference was not
significant at the 0.05 level. The results of Experiment 6 suggest that there
is neither interference nor signal augmentation between two calls sung
simultaneously. Two males singing at the same time and in the same place
are not any more or less effective in attracting females than a single male.
Because two males sang from the same place in the lab, it is possible that lab
females perceived the two males as a single calling male.

Discussion

S. admirabilis females sometimes respond to the songs of males by
remaining stationary and stridulating; consequently their preference for one

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 163

Table 1. Results of experiments using an elongate arena.

Experiment 1: Control: Silent speaker at each end.
Number of females reaching each end:

Silent speaker Silent speaker No. trials Significance*

14 12 4 n.s.

Experiment 2: Song playback at one end; speaker at the other end.
Speaker with song Silent speaker

65 23 17 p <.01

Experiment 3: Song playback at both ends; 50% overlap between songs.
Leader Follower

25 24 7 n.s

*X 2 test; n.s.= not significant at 0.05 level.

Table 2. Movements of females in a square arena. Position of speakers was rotated between
all trials. Numbers in parentheses indicate proportions of females. Five females were used in
each trial. Not all females responded during each trial Sides 1 and 4 indicate opposite sides of
the arena.

Side of arena

1234 X 2

significance level
speaker no speaker No. trials (between 1 and 4)

Experiment 4: Responses of females to one speaker.

central section (A) 28 (.45) 12 (.19) 13 (.21) 9 (.15) 22 p < .001

larger section (B) 45 (.41) 22 (.20) 25 (.23) 18 (.16) p < .001

Experiment 5: Responses of females to two speakers at opposite ends with 50% overlap in songs.

1st song 2nd song

central section (A) 20(32) 16(.25) 16(.25) 11 (.17) 29 n.s.

larger section (B) 40 (.29) 33 (.24) 32 (.24) 31 (.23) n.s.

Experiment 6: Responses to two speakers at opposite ends - one speaker with two overlapping songs,
the other with one song.

1st song one male

central section (A) 23 (.37) 11 (.18) 10(.16) 18 (.29) 31 n.s.

larger section (B) 42 (.31) 26 (.19) 25 (.19) 43 (.31) n.s.

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

or another song type is more difficult to assess than in a species where
sexually receptive females always approach the male song. Nevertheless,
the results obtained furnish partial explanations to the significance of male
chorusing.

We arrived at the following tentative conclusions: The relationship
between chorusing Syrbula males is primarily competitive. We base this
conclusion on the observations that (a) two males singing at different places
but at the same time divide the females exposed to the songs of both males
(Expts. 3, 5) and (b) two males singing at the same time and at the same
place are not any better at attracting females than a single male (Expt. 6).
We speculate that the best strategy of a male might be to sing alone and
thereby avoid interference from other males, or, failing that, to be the first
male to sing, thereby gaining a slight advantage over followers in attracting
females, and, finally, to begin singing immediately after or during the song
of another male, thus ensuring that at least some sexually receptive females
will come to him or that females will be temporarily distracted and remain
uninseminated by competing males. The fact that two males singing
simultaneously from the same place are as effective as a single male in
attracting females suggests that song interference does not involve the
obscuring of critical information-containing elements, but may involve the
difficulty that females have in orienting on the sound of one male when
another male is singing in a different direction.

Although the preliminary results we obtained do not support this notion,
an element of cooperation between males is nevertheless conceivable. It is
possible that females could be attracted to areas containing numerous
males, or that they might tend to reside longer in areas with many active
males. So, while competition could be operating among males within a
chorus (or a clump), a chorus of males may serve to attract a disproportion-
ate share of females, thereby causing the female quota per male to increase
over that of solitary males. See Morris, Kerr, and Fullard (1978) for an
excellent discussion of this phenomenon.

A further (or alternate) advantage to chorusing may lie in the difficulty
that predators have in locating one individual when several are simultan-
eously active. This notion, discussed in more detail elsewhere (Otte,1977)
has no supporting evidence beyond the fact that we found it difficult at times
to focus attention on one male when several others were active.

Chorusing behavior in Syrbula admirabilis may well be much more
complicated than we have suggested. We have as yet not established
whether some males customarily adopt a following role and others a leading
role or whether the roles tend to be age dependent. It is quite clear that a
given male may either be a leader or follower, but the factors determining
which of the two he will be are poorly understood. The behavior of a single
member of an assembly of males within hearing range of one another

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 165

(common in nature) may call for a complex strategy. It is conceivable for
example that in a 3-male chorus the first and last male could have an
advantage over the male singing in between. There might then be a premium
set on being the first or last male to sing in a chorus. Also, the following
considerations would seem to have a bearing on male strategies, (a) The
amount of energy available for singing is finite, so that the male can be
expected to sing only a certain number of songs each day. (b) If other males
are near, a male might be best off if he could sing alone, (c) If a male cannot
sing alone, he might be best off being the first male to sing, (d) The formation
of a chorus may be the passive consequence of all males attempting to solve
the problem of competition in the same way by trying to sing alone and at
the same time to interfere with the songs of neighbors as often as possible.

REFERENCES

Alexander, R.D. 1961. Aggressiveness, territoriality, and sexual behavior in field crickets

(Orthoptera: Gryllidae). Behaviour 17: 130-223.
Alexander, R.D. 1975. Natural selection and specialized chorusing behavior in acoustical

insects. In: Insects, Science and Society. Academic Press, Inc. N.Y. pp. 35-77.
Cade, W. 1979. The evolution of alternative male reproductive strategies in field crickets. In:

Sexual Selection and Reproductive Competition in Insects. (Blum and Blum, eds.).

Academic Press, Inc. N.Y. pp. 343-379.
Haskell, P.T. 1957. Stridulation and associated behavior in certain Orthoptera. 1 . Analysis

of the Stridulation of, and behavior between, males. Anim. Behav. 5: 139-148.
Jacobs, W. 1953. Verhhaltensbiologische Studien an Feldheuschrecken. Z. Tierpsychol.

Suppl. 1, pp. 1-228.
Morris, O.K., Kerr, G.E., and Fullard, J.H. 1978. Phonotactic preference of female

meadow katydids (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae: Conocephalus migripleurum). Canad.

Jour. Zoology 56: 1479-1487.
Otte, D. 1970. A comparative study of communicative behavior in grasshoppers. Misc. Publ.

Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. 141: 1-168.
Otte, D. 1972. Simple vs. elaborate behavior in grasshoppers: An analysis of communication

in the genus Syrbula. Behaviour 42: 291-322.
Otte, D. 1977. Communications in Orthoptera. Chapter in T.A. Sebok (ed.). How Animals

Communicate. Indiana University Press.
Otte, D. and Joern, J.A. 1975. Insect territoriality and its evolution: Population studies of

desert grasshoppers on creosote bushes. Jour. Anim. Ecol. 44: 29-54.

166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW RECORDS OF HETEROCERIDAE
(COLEOPTERA) FROM OHIO 1

Paul M. Holeski 2

Pacheco ( 1 964) treated, in a monograph, the family Heteroceridae (the
variegated mud-loving beetles) in the New World. At that time he described
20 new species, validated many of the previously described species, and
reported distribution records. Later he listed the species north of Mexico in
catalog form (Pacheco, 1978).

Two species, Neoheterocerus sandersoni Pacheco and Neoheterocer-
us longilobulus Pacheco, did not have records from Ohio although both
species have been collected in Illinois to the west and in some of the Atlantic
coast states to the east. Numerous individuals of these species were
collected on the shores of low gradient streams in northwest Ohio 1972-
1974 (Holeski and Graves, 1978). They occurred in both heavily shaded
wooded areas and in open pastures on a substrate of 30% to 50% clay and
silt which normally made up the exposed shore area and stream deposits in
the area.

Seven other heterocerid species, Lanternarius mollinus (Kiesen-
wetter), Centuriatus auromicans (Kiesenwetter), Dampfius collaris
(Kiesenwetter), Dampfius undatus (Me\sheimer),Neoheterocerus palli-
dus(Say), Tropicus pusillus (Say) and Lapsus tristis (Mannerheim) were
also collected at this time. Three of these, Centuriatus auromicans
(Kiesenwetter), Dampfius collaris (Kiesenwetter) and Lapsus tristis
(Mannerheim) were not reported from Ohio in Pacheco (1978) but
specimens previously collected in the state are present in the Ohio State
University Museum and have been confirmed by the author.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I wish to thank Dr. C.A. Triplehorn and C. Martinson for allowing me to examine the
specimens in the Ohio State University Museum.

LITERATURE CITED

Holeski, P.M. and R.C. Graves. 1978. An analysis of the shore beetle communities of
some channelized streams in northwest Ohio (Coleoptera). The Great Lakes Ento-
mologist 1 1:23-36.

Pacheco F. 1964. Sistematica, filogenia y distribucion do los Heteroceridos de America
(Coleoptera: Heteroceridae). Monografias del Colegio de Post-Graduados:No. 1,
Chapingo, Mexico. 155 pp. ilus.

1978. A catalog of the Coleoptera of America north of Mexico. Family:

Heteroceridae. Agriculture Handbook No. 529-47. United States Department of Agri-
culture, Science and Education Administration. Washington, D.C. 9 pp.

deceived April 25, 1979.
2 Rt. 1 Warsaw, Ohio, 43844.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 166

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 167

A CHECKLIST OF CADDISFLIES (TRICHOPTERA)
FROM MASSACHUSETTS'

Richard J. Neves 2

ABSTRACT: Collections of adult Trichoptera were made in the Connecticut and Hoosic
River Basins, western Massachussets, between 1974 and 1978. Of the 157 species collected,
88 represent new records for the state. A complete checklist of previously published and newly
recorded species is presented, totaling 189 species.

Initial records of caddisflies from Massachusetts were first assembled
by Banks (1892), who later added several species to the state list. These
early collections were made primarily in the eastern part of the state, while
Betten (1934) and Flint (1960) provided additional collection records for
western Massachusetts. Other reported species are scattered throughout
the literature, and much of the early species nomenclature has undergone
change and synonymy. A current and more complete list of species is
therefore needed.

From 1974 to 1978, I collected Trichoptera by light-trapping and
sweep-netting along aquatic habitats in the Connecticut and Hoosic River
Basins, Franklin, Hampshire, and northern Berkshire County, Massachu-
setts (Fig. 1). The 31 sampling sites in the study area represented diverse
habitats to more completely sample the caddisfly fauna (Table 1). Most
collecting sites in Franklin and Hampshire County were light-trapped at
least twice, early and late summer. From 84 light-trap and 40 sweep-net
collections during the 5-yr. period, approximately 40,000 adults were
captured and identified. Species identifications were based on adult male
specimens; all Trichoptera were preserved in 70% isopropanol and are in
the author's collection. Light-trap collections of Hydroptilidae have not yet
been examined.

Checklist of Species

The list below contains 157 species collected during this survey with
month(s) and site(s) of capture. Additional species will undoubtedly be
reported as more extensive sampling occurs in other counties of the state.
New records are indicated by an asterisk (*); 32 species not collected during
this survey but previously reported from Massachusetts are included with

'Received April 27, 1979.

2 Virginia Cooperative Fishery Research Unit, Department of Fisheries and Wildlife
Sciences, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Blackburg, Virginia 24061.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 167-175

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

reference citation. Species not figured in Ross (1944) are followed by a
reference to an illustration of the male genitalia. The classification scheme
follows that of Wiggins (1977), and species and genera within families are
arranged alphabetically.

Rhyacophilidae

Rhvacophila acutiloba Morse and Ross; Morse and Ross, 1971. May, June; (3,16,20,21 ).

R. 'atrata Banks; Ross, 1938a. May, June; (3,8,16,20).

R. Carolina Banks; Schmid, 1970. June to October; (3,4,5,8,11,16,18,19,20,21).

R. carpenteri Milne; Schmid, 1970. Milne 1936.

R.fuscula (Walker). May to September; (2,3,5,8,9,16,18,19,21).

R. glaberrima Ulmer. July, August; (13,16,20,21).

R. invaria (Walker); Schmid, 1970. June, July; (19,20,21).
*R. melita Ross; Ross, 1938b. May, June; (20).

R. minor Banks; Ross, 1956 (as minora). May, June; (8,16,20).

R. nigrita Banks; Schmid, 1970. May, June; (20,21,28).

R. torva Hagen; Schmid, 1970. Denning 1948b.

R. vibox Milne, June; (19).
*R. vuphipes Milne; Schmid, 1970. August; (2)

Glossosomatidae

Agapetus iridis Ross. June; (13,18)
*A.pinatus Ross; Ross, 1938b. June to August; (16,18,20,21).

A. rossi Denning; Leonard and Leonard, 1949. June; (10,13).
*Glossosoma lividum (Hagen); Ross, 1956. July, August; (2,16,20).
*G. nigrior Banks; Denning, 1942 (as Eomvstra unica). April to October; (3,10,16,17,18,

20,21).

*Protoptila maculata (Hagen). June to August; (1,2,6,7,8,10,15).
*P. palina Ross. August; (7)

Hydroptilidae

Agraylea multipunctata Curtis. June to September; (1,3,6,8,15,17,18,22.24).
*Dibusa angata Ross. June; (16,20).
*Orthotrichia aegerfasciella (Chambers); Ross, 1944 (as americana). July; (25).

Philopotamidae

*Chimarra aterrima Hagen. June to August; (3,7,8,13,14,16,18,19,20,24,31).

*C. obscura (Walker). June to September; (2,3,6,7,10,1 1,12,13,14,16,18,23,24).

*C. soda Hagen. June to August; (16,20).

*Dolophilodes distinctus (Walker); Ross, 1944 (as trentonius). January to December;

(2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10,12,14,16,17,18,19,20,21,24).
*Wormaldia moesta (Banks); Ross, 1944 (as Dolophilus). May to July; (20).

Psychomyiidae

*Lype diversa (Banks). June to August; (7,18,20,31).

*Psychomyia nomada (Ross). June to September; (2,3,7,8,10,17,18,20).

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 169

Polycentropodidae

*Cernotina spicala Ross. July; (20).

*Neureclipsis crepuscularis (Walker). June to August; (2,20,21 ).

N. timesis Denning. Denning 1948c.

Nyctiophylax affinis (Banks); Morse, 1972. June to August; (10,1 1,18,20,23).

N. moestus Banks; Ross, 1944 (as vestitus). June, July; (7,18,19).

Phylocentropus hansoni Root. Root 1965.

*P. lucidus (Hagen). May to August; (5,12,13,18,20,25).
*P. placidus (Banks). June to August; (7.8,1 1,12,18,20,23).
*Polycentropus albipunctus (Banks); Ross, 1938a. June to August; (18,20).
*P. aureolus (Banks). June; (11).

P. cinereus Hagen. June to August; (3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12,16,18,20,21,24).

P.clinei( Milne); Denning, 1956. Milne 1936.
*P. confusus Hagen. June to August; (3,4,7,9,18,20).

P. crassicornis Walker. June, July; (13, ,18, 19).
*P. elarus Ross, June, July; (4,5,8,19,25).
*P. flams Banks. June. July; (8,9).

P. grellus (Milne); Ross, 1938b. Milne 1936.
*P. iculus Ross; Ross, 194 la. June to August; (1920).

P. interruptus (Banks). June, July; (3,8,9,16,18,20,23).
*P. maculatus Banks, June to August; (5,7,19,20,25).
*P. pixi Ross. June; (20).
*P. remotus Banks. June to August; (5,7.17.18,20).

Hydropsychidae

*Aphropsyche doringa (Milne); Ross, 1944 (as aprilis). June; (19).

*Cheumatopsyche campvla Ross. June to August; (1,3,6,7,8,10,12.16,18,20,21,22.24).

*C. gracilis (Banks); Gordon, 1974. June, July; (3,9,12,13,14,20,21).

C. halima Denning; Gordon, 1974. June to August; (4,8,12,13,14,16,18,19,20,21,24.25).
*C. minuscula (Banks). June, July; (18,20,21,23).

C. pasella Ross. May to August; (1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10,1 1,12, 13. 14,15. 16. 17. 18, 19.20,21.-
23, 25).

C. pettiti( Banks); Ross, 1944 (as analis). June to September; (2,3,7,8,10,12,13,14,16,18,
20,21.26,31).

C pinaca Ross; Gordon, 1974. June to August; (3,8,13,14,16,18,19,20,21,24).
*C. wrighti Ross; Gordon, 1974. June. July; (20).

Diplectrona modesta Banks. July, August; (4,5,7,8,12,16,18,20).
*Hydropsyche betteni Ross. June to August; (3,12,16,17,18,20,26,29,31 ).
*H. bronta Ross. June to August; (3,12,16,17,18,20,26,30).

H. impula Denning. Denning 1948a.

*H. morosa Hagen. June to August; (2,3,6,8,9,12,16,18,20,21,26)
*H. phalerata Hagen. June to August; (1,2,3,6,8,10,12,13,15,18,23).
*//. recurvala Banks. May to July; (6,20).
*H. riola Denning; Denning. 1942. May, June; (20)
*H. slossonae Banks. June to October; (3,8.16,20,21).

*//. sparna Ross. May to October; ( 1,2,3,4,5,7,8,9,10,12,13,14,15,16,18,19.20,24).
*//. ventura Ross; Ross, 194 la. June; (8,20).
*//. walkeri Betten and Mosely. June, July; (2,20).
*Macronema zebratum (Hagen). June to August; (2,6,10).

Parapsyche apicalis (Banks); Milne and Milne, 1938. May, June; (12.20).

170 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Phryganeidae

Agrypnia glacialis Hagen, Johnson 1930.

A. vestita (Walker), July, August; (10,16,20).
Banksiola calva Banks; Wiggins, 1956. Banks 1943.

B. concatenate (Walker); Wiggins, 1956. June; (12)

B. crotchi Banks; Ross, 1944 (as selina). June to August; (7,10,12,18,19,20,24).

B. dossuaria (Say); Wiggins, 1956. June to August; (4,5,9,13,16,18,19,20,23).

B. sm ithi Banks; Wiggins, 1956. Banks 1951.

Oligostomis ocelligera (Walker). Betten 1934.

O. pardalis (Walker); Ross, 1944 (as Eubasilissa). Wiggins 1977.

Phryganea cinera Walker. Betten 1934.

P. sayi Milne. June to August; (10,18)

Ptilostomis angustipennis (Hagen). Betten 1934.

P. ocelli/era (Walker). June to August; (3,6,7,8,9,12,13,17,18,19,24).

P. postica (Walker). August; (11).

P. semifasciata (Say). June to August; (7,13,16,18,20).

Brachycentridae

Brachycentrus numerosus (Say). Flint 1966.
*Micrasema charonis Banks. June to August; (18,20).

M. rusticum (Hagen). Denning 1948c.
*M. sprulesi Ross, 1941 a. May; (20).
*M. wataga Ross. June; (18).

Sericostomatidae

Agarodes distincta Ulmer; Ross and Scott, 1974. June; (23).
A. grisea Banks. June; (13,18,19).

Odontoceridae

Psilotreta hansoni Denning; Denning, 1948c. June; (8).
*P. frontalis Banks. June, July; (5,12,20).
*P. labida Ross. May, June; (20).

Molannidae

*Molanna blenda Sibley, June, July; (8,13,19,20).
*M. musetta Betten. June to September; (20).
*M. tryphena Betten. June, July; (16,20).
*M. uniophila Vorhies. August; (31).

Helicopsychidae

*Helicopsyche borealis (Hagen). June to August; (2,16,17,20,21).

Calamoceratidae
*Heteroplectron americanum (Walker); Betten, 1934 (as Ganonema nigrum). June; ( 16,20).

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 171

Leptoceridae

*Ceraclea ancylus (Vorhies); Ross, 1944 (as Athripsodes). June, July; (20).
*C. cancellata (Betten); Ross, 1944 (as Athripsodes). June; (6,9,12,16,20,21).
*C excisa (Morton); Morse, 1975. June; (20).

*C. maculata (Banks); Ross. 1 944 (as Athripsodes transversus). June to August; (1,3,6,7,8.
10,15,17,18,23,24).

C ruthae (Flint); Morse, 1975. June to August; (3,4,9,18,20).
*C. tarsipunctata (Vorhies); Ross, 1944 (as Athripsodes). June to August; (1,3,4,6,7,8,10,

11.12,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,23,24).

*C. transversa (Hagen); Ross, \944(asArthripsodesangustus). June to August; ( 18,20,21 ).
*Leptocerus americanus (Banks). July; (7,16,20).

Mystacides longicornis (Linnaeus). Yamamoto and Wiggins 1964.

M. sepulchralis (Walker). June to September; (2,16,18,20,21,24).

Nectopsyche albida (Walker); Betten and Mosley, 1940. Haddock 1977.

N. pavida (Hagen); Ross, (as Leptocella). July; (18).
*Oecetis avara (Banks). June to August; (1,2,7,8,10,11,13,14,15,19,20,22).

O. cinerascens (Hagen). June to September; (1,2,3,7,11,12,15,16,20,21,22,23).
*O. ditissa Ross; Ross, 1966. August; (3,7,18).

O. inconspicua( Walker). June to September; (1,2. 3,4,5,6,7,8,9, 10, 11. 12, 13, 14,1 5, 17. 18.
19,22,23,24,25).

O. osteni Milne. June to September; (7,11,20,23).

*O. persimilis (Banks). June to September; (2,3,4,6,7,8,10,13,16,18,20).
*Setodes incerta (Walker). July, August; (16,20).

Triaenodes aba Milne. Ross 1944.

T. ignita (Walker). June, July; ( 18,20).
*T. inflexa Morse; Morse, 1971. July to September; (20)
*T. injusta (Hagen). June to August; (10,18).
*T. marginata Sibley. June, July; (13,20).
*T. nox Ross; Ross, 194 la. June to August; (18,20).
*T. tarda Milne. June, August; (7).

Lepidostomatidae

Lepidostoma americanum (Banks); Ross, 1946. July, August; (7,18,20).
*L. bryanti (Banks); Leonard and Leonard, 1949. June; (8,13,19,20).

L. costalis (Banks); Ross, 1946. August,September; (20).

L. frosti (Milne);Ross, 1946. July, August; (8,19,20).

L. griseum (Banks); Ross, 1946. Flint and Wiggins 1961.
*L. latipennis (Banks); Ross, 1946. August, September; (20,21).
*L. lydia Ross; Ross. 1939. June; (8,19).
*L. Ontario Ross; Ross, 194 la. June; (13,20).

L. prominens (Banks); Ross, 1938a. Denning 1949.

L. reosa Denning; Denning, 1954. June; (20).

L. sackeni (Banks), Flint and Wiggins 1961.

L. sommermanae Ross. Flint and Wiggins 1961.

L. swannanoa Ross; Ross, 1939. April to June; (2,3,19,20,21 ).
*L. togatum (Hagen); Betten, 1934. June to August; (3,20).

L. vernalis (Banks). Flint and Wiggins, 1961. May to August; (13,20).

1 72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Limnephilidae

Anabolia bimaculata (Walker); Ross, 1944 (as Limnephilus). July, August; (16,19,20).
*A. consocia (Walker); Ross, 1944 (as Limnephilus). August; (18).
*A. sordida Hagen; Ross, 1944 (as Limnephilus). June to August; (13,27).
*Apatania incerta (Banks); Ross, 1938a (as Apatelia). April, May; (20,21).

Asynarchus montanus Banks; Banks, 1920 (as Anabolia curta). Banks 1920.

Frenesia difficilis (Walker); Betten and Mosely, 1940. November; ( 16,20).

F. missa (Milne). November; (20).
Glyphopsyche irrorata (Fabricius). May; (20).

Goera calcarata Banks; Ross, 1947. June to August; (4,18,20,21).
G.fuscula Banks; Ross, 1947. Flint 1960.

G. stylata Ross. June; (8).

Hydatophylax argus (Harris); Betten, 1934. June; (3,16,20).

Ironoquia par\<ula (Banks); Schmid, 1951. Flint 1958.

/. punctatissima (Walker). August, September; (16,18,20).

Lenarchus crassus Banks; Ross and Merkley, 1952. Banks 1920.

Limnephilus indivisus Walker. June to August; (2,12,20).
*L. moestus Banks. June, July; (6,9,13,14,16,20).

L. ornatus Banks. Ross 1944.
*L. rhombicus (Linnaeus). August; (13).

L. sericeus (Say). August, September; (13,20).

L. submonilifer Walker. June to September; (8).

Nemotaulius host His (Hagen); Betten, 1 934 (as Glyphotaelius). June to August; (8, 1 1 ,20).

Neophylax concinnus McLachlan; Ross, 1944 (as autumnus). September; (20,21).

N. consimilis Betten; Betten, 1934. August to October; (16,20).
*N. fuscus Banks. September, October; (20).

N. nacatus Denning; Denning, 1941. Denning 1948c.
*N. oligius Ross; Ross, 1938b. August, September; (20).
*Onocosmoecus quadrinotatus (Banks); Banks, 1943 (as Dicosmoecus). September; (20).

Platvcentropus indistinctus (Walker); Betten, 1934. Banks 1943.

P. radiatus (Say). June to September; (7,16,18,19,20,23).

*Pseudostenophvlax sparsus (Banks); Ross, 1944 (as Drusinus virginicus). June to August
(8,9,12,13,19,20).

P. uniform is (Betten); Ross, 1944 (as Drusinus). June, July; (12,13,19).

Pycnopsyche aglona Ross; Betten, 1950. Ross 1941b.

P. circulars (Provancher); Betten, 1950. September; (20).

P. divergens (Walker); Betten, 1950. August; (13).

P. gentilis (McLachlan); Betten, 1950. August to October; (3,13,16,20).

P. guttifer (Walker). August to October; (3,7,16,18,20,21,24).
*P. lepida (Hagen). July to September; (16,18,20).
*P. limbata (McLachlan); Betten, 1950. September; (20).

P. luculenta (Betten). August, September; (16,20).

P. scabripennis (Rambur); Betten, 1950. July to September; (2,3,6,7,8,13,16,18,20,21).

P. subfasciata (Say). Betten 1950.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

173

Table 1. List of sampling sites and their location in the study area.

Franklin County Hampshire County (Cont.)

1 Connecticut River, Sunderland 16
and Whately.

2 Deerfield River, Deerfield and 17
Greenfield. 18

3 Sawmill River, Leverett. 19

4 Spaulding Brook, Leverett. 20

5 Roaring Brook, Leverett. 21

6 Sugarloaf Brook, South Deerfield 22

7 Atkins Reservoir, Shutesbury. 23

8 Sunderland Reservoir, Sunderland 24

9 Lake Wyola, Shutesbury 25

10 Cranberry Pond, Sunderland

1 1 Leverett Pond, Leverett.

12 North Mountain Road Pond,
Sunderland. 26

13 Sunderland Hatchery, Sunderland 27

14 Mohawk Brook, Sunderland 28

29

Hampshire County 30

31

15 Connecticut River, Northampton
and Hatfield.

West Branch, Westfield River,
Huntington.

Mill River, Amherst and Hadley.
Cushman Brook, Amherst.
Amethyst Brook, Pelham.
Factory Brook, Middlefield.
Walker Brook, Chester
Lake Warner, Hadley.
Arcadia Lake, Belchertown.
Factory Hollow Pond, Amherst.
Echo Hill Pond, Amherst.

Berkshire County

Green River, Hancock.
Notch Brook, North Adams.
Anonymous brook. Savoy.
Bogastow Brook, Millis.
Mauserts Pond, Williamstown.
Bog Pond, Savoy.

Fig. 1 . Location of sampling stations for Trichoptera in western Massachusetts.

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am indebted to Dr. O.S. Flint, Jr., Smithsonian Institution for confirming many of the
species identifications and Dr. J.C. Morse, Clemson University, for reviewing the manuscript.
Field assistance was provided by Dan Wade, Kirby Gilmore, Fran Stone, and Larry Enoch.
The Massachusetts and Virginia Cooperative Fishery Research Units provided laboratory
space and facilities.

LITERATURE CITED

Banks, N. 1892. A synopsis, catalogue, and bibliography of the neuropteroid insects of
temperate North America. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 19:327-373.

. 1920. New neuropteroid insects. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull. 64:297-362.

1943. Notes and descriptions of Nearctic Trichoptera. Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool.

Bull. 92:341-369.

_ 1 95 1 . Notes on some New England Phryganeidae (Trichoptera). Psyche 58:20-

23.
Betten, C. 1934. The caddis flies or Trichoptera of New York state. N.Y. State Mus. Bull.

292:1-576.
1950. The genus Pvcnopsvche( Trichoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 43:508-

522.
and M.E. Moseley. 1940. The Francis Walker types of Trichoptera in the British

Museum. British Museum, London. 248 pp.
Denning, D.G. 1 94 1 . Descriptions and notes of new and little known species of Trichoptera.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 34:195-203.
1942. Description of new Trichoptera from the U.S. Can. Entomol. 74:46-

51.

1948a. New species of Trichoptera. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 41:397-401.

1 948b. A review of the Rhyacophilidae (Trichoptera). Can. Entomol. 80:97-

117.

1948c. Descriptions of eight new species of Trichoptera. Bull. Brooklyn

Entomol. Soc. 43:119-129.

1949. New and little known species of caddis flies. Am. Midi. Nat. 42:1 12-

122.

1954. New species of Lepidostoma. Pan-Pac. Entomol. 30:187-194.

1956. Several new species of western Trichoptera. Pan-Pac. Entomol.

32:73-80.

Flint, O.S., Jr. 1958. The larva and terrestrial pupa of Ironquia parvula (Trichoptera,
Limnephilidae). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 66:59-62.

1960. Taxonomy and biology of Nearctic limnephilid larvae (Trichop-
tera), with special reference to species in eastern United States. Entomol. Am. 40:1-120.
. 1 966. Notes on certain Nearctic Trichoptera in the Museum of Com-

parative Zoology. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 118:373-389.

and G.B. Wiggins. 1961. Records and descriptions of North American

species in the genus Lepidostoma, with a revision of the vernalis group (Trichoptera:

Lepidostomatidae). Can. Entomol. 93:279-297.
Gordon, A.E. 1974. A synopsis and phylogenetic outline of the Nearctic members of

Cheumatopsyche. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 126:117-160.
Haddock, J.D. 1977. The biosystematics of the caddis fly genus Nectopsyche in North

America with emphasis on the aquatic stage. Am. Midi. Nat. 98:382-421.
Johnson, C.W. 1930. A list of the insect fauna of Nantucket, Massachusetts. Nantucket

Mitchell Assoc. 3:70.

Vol. 90, No. 4. October 1979 175

Leonard, J.W., and F.A. Leonard. 1 949. Noteworthy records of caddis flies from Michigan.

with descriptions of new species. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 520:1-8.
Milne, L.J. 1936. Studies in North American Trichoptera. Part 3:56-128.
and M.J. Milne. 1938. The Arctopsychidae of continental America north of

Mexico (Trichoptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 33:97-110.
Morse, J.C. 1971. New caddisflies (Trichoptera) from the southeastern United States. J.

Ga. Entomol. Soc. 6:77-84.

1972. The genus Nvctiophvlax in North America. J.Kansas Entomol. Soc.

45:172-181.

1975. A phylogeny and revision of the caddisfly genus Ceraclea (Trichoptera,

Leptoceridae). Contrib. Am. Entomol. Inst. 11:1-97.
and H.H. Ross. 1971. Two new species of Rhyacophila from eastern North

America. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 44:403-405.

Root, D.W. 1965. A new northeastern caddisfly species of the genus Phylocentropus
(Trichoptera: Psych .yiidae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 59:85-87.

Ross, H.H. 1938a. Lectotypes of North American caddis flies in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology. Psyche 45:1-61.

1 938b. Descriptions of Nearctic caddis flies (Trichoptera) with special reference

to the Illinois species. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21(4):101-183.

1939. New species of Trichoptera from the Appalachian Region. Proc. Wash.

Entomol. Soc. 41:65-72.
194 la. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera. Trans. Am.

Entomol. Soc. 67:35-126.

1941b. New species of Trichoptera from Canada and northern United States.

Can. Entomol. 73:15-19.
1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.

23(l):l-326.

1 946. A review of the Nearctic Lepidostomatidae (Trichoptera). Ann. Entomol.

Soc. Am. 39:265-291.
1947. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera, with synoptic

notes. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 73:125-168.
1956. Evolution and classification of the mountain caddisflies. Univ. Illinois

Press, Urbana. 213 pp.

_ 1 966. Two new species of Oecetis occuring in eastern North American (Trichop-

era, Leptoceridae). Trans. 111. Acad. Sci. 59:11-14.

.and D.R. Merkley. 1952. An annotated key to the Nearctic males of

Limnephilus (Trichoptera, Limnephilidae). Am. Midi. Nat. 47:435-455.

.and D.C. Scott. 1974. A review of the caddisfly genus Agarodes, with

descriptions of new species (Trichoptera: Sericostomatidae). J. Ga. Entomol. Soc. 9:147-

155.
Schmid, F. 1 95 1 . Le genre Ironoquia Bks. (Trichopt. Limnophilid. ) Mitt. Schweiz. Entomol.

Ges. 24:317-328.
1970. Le genre Rhyacophila el la famille des Rhyacophilidae (Trichoptera). Mem.

Entomol. Soc. Can. 66:1-230.
Wiggins, G.B. 1956. A revision of the North American caddisfly genus Banksiola

(Trichoptera: Phryganeidae). Contrib. Roy. Ont. Mus. Zool. Palaeont. 43:1-12.
1977. Larvae of the North American caddisfly genera (Trichoptera). Univ.

Toronto Press, Toronto. 401 pp.
Yamamoto, T., and G.B. Wiggins. 1964. A comparative study of the North American

species in the caddisfly genus Mvslacides (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae). Can. J. Zool.

42:1105-1126.

176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW STATE RECORD OF FISHFLY NIGRONIA

SERRICORNIS (SAY) IN ALABAMA

(MEGALOPTERArCORYDALIDAE) 1 , 2

Joseph F. Scheiring 3

The fishfly Nigronia serricornis (Say) is reported for the first time from
Alabama. Previously, TV. serricornis has been reported from 25 states east
of the Rocky Mountains including Tennessee, Georgia, Florida, and
Louisana in the southeastern United States (Tarter et al., 1976). Approxi-
mately 362 larvae were taken from several localities in Cheaha Creek
(T18S, R7E, Sec 15) and Three Mile Creek (T18S, R7E, Sec 22) in
Talledaga National Forrest (Clay Co.) from November of 1 976 to January
of 1979, and from several localities in Little Yellow Creek (T20S, R9W,
Sec 4, Tuscaloosa Co.) from September of 1977 to April of 1979. The
larvae were found in fast flowing, rocky streams having good water quality.
Larvae were collected in all months of the year with the highest density
being found from May through July and the lowest from February through
April. Prior to this state record, only one lotic fishfly, N.fasciatus (Walker)
collected in Clay Co., has been reported from Alabama (Tarter et al.,
1976).

I have not found larvae of N. serricornis in coastal plain streams in
Alabama. This situation was also reported in Georgia by Caldwell (1976).
Tarter et al., (1976) stated that the larvae are inhabitants of streams with
high to intermediate gradients. Knight and Siegfried (1977), however,
reported that TV. serricornis occurred on a wide variety of substrates in
numerous types of lotic habitats in Michigan, and Caldwell (1976) noted
that it was found in limestone sink areas in the Florida panhandle.

I would like to thank H. Boschung, P. O'Neill, and J. Williams for the
Clay County specimens and T. Russo and A. Cole for some of the
Tuscaloosa County specimens. The many useful comments of S. Harris
and T. Connell on an earlier draft of this note are appreciated. Voucher
specimens have been placed in The University of Alabama Aquatic Insect
Collection. This study was supported, in part, by grant no. 916 from The
University of Alabama Research Grants Committee.

LITERATURE CITED

Caldwell, B.A. 1976. The distribution of Nigronia serricornis and Nigronia fasciatus in

Georgia and water quality parameters associated with the larvae (Megaloptera: Corydalidae)

Bull. Georgia Acad. Sci. 34:24-30.
Knight, A.W. and C.A. Siefried. 1977. The distribution of Corydalus cornutus (L.) and

Nigronia serricornis (Say) (Megaloptera: Corydalidae) in Michigan. Great Lakes

Entomol. 10:39-46.
Tarter, D.C. W.D. Watkins, M.L. Little, and J.T. Goodwin. 1976. New State records of

fishflies(Megaloptera: Corydalidae). Ent. News 87:223-228.

deceived May 29, 1979.

Contribution number 24 from the Aquatic Biology Program, The University of Alabama.

3 Ecology and Systematics Section, Department of Biology, The University of Alabama,
Tuscaloosa, AL 35486.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 176

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 177

DISTRIBUTION OF AQUATIC DRYOPOIDEA
(COLEOPTERA) IN MAINE 1

Terry M. Mingo 2

ABSTRACT: The distribution of aquatic dryopoid species in Maine is presented. Observa-
tions on distribution and habitat are summarized and mechanisms affecting distribution are
discussed. Eight species are reported from the state for the first time.

Aquatic Dryopoidea are represented in Maine by four families:
Elmidae, Dryopidae, Psephenidae, and Ptilodactylidae. Species belonging
to these families form a characteristic element of the freshwater benthic
fauna, particularly along actively flowing systems (LeSage and Harper
1975). Many species are sensitive to a variety of pollutants and are thus
important as water quality indicators (Finni and Skinner 1975).

Eighteen dryopoid species have been reported from Maine by Brown
(1972), Brown and Murvosh (1974), Brown and White (1978), Mingo,
Courtemanch, and Gibbs (in press), Mingo (1978), and White (1978).
However, the superfamily has received little attention in the state and
comprehensive studies are lacking.

The present study was undertaken to examine the distribution of aquatic
dryopoid beetles in Maine.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

Field collections were made from 160 locations. Primary sampling
emphasis was placed on small streams and rivers having stony substrates
using techniques described by Brown ( 1 972). Large, deep rivers are poorly
represented in this study due to sampling difficulty. Deliberate attempts
were made to collect specimens from riffle areas, aquatic vegetation
(including mosses) and submerged, decaying wood. Specimens bearing
encrustations were cleaned with concentrated hydrochloric acid and by
brushing with a fine, camel-hair paint brush as described by Brown (1972)
and Hilsenhoff (1973). All specimens were preserved in the field in 70%
ethanol.

Species identifications were made using keys by Brown ( 1 972), Hilsen-
hoff (1973), and White (1978). Voucher specimens are on deposit in the
aquatic insect collection at the Department of Entomology, University of
Maine at Orono.

deceived April 25, 1979

2 Department of Entomology, University of Maine, Orono, ME. 04469

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 177-185

178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RESULTS

The distribution of species collected during this study is presented in
Figures 1-4. Observations on distribution and habitat are summarized in
Table I. Species not previously reported from Maine are preceeded by an
asterisk.

DISCUSSION

In a study of the aquatic Dryopidea of Quebec, LeSage and Harper
(1975) observed that the distribution of species was controlled by two
factors: latitude and geologic formation. The influence of latitude was
expressed as a decrease in the number of species from south to north. All
species collected (3 1 ) occurred in the general area of the 45th parallel while
only two persisted beyond the 50th.

A similar effect was observed for Maine species. With the exception of
one, all species (27) occurred in an area generally approximating the 45th
parallel. This number decreased in the northern extremes of the state
(approximately the 47th parallel) where only 10 species were collected.

LeSage and Harper (1975) also noted that Quebec could be divided into
three general regions based on the underlying geologic formation of each.
These regions were: the Laurentian Highlands dominated by Pre-cambrian
shield, the St. Lawrence Lowlands characterized by very old, undisturbed
sedimentary formations, and the Appalachian Region characterized by
greatly deformed metamorphic formations and massive igneous intrusions.
Each region had distinctive water chemistry and contained a unique
dryopoid fauna.

Only the Appalachian Region occurs in Maine. This region encompass-
es the south eastern areas of Quebec and extends eastward to include
Maine, the Maritime provinces and the Gaspe Penninsula. Adjacent to
Quebec, the north western area of Maine is dominated by mountains and
displays considerable variability in elevation. The remainder of the state,
while geologically similar, exhibits greatly reduced topographic variation.

Species collected during this study were placed into one of four groups
depending on their abundance and distribution. The four groups were:
upland species, lowland species, generally distributed species, and rare
species. It is believed that the first two groups reflect the interaction of
latitude and elevation.

Upland Species

Species placed in this category were collected primarily from the
smaller head-water streams of the mountainous areas of northern and
western Maine. Twelve species were taken in this region, however, only two
(Oulimnius latiusculus (LeConte) and Optioservus trivittatus (Brown))

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 179

are considered to be typical of the area.

O. latiusculus was represented in the south eastern and coastal areas of
the state by the collection of single specimens but displayed a marked
increase in abundance toward the mountainous areas of the north west
where it was the most frequently collected member of the superfamily. Due
to this increasing gradient of abundance, O. latiusculus is considered to be
an upland species.

O. trivittatus had a less extensive range by comparison but displayed a
similar gradient of abundance. It was common in the north west and rare in
the south eastern and coastal areas.

Lowland Species

All species except one occurred in the south eastern and coastal areas of
the state. However, only nine species are considered to be typical of the
region. These species include: Ancyronyx variegata (Germar), Dubira-
phia quadrinotata(Say),Dubiraphia minima (Hilsenhoff), Macronychus
glabratus (Say), Promoresia elegans (LeConte), Promoresia lardella
(Fall), Stenelmis concinna (Say, and Stenelmis mera (Sanderson).

The more common species in this group displayed gradients similar to
that of the upland species but with an opposite orientation. Lowland species
were common in the south eastern and coastal areas and rare in the north
western areas.

Generally Distributed Species

Three species (Optioservus ovalis (Le Conte), Ectopria nervosa
(Melsheimer) and Psephenus herricki (DeKay)) were broadly distributed
in the state but did not exhibit distinct gradients of abundance.

O. ovalis was common and frequently collected in most areas of the
state.

E. newosa was collected only as larvae and must therefore be
considered a tentative identification. Specimens of this species were usually
represented in collections by single larvae.

P. herricki was locally abundant but not frequently collected.

Rare Species

Thirteen species exhibited local distributions and were usually repre-
sented in collections by single specimens. These are listed in Table I as rare
species and are included in the previous groups solely on the basis of
geographic location.

A previously undescribed species of Dubiraphia has been collected
(Mingo 1978) and appears to be restricted to a single location. Specimens
have been taken on several occasions and are presently under study.

1 80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

The distribution of dryopoid beetles in Maine appears to be controlled
by the interaction of two factors: latitude and elevation. The role of geologic
formation as described by LeSage and Harper ( 1 975 ) can not be evaluated
as only one major geologic type persists in the state.

The influence of latitude was expressed as a decrease in the number of
species from south to north. All species, except one, occurred in the south
eastern and coastal areas of the state while only 10 occurred in the northern
most extremes.

The influence of latitude and elevation was reflected in two general
distribution types: upland species typical of the north western mountainous
areas, and lowland species typical of the lower elevations of the south
eastern and coastal areas. The more common and widespread species in
each group displayed a decrease in abundance toward the opposite regions.

Undoubtedly further investigation will reveal the presence of additional
species, fill in distributional gaps and increase the ranges reported here.
Eight species are reported from the state for the first time.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to express my thanks and sincere appreciation to Dr. Harley P. Brown for verifying
my determinations. Dr. Howard Y. Forsythe. Jr. and Dr. Eben A. Osgood critically reviewed
the manuscript.

Special thanks to Ms. Jolene Walker for typing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Brown, H.P. 1972. Aquatic dryopoid beetles (Coleoptera) of the United States. Biota of
Freshwater Ecosystems, Identification Manual No. 6. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Washington, D.C. 82 p.

Brown, H.P. and C.M. Murvosh. 1974. A revision of the genus Pscphenus (water penny
beetles) of the United States and Canada (Coleoptera. Dryopoidea. Psephenidae).
Transactions American Entomological Society 100: 289-340.

Brown, H.P. and D.S. White. 1978. Notes on the separation and identification of North
American riffle beetles (Coleoptera: Dryopoidea: Elmidae). Entomological News 89:
1-13.

Finni, G.R. and B.A. Skinner. 1975. The Elmidae and Dryopidae (Coleoptera: Dryopoi-
dea) of Indiana. Journal Kansas Entomological Society 48: 388-95.

Hilsenhoff, W.L. 1973. Notes on Dubiraphia (Coleoptera: Elmidae) with descriptions of
five new species. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 66: 55-61.

LeSage, L. and P.P. Harper. 1975. Les Dryopoides aquatiques de Quebec (Coleopteres).
Annales de la Societe Entomologique du Quebec. 20: 157-168.

Mingo, T.M. 1978. The macroinvertebrate fauna of a Maine salmon river subjected to long-
term multiple pesticide contaminations. M.S. Thesis, University of Maine at Orono.
151 p.

Mingo, T.M., Courtemanch, D.L., and K.E. Gibbs. The aquatic insects of the St. John
River drainage, Aroostook County, Maine. Maine Life Science and Agricultural
Experiment Station Bulletin. (In press).

White, D.S. 1978. A revision of the nearctic Optioservus (Coleoptera: Elmidae), with
descriptions of new species. Systematic Entomology 3: 59-74.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

181

Table I. Distribution and Habitats of Dryopoid Beetles in Maine

Distribution

Habitat

Upland Lowland

General Stream Size

Substrate

Dryopidae

*Helichus basalis LeConte

R

M

Wood

Helichus fastigiatus (Say)

R

M

Wood

*Helichus lithiophilus (Germar)

R

M

Wood, Roots

Elmidae

Ancvrontx variegata (Germar)

C

S

M

L

Wood

Dubiraphia minima Hilsenhoff

C

S

M

L

Vegetation,

Wood, Moss

Dubiraphia quadrinotata (Say)

C

S

M

L

Vegetation,

Wood ,Moss

Dubiraphia vittata (Melsheimer)

R

S

Vegetation

Dubiraphia n. sp.

R

S

Vegetation

Macronychus glabratus (Say)

C

S

M

L

Wood, Roots

Microcylloepus pulillus LeConte

R

M

Wood

*Microceylleopus p. pitsillis LeConte

R

M

Wood

Optioservus avails LeConte

C S

M

L

Gravel, Stones

Optioservus trivittatus (Brown) C

S

M

L

Gravel, Stones

Oulimnius latiusculus (LeConte) C

S

M

L

Sand, Gravel

Promoresia clcgans (LeConte)

C

S

M

L

Vegetation.

Gravel, Stones

Promorcsia tardclla (Fall)

C

S

M

L

Vegetation.

Moss, Gravel,

Stones

*Stemelmis concinna Sanderson

C

S

M

L

Sand, Gravel,

Stones

Stenelmis crenata (Say)

C

S

M

L

Wood, Gravel,

Stones, Rubble

Stenelmis bicarinata LeConte R

L

Stones, Rubble

*Stcnelmis markcli Motschulsky

R

S

M

L

Wood, Sand. Gravel

Stenelmis nu-ra Sanderson

C

S

M

L

Gravel, Stones,

Rubble

*Stenelmis mirabilis Sanderson

R

S

Gravel, Stones

*Stenclmis tnusgrarci Sanderson

R

S

Gravel, Stones

*Stenelmis sanJersoni Musgrave

R

S

M

Sand, Gravel

Stones

Psephenidae

Ectopria nervosa (Melsheimer)?

C S

M

L

Wood, Stones,

(larvae only)

Rubble

Psephenus herricki (DeKay)

,

C S

M

L

Wood, Stones,

Rubble

Ptilodactylidae

Anchytarsus bicolor (Melsheimer)

R

S

Sand, Gravel

(larvae only

witli Wood

*new state record
?tentative identification

R rare species

C common species

S small streams
M medium streams
L large streams & rivers

182

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

o A. bicolor

H. basal is

A H. fastigiatus

A H. lithophilus

D. quadrinotata
A D. vittata

Figure 1. Distribution of Anchytarsus , Helichus, Ancyronyx, and
Dubiraphia species in Maine.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

183

M. glabratus

M. pusillus
4 M. . pusi llus

Figure 2. Distribution of Hacronychus, Hicrocyl loepus, and Optioservus
species in Maine.

184

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 3. Distribution of Oulimnius, Promoresia, and Stenelmis species
in Maine.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

185

A S . mirabilis
o 55. musgravei
A S. sandersoni

Figure 4. Distribution of Stenelmis , Ectopria and Psephenus species
in Maine.

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

ESSENTIAL INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY, 2nd ed. M.S. Laverack & J. Dando.
Halsted Press, John Wiley & Sons. 1979. 194 pp. Ppbk. 8 1 /4 x 9 1 A. Illus. $12.95.
Intended as a text for an introductory course on invertebrate phyla. Authors have attempted to
condense known material on body form and organ functions of animals into a very concise
form, so much so that Insecta is treated only briefly as a class and insect orders are completely
omitted. Well illustrated.

ARTHROPOD PHYLOGENY WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO INSECTS. H.

Bruce Boudreauz. John Wiley & Sons. 1979. 320 pp. $21.50.

Based on a course in entomology the author has taught for the past twenty years, this is a well
organized text on the nature and origin of arthropods and insects. This book should be of real
value in courses on insect evolution and phylogeny.

THE PREPARATION AND CURATION OF INSECTS. Annette K. Walker& Trevor
K. Crosby, New Zealand Dep't. of Scientific & Industrial Research (DSIR) and Ent. Soc. of
New Zealand. 1979 55 pp. $2.50. Obtain copies from Science Info. Div., DSIR, PO Box
9741, Wellington, N.Z. or Mrs. B.M. May, Distrib. Sec., Ent. Soc. of N.Z., 6 Ocean View
Road, Huia, Auckland, N.Z.

This booklet explains methods and techniques for preparaing insects for an insect collection
and how the collection should be curated and managed.

THE SEMIAQUATIC AND AQUATIC HEMIPTERA OF CALIFORNIA. Bulletin
of the California Insect Survey, Vol. 21. Arnold S. Menke, ed. Univ. of California Press.
1979. 166 pp. Ppbk. 8 1 A x 1 1. $16.00.

This manual is essentially an improved and updated treatment of Chapter 7 on Aquatic
Hemiptera in Aquatic Insets of California, 1956, R.L. Usinger, ed.

A SURVEY OF THE LEPIDOPTERA, BIOGEOGRAPHY AND ECOLOGY OF

NEW CALEDONIA. Series Entomologica vol. 15. J.D. Halloway. Dr. W. Junk B. V. 1 979.

588 pp.--685.35.

A quantitative survey of the night-flying macrolepidoptera and an assessment of the Rhopalo-

cera and microlepidoptera of New Caledonia, together with reviews of the geology,

phytogeography and general zoogeography as background for the Lepidoptera fauna and its

geography.

SOCIAL INSECTS. Vol. 1 Henry R. Hermann, ed.. Academic Press. 1979. 437 pp.

$36.00.

First of a three-volume treatise intended to collate the works of modern researchers working in

the field of insect sociobiology. Vol. 1 incorporates modern theory with certain concepts of

insect sociality, particularly through genetic, behavioral and evolutionary pathways..

BUMBLEBEE ECONOMICS. Bernd Heinrich. Harvard Univ. Press. 1979. 245 pp. 2 pis.

$17.50.

Survival for the bumble bee depends, in part, on its ability to regulate body temperature

through a complex energy exchange. It is this management of energy resources around which

the author centers his discussion of physiology, behavior, and ecological interaction. Using

bumblebees as the biological model, the central theme of this book is economics based on

energetics.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 187

TWO NEW SUBGENERA AND THREE NEW

SPECIES OF POLANA (HOMOPTERA:

CICADELLIDAE) FROM

PERU AND COLUMBIA 1

Dwight M. DeLong 2

ABSTRACT: Two new subgenera, Polana subgenus Striapona and subgenus Validapona,
and three new species, P. (Striapona) desela n. sp. (Peru), P. (Validapona) lamina n. sp.
(Colombia) and P. (Nihilana) quadrina n. sp. (Colombia), are described.

The genus Polana was described by DeLong (1942). A synopsis of
Polana treating 87 species was published by DeLong and Freytag(1972).
Two additional species have been described by DeLong and Wolda ( 1978).
Two new subgenera and three new species are described at this time.

Subgenus Striapona, n. subgen.
Type- Species Polana (Stiapona) desela, n. sp.

Crown produced, apex bluntly, roundly, angled margin thick, bluntly angled with front.
Ocelli nearer anterior than posterior margin of crown and closer to eyes than to median line.
Crown depressed behind thick anterior margin. Coronal margin, entire crown and central
portion of pronotum marked wiih conspicuous, often deeply cut, transverse striae. Basal
processes of male aedeagus quite broad.

The subgenus Striapona is closely related to the subgenus Bohernan-
ella but the head is entirely different, crown more produced, with thicker
margin and aedeagal processes different.

Polana (Striapona) desela, n. sp.
(Figs. 1-6)

Length of male 10mm, female unknown. Crown produced and rounded, twice as wide
between eyes at base as median length. Ocelli nearer anterior than posterior margin and nearer
to proximal eye than to median line. Crown depressed behind thick margin, bluntly angled with
front. Coronal margin, entire crown and median portion of crown, especially disc, marked
with conspicuous, often deep transverse striae. Color, face dark brown; crown dark brown to
black. Pronotum pale brown, basal margin black, a large oval spot on disc dark brown, opaque,
veins scarcely visible.

Genitalia of male with plates two and one-half times as long as median width, apices
bluntly angled. Style with blade slightly narrowed on ventral margin near base, apex narrow
and slightly recurved at tip. Aedeagal shaft rather short and robust, apex curved ventrally, tip
rounded; basal processes rather broad, extending to apex of aedeagal shaft, apices in ventral
view bluntly angled. Pygofer with caudal margin broad, rounded.

Holotype male, Iquitos Peru, XI., 1920 in the DeLong Collection.

deceived April 30, 1979.

2 Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 187-190

188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Subgenus Validapona, n. subgen.
Type-species Polana (Validapona) lamina, n. sp.

Head narrow, crown broadly rounded, almost parallel margined, scarcely produced, twice
as broad at base between eyes as median length. Ocelli slightly nearer anterior than posterior
margin of crown, twice as distant from median line as from proximal eye. Margin thick, but not
rounded, dorsally as in Polana. Apical portion of aedeagal shaft with broad laminae extending
laterally, aedeagus without basal processes. Pygofer with a long spear-like process, arising at
base,extending ventrally, then caudally, along ventral margin to apex of pygofer.

Validapona is intermediate between Curtara and Polana. Viewed from
above it appears related to Curtara; and from a lateral view, it appears as a
Polana. The narrow head is more like species of Polana.

Polana (Validapona) lamina, n. sp.
(Figs. 7-12)

Length of male 1 3 mm, female unknown. Crown broad, rounded, almost parallel margined,
twice as wide between eyes at base as median length. Ocelli closer to eyes than to median line.
Crown without definite margin. Color crown pale, brown, darker brown at center. Pronotum
pale brown with darker brown spots across basal area, a dark brown area on disc and apical
margin dark brown. Scutellum brown with darker brown angles. Forewings white, heavily
mottled with dark brown spots, veins brown.

Male genitalia with plates four times as long as median width, apices rounded. Style with
apical portion of blade narrowed and curled. Aedeagal shaft narrowed, blunt at apex with thin
scleritized plates extending laterally from apical portion of shaft. Continuous plate on apical
third of ventral surface; two dorsal plates extend laterally from dorsal surface. Pygofer tapered
and bluntly angled at apex, long slender sclerotized process arising on cephalad margin each
side, extending ventrally then caudally beyond apex of pygofer.

Holotype male, Colombia, Choco Dept., Camp Teresita, April 1967, in the DeLong
Collection.

Polana (Nihilana) quadrina, n. sp.
(Figs. 13-17)

Length of male 9.5 mm., female unknown. Crown more than twice as wide between eyes at
base than median length. Ocelli closer to eyes than to median line and closer to anterior margin
than to base of crown. Color, clypeus and postclypeus pale brown. Crown, pronotum, and
scutellum pale brown, caudal portion of pronotum and basal angles of scutellum darkerbrown.
Forewings brown with two transverse rows, of 4 spots each, across wings. First row across
middle of clavus with two spots on commissure and one spot on anterior portion of each discal
cell. Second row across apex of clavus with two spots on commissure and one on caudal cross
vein of each discal cell; veins brown.

Male plates broad, twice as long as median width, apices narrow and rounded. Style
gradually narrowing from one-third its length to a narrow, bluntly pointed, dorsally curved
apex; blade serrate on ventral margin of median third. Aedeagal shaft bluntly pointed at apex
with two blunt subapical portions curving and contiguous beyond apex. A bifid lateral process
arising from each subapical process curving laterad and basad. Each lateral process bifad near
base; caudad portion one-fourth length of basad portion and extending laterally; basal portion
extending basad. Pygofer with a spine-like process arising dorsally, extending basad more than
half width of pygofer, subapically enlarged, apex narrow, pointed.

Holotype male labeled "Colombia, 1941 (L. Richter)" in the North Carolina State
University collection.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

189

Figs. 1 -6 Polana (Striapona) desela, n.sp. 1 . head and pronotum dorsally, 2. style laterally.
3.aedeagus laterally, 4. aedeagus ventrally. 5. plate ventrally, 6. pygofer laterally. Figs. 7-12.
Polana (Validapona) lamina, n.sp. 7. style laterally, 8. plate ventrally. 9. aedeagus laterally,
10. aedeagus ventrally, 1 1 . aedeagus ventrally, apical portion, 1 2. pygofer laterally. Figs. 1 3-
17. Polana (Nihilana) quadrina. n.sp. 13. style laterally, 14. aedeagus laterally, 15.
aedeagus ventrally, 16. plate ventrally, 17. pygofer laterally.

190 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

P. quadrina is related to P. concinna(Sta\). These can be separated by
the characters of the style and aedeagus as illustrated.

LITERATURE CITED

DeLong, Dwight M. 1942. A Monographic Study of the North American Species of the
Subfamily Gyponinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) exclusive of Xerophloea. Ohio State
University, Graduate School Studies, Contrib. Zool., Entomol.No. 5. Biol. Series XIV
187: 35 pis.

and Paul H. Freytag,1972, Studies of the World Gyponinae

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae) The Genus Polana Arq. Zool. S. Paulo. 22(5):239-324.

.and Henk Wolda 1978. New Species of Polana and Curtara (Gypo-

ninae - Homoptera: Cicadellidae) from Panama. Ent. News 89: (9 & 10):227-230.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL

NOMENCLATURE

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of
its plenary powers in the following cases, published in Bull. Zool. Nom.
vol. 35, part 4, May 31, 1979 and vol. 36, part 1, July 1, 1979 and will
welcome comments and advice on them from interested zoologists. Corres-
pondence should be addressed to the Secretary, I.C.Z.N., c/o British
Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD, United
Kingdom.

2161 Lethocerus Mayr, 1853 (Hemoptera, Belostomatidae); proposed conservation

in place of Iliastus Gistel (1847).
2234 Lespesia Robineau-Desvoidy, 1863; proposed designation of a type species under

the plenary powers (Diptera, Tachinidae).

2255 Tipula ferruginea Fabricius, 1805 (Diptera, Tipulidae): proposed conservation.
222 1 "Staphylinusfulgidus"as the type species of several nominal genera (Coleoptera,

Staphylinidae).

The following opions have been published recently by the I.C.Z.N. in
the same above isues of the Bull, Zool. Nom. The Commission regrets it
can not supply separates of Opinions.

1118 (p. 212) Conservation ofiTribolbina carnegiei Latham, 1932, (Acarchnida)

1119 (p. 2\6)AmaurobisuC.L. Koch, 1837, and Co^/o^Blackwell, 1841 (Araneae):
conserved under the plenary powers.

1 120 (P 221) Noctua armigera Hubner, (1808) (Lepidoptera) conserved.

1 1 25 (p. 22) Ceratophyllus soricis Dale, 1 878. (Insecta: Siphonaptera); designation of
a neotype under the plenary powers.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 191

TWO DISSECTION KNIVES FOR THE

MORPHOLOGIST, HISTOLOGIST, AND

SYSTEMATISE WITH SUGGESTIONS

FOR THEIR USE , 2 3

Norman T. Baker 4

ABSTRACT: Two easily built, in expensive, high quality knives are described and discussed
for use by insect morphologists, histologists and systematists.

The study of arthropod morphology is often hampered by the lack of
suitable tools for dissection, both in the classroom and in the research
laboratory. In the past few years I have developed two excellent knives
which are dependable, easy to construct, and quite inexpensive. The first
knife is used for the initial gross dissections. The second is used for the finer,
more delicate dissections to see individual muscles, sclerites or other
organs. The knives are useful in both traditional anatomic work and in
histological preparations. Also both knives are sharp enough to cut thru an
exoskeleton without crushing as most microdissection scissors do.

Materials and Construction

The first knife is constructed simply of an Xacto R Knife blade holder,
No. 3001 and disposable double edge razor blades used for shaving. There
are considerable differences from one brand of razor blade to the next in
hardness, brittleness and the ability of the manufacturer to give a truly sharp
cutting edge. A variety of blades may have to be tried before finding one
suitable for your particular purposes or animal. In general I have found the
stainless steel varieties do not have cutting edges well suited to slicing thru
an exoskeleton. The best in my experience is the Gillette-Platinum Plus R
blades. A pair of small sharp tin-snips and a pair of small needle-nose pliers
are also necessary. Each razor blade is first cut into quarter sections as
shown (Fig. 1 ). Each quarter is then trimmed as shown (Fig. 2). It will be

1 Received June 29, 1979.

2 Mention of particular commercial products does not constitute endorsement by the
University of Minnesota or its staff or students.

3 Paper No. 10, 858 Scientific Journal Series. Mn. Agric. Expt. Stn., St. Paul 55 108. Received
for publication. NIH Grant No. A 1-09559.

"Department of Entomology, Fisheries and Wildlife, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, NM.
55108.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 191-196

192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

impossible to trim the blade to a sharp point. Wax or grease put on the blade
during manufacturing must be removed by soaking in chloroform or xylene.
The resulting blade is then inserted into the Xacto knife blade holder. The
cutting edge of the blade should be set at an angle to the knife handle so that
when held in the hand the cutting edge is roughly parallel to the bottom of the
dissecting dish (Fig. 3). The terminal end of the blade will be curved. The
curve can be removed by gently bending the blade in the opposite direction
with the needle-nosed pliers. The blade should not be gripped tightly with
the pliers but only held loosely to avoid unnecessary bending. The edges cut
by the tin snips will be quite ragged especially when viewed under a
dissection microscope. A method to smooth the ragged edges will be
described later. The final result is a dissection knife that is easily used, well
balanced and has a supply of thin disposable high quality blades at low cost.

The second knife is more complicated to construct and requires a 1 cc.
Tuberculin syringe, an 18 gauge metal hypodermic needle, a common
sewing needle large enough in diameter to fit the opening of the 1 8 gauge
hypodermic and a small Apollo R Ceramic sharpening stone available from
Arkansas Abrasive, Inc. Hot Springs, Ark. You will also need a pair of wire
cutters. Carborundum and Hard Arkansas sharpening stones are not
suitable. To construct this knife, the plunger is pulled from the syringe and
its rubber cap removed. The wide flange on the base of the syringe is
removed and discarded (Fig. 4a). A sewing needle is heated at the needles
eye, and while hot, stuck into the tip of the plastic plunger of the syringe
(Fig. 4b). The needle and plunger should be straight. When the needle has
cooled, the rubber cap is forced down over the needle and onto its former
position on the plunger (Fig. 4c). The assembled plunger and needle are
then reinserted into the tube of the syringe. The needle should extend thru
the terminal hole of the syringe (Fig. 4d).

Next, take the hypodermic needle and remove all but 3-4 mm by
clipping it with wire cutters (Fig. 4e). The closed end of the needle is opened
by grinding away the stump perpendicularly on the sharpening stone. The
hypodermic base is then inserted onto the needle and syringe (Fig. 4f). The
projecting point of the sewing needle can then be ground into a small knife
suitable for the type of dissection you wish. It is best to make a dozen or so of
these at once so that a variety of knife shapes will help insure that a sharp
one is usually available. When the needle knife is extended, the hypodermic
needle base supports the base of the needle. After the knife is used on a
dissection, the syringe plunger can be pulled just far enough to withdraw the
point of the knife into the tube of the hypodermic needle where its point and
cutting edge are protected from abuse (Fig. 4h). Knives constructed in this
fashion last for years provided they are not dropped on their points or
otherwise abused.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979

193

Fig-4f

Fig.l

2-3mm

18 gauge

hypodermic

needle

Fig. 4h

3>

194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Grinding something as small as either of these two knives to the proper
shape must be done delicately. Both must be ground under the dissecting
microscope on the sharpening stone. The stone is held at a slight angle from
vertical (Fig. 5) so that the steep slope of the stone is in view in the
microscope. The trick to carefully grinding and shaping both knives is to
slide the stone back and forth while holding the knife stationary and in view
in the microscope. The stone should be placed on a small tissue to avoid
scratching the microscope stage. The razor knife should have the ragged
edge on the tip of the blade ground smooth to avoid tearing the tissues within
the specimen. Do not attempt to sharpen the cutting edge of the razor to a
better edge than it has. It is impossible. The needle knives are shaped and
sharpened in the same fashion. Although it is impossible to fashion a cutting
edge on the needle knives as sharp as that on the razor blade, the needle
knives can be sharpened well enough to suit most purposes. Both knives are
held at about a 5 angle to the stone with only enough pressure to contact the
stone.

The third tool is a simple inexpensive probe. It is constructed from
disposable 1 cc Tuberculin syringes with 27 gauge, one-half inch disposable
needles and minuten pins. The syringes and hypodermic needles are
generally sold as allergy or diabetic syringes. The probe is easily construct-
ed by inserting a minuten pin into the end of the hypodermic needle and
crimping it in place with a pair of pliers in the manner described by
Galbreath and Galbreath (1977). Several should be prepared at once.

Discussion

These two knives and probe are obviously quite inexpensive yet are of
sufficient quality to make them usable on a day-to-day basis without
excessive costs. They are also within the limits of a student's budget.

Consistent high quality dissections can be easily prepared by first
injecting and flushing the specimen with a formalin fixative. The specimen
should remain in the fixative a few hours (with shaking) and then rinsed and
stored in ethanol before dissection or histological sectioning. To protect the

Vol. 90, No. 4. October 1979 195

cutting edges of the knives and the points of forceps, all work should be done
in a Petri dish with paraffin in the bottom. Specimens are most easily held
with the common curved tip forceps. Small cavities scooped out of the
paraffin help protect the specimen from distortion and crushing.

The razor knife is used with a back and forth slicing motion anywhere on
the body of a specimen, much like carving a turkey. I commonly make
sagittal or parasagittal sections of the entire body of an arthropod with
relatively little distortion or crushing of the body and internal anatomy.
Obviously, other dissection planes can be had to see any particular aspect of
the arthropod's anatomy. The needle knives are then used to dissect away
overlying muscles, sclerites or other tissues covering particular organs. The
probes are used mainly as pointers or to position specimens or dissections
for further work. Bending the point into a hook and using the hook to dissect
specimens or organs from a specimen results in messy dissections with torn
unclear edges. Muscle insertions and ligaments between sclerities and other
organ placements are often torn loose. These knives are also of use to the
taxonomist and systematist for genetalic dissections. The genitalia are
either cleanly sliced from the abdomen with the razor knife or the
articulating membranes between segments can be sliced thru with the
needle knives.

Another aspect of considerable importance is dissecting small animals
is the relative hydration and dehydration of the body of the specimen.
Dissections are best done in ethanol. However, quite hard specimens are
easier to slice and dissect apart in 30% ethanol than in 80% or 95% ethanol.
Soaking the specimen in higher concentrations of ethanol temporarily
stiffens the body, and makes very soft specimens such as larvae much easier
to slice open and dissect. This also applies to museum specimens about to
have their genitalia removed for taxonomic examination. Relax the speci-
mens in a humidor as you normally would but then place them for a day in a
humidor containing 80% ethanol. Remove them from the humidor and do
the dissection immediately since they will dry out very quickly.

Relatively few books on microscopical technique give adequate instruc-
tions on tools for dissections either for anatomic examination or for organ
preparation prior to histological sectioning. Kennedy (1932), McClung
(1937), Eltringham (1930) Kingbury and Johannsen (1972) and many
other such texts all describe a variety of tools, but in most cases the knives
they describe are too large or too thick and bulky to be of use. Other texts
such as Peterson ( 1 964) usually assume that high quality scalpels and other
dissection instruments are readily available. In most cases they are,
provided one has the money - something with which most arthropod
morphologists, systematists and histologists are not overly endowed. The
two knives described here are sufficiently sharp and thin that dissections
can be routinely and easily made.

196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Dr's. A. Glenn Richards, H.M. Kulman, and E.F. Cook are gratefully acknowledged for
reviewing this manuscript.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Eltringham, H. 1930. Histological and Illustrative Methods for Entomologists. Oxford at the

Clarendon Press. 132 pp.
Galbreath, R.A. and Galbreath, N.H. 1977. A Simple Method for Making Fine Dissecting

Needles. Ent. News 88 (5&6) 143-4.
Kennedy, C.H. 1932. Methods for the Study of the Internal Anatomy of Insects. H.L.

Hedrick. Columbus, Ohio. 103 pp.
Kingsbury, B.G. and Johannsen, O.A. 1 927. Histological Technique. A Guide for Use in a

Laboratory Course in Histology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York. 142 pp.
McClung, C.E. Handbook of Microscopical Technique. Paul Hoeber, Inc. 698 pp.
Peterson, A. 1964. Entomological Techniques. How to Work with Insects. 10th edition.

Edward Brothers, Inc. Ann Arbor, Mich. 435 pp.

ANNOUNCEMENTS

Beltsville Argicultural Research Center Symposium V, Biological Control In Crop
Production -Science and Education Administration, Agricultural Research, Beltsville, MD
May 18-21, 1980. Contact: E.M. Dougherty, Chairman, Publicity Committee, BARC
Symposium V, Building Oil A, Beltsville Agricultural Research Center - West, Beltsville,
MD 10705.

The Society of Kentucky Lepidopterists is devoted to any aspect of interest in butterflies and
moths. While the particular focus of the group is Kentucky, members from any part of the
nation and world are welcome. Membership dues are $3. 00 per year for regular members, and
$1.50 per year for associate members. Associate members receive publications and
participate in activities when they can, but do not hold office or vote on Society affairs. All
members receive the newsletter of the Society, "Kentucky Lepidopterists," by first class mail
on a quarterly basis. Other published items appear irregularly, including reprints of interesting
articles long out of print. Send application and any inquires to: Dr. Charles V. Covell, Jr.,
Department of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, KY. 40208 U.S.A. Make checks
payable to The Society of Kentucky Lepidopterists.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 197

A NEW SPECIES OF BRUCHOMYINE FLY FROM

ECUADOR
(DIPTERAiPSYCHODIDAE) 1

Charles P. Alexander 2

The unusually interesting subfamily Bruchomyinae of the dipterous
family Psychodidae has attracted considerable attention in recent years. At
this time I am describing a further new species of the oldest genus in the
subfamily, Nemopalpus Macquart (1838). I also include a list of the 17
species presently known from the New World as well as a list of the more
important references. The two other genera in the subfamily are Bntcho-
myia Alexander, 1920, with 8 species presently recorded from the New
World, all restricted to South America. (Fairchild. 1952: 276) and the very
distinct Tonnoiromyia Alexander) 1 940, from Tropical Africa, known by a
single species that has the greatest number of antennal segments, 113.
presently known in the entire order Diptera.

The following species of New World Nemopalpus are known:

antillarum Fairchild. 1952 - Hispaniola.

arroyoi de Leon, 1950 - Guatemala.

brevinervis Barretto and d'Andretta. 1946 - Brasil (Sab Paulo).

dampfianus Alexander, 1940 -Mexico.

dissimilis Barretto and d'Andretta, 1946 - Brasil (Sat) Paulo).

immacitlatiis Freeman. 1949 - Brasil (Santa Catharina).

maculipennis Barretto and d'Andretta. 1946 - Brasil (a synonym of pilipes Tonnoir).

mupani de Leon, 1950 - Guatemala.

moralesi de Leon, 1950 - Guatemala.

multisetosus Alexander, sp.n., in present paper - Ecuador.

nearcticus Young, 1974 - United States (northern Florida).

pallipes (Shannon and Del Ponte), 1927 - Argentina, (in Bruchomyia).

pilipes Tonnoir, 1922 - Paraguay.

sziladyi Tonnoir, 1940 - Costa Rica.

torrealbai Ortiz, 1963 - Venezuela.

vexans Alexander, 1940 - Brasil (Rio de Janeiro) - possible synonym oi pilipes.

yucatanensis Vargas and Najera, 1958 - Mexico.

Nemopalpus multisetosus sp.n.
Size small (wing of male 3.2 mm.); general coloration of body brown; antenna of male very

deceived April 17. 1979.

Contribution from the Department of Entomology, University of Massachusetts, Amherst,
Mass.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 197-199

198

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

long (about 5 mm.), flagellar segments elongate-cylindrical, with very abundant long delicate
setae over their entire lengths, these curved, directed outwardly, the tips inward; wings with
cell Ra short; male hypopgium with the dististyle broadbased, expanded outwardly, the inner
angle extended into a long narrow blade, outer angle with a shorter acute spinelike point.

Male. - Length about 4mm.; wing 3.2 mm.; antenna about 5 mm.

Rostrum brown; palpi light brown, terminal segment elongate, subequal to the combined
three proximal ones. Antennae (Fig. 1) distinctive; elongate, about one-half longer than the
wing; flagellar segments elongate-cylindrical, the outer ones progressively shorter and more
slender; each segment with abundant very long setae over their entire lengths, all of these very
delicate filaments directed outwardly, their apices curved slightly inwards, as shown. Head
brown; eyes large; vertex narrow.

- ant

bas

' head

hypopyg lum

Fig. 1. Head and antenna of male; showing the basal nine segments of antenna and
enlargements.

Fig. 2. Wing venation.

Fig. 3. Male hypopygium; details of structure.
Symbols: bas - basistyle
d - dististyle
g - gonapophysis
ph - phallosome.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 199

Thorax almost uniformly medium brown; notum with very abundant long erect pale setae;
pleura slightly paler and more glabrous. Halteres dark brown, stem with yellow setae. Legs
with coxae and trochanters yellow; femora yellowed basally, slightly darker outwardly, tibiae
and tarsi yellowed; claws very small, simple. Wings (Fig. 2) slightly darkened; veins brown,
with very abundant long brown trichiae, costal fringe longer. Venation as shown; cell Ra short.

Abdomen brown. Male hypopygium as shown (Fig. 3); dististyles, d, and phallosome, p,
distinctive, structure as shown.

Holotype. o", Pompeya, Ecuador, May 1965 (L.E. Pena).

The most similar described species appears to be Nemopalpus sziladyi
Tonnoir, from Costa Rica, later reported from Panama by Fairchild ( 1 952)
who provides figures of the male hypopygium (Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 45:
27 1 , figs. 27-29; 1 952). Additional to the hypopygial differences, the male
antenna of the present fly is quite remarkable and distinctive, as described
and figured, the abundant distinctive vestiture of the flagellar segments
having suggested the specific name.

REFERENCES

Alexander, C.P. 1920. A new subfamily of Tanyderid flies (Diptera). Ann. Ent. Soc.

America, 13:402-407, 9 figs. (Bruchomyia, gen.n.)
1928. The Australasian species of the genus Nemopalpus (Psychodidae,

Diptera). Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, 53:291-294, 2 figs.

1929. A revision of the American two-winged flies of the Psychodid

subfamily Bruchomyiinae (Diptera). Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 75:1-9, 2 figs.

1940. Further observations on the Psychodid subfamily Bruchomyiinae

(Diptera). Revista Entomologica, 11:793-799. 5 figs.
Barretto. 1 950. Pap. Avulsos Dept. Zool., Secret. Agricultura Sab Paulo, Brasil., 9(22):343-

350, figs. 9-16.
Barretto and D'Andretta. 1946. Livro homenagem a R.F. d'Almeida, No. 6, pp. 68-71.

fig. 10-13 (9).
Crampton, G.C. 1925. A phylogenetic study of the thoracic sclerites of the non-Tipuloid

Nematocerous Diptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 18:49-74, 5 plates.
1926. A phylogenetic study of the thoracic sclerites of the Psychodoid

Diptera, with remarks on the interrelationships of the Nematocera. Ent. News, 37:33-

38,65-70; figs. 8-12 (thoracic pleurites).
Edwards, F.W. 1 929. The genus Nemopalpus in South Africa (Diptera, Psychodidae) Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist.,(10) 3:421-423, figs.
*Fairchild, G.B. 1952. Notes on Bruchomvia and Nemopalpus (Diptera, Psychodidae)

Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 45:259-280. 56 figs.
Quate, L.W. 1961. Zoogeography of the Psychodidae (Diptera) Eleventh International

Congress of Entomology.Wien. 1960. Vol. 1:168-173.
Stuckenberg, B.R. 1962. The South African species of Nemopalpus( Diptera: Psychodidae).

Ann. Natal. Mus., 15:201-218, 27 figs.
Tonnoir, A. 1922. Notes sur le genre Nemopalpus (Dipt., Psychodidae) et description d'une

espece nouvelle. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 62:125-136, 12 figs.

1940. Sur un remarquable organe sexuel secondaire chez males du genre

Nemopalpus Macq., avec description d'une spece nouvelle et d'une autre peu
connue.(Dipt., PsychodidaeJ.Sixth Congr. Internal. Ent. (Madrid) 1935:203-213; 7 figs.

* Young, D.G. 1974. Bruchomyiinae in North America with a description of Nemopalpus

nearcticus n.sp. (Diptera: Psychodidae). Florida Entomologist, 57:109-1 13, 10 figs.

The papers by Fairchild ( 1952) and Young (1974) are of particular interest and value in
the present study.

200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION RECORDS
FOR TWENTY-EIGHT SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES
OF TABANIDS IN WEST VIRGINIA
(DIPTERA:TABANIDAE) 12

J.D. Hacker, L. Butler, L.L. Pechuman 3

ABSTRACT: One new state record and 63 new county records for 28 species and subspecies
of tabanids are listed for West Virginia. The new state record is Leucotabanus annulatus
(Say).

One new state record and sixty-three new county records for twenty-
eight species and subspecies of tabanids are listed for West Virginia.

The new state record is for Leucotabanus annulatus (Say). This
species was previously recorded from scattered areas of Maryland,
Virginia, Kentucky, Ohio and Pennsylvania. The West Virginia specimen
was swept at dusk, indicating crepuscular or nocturnal behavior for L.
annulatus. Larvae have been collected from rot holes in trees, in decaying
logs and in soil beneath forest litter (Pechuman, 1973).

All specimens collected by Coffman, Hacker and Lippert are in the
West Virginia Department of Agriculture collection and were determined
by L.L. Pechuman. Specimens collected by Amrine, Begley, Butler, Estep,
Fisher, McDonald, and Swope are held in the West Virginia University
collection. These specimens were determined by L. Butler. Tabanids
collected by E. Estep were retained by Estep.

For each species the information is given in the following order: Locality
of collection, county, initials of collector and date of collection.

Chrysops callidus Osten Sacken. Barboursville, CABELL, JDH, June 1, 1978. Big Ugly
Public Hunting Area, LINCOLN, LB, August 2, 1 978. Bear Rocks Lake. OHIO, JDH,
May 25, 1977. Spencer, ROANE, LB. May 22, 1978.

C. calvus Pechuman and Teskey. Route 33-2 mi. east of county line CALHOUN, LB, May
27, 1978.

C. cincticornis cincticornis Walker. McClintic Wildlife Station, MASON, JDH, June 6,
1978. Grace, HAMPSHIRE, CCC, June 20, 1978.

'Received July 10, 1979.

2 Published with approval of the Director of the W.Va. Univ.Agric. Exp. Sta. as scientific
paper No. 1607.

Respective addresses: Survey Entomologist, West Virginia Dept. of Agriculture, Plant Pest
Control Div., Charleston, WV 25305; Professor of Entomology, Div. of Plant Sciences,
West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV 26506; Professor of Entomology, Dept. of
Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14853.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 200-202

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 201

C.flavidus Wiedmann. McClintic Wildlife Station, MASON. LB. August 2, 1978.

C. geminatus Wiedmann. Shannondale, JEFFERSON, CCC, July 27, 1978. Cherry Run,
MORGAN, CCC, July 5, 1 978. Bergoo, WEBSTER, JDH, July 13.1 978. Lewis Wetzel
Public Hunting Area, WETZEL, LB, July 3, 1978.

C. impunctus Krober. Bergoo, WEBSTER, JDH, July 13, 1978.

C. macquarti Philip. Shannondale, JEFFERSON, CCC, June 28, 1978.

C. moechus Osten Sacken. Fork Creek Public Hunting Area, BOONE, LB, June 14, 1978.
Big Ugly Public Hunting Area. LINCOLN, LB, August 2. 1978.

C. niger Macquart. Stumptown, GILMER, LB, May 27, 1978. Cherry Run, MORGAN.
CCC. June 27. 1978.

C. univittatus Macquart. Jacksons Mill, LEWIS, JDH, July 24. 1978.

*Leucotabanus annulatus (Say). Big Ugly Public Hunting Area, LINCOLN, LB, August 2,
1978.

Hybomitra difficilis (Wiedemann) Junior, BARBOUR, LB, June 2, 1978. Kanawha Run -
' Sutton Lake, BRAXTON, LB. May 28, 1978. Greenland, GRANT, CCC, July 7, 1978.
Cherry Run. MORGAN, CCC, June 6, 1978. Spencer - 2 mi. west. ROANE. LB, May
27. 1978. Dolly Sods, TUCKER, JWA, May 29, 1978.

H. lasiophthalma(Macquarl) Route 33 - 2 mi. east of county line, CALHOUN, LB, May 27,
1978. Greenland, GRANT, CCC, June 7, 1978. Cherry Run, MORGAN, CCC. May
3 1 , 1978. North Bend State Park, RITCHIE, JDH, June 23, 1978. Spencer - 2 mi west,
ROANE, LB, May 27, 1978.

H. sodalis (Williston). Greenland, GRANT, CCC, one male, July 13, 1978.

Tabanus americanus Forster. Arden, BERKELEY, KM, September 5, 1978. Bluefield,
MERCER, JB, August 13, 1978.

T. atraius Fabricius. Arthurdale, PRESTON, RS, August 26, 1978.

T. calens Linnaeus. Kanawha Run - Sutton Lake, BRAXTON, LB. August 10, 1978. Big
Ugly Public Hunting Area, LINCOLN, LB, August 2, 1978.

T.fulvulus Wiedmann. Cherry Run, MORGAN, CCC. July 17, 1978.

T. molestus molestus (Say) St. Albans. KANAWHA, JDH, June 15. 1978. WEBSTER.
DF. Summer 1978.

T. lineola Fabricius. North Bend State Park. RITCHIE, JDH, June 23, 1978.

T. pallidescens Philip. St. Albans, KANAWHA, JDH, June 1 . 1 978. North Bend State Park,
RITCHIE, JDH. June 23, 1978.

T. pumilis Macquart. Arthurdale, PRESTON.PS, June 12, 1978

T. quinquevittatus Wiedemann. Kanawha Run - Sutton Lake, BRAXTON, LB, August 16.
1 989. Dallas, MARSHALL, GL, August 6, 1 976. Cherry Run. MORGAN, CCC, July
5, 1978. North Bend State Park, RITCHIE, JDH. June 23. 1978.

T. sackeni Fairchild. Kanawha Run - Sutton Lake, BRAXTON, LB, August 16, 1978.
Greenland. GRANT, CCC, July 27. 1978. Greenbrier State Forest, GREENBRIER,
LB, August 27, 1978. Chester, HANCOCK, JDH, August 15, 1978. Shannon-
dale.JEFFERSON, CCC, August 3, 1978. Big Ugly Public Hunting Area, LINCOLN.

202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LB,August 2, 1978.Chief Cornstalk Public Hunting Area, MASON, LB, August 2, 1978.
WEBSTER, DF, August 8, 1978. Proctor District, WETZEL, EE, July 25, 1978.

T. sparus milleri Whitney. Greenland, GRANT, CCC, July 13, 1978. Cherry Run,
MORGAN, CCC, June 13, 1978. North Bend State Park, RITCHIE, JDH, June 23,
1978.

T. subsimilis subsimilis Bellardi. Arden, BERKLEY, KM, July 29, 1978.

T. sulcifrons Macquart. Proctor District, WETZEL, EE, August 2, 1978.

T. superjumentarius Whitney. North Bend State Park, RITCHIE, JDH, June 23, 1978.

*New State Record.

Abbreviations for collectors:

JWA, James W. Amrine; JB, JW Begley; LB, Linda Butler; CCC, Charles C. Coffman;
EE, E. Estep; DF, D. Fisher; JDH, J. Douglas Hacker; GL, G. Lippert; KM, Kenneth
McDonald; LLP, LL Pechuman; PS, Phyllis Swope; RS, Ron Swope.

REFERENCES

Drees, Bastiaan Meijer. 1976. Tabanidae of West Virginia (Diptera: Tabanidae). M.S.

Thesis. West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia. 233 p.
Hacker, J. Douglas, L. Butler, and L.L. Pechuman. 1979. New geographical distribution

records for forty-four species and subspecies of tabanids in West Virginia. Cooperative

Plant Pest Report, 4: 220-224.
Pechuman, L.L. 1973. Horse flies and deer flies of Virginia (Diptera: Tabanidae). The

insects of Virginia: Part 6. Research Division Bulletin 81, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

SEXUAL SELECTION AND REPRODUCTIVE COMPETITION IN INSECTS.

Murray S. and Nancy A. Blum, eds. Academic Press. 1979. 463 pp. $23.00
Papers presented at a symposium on reproductive behavior at the Behavior section of the 1 5th
International Congress of Entomology, Washington, DC, 1 976. Many of the papers presented
have been expanded and updated and additional papers added so that the final product
represents a synthesis of biological concepts that emphasizes intrasexual reproductive
competition as a driving force in sexual selection.

CHEMICAL ECOLOGY: ODOUR COMMUNICATION IN ANIMALS. F.J. Ritter,
ed. Elsevier/North-Holland Biomedical Press. 1979. 427 pp. $54.75.
Proceedings of the Advanced Research Institute on Chemical Ecology: Odour Communica-
tion in Animals, held in The Netherlands, 1978. Thirty three papers dealing with four major
topics: Present-day knowledge of fundamental aspects of olfaction; Odor communication in
mammals; communication by multicomponent odors in insects; and commercial production
and application of pheromones and related compounds in pest control.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 203

COAL SLURRY OBSERVED AS HABITAT FOR

SEMIAQUATIC BEETLE LANTERNARIUS

BRUNNEUS (COLEOPTERA: HETEROCERIDAE),

WITH NOTES ON WATER QUALITY CONDITIONS 1

William S. Vinikour 2

ABSTRACT: The variegated beetle, Lanternarius brunneus (Melsh.), was found inhabiting
a slurry area at an orphaned coal mine site in Illinois. Water quality analyses indicated the
beetle lived in coal fines and mud saturated with water indicative of acid mine drainage, i.e.,
pH <4.0 and elevated sulfate and heavy metal concentrations. This is the first report of
Heteroceridae occurring in this type of habitat and in conditions normally toxic to other
aquatic or semiaquatic insects.

Scant information exists concerning the biology and environmental
tolerances of Heteroceridae. This note reports an unusual habitat type, with
accompanying water quality conditions, for Lanternarius brunneus (Mel-
sheimer).

Habitat for larvae and adult Heteroceridae is listed as mud, sand, or clay
along the banks of rivers, streams, lakes, and ponds where they construct
galleries in which to live and breed (Pacheco, 1963; Arnett, 1973; Brown,
1972). Except for legs adapted for burrowing, the Heteroceridae have no
physical or respiratory specializations for aquatic life, and will leave their
galleries if they are flooded with water (Dillon and Dillon, 1 972). However,
close association with water results in saturation of their habitat and its
exposure to the water quality conditions of the neighboring water body.

On 2 June 1976 numerous galleries of Lanternarius brunneus were
observed in the coal slurry refuse area of an orphaned mine site near
Staunton, Macoupin County, Illinois. The heterocerid galleries, composed
of fine coal and mud, occurred along the shoreline areas of small bodies of
standing water in the slurry area. Other than water striders, the heterocerid
was the only semiaquatic or aquatic macroinvertebrate collected from the
slurry refuse area. The extent of slurry refuse occupied by the galleries
indicated that the beetles were tolerant of the harsh environmental condi-
tions. Heteroceridae have been reported to be scavengers or predators and
to feed upon unicellular algae (Pacheco, 1963; Pierre, 1946). Terrestrial
insects were commonly sited in the slurry area. Also, an unidentified
unicellular green alga was observed on the bottom of water-covered parts of
the slurry area. It can therefore be assumed that a food source for the beetles
existed.

As is common in midwestern orphaned mine sites, the coal slurry refuse
area was severely impacted by conditions associated with acid mine
drainage, i.e., low pH and high heavy metal and sulfate concentrations. The
standing water adjacent to the heterocerid galleries had the following water

'Received May 3, 1979.

2 Land Reclamation Program, and Environmental Impact Studies, Argonne National
Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois 60439.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 203-204

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

quality values: pH -<4.0, conductivity - 7500 ^mhos/cm (at 25 C), acidity
-4413 ppm. alkalinity - 0.0 ppm, sulfate - 3875 ppm, chloride - 159 ppm,
calcium - 458 ppm, sodium - 98 ppm, and magnesium - 237 ppm. Values for
some of the heavy metals analyzed were: Fe - 1810 ppm, Mn - 31.9 ppm,
Cd -0.87 ppm, Pb -15.7 ppm, Zn - 95 ppm, Cu - 0.69 ppm, Al - 482 ppm,
and Ni -2.65 ppm.

The heterocerid Lanternarius brunneus is able to tolerate the extreme
acid mine drainage conditions reported above. Only two other publications
were found that reported water quality values for heterocerids. Roback and
Richardson ( 1 969) found Heterocerus ventralis (Melsh.) at a site receiving
intermittent acid mine drainage. Water quality conditions, however, were
not as severe as that in the Staunton slurry area, i.e., pH -7. 2, conductivity -
683 Mmhos/cm, acidity - 9.0 ppm, alkalinity -62 ppm, sulphate - 330 ppm,
chloride -24 ppm, calcium - 98 ppm, magnesium - 27 ppm, manganese -
1.58 ppm, Fe - 2.48 ppm, Pb - 0.13 ppm, and Cu - 0.1 ppm. La Rivers
(1950), reporting Nevada distribution records, noted that Lanternarius
brunneus had been collected from the Hot Springs area at a pH ranging
from 7.1 to 8.5.

Lanternarius brunneus can clearly tolerate an environment saturated
with poor quality water that would be toxic to other aquatic insects, e.g.,
zinc and iron (see Clarke, 1974). It would be of interest to determine
whether L. brunneus is unique in the Heteroceridae in being able to inhabit
coal slurry refuse areas, or whether the entire family can tolerate such
conditions.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to extend my gratitude to Dr. Warren U. Brigham, Illinois Natural History
Survey, Urbana, for identification of the beetle, and to Dr. Richard Olsen, Argonne National
Laboratory, for supplying water quality data and reviewing the manuscript. This work was
financially supported by the following agencies: U.S. Department of Energy, Contract No. W-
31-109-Eng-38; Abandoned Mined Land Reclammation Council of Illinois, Project No. 555-
090-004; and Illinois Institute of Natural Resources, Project No. 80.043.

LITERATURE CITED

Arnett, R.H., Jr. 1973. The beetles of the United States (A manual for identification). The

American Entomological Institute, Ann Arbor, 1 1 12 pp.

Brown, H.P. 1972. Aquatic dryopoid beetles (Coleoptera) of the United States. U.S. En-
viron. Protection Agency Ident. Man. No. 6. 82 pp.
Clarke, R. McV. 1974. The effects of effluents from metal mines on aquatic ecosystems in

Canada. A literature review. Environ. Can. Fish. Mar. Serv., Tech. Rep. No. 488. 1 50 pp.
Dillon, E.S., and L.S. Dillon. 1972. A manual of common beetles of Eastern North

America. Vol. I. Dover Publications, Inc., New York. 434 pp.
La Rivers, I. 1950. The Dryopoidea known or expected to occur in the Nevada area

(Coleoptera). Wasmann J. Biol. 8(1):97-111.
Pacheco, F. 1963. Systematics, phytogeny, and distribution of the variegated beetles

(Coleoptera: Heteroceridae) of the New World. Ph. D. Diss., Univ. 111., Urbana. 276 pp.
Pierre, F. 1946. La larve d' Heterocerus aragonicus Kiesw. et son milieu biologique. (Col.

Heteroceridae). Consideration sur la morphologic et la biologie des premiers studes de

cette famille. Rev. Franc. Ent. 12(4): 166 174.
Roback, S.S., and J.W. Richardson. 1969. The effects of acid mine drainage on aquatic

insects. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 121:81-107.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 205

CADDISFLIES(TRICHOPTERA)OF THE CRANBERRY
GLADES IN WEST VIRGINIA 1

D.C. Tarter, P.L. Hill 2

ABSTRACT: This investigation represents the first detailed study of the caddisflies of the
Cranberry Glades of West Virginia. Records are presented for 24 species representing 8.
families and 1 3 genera.

Examination of adult caddisflies from black light traps of Marshall
University (MU) students and records from the United States National
Museum (USNM) have provided distributional information on caddisflies
from the Cranberry Glades in West Virginia. In this investigation, records
are given for 24 species that represent 8 families and 13 genera. Until
recently, the study of caddisflies from the Glades has been neglected. Hill et
al. (1977) reported the limnephilid Pycnopsyche divergens (Walker) and
Hill and Tarter (1978) recorded Limnephilus moestus Banks and Pycno-
psvhe scabripennis (Rambur). Hill et al. (1978) recorded the phryganeids
Agrypnia vest it a (Walker), Ptilostomis ocellifera (Walker) and P. semi-

fasciata (Say).

Cranberry Glades is a refugium in mountainous Pocahontas County
where northern plants and animals have survived in the Southern Appa-
lachians, It is an area of approximately 600 acres at the headwaters of the
Cranberry River, which flows through the bog; the elevation is 3375 feet
(Darlington, 1943). Kennison, Cranberry and Black Mountains surround
the Glades and are approximately 4000-6000 feet.

Rhyacophilidae

Rhvacophila Carolina Banks 1 male, 1 female; 28-VII-76(MU)

R. fuscula (Walker) 2 males, 1 female; 3-IX-77(MU)

Polycentropidae

Polvcentropus pentus Ross Adult; 21-VI-68(USNM)

P. maculatus Banks Adult; 21-VI-68(USNM)

P. clinei (Milne) 3 males; 30-VII-76(MU) and 3 males; 5-

Vm-77(MU)

Nyctiophvlax moestus Banks Adult; 21-VI-68(USNM)

N. affinis Banks 1 male; 25-VII-77(MU)

'Received July 10, 1979.

department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, West Virginia 25701 .

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 205-206

206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Psychomyiidae

Phylocentropus lucidus (Hagen) 1 male; 30-VII-76(MU)

Hydropsychidae

H.sparnaRoss 31 males, 16 females; 27-VHI-76(MU)

and 2 males, 1 female; 3-IX-77(MU)

H. scalaris group 3 females; 26-VIII-76(MU)

Diplectrona modesta Banks 1 male; 24-IX-76(MU)

Lepidostomatidae

Lepidostoma griseum (Banks) 1 male; 29-VIII-76(MU)

L. sackeni (Banks) 1 male; 29-VIII-76(MU)

Molannidae

Molanna blenda Sibley 1 male; 28-VIII-76(MU)

Phryganeidae

Ptilostomis ocelltfera (Walker) 1 male; 10-VI-76(MU)

P. semtfasciata (Say) Adult: 22-VI-68(USNM)

Agrypnia vestita (Walker) 2 males, 1 female; 30-VII-78(MU)

Limnephilidae

Limnephilus moestus Banks 3 males, 1 female; 30-VIII-76(MU)

Ironoquia punctatissimus (Walker) 1 male; 30-VII-76(MU)

Pycnopsyche guttifer (Walker) 6 males; 30-VII-77(MU)

P. luculenta (Betten) 10 males; 3-IX-77(MU)

P. divergens (Walker) 40 males; 28-VIII-76(MU)

P. scabripennis (Rambur) 10 males; 26-VIII-76(MU)

P. lepida (Hagen) 2 males; 26-VIII-76(MU)

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A special note of appreciation to Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr., Curator of Neuropteroids, United
States National Museum, for suggestions on the manuscript and help in the identification of
the caddisflies.

REFERENCES

Darlington, H.C. 1943. Vegetation and substrate of Cranberry Glades, West Virginia, Bot.

Gaz. 104:371-393.
Hill, P., D. Tarter, W. Watkins, and S. Nance. 1977. A new state record for the genus

Pycnopsvche from the Cranberry Glades in West Virginia (Insecta: Trichoptera). Proc.

W. Va. Acad. Sci. 49(1): 24-25 (abstract)
D.C. Tarter, B. Cremeans, and M.B. Roush. 1978. State records of the family

Phryganeidae in West Virginia (Insecta: Trichoptera). Proc. W.Va. Acad. Sci. 50( 1 ):24.
_and D.C. Tarter. 1978. A taxonomic and distributional study of adult limnephilid

caddisflies of West Virginia (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Ent. News 89(9&10):214-
216.

Vol. 90, No. 4, October 1979 207

REDISCOVERY OF HYGROTUS SYLVANUS (FALL)
(COLEOPTERA: DYTISCIDAE) 1

Gregory L. Daussin 2

ABSTRACT: Hygrotus sylvanus (Fall), not reported since 1890 and suspected of being
extinct, was collected in Anoka and Isanti Counties, Minnesota, along with its closest relative,
Hygrotus laccophilinus (LeConte). These collections represent new state records for both
species. Brief habitat descriptions are given for both species.

While conducting a survey of aquatic Coleoptera of Cedar Creek Natural
History Area (C.C.N.H.A.), located in Anoka and Isanti Counties, Minnesota,
I collected 15 specimens of Hygrotus sylvanus (Fall).

Originally described in the genus Coelambus Stephens (Fall, 1917,1919),
it is now placed along with its closest relative, Hygrotus laccophilinus
(LeConte) in species-group II of the Nearctic Hygrotus (Anderson, 1971).

This group is morphologically very different from other species in the genus,
in having the clypeus unmargined, the body broadly ovate anteriorly, widest
before the middle and pointed behind (Anderson, 1976). Both species are
essentially concolorous (reddish-brown) above and below. However, H.
laccophilinus is partially infuscate on the ventral surface.

Based on its previously known limited range (known only from the type
locality and one other suspect locality) and since none had been collected since
1890, Anderson (1976) suspected H. sylvanus was extinct. The recent
collections in Minnesota dispel Anderson's suspicion and represent a range
extension of approximately 1000 mi.

Both H. sylvanus and H. laccophilinus have been collected from
C.C.N.H.A. and represent new state records for Minnesota. Anderson (1976)
reports H. laccophilinus as widely distributed from New England to the Great
Lakes along the Canadian border. The collection records of H. sylvanus from
Minnesota and New York, although disjunct, suggest a similar distribution.

H. sylvanus was collected from 3 separate localities at C.C.N.H.A. One
specimen was from a small moss-lined pool in a floating sedgemat, a shallow,
marshy area dominated by cattails and sedges yielded another, and the
remainder were collected in small, temporary snow-melt pools that formed
amongst sedge clumps in a mixed fen.

H. laccophilinus was collected in a greater variety of habitats. These include
slow, weedy creeks and vegetation choked, shallow waters of small ponds, lake

'Received July 2, 1979.

Graduate student, Department of Entomology, Fisheries and Wildlife, University of
Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108.

ENT. NEWS 90(4) 207-208

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

margins and marshes. It was also taken in the moss-lined pools of the floating
sedge mat.

As these two species are quite similar in appearance, close examination is
required for their separation. Anderson (1971, 1976) provides excellent keys
for the separation of the species-groups of Nearctic Hygrotus and species keys
for groups I, II and III.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Dr. Edwin F. Cook and Dr. Russell D. Anderson for reviewing the contents of
this note. Dr. Anderson also confirmed my identification of Hygrotus sylvanus (Fall).

A research stipend from the Field Biology Program, University of Minnesota provided financial
support at C.C.N.H.A.

LITERATURE CITED

Anderson, R.D. 1971. A revision of the Nearctic representatives of Hygrotus (Coleoptera:

Dytiscidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 64-503-12.
1976. A revision of the Nearctic Species of Hygrotus Groups II and III

(Coleoptera: Dytiscidae), Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 69:577-584.
Fall, H.C. 1917. New Dytiscidae, New York Entomol. Soc. 25:163-82.
1919. The North American Species of Coelambus. John D. Sherman, Jr. Mount

Vemon.New York, 20 pp.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

THE USE AND SIGNIFICANCE OF PESTICIDES IN THE ENVIRONMENT.
F.L. McEwen and G.R. Stephenson. John Wiley & Sons. 1979. 538 pp. $27.50.
The purpose of this book is to provide, in one volume, an overall treatment and evaluation of
the pros and cons of pesticides. The book is really a text on pesticides in the environment,
including the reasons for their use, their benefits, their nature, their potential for good or harm,
the penetration of pesticides into the environment, the effects of pecticides on target and
nontarget organisms and legislative controls on pesticide use.

PESTS OF GRAIN LEGUMES: ECOLOGY AND CONTROL. S.R. Singh, H.F. Van

Emden and T. Ajibola Taylor, eds. Academic Press. 1978. 454 pp. $30.00

Based on an International Symposium on Pests of Grain Legumes, held at the International

Institute of Tropical Agriculture, Ibadan, Nigeria, 1976. This book contains the published

proceedings of the Symposium and so becomes a reference on many aspects of grain

entomology.

PEST MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS FOR DECIDUOUS TREE FRUITS AND
NUTS. D.J. Boethel and R.D. Eikenbary, eds. Plenum Press. 1979. 256 pp. $29.50.
Collection of papers from a symposium on the subject at the 1977 E.S.A. National Meeting,
plus added invitational papers. This book presents the current status of pest management
programs in orchard ecosystems.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review. Titles should be carefully composed
to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Classification as to
order and family should be included in the title, except where not pertinent. Following the title
there should be a short informative abstract ( not a descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words.
The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in abstractingjournals and should be carefully
written. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as
a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to
make them useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or
discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations
nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the
standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very
helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations
within the text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4Vi x 6'/2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor. Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a cost of
$30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial asistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without coves) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and. when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Wanted: Due to expansion recently, we require suppliers of Live & Dead Insects throughout
the world. Good rates. We also require a US agent, to act on our behalf, for Orders etc.
Commission basis. TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE), P.O. Box
14, Reigate, RH2 9 PW. England.

For Sale: The most complete Entomological company - - over 2,000 specimens, rare
material, common. Pupae & Cocoons, Exotic Insects, Indonesian Specialists. Dollar
Cheques welcome or Credit Cards. Low Postage rates. Cheapest material. Catalogue free:
TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY ( AE). P.O. Box 14, Reigate. RH2 9
PW. England.

For Sale: Sample from Catalogue: 50 all different Tropical Butterflies. Al, Papered, 25%
Papilio, etc. $15 post paid, via Air mail, send check to: TRANSWORLD EN-
TOMOLOGICAL COMPANY, (AE), P.O. Box 14, Reigate, RH2 9PW. England.

INSECT PINS All kinds. Prompt Shipment. Clair Armin, 1 9 1 W. Palm Ave., Reedley,
Calif. 93654.

INSECT LABELS: Exceptionally high quality printed labels, typeset in 4pt type (not
photoreduced from typewritten masters), and printed on 1 10 Ib. white cardstock are now
available with quick deliveries. Write for brochure with complete specifications and prices to
Bio-Publication Services, 2571 1 N. Vista Fairways Drive, Valencia, California 91355.

Coleoptera and Lepidoptera Specimens from Botswana, both "papered" and set in
Sheerpack light weight boxes. Some Saturniidae SP. including Argema mimosae and
Gynanisa nigra (in Sheerpacks) which are limited due to demand. Troides SP and
Papilionidae from Malayasia are also available. Details from Botswanacraft Marketing
Company, (Pty) Ltd., Box 486, Gaborone, Botswana.

Wanted. Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S., Lucanidae, Carabidae, Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Burprestidae, and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B.. Spencer, 20 W. Virginia Ave., West Chester, PA. 19380.

VOL. 90

NOVEMBER & DECEMBER. 1979

NO. 5

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Taxonomy & biology of Lenta trivittata Say,
a valid species, with notes on L. trilineata
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)

R.E. White, W.H. Day 209
Occurrence of Tyrrellia circularis Koenike in
Texas (Hydracarina: Tyrrellidae)

B. McDaniel, E.G. Bolen 218
Notes on Cerambycidae from southeastern
U.S. (Coleoptera)

R.H. Turnbow, Jr., F.T. Hovore 219
Corixids (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) attracted

to automobile roof C. W. & M.I. Schaefer 230

Lectotype designations & redescriptions for
two species of No. Amer. Atrichopogon
(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) Willis W. Wirth 231

Thysanoptera associated with horseradish

in Illinois Charles Gerdes 236

New record & hosts for genus nr. Phycoidella
Saether (Diptera: Chironomidae)

Selwyn S. Roback 239
Checklist of stoneflies (Plecoptera) of

Virginia B.C. Kondratieff, J.R. Voshell, Jr. 241

Use of hand sprayer as collecting technique

W.H. Clark, P.E. Blom 247
On identity of Molanna ulmerina Navas

(Trichoptera: Molannidae) Guenter A. Schuster 249

New N. Amer. distribution records for four
species of Strepsiptera

V. Johnson, W.P. Morrison

ANNOUNCEMENTS

1979 MAILING DATES & PUBLISHER'S
STATEMENT

INDEX VOLUME 90, 1979

251

217,250

256

257

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Societv, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia. Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society. 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd. Oak Shade Rd.. Tabernacle Twp, RD7, Vincentown, New Jesey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced. typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8' 7 2 x I 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of aditional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 90. No. 5, November-December. 1979 209

TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LEMA
TRIVITTATA SAY, A VALID SPECIES WITH NOTES

ONL. TRILINEATA (OLIV.)
(COLEOPTERAiCHRYSOMELIDAE) 1

Richard E. White . William H. Da\

ABSTRACT: Although Lema trivitiaia Say has generally been treated as a subspecies ot '/..
trilineata (Oliv.). it is a valid species. Data included are: a complete synonymy with a
description, a diagnosis covering points of difference between L. trivittata and /.. tntineuta
with a table summarizing the differences, distribution, biology, and collection notes. There are
illustrations of L. trivittata and its nearest relative L. trilineata.

Most publications since Schaeffer( 1933) have followed him in treating
Lema trivittata Say as a subspecies of Lema tn'lineaia (Olivier), the
threelined potato beetle. The minor external differences between the two
species and the incomplete distribution data available to Schaeffer doubt-
less contributed to his erroneous conclusion.

Biological investigations by the junior author have established that L.
trivittata, which feeds primarily on Datura, is a valid species distinct from
L. trilineata trilineata. which feeds primarily on Solanum and Physalis.
Cross matings of the 2 species show that they do not interbreed success-
fully. The morphological characters, plant hosts, and similar distributions
reinforce the findings of the breeding experiments. The biological data are
confirmed by studies done by B.J. Landis in Columbus. Ohio years ago
( H.S. Barber notes) and C.H. Bare in Michigan (personal communication).

Following is a resume of our knowledge of Lema triviitata. This
includes synonymy (with complete references), a description, a diagnosis,
distribution, and biology. Because L. t. trilineata is the nearest relative of L.
tririttata, the diagnosis presents the characters that distinguish the two.
Reference is also made to L.t. trilineata in the distribution and biology
sections.

'Received November 8. 1978.

'Systematic Entomology Laboratory. IIBIII. Agricultural Research. Sci. & Hduc. Admin.
USDA. co National Museum of Natural History. Washington. D.C.. 20560.

'Beneficial Insects Research Laboratory. Sci. & Educ. Admin. USDA: 501 So. Chapel St
Newark. Delaware. 19713.

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 209-217

2 1 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Synonymy and description

Lema trivittata Say, NEW STATUS

(Fig. 5)

Lema trivitlataSay, 1824:429; Lacordaire, 1845: 421. 545: Emmons, 1854: 134: Jacoby,
1880: 6: Jacoby & Clavareau, 1904: 15; Clavareau, 1913: 81; Leng, 1920: 287,
SchaetTer. 1933: 301 (lapsus, irilineala intended); Blackwelder, 1946: 632; Monros,
1960: 208; Kogan & Goeden, 1970: 529.

Crioceris trivittata, Harris, 1833: 580.

Lema irilineala ssp. trivitiata Say, SchaetTer. 1933: 302-3; Knowlton & Smith, 1935: 242;
Brimley, 1938: 221; Blackwelder, 1939: 61: Loding, 1945: 126; Fattig, 1948: 6;
Balsbaugh & Hays. 1972: 21.

Lema immaculicollisChevrolai, 1835: 1 12; Lacordaire, 1845: 419; Jacoby, 1880:6; Jacoby
& Clavareau, 1904: 15: Clavareau, 191 3: 81 ; Leng, 1920: 287; Schaeffer, 1933:302;
Blackwelder, 1939: 61; Blackwelder, 1946: 632; Monros, 1960: 208; Kogan &
Goeden. 1970: 529.

1. emu trivirgutu LeConte, 1859: 22 (junior homonym; not Lacordaire); Clark, 1866: 31;
Crotch. 1873: 94; Jacoby. 1880: 6; Jacoby & Clavareau, 1904: 15; Snow, 1907a:56:
Snow. 1907b: 1 80: Cockerell & Fall, 1907: 1 94; Clavareau, 1913: 81; Leng, 1920:
287; SchaetTer, 1933: 302; Blackwelder, 1939: 61 ; Blackwelder, 1946: 632; Monros,
1960: 208; Kogan & Goeden. 1970: 529.

Lema leeonlei Clark, 1866: 31 (replacement tor trivirgata LeConte): Jacoby, 1880: 6;
Jacoby & Clavareau, 1904: 15; Clavareau, 191 3: 81 ; Leng, 1920: 287; Blackwelder,
1946: 632; Monros, 1960: 208; Puttier. 1966: 475; Kogan & Goeden. 1970: 529.

Lema nigrovittata SchaetTer (misidentification, not Guerin). 1933: 302; Blackwelder, 1939:
61; Monros. 1960: 208.

General. Body length (anterior margin of pronotum to elytral apex) nearly 2 times as
great as width: head 0.9 times as wide as pronotum; pronotum from 0.57 to nearly 0.60 times
as wide as elytra. Body mostly yellow orange, sometimes dull orange or dull yellow, dark
markings black.

Head. Yellow orange to dull orange; vertex sometimes with a pair of black spots, one
each side of middle, spots sometimes expanded posteriorly, may join, in which case base of
head then black from sides to vertex; frons infrequently with a single black spot at middle,
sometimes also with black along dorso-anterior margin of each eye and on labrumandclypeus.
Sparse, yellowish pubescence around eyes, on genae, front of vertex, frons, clypeus, and
labrum. Frontal lines forming an X, upper arms of X deeper into surface, wider than lower
arms. Vertex anteriorly usually with a shallow, longitudinal groove, behind groove with a small
fovea, groove sometimes joining fovea. Surfaces, except for most of vertex, more or less
coarsely punctate. Antennae attaining humerus, over 0.6 times as long as an elytron; 1st 2
segments smooth, shining, remaining segments punctate, not shiny; 1 st segment dull yellow to
dull orange, 2nd segment usually predominantly pale, remainder dark, 3rd and 4th segments
dark, sometimes pale beneath, remaining segments black. Last segment of maxillary palpus
about 2 times as long as wide, widest just before base, tapering apically. tip blunt; last segment
of labial palpus similar in form but a little wider.

Pronotum. Dull yellow to dull orange, often with a black spot each side before middle,
spots variable in size, distance separating spots varying from 7 times maximum diameter of a
spot to equal to maximum diameter. Slightly wider than long; distinctly, broadly constricted at
middle; with a small, distinct fovea at middle before base, joining a fine, arcuate, transverse

Vol. 90. No. 5. November- December. 1979 211

line, a 2nd, similar line between tbvea and base: with coarse, not dense punctures between
constriction and anterior margin, also along midline to fovea.

Elytra. Dull light yellow to orange, usually yellow-orange, each elytron with black
(rarely dark brown) on sutural interval: with black stripe (rarely dark brown) on 7th. 8th, and
9th intervals as in Fig. 5: elytron with 10 distinct rows of punctures, punctures much smaller in
elytral apex: rows 6-9 abbreviated near humerus: each interval bearing a row of minute
punctures, these smaller toward elytral apex.

Ventral surface. Most of ventral surface and legs dull yellow to dull orange: side of
mesosternum and metepisternum black, at maximum development of black markings with
much of side of mesosternum. and much of coxae black, sometimes with black on apex of 1 st
abdominal segment, rarely also with black on metasternum. Legs dull yellow to dull orange,
tibial apices dark brown to black, tarsi dark brown to black: often with femoral apices more or
less darkened. Prosternum with fine, arcuate, transverse lines: mesosternum with moderate-
sized, not dense punctation: metasternal punctation fine, most dense anteriorly at side, nearly
absent at middle: abdominal punctation fine, most dense at sides, sparse at middle of each
segment.

Length. 5. 1-7.3 mm.

Most of Say's original description of Lema trivittata describes L. l.
trilineata as well as it does L. trivittata; however, there is mention of the
tibiae being black at the tip. This is a very strong indication that Say's name
is here correctly applied, for in L. trivittata the tibiae are predominantly
light and black only apically; in L.t. trilineata the tibiae are nearly always
predominantly black. There is no type for L. trivittata, because almost all of
the Thomas Say collection is lost. The senior author plans revisionary work
on N. American Criocerinae, and therein will select a neotype.

The past erroneous placement of Lema trivittata as a subspecies of
Lema trilineata casts doubt on the identity of beetles identified in various
papers simply as Lema trilineata. One such study is that by Force, 1 966. In
this paper the chief host plants of the beetle studied were given as species of
Datura. Since both Lema trivittata and L. trilineata daturaphila Kogan
and Goeden occur in California, either could have been the object of the
study, though it is likely that the latter was.

Diagnosis

When alive, adults of L. trivittata and L.t. trilineata are separable by
color characters. Lema trivittata has the head and pronotum yellow orange
and the median yellow stripe of an elytron has white borders. Live
specimens of L.t. trilineata have the head and pronotum orange, and the
median yellow stripe of an elytron is not bordered by white, and may be
yellow orange; infrequently the yellow stripe is reduced by the expanded
black stripes on each side. Also, the eggs of L. trivittata are yellow and are
covered by a sticky dark substance thickest at the polar ends. The eggs thus
are dirty yellow with the ends nearly black. The eggs of/.. /. trilineata are all
yellow and have little sticky coating.

The color differences of living adults fade upon death. However, other

2 1 2 ENT OMOLOGIC AL NEWS

color differences persist, and these are summarized on Table 1 . These
differences are presented in the order of their diagnostic value, with the first
2 characters being the most useful in separating the 2 species. The first
character also serves to distinguish L. trivittata from L.t. daturaphila.
which occurs in southern California. Color characters and male genitalia
(examined by the senior author) show that L.t. daturaphila is correctly
placed as a subspecies of L. trilineata.

The male genitalia of L. trivittata and L. t. trilineata show differences in
degree of chitinization of the internal sac armature. Note the greater
darkness of these parts, especially in lateral view, in the cleared genitalia of
L. trivittata (Fig. 1, 2) as compared with that of L.t. trilineata (Fig. 3, 4).
Other apparent differences as seen in the dorsal view outlines are likely not
of significance.

An examination of larvae of these species by the senior author has not
shown differences that will allow certain separation of the two.

Below is a key that will allow separation of the adults of L. trivittata and
L.t. trilineata.

1 . Lateral black stripe on elytron at widest encompassing 2-2 1 /2 ( rarely nearly 3 ) intervals;
tibiae usually black for less than 1/2 length L. trivittata

Lateral black stripe on elytron encompassing 3-4 intervals or wider; tibiae nearly always
black for more than 1/2 of length L.t. trilineata

Distribution

In the USNM collection there are about 550 specimens of L.t.
trilineata and about 650 specimens of L. trivittata that have been collected
from a great number of different localities in the United States. Both occur
nearly throughout the United States east of the Mississippi River, and
thence diagonally to southwestern United States. Both have been taken in
Iowa, Colorado, Utah, and California, but in no western states farther north
than these. The species appear to be almost totally sympatric in their
distribution.

Biology

In 1 967 the junior author worked at Moorestown, New Jersey, and was
involved with introduction of parasites of the cereal leaf beetle, Oulema
melanopus ( L. ). During attempts to find alternate native hosts for certain of
the parasites, a species of Lema that was abundant on Datura in central
New Jersey proved to be a satisfactory alternate host.

Vol. 90, No. 5. November-December. 1979

213

Fig. 1-4, cleared male genitalia: 1. /.. irivinuia Say, dorsal view. 2. L. triviiiuui. lateral
view. 3. /../. irilint'cila (Oliv.). dorsal view. 4. /,./. trilincaiu. lateral \ lew.

Fig. 5-6. adults in lateral view; small figures equal actual si/e. 5. /.. irivitiuta. 6. L.I.
trilineata.

2 1 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

According to Schaeffer (1933) the Lema that was found feeding on
Datura was a subspecies of L. trilineata (Olivier), the threelined potato
beetle, a species that was once an important pest of potatoes in the U.S.
However, the junior author noted several points of difference between these
2 populations. These observations, especially host plant differences,
suggested that the 2 were actually different species. This possibility was
tested in the laboratory.

The Lema specimens from Datura (L. trivittata) were maintained on
D. stramonium, and L.t. trilineata was reared on Solatium Dulcamara L.
Newly emerged females were segregated to prevent mating; 4 (2 from each
host) were individually placed in small plastic cages, each with a male from
the opposite host plant. During the next 3 weeks while the beetles were
supplied with foliage of the 2 host plants, the number of matings was
observed and the number of eggs produced was recorded. Confinement of a
male with a female lasted from 19 to 22 days. The viability of the eggs was
determined by observing them in petri dishes supplied with damp filter
paper. The results are shown on Table 2. Numbers (1-8) were assigned to
the beetles of each species used in the tests.

After the first confinement period each female was put with a male of its
own population. This was to determine if the fertililty of the 2 groups of
beetles would differ when selfed. At this time the original beetles were
nearly 4 weeks old, so the same number of newly emerged beetles ( numbers
5-8) were confined so males and females of a population were together, and
the results were observed.

When the beetles from the 2 different hosts were crossed (Table 2), few
matings and eggs resulted, and all eggs were infertile. Later, when these
females were placed with males of the same population, many more eggs
were produced by the L. trivittata females, and many hatched. There was
also moderately good hatching of the eggs produced by the 2 pairs of
younger beetles (numbers 5-8). When selfed, the older specimens of L. t.
trilineata (numbers 1-4) were not active, mated little, and produced no
eggs. However, the 2 younger pairs of this species (numbers 5-8) did mate
and produce a fair number of eggs, many of which hatched. It is suspected
that the lack of reproductive success of L.t. trilineata pairs numbered 1-4
was the result of the advanced age of the beetles, or to reproductive
diapause.

The results of the mating tests indicate that the 2 populations of beetles
are reproductively isolated. This, together with the different hosts, similar
distribution patterns, and morphological differences, indicate that they
should be regarded as different species.

Vol. 90. No. 5, November-December, 1979

215

Table 1. Color differences, dead specimens of L. trivittata and trilineata.

Character

L. trivittata

L. trilineata trilineata

lateral black stripe
on elytron

legs

sternal side pieces

paired black spots
on pronotum

head

ventral surface

at widest encompassing 2-2
1/2 (rarely nearly 3) in-
tervals, never joins sutu-
ral stripe

tibiae usually black for less
than 1/2 length; femora
sometimes black apically

often broadly black

large to small, often absent

often orange throughout,
black, when present,
usually basal, sometimes
around eyes and on
labrum-clypeus

coxae and abdomen some-
times (rarely also
metasternum) partly
black

encompassing 3-4 intervals
or wider, may join su-
tural stripe (dark form)

tibiae nearly always black
for more than 1/2 of
length; femora usually
not black apically

sometimes narrowly black

large to (often) small, in-
frequently absent

often orange throughout,
black, when present,
usually between eyes,
sometimes also basal

pale, rarely partly black

Table 2. Breeding experiments with L. trivittata and L. trilineata.

Lema species
Females Males

Matings
observed

Eggs

Hatched

Cross matings trivittata 1

t. trilineata 3

2

42

trivittata 2

t. trilineata 4

1

-

i. trilineata 1

trivittata 3

4

_

/. trilineata 2

trivittata 4

7

17

Self matings trivittata 1

trivittata 3

3

219

42%

trivittata 2

trivittata 4

7

576

32%

trivittata 5

trivittata 1

13

266

32%

trivittata 6

trivittata 8

4

139

19%

/. trilineata 1

/. trilineata 3

_

t. trilineata 2

/. trilineata 4

2

-

!. trilineala 5

/. trilineata 1

4

29

31%

/. trilineata ft

t. trilineata 8

5

14

100%

2 1 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Collection notes

The numerous adults of these 2 species in the USNM collection fre-
quently bear notes which indicate the plants on which the specimens were
collected; these records are given below. Notes of this sort may indicate the
actual larval host, a plant on which the adult feeds, or may indicate a plant
on which the adult was simply resting. There is always the possibility that
errors may have been made in the recording of field notes.

The first 4 records listed below for L. trivittata are known larval hosts;
the first 6 for L.t. trilineata are known larval hosts.

Lema trivittata: jimson weed, ex Datura, Datura stramonium L., on
Datura quercifolia H.B.K., in cornfield, on strawbrry, on Physalis, on
Hyoscyamus, on Atropa belladonna L., wild barley, on sunflower, cotton
bud, bred from Solatium, on Chamaesaracha conioides Britton, wheat, on
English pea foliage, on tomato leaves, with string bean leaves, feeding on
potato, on Irish potato foliage, on okra leaves, on Melilotus indica ( L.) All.
foliage, with parsley roots and leaves. Solatium elaeagnifolium Cav.

Lema t. trilineata: Solatium dulcamara, on Physalis alkekingi L.,
Japanese lantern, reared potato, Chinese lantern, on Physalis, jimson weed,
on corn, on sweet corn, on beans, on Datura stramonium L., on Nicandra
physalodes (L.) Gaertn. (sic), feeding on belladonna.

LITERATURE CITED

Balsbaugh, E.U., Jr., and K.L. Hays. 1972. The Leaf Beetles of Alabama (Coleoptera:

Chrysomelidae). Auburn Univ. Agric. Exp. Stan. Bull. 441. 223 pp.
Blackwelder, R.E. 1939. Fourth supplement to the Leng catalogue of Coleoptera of

America, North of Mexico. J.D. Sherman: Mount Vernon, N.Y. 146 pp.
1946. Checklist of the Coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America

the West Indies, and South America. Part 4. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 185, pp. 551-763.
Brimley, C.S. 1938. The insects of North Carolina. North Carolina Dept. Agric., Raleigh.

560 pp.

Chevrolat, A. 1835. Coleopteres du Mexique. Strasbourg. Ease. 5, pp. "101-128".
Clark, H. 1866. A Catalogue of Phytophaga. [Coleoptera, Pseudotetramera]. Part 1.

London. 50 pp.
Clavareau, H. 1913. Coleopterorum Catalogus. Pars 51: Chrysomelidae: 1. Sagrinae. 2.

Donaciinae, 3. Orsodacninae, 4. Criocerinae. Berlin. 103 pp.
Cockerell, T.D.A., and H.C. Fall. 1907. The Coleoptera of New Mexico. Trans. Am.

Entomol. Soc. 33:145-272.
Crotch, G.R. 1873. Check list of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. Naturalist's

Agency, Salem, Mass. 136 pp.
Emmons, E. 1854. Natural History of New York. Vol. 5. Insects of New York. Albany, 272

pp.
Fattig, P.W. 1948. The Chrysomelidae or leaf beetles of Georgia. Emory Univ. Mus. Bull.

no. 6, pp. 1-47.
Force, D.C. 1966. Reactions of the three-lined potato beetle, Lema trilineata ( Coleoptera:

Vol. 90. No. 5, November-December, 1979 217

Chrysomelidae), to its host and certain nonhost plants. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 59:111 2-

9.
Harris, T.W. 1833. The insects of Massachusetts. Report Geology, Minerals Botany,

Zoology: Amherst, Mass. pp. 566-595.
Jacoby, M. 1 880. Family Crioceridae. //; Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta. Coleoptera.

6:2-19.
Jacoby, M., and H. Clavareau. 1 904. Coleoptera Phytophaga. Fam. Crioceridae. In Genera

Insectorum. P. Wytsman. Fasc. 23. pp. 1-40.
Knowlton, G.F., and C.F. Smith. 1935. Notes on Utah Scarabaeidae and Chrysomelidae

(Coleoptera). Entomol. News 46:241-4.
Kogan, M. and R.D. Goeden. 1970. The systematic status of Lew a trilineata dulurapkila.

New Name, with notes on the morphology of chemoreceptors of adults (Coleoptera:

Chrysomelidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 63:529-37.
Lacordaire, J.T. 1845. Monographic des Coleopteres subpentameres de la famille des

Phytophages. Vol. 1 , pt. 1. Mem. Soc. Roy Sci. Liege 3:1-740.
LeConte, J.L. 1 859. The Coleoptera of Kansas and eastern New Mexico. Smithson. Contrib.

Knowl. 2:1-58.
Leng, C.W. 1 920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America. North of Mexico. J.D. Sherman:

Ml. Vernon. N.Y. 470 pp.
Lb'ding, H. P. 1945. Catalogue of the beetles of Alabama. Geol. Surv. Ala. Monog. 11. 172

PP-

Monros, F. 1960. Los Generos des Chrysomelidae. Opera Lilloana. 3:336 pp.

Puttier, B. I 966. Notes on two parasites attacking a Lema sp. (Coleoptera:Chrysomelidae).

J. Econ. Entomol. 59:475-6.
Say, T. 1824. Descriptions of coleopterous insects collected in the late expedition tr> the

Rocky Mountains . . . J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 3:403-62.
Schaeffer, C. 1933. Short studies in the Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc.

41:297-325.
Snow, F.H. 1907a. List of Coleoptera collected in New Mexico . . . Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci.

20:41 65.
. 1907b. List of the Coleoptera collected in New Mexico . . . Ibid 20:165-89.

AWARDS FOR STUDY

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, through its Jessup
and McHenry funds, makes available each year a limited number of awards
to support students pursuing natural history studies at the Academy.
Awards usually include a stipend to defray living expenses, and support for
travel to and from the Academy. Current application deadlines are 1 April
and 1 October 1 980. Further information may be obtained by writing to:
Chairman. Jessup-McHenry Award Committee, Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. 19th and the Parkway. Philadelphia.
Pennsylvania 19103.

2 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

THE OCCURRENCE OF TYRRELLIA CIRCULARIS

KOENIKE IN TEXAS (HYDRACARINA:

TYRRELLIIDAE) 1,2

B. McDaniel 3 , Eric G. Bolen 4

Marshall (1940), in her study of the mite genus Tyrrellia Koenike,
recorded the distribution of T. circularis Koenike from Michigan and
California. Koenike (1895) based his description of T. circularis on
specimens collected near Ottawa, Ontario Canada.

During an ecological study of the mite fauna of the Rob and Bessie
Welder Wildlife Foundation near Sinton, San Patricio County, Texas, a
single specimen of T. circularis (tenoral female), was found from a soil
sample taken in a drying mud flat on March 5, 1978.

Material of T. circularis has been collected in debris at the margin of
Reed's Lane near Grand Rapids, Michigan, in close proximity to water, and
from a thermal spring in California and a mineral Hot Springs, Saquache
Co., Colorado (Young 1969). The habitat of the single Texas specimen of
T. circularis was a previously inundated area peripheral to a 75-acre lake
on the Welder Foundation. The lake, a shallow basin with only sparse
emergent vegetation, is of the "ox-bow" type and is subject to rapid water
loss from evaporation in periods of low rainfall. The soil sample containing
T. circularis was collected 2 meters from the shoreline on a flat, carpeted
with decadent culms of clubhead cutgrass (Leersia hexandra). Soils at the
site are heavy c'lays that quickly harden upon drying.

We are indebted to Dr. Rober Mitchell, Department of Zoology, The
Ohio State University, for the loan of specimens of T. circularis. The slide
of T. circularis collected from Texas is deposited with Dr. Mitchell at Ohio
State University.

REFERENCES
Marshall, R. 1940a. The Water Mite Tyrrelia, Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett.

32:383-389.
Koenike, F. 1895. Nordamerikanische Hydrachniden. Abd. Naturwissen. Ver. Bremen. Bd.

XIII. 2:198-201.
Young, W.C. 1969. Ecological Distribution of Hydracarina in North Central Colorado.

Amer. Midi. Natur., 82(2):367-401.

'Received August 7. 1979

'Contribution No. 2168 Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Foundation and South Dakota

Agric. Exp. Sta. Jour. Ser. No. 1654.
'Plant Science Department ( Entomology. South Dakota State University. Brookings. South

Dakota 57007
4 Dean's Office. The Graduate School. Texas Tech University, Lubbock. Texas.

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 218

Vol. 90. No. 5. November-December. 1979 219

NOTES ON CERAMBYCIDAE FROM THE
SOUTHEASTERN U.S. (COLEOPTERA) 1

Robert H. Turnbow, Jr.', Frank T. Hovore'

ABSTRACT: New larval host plants, distributional, ecological and laxonomic records are
presented for 36 species and subspecies of Cerambycidae from the southeastern U.S.
Derancislms rugosus (Gahan) and Eburia cinereopilosa Fisher are recorded from the U.S.
for the first time, and new state records for Tyloiwtus masoni (Knull). Euderces picipes
occidentalis Linsley and Zaploits iin>!u/<iius(Che\ro\al) are presented. First larval hosts are
reported for Euderces p. occidenialis, E. pint (Olivier). Leptostylus alhescens ( Haldeman).
Leptostylopsis planidorsus (LeContc), Styloleptus minuens (Hamilton). Urgleptes kissin-
geri Dillon, Ecyms dasycerus floridanus Linsley and Obereagracilis( Fabricius). Sternidius
moderator (Casey) is placed as a junior synonym of Sternidius schwurzi (Hamilton).
Comparative, synonymical or supplemental information is given for an additional 9 species.

Although the Cerambycidae of the United States have been actively
studied for many years, details of the life histories of many species remain
unknown. This is particularly true of the southeastern fauna, which, except
for a few brief annotations in regional catalogues, has received little
attention. Much of the available biological information for species occurr-
ing in the southeast is based upon findings in other portions of their overall
distributions, and the recorded hosts for many species do not even occur in
the area. Moreover, many of the commonly collected species, such as
Styloleptus biustus (Lee.), have consistently been confused with other
species in the literature, appearing under a variety of generic and specific
epithets. Older published accounts, therefore, are frequently quite difficult
to interpret within current species concepts.

The records reported here are based upon collections made during
1974-8, and apparently represent new distributional, larval host or
ecological records for 36 southeastern longhorn species. Rearing method-
ologies have been described elsewhere (Turnbow and Wappes, 1978).
Unless otherwise indicated, specimens are in the collections of the authors.

Prioninae
Derancistrus (Elateropsis) rugosus (Gahan). This species has

'Received June 27. 1979.

'School ol Forest Resources. University ol Georgia. Athens. GA. 30602. Mailing address:
Department of Fntomology. University ol Georgia.

'Placenta Canyon Nature Center. 19152 W. Placenta Canyon Road. Nevs hall. CA. 9 I 32 I .

FNT. NI-WS 90(5) 219 229

220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

previously been recorded only from Cuba and the Bahama Islands (Cazier
and Lacey, 1 952). A single female matching Zayas' ( 1 975 ) and Cazier and
Lacey's characterization of D. rugosus was beaten by R. Turnbow from
foilage of living pigeon plum (Coccoloba diversifolialacq.) on Key Largo,
Florida (Monroe Co.) in June, 1978. In general appearance females of D.
nigosus closely resemble those of D. lineatus (L.) and D. scabrosus
(Gahan), with which it is largely sympatric. From lineotus it may be
separated by the coarsely, rugosely punctate elytral humcri. and from
scabrosus by the longitudinal white pubescent vittate on the elytra. In a
series of a dozen specimens of Derancistrus since reared by F. Hovore and
R.L. Penrose from old, dead branches of poisonwood (Metopium toxi-
ferurn (L.) Krug and Urban) and gumbo limbo (Bursera simaniba (L.)
Sarg.), several females have feeble traces of white vittae at the elytral apices
and have the lateral margins of the abdominal sternites white pubescent,
and one female has the dorsal vittae fully developed, as in the Turnbow
specimen. The reared specimens were cut from the wood as pupae and
prepupae, and no attempt was made to segregate specimens according to
host plant. Therefore, although the evidence would suggest that rugosus is
an infrequent polymorph of scabrosus ( characters for separating male cited
by Cazier and Lacey are extremely subjective), we cannot positively
demonstrate synonymy with additional field and rearing data.

Lepturinae

Typocerus badius (Newman). Linsley and Chemsak (1976) re-
corded this species as occurring from Georgia to central Florida on flowers
of Olea americana L. and Ilex. The authors and E.F. Giesbert collected
large numbers of adults on flowers of farkleberry ( Vaccinium arboreum
Marshall) and Cornus asperifolia Michaux near Old Town, Florida (Dixie
Co.) in May, 1978. One female was observed ovipositing in a bark fissure
on the side of a small (ca. 10 cm. diameter) stump of Quercus sp.

Cerambycinae

Methia pusilla (Newman). Taxodium has been cited (Linsley,
1 963) as the only host for this species since Craighead's ( 1 923 ) description
of the larva. However, we, and others (Turnbow and Wappes, 1978), have
collected large series of this methiine far from any sources of Taxodium.
Recently, we have reared specimens from dead branches and twigs of live
oak ( Quercus virginiana Miller) collected near Old Town. Florida.

Eburia cinereopilosa Fisher. --In May, 197 1 , J.E. Wappes collected
5 specimens of this Cuban species at building lights on Marathon Key,
Florida (Monroe Co.). These specimens, which represent the first U.S.

Vol. 90, No. 5, November-December. 1979 221

record for the species, have the integument reddish-brown (described as
blackish in the female holotype. Fisher, 1932), but match in all essential
details Zayas' (1975) characterization and illustration of cinereopilosa.

Eburia stigma (Olivier). - - Blatchley (1923) reported beating speci-
mens of E. stigma from foliage of young Caribbean pine (based upon a
misidentification of Pinits el Hold var. densa Little and Dorman), and
Linsley (1962), citing this record, listed P. caribaea as the host. However.
Thomas (1977) reported digging a pupa of E. stigma from the stump of a
hardwood tree, possibly mastic (Mastichodendron foetidissimum (Jacq.)
Cronquist). We can confirm mastic and add wild tamarind (Lysiluma
latisliqua (L.) Benth.) as larval hosts of this longhorn. Adults were reared
and cut from dead limbs and trunks of these trees on Key Largo. The life
cycle is apparently completed in one year.

Tylonotus masoni (Knull). - - Linsley (1962) gives the range of this
uncommon species as the central U.S., citing localities in Texas. Okla-
homa, Missouri. Iowa, Illinois, Indiana and Ohio. The species also occurs
in the southeastern states, at least in their northern sections. Specimens
have been collected in black light traps in Mississippi (Starkville. Oktib-
beha Co., W.H. Cross) and Georgia (Whitehall Forest, Clarke Co.. R.
Turn bow).

Knulliana cincta ochracea (Bates). - This southeastern subspecies
has been recorded from Caiya pecan (Marsh.) Engl. & Graebn. (Loding.
1945; Fattig, 1947) and Ostrya virginiana(W\\.) K. Koch (Knull, 1937).
We have reared specimens from woods of dead strangler fig(Ficus a urea
Nutt.), wild tamarind, poisonwood and buttonwood (Conocarpus erect a
L.) collected on Key Largo and in the Everglades National Park. Florida
(Monroe Co.).

Aethecerinus honii (Lacordaire). - - This Florida endemic is extremely
rare in collections, a few specimens having been taken in malt traps in scrub
oak areas (Woodruff, 1973, p. 173), and one "from flowers of farkleberry
( Vaccinium arboreum)" (Blatchley, 1914). We collected a large series of
adults near Old Town, Florida on stumps, dead branches and living new
growth of red bay (Persea bourboni (L.) Sprengel), and at fermenting
exudates in bark fissures of Quercus sp. Mating aggregations were
frequently encountered on the scarred buttresses of crown-sprouting
stumps, with as many as 1 3 individuals present in a single aggregation. No
positive evidence of larval development or adult emergence was found, even
in older dead stumps and logs. Both sexes were observed feeding at the
margins of fresh, moist, fermenting bark scars, in company with numerous
ants, nitidulids and an occasional specimen of Ancylocera bicolor(O\ivier).

Curtomentsflarus ( Fabricius). - This pale testaceus species has been
recorded from a variety of host plants from throughout the American tropics

222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(Duffy, 1960). In the continental U.S., C.flavus is apparently restricted to
southern Florida, where we have found it infesting mastic, poisonwood,
Jamaica dogwood (Piscidia piscipuls (L.)) Sarg. and pigeon plum. Adults
may be found at night, running rapidly over the surface of dying or dead host
materials.

Elaphidion cryptum Linsley. -- Hovore et al (1978) reported collect-
ing adults of this species on freshly cut, down-hanging branches of wild
tamarind. The larval host, however, is apparently unknown. We have
reared specimens from cut limbs and trunks of poisonwood and red
mangrove (Rhizophora mangle L.) from Key Largo, Florida.

Anelaphus subtropicus (Casey). - Known Caribbean hosts of this
species have been summarized by Duffy ( 1960). In the U.S., A. subtropi-
cus occurs only in southern Florida, where it has been recorded as breeding
in Conocarpus erecta (Schwarz, 1887). We have reared specimens from
wild tamarind (RHT) and poisonwood (FTH) on Key Largo. Adults are
attracted to dead and dying hosts and are active on such materials at night.
A series of specimens was beaten from recently fire-scorched gumbo limbo
foliage, in company with Melhia pusilla and Plectromerus dentipes
(Olivier).

Plectromerus dentipes (Olivier). - - According to Linsley (1963), the
hosts of this species include Quercus, Carya pecan and Crossopetalum
rhacoma Hitchc. We have reared specimens from dead limbs and trunks of
buttonwood, wild tamarind and poisonwood collected in the Florida Keys.
The life cycle is completed in one year.

Plinthocoelium s. suaveolens (Linnaeus). Linsley (1964) cited
Nyssa uniflora and Morns sp. as the hosts of this subspecies, and Linsley
and Hurd (1959) detailed the larval habits of the subspecies plicatum
( LeConte) in Bumelia languinosa. We found suaveolens in the stems and
roots of Bumelia sp. in the pinewood-grasslands of the Everglades National
Park. Larval mines were quite extensive in the lower stems of the small, less
than 10 cm. diameter plants, often causing them to break off just above
ground level. Adults, including mating pairs,were taken in large numbers on
flowering Bumelia, and occasional individuals were found on blossoms of
palmetto.

Neoclytus cordifer(K\ug). - This attractive clytine has been recorded
from a variety of host materials ( Linsley, 1 964). We have reared specimens
from tallowwood (Ximenia americana L.), mastic, Jamaica dogwood and
wild tamarind in the Florida Keys, but in contrast to the report of Back
(1918), attacks were made only on dying or dead host materials. In the
laboratory, these woods were repeatedly reinfested.

Euryscelis suturalis (Olivier). - This strongly dimorphic species is
known from the West Indies and southern Florida. In Puerto Rico, Prosopis

Vol. 90, No. 5. November- December. 1979 223

juliflora DC. has been recorded as the host (Wolcott, 1936 and 1948:
Martorell, 1945, cited in Duffy. 1960). We have reared adults from
recently killed mastic and poisonwood from Key Largo.

Euderces picipes occidentalis Linsley. - - Two specimens of E. picipes.
matching precisely Linsley's (1964) diagnosis of the subspecies occiden-
talis (rufous coloration with abdomen and elytral apices piceous), were
collected in April, 1975 by F. Hovore, 2 miles west of Ponce De Leon.
Florida ( Walton Co. ). One specimen was taken on a blossom of Rubits and
the other reared from a branch of Quercus sp. girdled by Oncideres
cingliiatus Say. Specimens attributable to this subspecies have also been
collected in Stone (Kimberling City, E.G. Riley), Stoddard (Holly
Preserve, 2.8 mi. NE Dexter, S.O. Swadener) and Callaway( Reform. S.O.
Swadener) counties in Missouri. From these records, it would appear that
the subspecies occidentalis occurs in a broad area along the southern
margin of the species range.

Euderces pini (Olivier). - - Linsley (1964) recorded no host for this
widespread eastern species, although Loding(1945) reported specimens
beaten from oak. R. Turnbow has reared specimens from dead limbs and
twigs of dogwood (Cornus florida L.). winged elm ( Ulmiis alata Michx.)
(both Whitehall Forest) and pecan (Winder. Barrow Co.. Georgia). These
Georgia specimens differ from typical pini by their uniformly piceous
integument. This phenotype seems to predominate in populations in
northeastern Georgia, although occasionally individuals with dark reddish-
brown integument are encountered. Specimens from the central part of the
state are similar to those from other parts of the species' range.

Osmopleura chamaeropis (Horn.) Adults of this uncommon species
have long been associated with cabbage palmetto ( Sabal palmetto ( Walt. )
Lodd. ex Schultz), with specimens having been collected from blossoms
and foliage ( Blatchley, 1925; 1928). Recent collections of large series of O.
chamaeropis at Long Pine Key and Pinelands Trail, Everglades National
Park (Dade Co.), by the authors and R.L. Penrose contribute to the
knowledge of the habits of this species. Occasional individuals were
collected from blossoms or resting on foliage of S. palmetto, but the
majority were found in the deep interspaces between living stems in the
basal rosettes of the palmettos. The cuneate elytra allowed for deep retreat
upon disturbance, and the striped head and prothorax blended well with the
decomposing litter accumulated in the rosette. Feeding larvae, pupae and
teneral adults were collected from dead, dried inflorescences, and from
dead leaf bases persisting on the trees. The eggs are apparently laid on green
inflorescences or at the bases of the outermost living leaves, as feeding
larvae were always found in the most recent, completely dead portions of
the plant. A single dead female of Zagymnus clerinus(LeCor\\.Q) was also
encountered in the basal rosette of a large cabbage palmetto.

224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lamiinae

Leptostylus albescens (Haldeman). - This strikingly marked species
apparently has no recorded larval host, although Kirk ( 1969) reported an
adult taken "on oak trunk". F. Hovore has beaten specimens from trunks of
dead Ilex sp. near Old Town, Florida, and R. Turnbow has reared
specimens from trunk sections of sweet gam(Liquidambarstyractiflus L.)
cut in Whitehall Forest. Georgia.

Leptostylus transversusfloridellus Dillon. - - Typical L. transversus is
known to breed in dead wood of a wide range of hardwood species, but few
of these recorded hosts occur within the range of the subspecies floridellus.
Champlian etal(\ 925 ) rearedfloride/lus( recorded as Leptostylus aculifer
Say) from dead gumbo limbo at Paradise Key, Florida. We have reared
specimens from this host as well as from mastic in the upper Florida Keys
and poisonwood in the lower Keys. Oviposition occurs on the larger
diameter woody parts of recently dead trees. Larval development appar-
ently requires one year.

Leptostylopsis planidorsus (\j&C,QTtf). -- Although it occurs through-
out the southeastern U.S., this species apparently has no recorded host. We
have reared a single female from trunk sections of river birch ( Betula nigra
L.) cut in Whitehall Forest (RHT), and 3 specimens from dead vines
(probably a Vitis sp.) collected on Key Largo (FTH). Adults were beaten
by F. Hovore and R.L. Penrose from Ulmus sp. near Enterprise, Volusia
Co., Florida.

Leptostylopsis terraeco lor (Horn). - - Craighead ( 1 923) described the
larva of this common species from specimens taken from seeds of
Rhizophora mangle, and Dillon (1965a) listed mastic and shortleaf fig
(Ficits citrifolia Mill.) as hosts. We found L. terraecolorio be extremely
abundant on fire-killed woody vegetation on Key Largo in May, 1977, and
on slash in and about the Everglades National Park in May, 1978.
Subsequently, specimens have been reared from woody parts of dead
poisonwood, wild tamarind, Jamaica dogwood, grape ( Vitis sp.), strangler
fig, gumbo limbo and red mangrove. Specimens have also been reared from
dead wood of Florida prive\.(Forestierasegregata(Jacq.) Krugand Urban)
collected on Sanibel Island, Florida (Lee Co.). If Zayas (1975) interpreta-
tion of L. incrassatus (Klug) is correct. L. terraecolor would be a junior
synonym of that species.

Styloleptus b. biustus (LeConte). - This species has been the subject
of considerable taxonomic confusion in the literature, and many of the
records attributed to it probably refer to other genera and species. Recorded
hosts include such disparate plants as Cassava ( Wolcott, 1 933), "dried-up
pomengranate" (Riley, 1880) and Norway spruce (Kirk and Knull, 1926).
However, the majority of records have been from various hardwood species

Vol. 90, No. 5, November-December. 1979 225

(Hubbard, 1885: Craighead. 1923; Loding, 1945; Fattig, 1947: and Kirk.
1 969, among others). In Florida we have reared it from limbs and trunks of
dead strangler fig (near Andytown. Broward Co.). poisonwood (Key
Largo) and Ilex (near Old Town).

Styloleptus minuens (Hamilton). This species was originally
described (1896) from material beaten from dead vines of Melolhria
pendula L. We have beaten specimens from dead Metopium in Miami and
from freshly cut. down-hanging branches of Zanthoxylum fagara (L. )
Sarg. in Grossman Hammock (both Dade Co.. Florida), and collected
numerous individuals at light in the Everglades National Park. F. Hov ore
reared a single specimen from dead twigs of gumbo limbo from Key Largo.
Lethes Israeli Zayas ( 1 975 ). based upon the original description and figure.
is very close to. if not synonymous with, this species.

Nyssodiysina haldemani (LeConte). -- Chemsak and Linsley ( 1975)
recorded the range of this species as extending from the eastern U.S. to
Panama, but Craighead's (1923) description of the larva from Celtis
apparently represents the only recorded host data. We have reared large
numbers of N. haldemani from strangler fig taken near Andytown, Florida,
and E.F. Giesbert (pers. comm.) has reared it from gumbo limbo from
Miami.

Sternidius schwarzi (Hamilton) ( = Sternidius moderator (Casey):
NEW SYNONYMY. Species in this genus have had a history of
taxonomic confusion and misidentification, and although numerous host
plant records for southeastern species of " Leiopus" exist in the literature, it
is difficult to associate them within modern species concepts. The " Liopus
(sic) punctatus" of Craighead ( 1923). by the range cited, may refer to S.
schwarzi: if so, persimmon. Ampelopsis, Cornus and Prunns serve as
hosts. Perry (1974) collected adults on Moms in Virginia (recorded as
moderator), and we have taken mating pairs by beating freshly-cut, down-
hanging branches of wild tamarind on Key Largo. We have also reared
numerous specimens from recently-dead limbs and trunks of Jamaica
dogwood and poisonwood from Key Largo, and a few specimens from twigs
of a Rhus sp. which had been girdled and killed by Oncidcrcs cin^nlciins
Say near Spring Hill. Florida (Pasco Co.). Forms assignable to both
schwarzi and moderator, along with numerous intermediate specimens,
occur throughout our material.

Urgleptes kissingeri Dillon. This diminutive species is evidently
known only from sothern Florida, and its host is unrecorded. On Key Largo
we have beaten adults from dead portions of lantana ( Lantana involucrata
L.). wild tamarind and other hardwoods, and reared specimens from
sections of decadent and dead Jamaica dogwood. Further study will
undoubtedly show this species to be synonymous with U. foveatocollis

226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(Hamilton); Dillon (1956b) included foveatocollis only as an "Incertae
Sedis", making no attempt to compare it to his kissingeri, despite the fact
that both were known from southern Florida.

Zap/ous annulatus (Chevrolat). - - Recorded only from Florida and
Cuba (Linsley, 1935), this obscure little pogonocherine was recently
collected in Georgia by R. Turnbow in Whitehall Forest. Single specimens
(one of each sex) were taken in a malaise trap and a window trap in June,
1977. Turnbow also collected 3 specimens by beating living foliage of Ilex
sp. in a recently cut over area near Old Town, Florida.

Ecynis dasycerus floridanus Linsley. - - Although the nominate form
of E. dasycerns has been recorded from a number of hardwood species
(Linsley, 1935), the subspecies floridanus apparently has no recorded
host. We have taken it commonly at light and by beating slash in the
Everglades National Park and on Key Largo, and the senior author has
reared specimens from limbs of dead wild tamarind and poisonwood (Key
Largo) and from cut limbs of strangler fig collected near Andytown,
Florida. Material from Key Largo tends to be somewhat darker than that
from the Everglades, and specimens from central Florida are difficult to
align with either subspecies. Specimens phenotypically similar to flori-
danus have been collected as far north as Kite (Johnson Co.) in central
Georgia, in association with turkey oak (Quercus laevis Walter) (RHT).

Alaxia crypla (Say). - This widespread lamiine has been recorded
from an unusual array of plant species, including various hardwood trees
( Quercus, Castanea and Pyrus) and a variety of herbaceous or shrubby
plants (Xanthium, Verbesina, Ambrosia, Thurberia, Srnilax and Gossy-
pium) ( Craighead, 1923). Earlier records may in part refer to Esthologena
hubbardi (Fisher) described in 1924) which commonly infests annual
plants. In the Florida Keys we have found A. crypla breeding in the dead,
woody trunks of cut mastic.

Ataxiafalli Breuning. - - Craighead (1923) described the larva of this
cryptic species (as A. sulcata Fall) from specimens taken from seeds of red
mangrove. We have reared specimens from trunk sections of decadent
Jamaica dogwood collected on Key Largo, and have beaten it from red
mangrove and poisonwood in the same area.

Ataxia spinicauda Schaeffer. - This distinctive species is uncommon
in U.S. collections, and although Zayas (1975) indicated that it is
commonly collected in Cuba, apparently nothing is recorded of its habits. In
May, 1978, A.E. Lewis took a single specimen at light on Key Largo, and in
the following month the senior author beat a single female from slash of
poisonwood at the same locality. This specimen was taken in company with
A. crypla and A. falli. The slash had been cut during the preceding month.

Spalacopsisfilum costulatum Casey. Hamilton ( 1 895; and 1 896, in

Vol. 90. No. 5, November-December. 1979 227

Leng and Hamilton) recorded Meloihria pendula as a host of this
subspecies (as S. linum Duval) and Tyson ( 1973) cited a specimen beaten
from Calonyctium aculeatum (Ipomoea alba L.). Adults of S. f. costit-
latum were abundant on slash piles east of the entrance to the Everglades
National Park in June, 1978 (RHT): specimens have also been taken on
fresh-cut wild tamarind at night, and on dead gumbo limbo (both Key
Largo) (FTH). R. Turnbow reared a single female from buttonwood slash,
collected near Flamingo in the Everglades National Park (Monroe Co.).
the specimen emerging in July, 1977, from wood cut the preceding spring.
Spalacopsisstolata( Newman). Craighead( 1923) described a larva,
presumably that S. stolata, from specimens taken from stalks of Jerusalem
oak (Chenopodium botrys L.). Subsequently, specimens have been col-
lected on Verbesina and Flaren'a linearis Lag. (Tyson, 1973). In May.
1978, F. Hovore collected a specimen of S. stolata by beating dead gumbo
limbo on Key Largo.

Mecas femoralis (Haldeman). Although recorded from North
Carolina to Florida, this species is rare in collections (Chemsak and
Linsley, 1973). The authors and R.L. Penrose collected a series of M.
femoralis flying about and resting on foliage of a small, grasslike Aster
growing amidst mixed roadside vegetation in a sandhill-scrub oak com-
munity. 1-2 miles west of Archer, Florida (Alachua Co.).

Oberea grac/V/'-s^Fabricius). - - The host and habits of this southeastern
species apparently have not been previously described. In early June. 1978.
R Turnbow encountered adults of this species resting on and flying about
young (less than 0.5 m. tall) white oaks (Quercus alba L. ) and southern red
oaks (Q.falcata Michx.) growing along highway 52 in Hall Co., Georgia.
Subsequent observations indicated that O. gracilis has a 2-year life cycle in
these seedling oaks. Oviposition occurs on the terminals of apparently
healthy trees in May and June, and larvae mine down one side of the stem.
becoming inactive with the onset of winter. The following spring, mining
resumes, with the larva expelling frass through a linear series of round holes.
In late June, the tree is girdled, approximately 10-15 cm. above the soil
surface. This girdling kills the tree, at which time infested plants are easily
recognized. Through the remainder of the year, mining continues down into
the root collar, where the larva reverses itself and pupates. The dead
portions of the tree distal to the girdle apparently break off during the
following winter. Adults emerge, probably through the frass plug at the
girdle site, late in the second spring.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to express their thanks to the following: G. Hendrix. National Park
Service, for permission to collect in the Everglades National Park: W. Duncan and N. Coile,

228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

University of Georgia, Athens, for their respective determinations of the Quercus spp. and
Lantana sp. reported in these studies; E.F. Giesbert, A.E. Lewis, R.L. Penrose and J.E.
Wappes for use of specimen records in their collections; M.C. Thomas, University of Florida,
Gainesville, for lodging, camaraderie and information relevant to Florida Cerambycidae; and
R.L. Penrose, Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem, and J.A. Chemsak, University of
California, Berkeley, for their reviews of the manuscript.

This research was supported in part by Mclntire-Stennis funds.

LITERATURE CITED

Back, E.A. 1918. Clvtus devastator, a new pest of the Florida orange. J. Econ. Entomol.

1 1:411-4.
Blatchley, W.S. 1914. Notes on the winter and early spring Coleoptera of Florida, with

descriptions of new species. Can. Entomol. 46:88-93.
. 1925. Notes on the distribution and habits of some Florida Coleoptera with

descriptions of new species. Can. Entomol. 47:160-8.
. 1 928. Notes on some Florida Coleoptera with descriptions of new species.

Can. Entomol. 60:60-73.
Cazier, M.A. and L. Lacey. 1952. The Cerambycidae of the Bahama Islands. British West

Indies (Coleoptera). Amer. Mus. Nov. No. 1588.
Champlain, A.B., H.B. Kirk and J.N. Knull. 1925. Notes on Cerambycidae (Coleoptera).

Entomol. News 36:139-42.
Chemsak, J.A. and E.G. Linsley. 1973. The genus Mecas LeConte. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.

47(12):141-84.
. 1975. Checklist of the beetles of Canada, United States,

Mexico, Central-America and the West Indies. Vol. 1, Part 6. The longhorn beetles and

the family Disteniidae. (Red Version). Biol. Res. Inst. Amer. pp. 1-224.
Craighead, F.C. 1923. North American Cerambycid larvae. Can. Dept. Agr. Bull, (n.s.)

27:1-239.

Dillon, L.S. 1956a. The nearctic components of the tribe Acanthocinini (Coleoptera: Cer-
ambycidae). Part I. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 49:134-67.

. 1956b. The nearctic components of the tribe Acanthocinini (Coleoptera: Cer-
ambycidae). Part III. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 49:332-55.
Duffy, E.A.J. 1960. Monograph of immature stages of neotropical timber beetles. British

Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London, 327 pp.
Fattig, P. W. 1 947. The Cerambycidae or long-horned beetles of Georgia. Emory Univ. Mus.

Bull. No. 5.
Fisher, W.S. 1932. New West Indian cerambycid beetles. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. #2922, vol.

80, art. 22, pp. 1-93.
Hamilton, J. 1 895 . Coleoptera taken at Lake Worth, Florida, No. 1 1 . Can. Entomol. 27:3 1 7-

22.

Hubbard, H.G. 1885. Insects affecting the orange. USDA Div. Ent. Spec. Rept., 227 pp.
Kirk, H.B. and J.N. Knull. 1926. Annotated List of the Cerambycidae of Pennsylvania

(Coleoptera). Can. Entomol. 68:21-6; 39-46.
Kirk, V.M. 1969. A list of beetles of South Carolina, Pt. I northern coastal plain. So.

Carolina Agr. Expt. Sta. Tech. Bull. 1033.
Knull, J.N. 1937. Notes on Coleoptera with descriptions of new species (Buprestidae and

Cerambycidae). Entomol. News 48: 15-7; 36-42.
Leng, C.W. and J. Hamilton. 1896. The Lamiinae of North America. Trans. Amer.

Entomol. Soc. 23:101-78.
Linsley, E.G. 1935. A revision of the Pogonocherini of North America (Coleoptera,

Cerambycidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 28:73-103.

Vol. 90, No. 5. November-December. 1979 229

. 1962. The Cerambycidae of North America Part III. Taxonomy and

classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae, tribes Opsimini through Megaderini. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Entomol. 20:1-188.

1963. The Cerambycidae of North America Part IV. Taxonomy and

classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae, tribes Elaphidionini through Rhinotragini.
Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 21:1-165.

1964. The Cerambycidae of North America Part V. Taxonomy and

classification of the subfamily Cerambycinae, tribes Callichromini through Ancylocerini.

Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol 22:1-197.
Linsley, E.G. and J.A. Chemsak. 1976. The Cerambycidae of North America Part VI. No.

2. Taxonomy and classification of the subfamily Lepturinae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol.

80:1-186.
Linsley, E.G. and P.O. Hurd, Jr. 1959. The larval habits of Plinthocoelium suaveolens

piicatum (LeConte). Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 58(l):27-33.
Loding, H.P. 1945. Catalogue of the beetles of Alabama. Mon. 1 1, Geol. Sun'. Ala.. Univ.

Ala., pp. 1 12-26 (Cerambycidae).
Martorell, L.F. 1945. A survey of the forest insects of Puerto Rico. Parts I and II. J. Agr.

Univ. Puerto Rico 29:69-354; 355-608.
Perry, R.H. 1974. Notes on the long-horned beetles of Virginia, part II (Coleoptera:Cer-

ambycidae). Col. Bull. 28:215-7.
Riley, C.V. 1880. Food habits of the longicorn beetles or wood borers. Amer. Entomol.

1:237-9; 270-1.
Schwarz, E.A. 1887. Comments at Aug. 4, 1887 meeting. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 1:90-

4.

Thomas, M.C. 1977. New Host records and behavior observations on Florida Ceram-
bycidae. Col. Bull. 31:83-6.
Tyson, W.H. 1973. The Spalacopsis of the West Indies and America north of Mexido

(Coleoptera:Cerambycidae). Col. Bull 27:1 17-37.
Wolcott, G.N. 1933. An economic entomology of the West Indies. Publ Ent. Soc. Puerto

Rico. San Juan. 688 pp.

. 1936. "Insectae Boringuenses." J. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico 20:1-627.

. 1948. The insects of Puerto Rico:Coleoptera. J. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico

32:331-347 (Cerambycidae).
Woodruff, R.E. 1973. The scarab beetles of Florida (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae) Part I. The

Laparosticti (subfamilies:Scarabaeinae. Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae, Ochodaeinae, Geo-

trupinae, Acanthocerinae). Arthropids of Florida and Neighboring Land Areas 8: 1 -220.
Zayas, F. de. 1975. Revision de la familia Cerambycidae. Academia de Ciencias de Cuba,

Inst. de Zool., La Habana, 443 pp.

230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CORIXIDS (HEMIPTERA:HETEROPTERA)
ATTRACTED TO AUTOMOBILE ROOF 1

Carl W. Schaefer, Molly I. Schaefer 3

On July 13,1 978. a hot (ca. 90 F). dry. clear, moderate breezy day. we
were collecting just off Arizona State Rte. 61. in Apache Co.. about three
miles west of the New Mexico border. About a dozen Hesperocorixa
lacvii^aia ( Uhler) (lew to the automobile ( a turquoise-blue Datsun) over the
course of an hour, hitting its roof, often hard enough to be stunned. We
collected nine of these insects. We assume the corixids mistook the glare
from the automobile for water, and landed hea\ily to penetrate what they
took to be the surface 111m.

Although there had been flood rains earlier in the Spring, no rain had
fallen tor at least a week previous. We saw no standing water that day. but
the area has water, the Rio Puerco running to the north and the Little
Colorado to the south; and the junction near bv of se\eral important
highways suggests the presence of permanent \\ells.

We believe the corixids were seeking new waters to coloni/e. The need
to migrate v\ as probably intensified by population pressure, the hea\ y rains
of the pre\ ions Spring having provided more than the usual amount ot
habitat.

Other insects ha\e been similarly contused. The hvdrophilid. Hclo-
phorn\ hiv\'ipulpi\ Bedel, has been reported attracted to automobile roofs
in large numbers (Benham. 1976; Last. 1976); and here in Connecticut
several species of mayfly have been seen swarming over an automobile roof
( R. Pupedis. pers. comm.. 1979). Indeed, in 1932. several thousand
corixids. \rdocon.\u niiida Fieber. plummeted onto "the bright top of ihe
nev\ auto." many of them striking it upside-down and then making
swimming motions ( Fattig. 1932). Doubtless other records, published and
unpublished, exist.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We arc grateful to Dr. Curtis Dunn (Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia) for
confirming the identification of the corixids. and for sending us the Fattig reference.

REFERENCES CITED

Benham, B.R. 1976. Swarming of Hclophuru^ hrc\-ipulpt\ Bedel (Col.. Hydrophilidae) in

North De\on. Kntomol. Mon. Mag. 1 1 1:127-128.
Fattig, P. W. 1932. Water-boatmen try to land on auto top ( Hemipt.:Corixidae). Entomol.

News 44: 15 2.
Last, H. 1976. Swarming of Ht'l<>p/ioru\ hr<.'vipu/pi\ Bedel (Col.. Hydrophilidiac). Entomol.

Mon. Mag. 1 I 1:128.

: Received August 20. 1979

Biological Sciences Group. Univ. Conn.. Storrs. Conn. 06268
'Waneinille Rd.. Mansfield Center. Conn. 06250

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 230

Vol. 90. No. 5. November- December. 1979 231

LECTOTYPE DESIGNATIONS AND

REDESCRIPTIONS FOR TWO SPECIES OF

NORTH AMERICAN ATRICHOPOGON

(DIPTERAiCERATOPOGONIDAE) 1

Willis W. Wirtrr

ABSTRACT: Lectotypes are designated for Atrichopogon websteri (Coquillett) and A.
peregrinus (Johannsen) and the species are redescribed and illustrated.

Because of the difficulty of determining species of the genus Atricho-
pogon Kieffer from external characters, it is almost essential that descrip-
tions be made at least in part from slide-mounted material. The purpose of
this brief note is to select lectotypes for two species described in less
complex times from pinned material and to present redescriptions based on
characters best seen in slide mounts.

Atrichopogon websteri (C oquillett)

(Fig. 1)

Ceratopogon websteri Coquillett. 1901: 603 (female: Louisiana).

Atrichopogon websteri (Coquillett): Thomsen. 1937: 63 (combination; immature stages:
habits); Boesel and Snyder. 1944: 42 (in key to larvae and pupae); Johannsen, 1952: 156
( websteri of Thomsen, not Coquillett. in key); Wirth, 1952: 123 (male female redescribed:
figs.: distribution); Boesel, 1973: 207 (male, female redescribed: Ohio).

Types. - - Described from four females from Ashwood. Tensas Parish, Louisiana,
17.iv. 1887, P.M. Webster (Type no. 5467, USN,). One pinned syntype has been lost off the
point. Two of the remaining three syntypes have been mounted on slides, and one of these has
been labeled Lectotype. From it the following notes are made:

Female. A relatively small species for Atrichopogon, length 1.1 mm; wing damaged,
length not measured. Eyes broadly contiguous, pubescent. Antenna (fig. la) with lengths of
flagellar segments in proportion of 27-20-20-18-18-19-19-19-50-50-54-54-73; antennal
ratio 1.75, last segment with apical papilla short and tapering, not subapically constricted.
Palpus (fig. Ib) with lengths of segments in proportion of 10-30-50-26-22; palpal ratio 3.1:
third segment slightly swollen, spindle-shaped, with moderately deep round sensory pit.
Proboscis short; mandible (fig. Id) slender and pointed, with 20 fine teeth, the teeth somewhat
smaller toward tip. Mesonotum with distinct impressed translucent lines (fenestrae):
scutellum with four marginal bristles and 2-4 small setae. Hind tarsal ratio 2.8. Wing as in fig.
Ic. Spermatheca (fig. 1 e) single, short oval with short slender neck, measuring 0.101 mm by
0.072 mm. Membranes of face and pleural membrane of abdomen with close-set microscopic
black spicules set in lines as in fig. 1 f.

'Received July 18. 1979

'Systematic Entomology Laboratory. IIBIII. Agric. Res., Sci. & Educ. Admin.. USDA. c/o
U.S. National Museum. Washington. D.C. 20560

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 231-235

232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Male. Genitalia (fig. Ig) with ninth sternum transverse on posterior margin, bearing
about ten long caudomesal setae arranged in a line along margin. Aedeagus with rounded
caudomedial point and a single deep fold on each side in the posterior margin of the rounded
caudolateral portion.

New Records. ILLINOIS: Cairo, 14 June 1961, R.B. Selander, on caged Epicauia, 5
males, 7 females.

Discussion. Wirth's (1952) description of this species from Cali-
fornia applies to a closely related species or a complex of species. A.
we bsteri can readily be distinguished by its pubescent eyes; relatively short
antenna; shining, blackish brown mesonotum and scutellum. the former
\vith conspicuous sublateral translucent lines (fenestrae) extending from
humeri to ends of scutellum; mandible with rather uniform small teeth, and a
single ovoid spermatheca with short slender neck. A diagnostic character is
the pattern of microscopic spicules arranged in close-set lines on the
abdominal pleura, and in short linear patches on the facial membranes.

I am indebted to R.B. Selander of the University of Illinois for the
following notes on his collection of the specimens reported above: "The
collection was made in the city park in Cairo, Alexander Co., Illinois, June
14, 1961, about an hour before dusk. I had some cages of live adult meloids
sitting on a park table. In the cage containing Epicauta fabricii I noticed
some tiny flies buzzing around and alighting on the bodies of the beetles. In a
cage next to this cage I had some Nemognatha nemorensis, but these were
not bothered. In another cage containing Epicauta lemniscata I saw a few
of the flies but most of the flies were attracted to the E. fabricii cage. At first
I thought the flies had been in the cage since the beetles were collected, but
by collecting the specimens periodically, I determined that the flies were
definitely coming in to the cages in the park."

In Europe Gbrnitz ( 1 937) reported Atric/wpogon brunnipes(M.e\gGn).
along with Notoxus beetles, Perilitus wasps, and A nthomyia flies, attracted
to the blister-beetle extract cantharidin. A. brunnipes is closely related to A.
websteri, differing notably in its longer proximal antennal segments, hairier
wings, more tapering neck on the spermatheca, and distinct caudomedial
excavation on the male ninth sternum (Havelka, 1976).

Atrichopogon peregrinus (Johannsen)

(Fig. 2)

Ceralopogon peregrinus Johannsen, 1908: 266 (female: New York).

Types. Described from an unspecified number of females from Old Forge, New York.
Johannsen's syntype series was borrowed from Cornell University through the courtesy of
L.L. Pechuman. There were seven pinned females labeled "Old Forge. N.Y., Aug. 1905, J.G.
Needham." Johannsen had selected one female and labeled it "Holotype. Cornell U. No.

Vol. 90. No. 5. November-December. 1979 233

2287". This specimen is hereby designated "Lectotype." Johannsen labeled the remaining
specimens paratypes, nos. 2287-2 to 2287-7 . Of these I mounted the two in best condition on
microscope slides in Canada balsam and with Dr. Pechuman's permission have retained
specimen no. 2287-3 for the collection of the USNM. The four remaining pinned paratypes
are somewhat damaged. The following notes are presented from the two slide-mounted
paratypes:

Female. A relatively large uniformly brownish species, wing length 1.55 mm. breadth
0.68 mm. Radial cells (fig. 2d) spacious, first radial cell 0.1 6 mm long, second radial cell 0.40
mm long: macrotrichia relatively slender and sparse on distal third of cells R5 and Ml. at tip of
cell M2, in mid portion of cell M4. and along posterior half of anal cell. Halter strongly
infuscated. Eyes pubescent. Antenna (fig. 2a) short and stout, proximal segments slightly
broader than long: lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 36-25-25-25-25-25-25-25-
60-60-65-65-92; antennal ratio 1 .62. Palpus (fig. 2b) short, third segment relatively short and
stout, sensory pit near tip. small and moderately deep, opening by a slightly smaller pore;
lengths of segments in proportion of 25-45-45-35-32: palpal ratio 1.88. Mandible (fig. 2f) with
1 9 fine teeth, the distal teeth slightly stronger. Mesonotal fenestrae absent, scutellum with four
primary bristles and about ten secondary hairs. Hind tarsal ratio 2.40. A single large ovoid
spermatheca (fig. 2e) gradually tapering to a slender, slightly oblique neck; measuring 0.1 77
mm by 0.108 mm.

Male. ( Braddock Bay. New York). Wing length 1 .47 mm: breadth 0.43 mm; costal
ratio 0.66. Antenna with lengths of last three segments in proportion of 7 7-63-86. Palpus as in
fig. 2c. Hind tarsal ratio 2.68. Genitalia (fig. 2g): Ninth sternum with moderately deep,
broadly V-shaped caudomedial excavation, three small setae on each side of the excavation
near hind margin: ninth tergum broadly rounded caudad. Basistyle short and broad, simple;
dististyle slightly longer than basistyle. nearly straight, gradually tapering to moderately
slender, slightly bent, simple tip. Aedeagus as figured, posterior margin with well-developed,
rounded medial lobe.

Distribution. Northeastern North America from Alberta to Labrador and south to
New York and Massachusetts.

Specimens Examined. -

ALBERTA: Brooks, 6. vii. 1955. J. A. Downes. 1 female (Canadian National Collection).
Kananaskis, Envir. Sci. Centre, 2 1 .vii. 1 973. J. A. Downes. on dead insects. 4 females (CNC).

LABRADOR: Goose Bay, 14.viii.1950. J.J. Tibbies. 1 female (CNC).

MANITOBA: Churchill. 31. vii. 1953. J.A. Downes, 1 female (CNC).

MASSACHUSETTS: Concord. 27. vii. 1 96 1 , W. W. Wirth. swept near marshy pond. 1
female.

NEW YORK: Braddock Bay, Monroe Co., 1 2.vi. 1 963, W. W. Wirth. near marsh. 1 male,
2 females. Brantingham Lake. Lewis Co., 22. vi. 1963, W.W. Wirth. lake margin. 2 females.
Portageville, Genesee River, 13.vi.1963, W.W. Wirth. 1 female. Ringwood Reserve.
Tompkins Co., 16-17.vi.1963. W.W. Wirth. from swamp. 1 female.

ONTARIO: Algonquin Park. 20. vi. 1 958, J.A. Downes, on dead insect, 3 females (CNC);
25. vi. 1966. S. Smith, spider web. 1 female (CNC): 8.vi.l960, W.W. Wirth. 1 female.

QUEBEC: Gatineau Park, 22. vi. 1966, S. Smith, on spider web. 1 female (CNC). Hull.
10.viii.1965, Malaise trap, 1 female. Rowanton Depot, l.viii.1954. J.A. Downes, 1 female
(CNC).

Discussion. This large, uniformly dark brown species is readily
distinguished by its robust build, pubescent eyes, monilitbrm proximal
antennal segments and relatively short distal segments, short and relatively
stout third palpal segment with shallow round pit. rather uniform sized.

234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

numerous distinct mandibular teeth; broad, rather hairy wing; dark halter:
numerous fine hairs on the scutellum; lack of mesonotal fenestrae, and large
ovoid spermatheca tapering to slender, slightly oblique neck.

In Boesel's (1973) key this species will run to A. titanus Boesel in
couplet 4. The species Boesel keyed out asperegrinus is a smaller species,
wing length 1 .30-1 .46 mm, mesonotum and scutellum blackish brown, the
former without fenestrae or impressed lines, the latter with 4 marginal
bristles and 10 secondary hairs; antennal ratio 2.1, provmal segments
transverse; legs olive to light brown; wind with second radial ce'i 2.2 times
length of first; macrotrichia present on about 2/3 of cell R5, in cell Ml. M2,
and sparsely or not at all in cells M4 and anal cell. Characters of the palpal
pit, mandibular teeth and spermathecae were not stated, but the short
tiansverse proximal antennal segments and general features of coloration,
vestiture, wing venation and macrotrichia indicate that EoeseVs peregrin us
is probably A. lucorum (Meigen) or another species of the subgenus
Meloehelea. A. titanus is apparently close to peregrinus but differs
according to the characters given by Boesel by its larger size ( adjusted wing
length 1.7 mm), bare eyes, antennal ratio 2.0, wing with numerous
macrotrichia on apical and posterior third; intercalary fork (veins R4+5 of
(Boesel) distinctly petiolatebut anterior branch of fork weak; second radial
cell 2.0 times length of first.

REFERENCES

Boesel, M.W. 1973. The genus Atrichopogon (Diplera. Ceratopogonidae) in Ohio and

neighboring states. Ohio J. Sci. 73:202-215.
Boesel, M.W., and E.G. Snyder. 1944. Observations on the early stages and life history of

the grass punky, Atrichopogon /ev/'s(Coquillett)(Diptera:Heleidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.

Amer. 37:37-46.
Coquillett, D.W. 1901. New Diptera in the U.S. National Museum. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

23:593-618.
Gornitz, K. 1937. Cantharidin als Gift und Anlockungsmittel fur Insekten. Arb. Phys.

Angew. Entomol. 4:1 16-157.
Havelka, P. 1 976. Limnologische und systematische Studien an Ceratopogoniden ( Diptera:-

Nematocera). Beitr. Entomol. Berlin 26:21 1-305.
Johannsen, O.A. 1908. New North American Chironomidae. New York St. Mus. Bull.

124:264-285.
. 1952. Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera or true flies

of Connecticut. Fifth fascicle: midges and gnats. Heleidae (Ceratopogonidae). Conn. St.

Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 80:149-175.
Lewis, F.B. 1959. Abundance and seasonal distribution of the common species of

Ceratopogonidae ( Diptera) occurring in the state of Connecticut. Canad. Entomol. 91:15-

28.
Malloch, J.R. 1915. Some additional records of Chironomidae for Illinois and notes on other

Illinois Diptera. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 1 1:303-364, 4 plates.
Thomsen, L.C. 1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part V. Ceratopogonidae. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp.

Sta. Mem. 210:57)80, 9 plates.
Wirth, W.W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 9:95-266.

Vol. 90. No. 5. November-December. 1979

235

Fig. 1. Atrichopogon websteri, a-t, temale; g, male: a, antenna; b, palpus; c. wing; d.
mandible; e, spermatheca; f, detail of spicules on integument of pleural membrane of abdomen;
g, genitalia.

Fig. 2. Atrichopogon peregrinus, a-b. d-f. female; c, g. male: a. antenna; b-c. palpus: d.
wing; e. genital sclerotization and spermatheca: f. mandible: g. genitalia.

236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

THYSANOPTERA ASSOCIATED WITH
HORSERADISH IN ILLINOIS 1

Charles Gerdes 2

ABSTRACT: Twelve species of Thysanoptera were identified from horseradish grown in
Illinois over a three year period. Four species were of known or potential economic
importance and were recorded from other crucifers in Illinois.

The first survey of insects on horseradish in Illinois was by Petty
(1955), who examined the crop from 1947 to 1954 and collected two
species of Thysanoptera, Thrips (abaci Lindeman and Frankliniella tritici
(Fitch). From 1976 to 1978 another study by the Illinois State Natural
History Survey (INHS) resulted in the collection of 12 species of thrips.

Horseradish is a crucifer and constitutes one species. However, it has
been known by at least six scientific names (Petty 1955). According to
Fosberg (1966) the correct scientific name is Armoracia rusticana
Gaertner, Meyer, and Scherbius.

METHODS

Most of the thrips were taken from the southwestern Illinois counties of
Madison and Saint Clair, the largest area of commercially grown horse-
radish in the United States. The remainder were taken from test plots of the
University of Illinois near Urbana. A total of more than 1 50 samples were
taken from 1 976 to 1 978. Samples were made at least three times monthly
from May to November. The number of samples containing thrips and their
range of months of collection were as follows: 1976, 4 samples, May-
October; 1977, 11 samples, May-November; 1978, 21 samples, June-
October.

The samples were collected as leaf washes by D. W. Sherrod, Research
Assistant, INHS. Each sample consisted of 10 leaves, which were placed in
a plastic bag for transport. The contents of each bag were placed in a
bucket 1/3 filled with water to which one or two drops of detergent were
added. With a secure lid the bucket was shaken by hand. The inside of the
lid and bucket walls were washed with alcohol to remove all arthropods and
decrease suds. The contents of the bucket were poured onto a 100-mesh
sieve, from which the arthropods were washed into alcohol and separated.

Most of the thrips were mounted in balsam by the author but many of the
females of Thrips (abaci were preserved in alcohol. All were determined by
the author except for 24 specimens determined by L. J. Stannard, Professor
Emeritus, INHS. All were stored in the INHS museum.

'Received August 31, 1979

'Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana, IL 61801

[NT. NEWS 90(5) 236-238

Vol. 90. No. 5. November-December. 1979 237

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
I Thrips tabaci l.indcman

This species was the most numerous and appeared throughout the
growing season (Table 1). Chittenden (1919) reported the onion thrips.
Thrips tabaci, from the following crucifers but not from horseradish:
mustard, cabbage, cauliflower, kale, and turnip, which are all in the genus
Brassica Linnaeus. In addition INHS specimens were collected from
Champaign Co., Illinois, May 1933. from an unidentified crucifer of the
genus Lepidium Linnaeus. The onion thrips has been an occasional pest of
horseradish in Illinois and could invade the crop from these crucifers or any
of the other 1 7 families in Illinois from which it has been collected according
to the INHS collection.

2. Sericothrips variabilis (Beach)

This species was the second most numerous and had the second greatest
range of collection dates (Table 1 ). Specimens at the INHS museum were
taken from at least 16 other families in Illinois but from no other crucifers in
the Midwest. The occurrence of this species on horseradish may be of no
economic importance. It is especially numerous on soybeans, from which it
could easily disperse to many plants.

3. Species of potential economic importance

Frankliniellafusca ( Hinds), Frank I in id la iriiici( Fitch), and A nap ho
thrips obscunis (Muller), were the third, fourth, and fifth most numerous
species, respectively (Table 1). Specimens of these three species at the
INHS museum were collected from 1 7, 34. and 8 other families in Illinois,
respectively. Moreover, all three species were collected from an unidenti-
fied species of the crucifer of the genus Cram he Linnaeus from Tippecanoe
Co., Indiana, July 1971. Franklinid/a triiici was collected from black
mustard, Brassica nigra Koch, from Carroll Co., Illinois. July 1947. and
Stephenson Co., Illinois, May 1971. At present there is no evidence that
these species are of economic importance on horseradish.

4. Minor species

According to the INHS collection none of the remaining seven species
in Table 1 has been collected from other crucifers in the Midwest.
Aeolothrips bicolor Hinds is primarily predacious, occurs throughout
Illinois, and could prey on other thrips on horseradish. One aeolothripid
larva, too damaged to identify to species, also was collected. The remaining
six species, each represented by only one or two specimens, were probably
transients. Their collection sites and typical hosts (Stannard 1968) were
near the horseradish sites.

238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Chittenden, F.H. 1919. Control of the onion thrips. USDA Fanners' Bull. 1007. 16 pp.
Fosberg, F.R. 1966. The correct name of the horseradish [Cruciferae]. Baileya 14:60.
Petty, H.B. 1955. The insect pests of horse-radish in southwestern Illinois. PhD Thesis.

University of Illinois. Urbana. iv + 80 pp.
Stannard, L.J. 1968. The thrips, or Thysanoptera, of Illinois. Bull. III. Nat. Hist. Survey

29:215-552.

Table 1. Collection data for Thysanoptera associated with horseradish in Illinois.

Adult Adult Months of Counties of

Species 9 cf Larvae Collection Collection

Thirps

tabaci Lindeman

260

1

8

V-XI

C.M.S

Sericothrips

variabilis ( Beach)

49

12

1

V-X

C.M.S

Frankliniella

fusca (Hinds)

12

V

M,S

Frankliniella

triiici (Fitch)

6

V.V1I.IX

M

Anaphothrips

obscurus (Muller)

3

VI

M,S

Frankliniella

tenuicornis (Uzel)

2

VI.VIII

C,M

Frankliniella

unicolor Morgan

1

1

VI, IX

S

Pseudodendrothrips

mori (Niwa)

2

VIII.X

M,S

Thrips

physapus Linnaeus

2

V

M

Aeolothrips

bicolor Hinds

1

V

M

Pseudothrips

inequalis ( Beach)

1

V

S

Thrips

\\innemanae Hood 1 VIII M

V = May, VI = June, VII = July, etc. C = Champaign, M = Madison, S = Saint Clair.

Vol. 90, No. 5. November-December. 1979 239

NEW RECORD AND HOSTS FOR GENUS NR.

PHYCOIDELLA SAETHER (DIPTERA:

CHIRONOMIDAEiORTHOCLADIINAE) 1

Selwyn S. Roback :

Gordon, Swan and Paterson (1978) recorded specimens of a genus nr.
Phycoidella Saether (1971) from between the demibranchs of Anodontu
cataracta Say from New Brunswick. Canada. These larvae appeared to be
in the first instar. Efforts to rear these or find possible later instars outside
the host mollusc have, to date, been unsuccessful.

Recently Mr. Malcolm F. Vidrine of the University of Southwestern
Louisiana, while collecting parasitic Unionicola mites from Mollusca.
found larvae that appeared to be the above species between the demi-
branchs. and between the demibranchs and the body of several genera and
species of Unionidae. These unionids were collected from 1 2-mile Creek at
LA. Rt. 1045. St. Helena Parish. Louisiana, by Mr. Vidrine and his family.
Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Paterson. who sent me larvae found in A.
cataracta from Lake Morice. N.B.. I was able to confirm the identity of the
Louisiana specimens with those from New Brunswick. I am also indebted to
Mr. Vidrine and Mr. D.J. Bereza ( ANSP) for data on the creek as well as
the identification of the unionid species involved, and to the Department of
Limnology and Ecology. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for support from its
research funds.

The presence of these larvae in Louisiana appears to represent a
considerable jump in distribution, but this may be more apparent than real.
These larvae are very small (about 0.75 mm) and would not be readily
noticed by anyone not specifically searching for parasites between the
demibranchs of the mollusks. They very likely occur at many localities
between New Brunswick and Louisiana.

Habitat 12-mile Creek is 15-20' wide and 0.5 -3.0' deep. The water is clear and cool and the
bottom is sandy with medium to fine gravel. The water How was moderate. There are extensive
beds of Vallisneria sp. with mud and sand. The highest concentrations of mussels were in the
Vallisneria beds.

'Received for publication September 28. 1979

-'Department of Limnology. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 19th and the
Parkway. Philadelphia. Pa. 19103.

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 239-240

240

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hosts -- The larvae of genus nr. Phycoidella were found between the demibranchs of the
following Unionidae:

Anodonta imbecillis Say
El/iptio beadliana (Lea)
Fusconaia sp.

Lampsihts claibornensis (Lea) (=straminea)
Villosa vibex (Conrad)

Strophitus subvexus? ( Conrad) was also found, but the single specimen collected was not
infested.

Larva The presumed instar I larva has a body length (caudal head margin - apex of A.X) of
about 790ju. The head (Fig. 1 ) is 85 ju long by 5 1/x wide. In dorsal view the sides are parallel.
The head depth is 35ju. The first antennal segment is about 8.5ju long, the apical segments
(apparently 3) are not clearly discernible. The blade appears as long as the flagellar segments.
The mandible (Fig. 2) is about 25ju long and possesses acomblike row of preapical setae and a
long apical tooth. It is somewhat suggestive of that found on some species of Pseclrocladius.
The ventromentum (Fig. 3) appears clear with a small number of dorsomental teeth on each
side. The anterior prolegs ( Fig. 1 ) possess 4-5 large apical claws and some smaller claws on
the shaft.

There were up to 25 larvae per demibranch pair.

Figures 1-3. Genus nr. Phycoidella. Fig. 1 - larval head and first thoracic segment, lateral;
Fig. 2 - larval mandible; Fig. 3 - larval mentum.

LITERATURE CITED

Gordon, M.H., B.K.. Swan and C.G. Paterson. 1978. Baeoctenus 6/'oo/or(Diptera:Chiro-
nomidae) parasitic in unionid bivalve molluscs and notes on other chironomid-bivalve
associations. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 35:154-157.

Saether, O.A. 1971. Four new and unusual Chironomidae ( Diptera). Can. Ent. 103: 1 799-

1X27.

Vol. 90. No. 5. November-December. 1979 241

A CHECKLIST OF THE STONEFLIES
(PLECOPTERA) OF VIRGINIA 1

Boris C. Kondratieff, J. Reese Voshell, Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: This first comprehensive list of the stoneflies of Virginia records 1 16 species,
including 40 new state records. An additional 2 1 species that are believed to occur in the state,
but have not yet been collected, are also listed. The diversity of biotic associations resulting
from the geographic position of the state is probably responsible for the large number of
species. The literature containing records of stoneflies and the most applicable taxonomic
works for identifying stoneflies from Virginia are reviewed.

From 1976 to 1979 we collected adult stoneflies from many sites in
Virginia as part of an ongoing survey of the aquatic insects of the state. This
checklist is the first comprehensive summary of the stoneflies of Virginia.
Smrchek (1973) listed 70 species from the state, but many of her records
were obtained from the literature, and many of her species determinations
were based on larvae. Previous records of stoneflies in Virginia are scarce
and scattered in the literature. There is no single comprehensive reference
which can be used to identify all of the species of stoneflies occurring in
Virginia. The fauna of Virginia includes many species which are not
included in taxonomic works for other states such as Connecticut (Hitch-
cock, 1 974), Florida ( Stark and Gaufin, 1 979), Illinois (Prison, 1 935), and
Pennsylvania (Surdick and Kim, 1976). In addition, several new species
that occur in Virginia have recently been described (Kondratieff and
Voshell, 1979: Nelson and Kondratieff. in press). Therefore, the purpose
of this paper is to provide a complete and up-to-date checklist ot the
stoneflies of Virginia so that workers in this geographic area can determine
the applicability of existing taxonomic literature.

In this checklist we follow the classification of Zwick (1973) as
reviewed by Baumann (1976). A total of 9 families, 40 genera, and 1 16
species are included that have been collected or examined by the authors or
that have been reported from Virginia in reliable literature sources. Forty
new state records are indicated by # . Species that we have not yet collected,
but are reported from Virginia in the literature, are indicated by *. In
addition to the 116 species that have been confirmed to occur in Virginia,
this checklist includes 21 species that we believe to occur in Virginia
because they have been reported in adjacent states: these are indicated by A.
and the states where they have been collected are listed in parentheses.

'Received August 8. 1979

department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg.
VA 24061

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 241-246

-42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The 1 16 species reported herein from Virginia is among the highest
number of species reported from a single state in the United States. The
number of species occurring in Virginia is approximately the same as that
reported by Gaufin and Ricker ( 1974) for Montana (1 19). Considerably
fewer species have been reported in several southern states: Florida - 26
species (Stark and Gaufin. 1979); Louisiana - 24 species (Stewart, et al..
1976); Texas - 28 species (Szczytko and Stewart, 1977). Fewer species
have also been reported in two northeastern states: Connecticut- 74 species
(Hitchcock, 1974): Pennsylvania- 90 species (Surdick and Kim, 1976). In
the adjacent state of West Virginia various authors (Farmer and Tarter,
1 976; Hissom and Tarter. 1 976; Kirchner. 1 978; Steele and Tarter. 1 977;
Tarter, et al.. 1975; and Tarter, et al.. 1976) have reported at least 95
species.

The richness of stonefly species in Virginia is probably indicative of the
favorable biogeographic position that the state occupies on the eastern
seaboard of the United States. The most complete discussion of biogeog-
raphy in Virginia can be found in Hoffman ( 1969). He wrote that "the state
embraces no less than five of the major physiographic provinces of eastern
United States, with a resultant diversity of topography and habitat types",
and that "through the combination of latitudinal location (36.30 to
39.30 N) and a considerable range of vertical relief (sea level to 5.720
feet), a variety of biotic associations determined primarily by climatic
factors is found within the political boundaries of Virginia." In addition,
there are eight river basins in Virginia, several of which are components of
old and geographically significant river systems. The richness of the state
fauna is illustrated by two significant range extensions reported in this
checklist. Allopcrla idei was previously reported only from Quebec, and
Allocupnia illinoensis was previously reported only from Illinois. Maine.
Minnesota. New York, Ohio. Ontario. Quebec, and Wisconsin. In sum-
mary, it appears that Virginia is a most interesting location for taxonomic
and distributional studies of stoneflies and other aquatic insects.

Specimens were examined from the collections of Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University, the United States National Museum, and
Mr. Ralph F. Kirchner. The following references contain records of
stoneflies from Virginia: Banks (1904); Baumann (1973. 1974. 1975):
Claassen (1931); Prison (1935. 1942); Hanson (1941); Harden and
Mickel (1952); Hitchcock (1974); lilies ( 1966): Needham and Claassen
(1925): Ricker (1949. 1952); Ricker and Ross ( 1968, 1975); Ross and
Ricker (1971); Stark and Gaufin (1974, 1976a, 1976b): and Zwick
(1973). The taxonomic works that are most applicable for identifying
stoneflies collected in Virginia are: Prison ( 1935, 1942); Hanson ( 1941 );
H;.chcock(1974); Needham and Claassen ( 1925); Ricker ( 1952); Ricker

Vol. 90. No. 5. November-December. 1979 243

and Ross (1968, 1975); Ross and Ricker (1971); Stark and Baumann
(1978); and Stark and Gaufin (1976a. 1976b).

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We thank Dr. Charles H. Nelson. University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, and Ralph F.
Kirchner. Barboursville. West Virginia, for critically reviewing ourmanuscript. We alsothank
Dr. Nelson for verifying identifications and Mr. Kirchner for providing specimens from his
personal collection. Rebecca F. Surdick provided records of Chloroperlidae. Dr. Oliver S.
Flint. Jr. made it possible for us to examine the stonefly collection at the USNM. The
following persons collected stoneflies that were used in this study: Frank L. Carle. Dr. Richard
L. Hoffman. James H. Kennedy. Dr. Michael Kosztarab. Mark Meschter. Charles R. Parker.
Henry H. Seagle. and Dr. George M. Simmons. Jr.

LITERATURE CITED

Banks, N. 1904. A list of neuropteroid insects, exclusive of Odonata. from the vicinity of

Washington. D.C. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 6:201-217.
Baumann, R.W. 1973. New Megaleuctra from the eastern United States ( Plecoptera: Leuc-

tridae). Entomol. News 84:247-250.
Baumann, R.W. 1974. What is Alloper/a imbecilla (Say)? Designation of a neotype, and a

new A lloperla from eastern North America (Plecoptera:Chloroperlidae). Proc. Biol. Soc.

Wash. 87:257-264.
Baumann, R.W. 1975. Revision of the stonefly family Nemouridae (Plecoptera): a study of

the world fauna at the generic level. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool. 21 1:1-74.
Baumann, R.W. 1 976. An annotated review of the systematics of North American stoneflies

(Plecoptera). Perla 2:21-23.
Claassen, P.W. 1931. Plecoptera nymphs of America (North of Mexico). Thomas Say

Found., Entomol. Soc. Amer. 3:1-199.
Farmer, R.G. and D.C. Tarter. 1 976. Distribution of the superfamily Nemouroidea in West

Virginia (Insecta: Plecoptera). Entomol. News 87:17-24.
Prison, T.H. 1 935. The stoneflies. or Plecoptera. of Illinois. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 20:28 1-

471.
Prison, T.H. 1942. Studies of North American Plecoptera. with special reference to the fauna

of Illinois. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 22:235-355.
Gaufin, A.R. and W. E. Ricker. 1974. Additions and corrections to a list of Montana

stoneflies. Entomol. News 85:285-288.
Hanson, J.F. 1941. Records and descriptions of North American Plecoptera. Part 1. New

species of Leuctra of the eastern United States. Amer. Midi. Nat. 26:174-178.
Harden, P.L. and C.E. Mickel. 1952. The stoneflies of Minnesota (Plecoptera). Univ.

Minn. Agric. Exp. Stat. Tech. Bull. 201:1-84.
Hissom. F.K. and D.C. Tarter. 1976. Taxonomy and distribution of nymphal Perlodidae of

West Virginia (Insecta:Plecoptera). J. Ga. Entomol. Soc. 1 1:317-323.
Hitchcock, S.W. 1974. Guide to the insects of Connecticut: Part VII. The Plecoptera or

stoneflies of Connecticut. State Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Conn. Bull. 107:1-262.
Hoffman, R. L. 1969. The insects of Virginia. No. 1. Part II. The biotic regions of Virginia.

Res. Div. Bull. 48:23-62. Va. Polytech. Inst. and State Univ.
lilies, J. 1 966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera. Das Tierreich. 82. Walter de Gruyter and

Co.. Berlin. 632 pp.
Kirchner, R.F. 1978. Plecoptera records from West Virginia. Entomol. News. 89:206.

KondratiefT, B.C. and J.R. Voshell, Jr. 1979. A new species of Diploper/a (Plecoptera:
Perlodidae) from Virginia. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 72:451-453.

244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Needham, J.G. and P.W. Claassen. 1925. A monograph of the Plecoptera or stoneflies of

America North of Mexico. Thomas Say Found.. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 2:1-397.
Nelson, C. and B.C. Kondratieff. In press. Description of a new species of Alloperla

( Plecoptera:Chloroperlidae) from Virginia. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc.
Ricker, W.E. 1949. The North American species of Paragnetina (Plecoptera. Perlidae).

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 42:279-288.

Ricker, W.E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Ind. Univ. Publ. Sci. Ser. 18:1-200.
Ricker, W.E. and H.H. Ross. 1968. North American species of Tai'niupii'n:\( Plecoptera.

Insecta). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25:1423-1439.
Ricker, W.E. and H.H. Ross. 1975. Synopsis of the Brachypterinae, (Insecta: Plecoptera:

Taeniopterygidae). Can. J. Zool. 53:132-153.
Ross, H.H. and W.E. Ricker. 1971. The classification, evolution, and dispersal of the winter

stonefly genus Allocapnia. III. Biol. Monogr. 45:1-166.
Smrchek, R. D. 1973. A contribution to a knowledge of the stoneflies ( Insecta: Plecoptera) of

Virginia, with special reference to western Virginia. M.S. Thesis. Va. Polytech. Inst. and

State Univ.. Blackshurg. 155 pp.
Stark, B.P. and R.W. Baumann. 1978. New species of Nearctic .\eoperlu (Plecoptera:

Perlidae) with notes on the genus. Great Basin Natur. 38:97-1 14.
Stark, B.P. and A.R. Gaufin. 1 974. The genus l)iploper/a( Plecoptera: Perlodidae). J. Kans.

Entomol. Soc. 47:433-436.
Stark, B.P. and A.R. Gaufin. 1976a. The Nearctic species of Acrunennu (Plecoptera:

Perlidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49:22 1-253.
Stark, B.P. and A.R. Gaufin. 1976b. The Nearctic genera ol Perlidae( Plecoptera). Misc.

Puhl. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 10:1-77.
Stark, B.P. and A.R. Gaufin. 1979. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Florida. Trans. Amer.

Entomol. Soc. 104:391-433.
Steele, D.B. and D.C. Tarter. 1977. Distribution of the family Perlidae in West Virginia

(Plecoptera). Entomol. News 88: 1 8-22.
Stewart, K.W., B.P. Stark, and T.G. Huggins. 1976. The stonetlies (Plecoptera) of

Louisiana. Great Basin Natur. 36:366-384.
Surdick, R.F. and K.C. Kim. 1976. Stonetlies (Plecoptera) of Pennsylvania. Penn. St.

Agnc. Stat. Bull. 808:1-73.
Szczytko, S.W. and K.W. Stewart. 1977. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Texas. Trans.

Amer. Entomol. Soc. 103:327-378.
Tarter, D.C., M.L. Little, R.F. Kirchner, W.D. Watkins, R.G. Farmer, and D. Steele.

1975. Distribution of pteronarcid stoneflies in West Virginia ( Insecta: Plecoptera). Proc.

W. Va. Acad. Sci. 47:79-85.
Tarter, D.C., R.F. Kirchner, T. Mayberry, Jr., M. Little, and W. Watkins. 1976. A new

stonefly. Pcltopcrlu urciiaia Needham. for West Virginia ( Plecoptera:Peltoperlidae).

Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci. 48:3.
Zwick, P. 1973. Insecta: Plecoptera. Phylogenetisches System und Katalog. Das Tierreich.

94 Walter de Gruyter and Co.. Berlin. 465 pp.

Order Plecoptera, Suborder Arctoperlaria

Group Euholognatha

Superfamily Nemouroidea

Family Nemouridae

Subfamily Amphinemurinae

# Amphinemura lic/oMi (Ricker) # A. \\~ni (Claassen)

1. ni^riiui ( Provancher)

Vol. 90. No. 5. November- December. 1979

245

Subfamily Nemourinae

#Ostrocerca albidipennis (Walker)
A O. complexa (Claassen) (WV)
A O. prolongula (Claassen) (WV)

# O. truncala (Claassen)

# Paranemoura perfecta (Walker)
Prostoia completa (Walker)

P. similis (Hagen)
# Shipsa rotunda (Claassen)

Soyedina carolinensis (Claassen)

S. vallicnlaria ( Wu)
A Zapada chilu (Ricker) (TN)

Family Taeniopterygidae

Subfamily Brachypterinae

#' Bolotoperla rossi (Prison)

Oemopteryx contorta (Needham and Claassen)
Strophopteryx appalachia Ricker and Ross
S. fusciata (Burmeister)

# .V. linuila ( Prison )

I'aenionema atlanticiim Ricker
and Ross

Subfamily Taeniopteryginae

Taeniopteryx burksi Ricker and Ross
A T. I ha Frison (NC. TN)
# T. lonicera Ricker and Ross

T. maiira (Pictet)

/. metequi Ricker and Ross
T. parnt/a Banks
# I ". n iioUi Ricker and Ross

Allocapnia aurora Ricker
A A. bruoksi Ross (TN)

# A. curiosa Frison

A A. forbesi Frison (TN. WV)

# A. frisoni Ross and Ricker
A A. fitmusa Ross (NC. TN)

A. granulata (Claassen)

# A. illinoensis Frison
A. loshada Ricker

# A. maria Hanson

# A. mrslica Frison

Megaleuctra tlinii Baumann

Leuclra alexanderi Hanson

# L. biloba Claassen

# L. carolinensis Claassen

# L. duplicata Claassen
L. j'erruginea (Walker)

# L. mitchellensis Hanson

# /-. monticola Hanson

Family Capniidae

A. nivicola ( Pitch)
A. pygmueu (Burmeister)
A. recta (Claassen)
A. rickeri Prison
A A. siannardi Ross (NC. TN)
A. rirgiiiiana Frison

# A. rinpara (Claassen)
A. wruvi Ross

A. :ola Ricker
Nemocapnia Carolina Banks
Paracapnia animlaia Hanson

Family Leuctridae

Subfamily Megaleuctrinae

A U. \\-illinmsai' Hanson ( TN)

Subfamily Leuctrinae

A /.. nephoplula Hanson (NC. TN)

/.. sihleyi Claassen
/.. tennis ( Pictet)

# /.. iriloba Claassen

# L. intncata Claassen

# L. variabilis Hanson
Paraleuctra sara (Claassen)

Group Systellognatha

Superfamily Pteronarcyoidea

Family Pteronarcyidae

Allunarcys biloba (Newman)
A. comstocki (Smith)
A. proteus (Newman)

A. scotti (Ricker)
Pteronarcys dorsata (Say)

246

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Family Peltoperlidae

Subfamily Peltoperlinae

Peltopeiiu urciiulu Needham
P. muria Needham and Smith

A \'iehoperla zipha (Prison) (NC)

Superfamily Perloidea
Family Perlodidae

Subfamily losperlinae

Isoperlu hilincuia (Say)

/. din ( Newman)

/ dicula Prison

/. lioloctiliira ( Klapalek)

/ lulu Prison

/ murlvnia Needham and Claassen

# /. numata Prison

# /. orata Prison

/. signuta ( Banks)
/. similis (Hagen)
/. slossonue ( Banks)
A /. transmurina (Newman) (WV)

Subfamily Perlodinae

( Walker)
Diploperki (Inplicuiu (Banks)
I), mor^uni Kondratieff and Voshell
I), nthusta Stark and Gaufin
Helopicns siibvuriuns (Banks)
(Ricker)

Malirekus hasiaiits (Banks)

# Re me nits bilobatus (Needham
and Claasen)

# }'u!jii!> arinus (Prison)
Y. biilbusus ( Prison)

Family Chloroperlidae

Subfamily Chloroperlinae

A Alloperla uracomu Harper and
Kirchner(WV)

# A. utlunlicu Baumann

# A. hu/iKM Prison

A. hiserrutu Nelson and KondratietT

# A. cuitdata Prison

# A. clitoris Prison

# A. conco/or Ricker

# A. idei (Ricker)

A. imhecillu (Say)

# A. nu n inn Banks

A A. neglecta Prison (NC. TN)
A. lisa Ricker
Hastaperla brevis (Banks)

# Siiwallia marginulu (Banks)

# Sweltsa lateralis (Banks)

S. mediuna (Banks) (NC.TN)
S. naica (Provancher)

# S. onkos ( Ricker)

# S. uriicae (Ricker)

A Rasveua terna (Prison) (TN, WV)

Family Perlidae

Subfamily Acroneuriinae

Acroneitria abnormis (Newman)

A. urcnosu (Pictet)

A. uridii (Hagen) (TN)

A. curolincnsis (Banks)

A. evoluta Klapalek

A. filicis Prison

A. Jlinn Stark and Gautln

A. internaut (Walker) (WV)

A. lycorias (Newman)
A A. perplexa Prison (WV, TN)
Attaneiiria mra/is (Hagen)
Eccoptura \anthenes (Newman)
Perlesta placida (Hagen)
A P. frisoni Banks (NC, WV)
Perlinella drymo (Newman)
# P. epliyre (Newman)

Subfamily Perlinae

A Neoperlu chocluw Stark and

Baumann (WV)
# N. freyiagi Stark and Baumann

Purugnetina fnmosa ( Banks )

P. inunarginata (Say)
P. media (Walker)
Phasganophora capitata (Pictet)

Vol. 90. No. 5. November December. 1979 247

USE OF A HAND SPRAYER AS A
COLLECTING TECHNIQUE 1 2

William H. Clark, Paul E. Blom 3

ABSTRACT: A method for collecting fast and agile arthropods in spiny plants that are
difficult to reach using conventional collecting techniques is described. The method involves
the use of an inexpensive hand sprayer and alcohol to immobilize the organism and lonu
forceps for specimen retrieval.

During the past four years of collecting in Baja California. Mexico we
have had difficulty with capture of various organisms in flowers and
confined areas (i.e. in cactus spines, among Agave and Yucca leaves and
among foliage of various shrubs). Speed and agility of spiders, flying
Coleoptera, Diptera, Homoptera, Thysanura and other arthropods have
necessitated the development of a method to immobilize the subjects ) until
securing is possible. Such a method appears to have been overlooked by the
standard works on the subject (for example: Beirne, 1955; Peterson. 1959:
Knudsen, 1966; and Borror el al. 1976). Conventional methods in these
situations have proven ineffective.

Materials and Methods

Using 70% isopropyl alcohol ( strength can be altered depending on use)
with a hand sprayer, we were able to immobilize organisms at a distance and
then remove them from the plant surface with long forceps. These hand
sprayers are inexpensive ($1-2, 1979) and are available in many stores and
sold for use in cleaning automobile windshields, for misting and watering
house plants, for spraying cleaning compounds, etc. The sprayer we found
to be most useful in the field is one with a small, flat, "hip pocket" type of
plastic bottle attached. This bottle will hold about 250 ml. of fluid and is
approximately 8x13 cm in size with a maximum width of about 3.5 cm.
The size and shape of the sprayer allows it to be carried in the hip pocket
when not in use. Larger bottles may be attached to the sprayer if necessary.
The adjustable nozzle of the sprayer allows for selection of either a steady
stream or a spray mist, depending on particular requirements of the
situation.

Results and Discussion

On past expeditions to Baja California we found the need for such a

'Received September 12. 1979

Supported, in part, by grants from EARTMWATCH and The Center for Field Research of
Belmont. Massachusetts (WHC) and Sigma Xi. The Scientific Research Society of North
America (PEB).

3 Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho. Caldwell. Idaho 83605.

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 247-248

248 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

collecting technique. We found that dumping alcohol on certain insects in
hard to reach places immobilized them. First we used any type of plastic
bottle that we happened to have handy. These usually put out too large a
stream of alcohol, and while giving some success they often washed the
insects out of sight or reach. The range and acuracy of these bottles was also
less than desirable.

We then decided to try the hand sprayer. In June-July 1 97 this method
proved very successful in collecting the above mentioned groups of insects
in these hard to reach habitats. Topotypes of a new genus of pseudoscorpicn
were easily obtained from the area surrounding the basal portions of the
central fruit stalks of Yucca \vhipplei compared with the very low capture
efficiency of last year when collecting the type specimens. Small Bupresti-
dae were collected from cactus flowers with ease by first spraying the flower
with alcohol. All beetles within a flower could then easily be picked out with
forceps. Only a fraction of the specimens could have been taken with more
traditional collecting methods, as these beetles fly readily on disturbance
and the flower is surrounded by cactus spines. The alcohol spray had no
apparent ill effects on the cactus or other plants on which it was used.
Various small and speedy insects, including leafhoppers and Diptera, have
been collected on the leaves of the various Yucca species in Baja California
and the southwestern U.S. with this method. These insects could not have
been collected otherwise. The method worked well for insects on the
various types of cacti present, as well as on other spiny plants. The method
seems to work very well in these spiny environments where the traditional
insect nets, beating sheets, forceps and aspirators can not reach and/or are
too slow. The method may also prove useful in other less hostile habitats
where especially fast and agile arthropods are a problem to collect.

Usually the liquid property of the alcohol mixture will hold the insect in
place on a leaf, spine or stem even if it does not kill immediately.
Occasionally the specimen may fall from its perch or slide down a main
plant stem when hit with the spray. A small piece of fine mesh screen wire or
a wire mesh strainer will help pick up the specimen. Once wet the specimen
can usually be obtained with long (7 and 12") forceps.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors thank Dr. Peter L. Comanor for field assistance in the early stages of the
development of this collecting method and Dr. Robert D. Bratz for general assistance with the
Baja California expeditions.

LITERATURE CITED

Beirne, B.P. 1955. Collecting, preparing and preserving insects. Publ. 932 Canada Dept.

Agric. 1 33 pp.
Borror, D.J., D.M. DeLong, and C.A. Triplehorn. 1976. An introduction to the study of

insects. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York. 852 pp.

Knudsen, J.W. 1966. Biological techniques. Harper & Row. New York. 525 pp.
Peterson, A. 1959. Entomological techniques. Edwards Bros., Inc.. Ann Arbor, Mich.

435 pp.

Vol. 90. No. 5. Novemoer-December. 1979 249

ON THE IDENTITY OF MOLANNA ULMERINA
NAVAS (TRICHOPTERA:MOLANNIDAE)'

Guenter A. Schuster 2 '

ABSTRACT: A lectotype is designated for Molunnu ulmcrinu. and the synonymy which
results is given.

In the course of another study some Navas types of North American
caddisflies were borrowed from the Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissen-
schaften of the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut of East Germany. The
specimens included the type series of Molanna uhnerina Navas. This
species was described in a relatively obscure journal (Navas. 1 934). and the
specimens are not readily available to North American caddisfly workers.
Therefore, this note is offered at this time to make clear the true identity of
M. ulmen'na.

Examinations of the specimens resulted in the discovery that Molaniui
musetta Betten is a junior synonym of ulmen'na. Both species were
described in 1934. however. Navas" description appeared in February
while Betten's was not published until December of that year. Navas
( 1934) described this species from four specimens (3 cf. 1 9). but the series
sent to me contained only three specimens (2 cf. 1 9). It is assumed that the
missing male specimen is still in the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut.
and that it was overlooked when the specimens were sent on loan. One of the
males sent to me has been designated as the lectotype and has been so
marked by a red label reading "LECTOTYPE cf. Molanna ulmcrina/
Navas 1934 / G.A. Schuster 1979."

Molanna ulmerina Navas 1934, p. 23 24
Molannu musclln Betten 19.14 (NHW SYNONYMY)

LECTOTYPE cf. (Akademie der Landwirtschaftswissenschaften. Deut.sches Lnto
mologischcs Institut, Eberswalde, DDR). Collection label: "Framingham ( Mass) 1911 I.'
VI C.A. Frost": green determination label: "del. Navas. S. .)."; pink label: "Tipo". Pinned
through mesoscutum: both antennae missing beyond segment II: all right tarsi and left hind
tarsus missing: 2/3 of right hind wing missing: abdomen broken off and cleared (stored in
genital vial attached to pin).

'Received July 14. 1979

State Biological Survey of Kansas. 2045 Avenue A. Campus West. Lawrence. Kansas
66044.

'Present address: Dep't. of Biological Sciences. Moore 235. I- astern Kcntuck\ I'nn .
Richmond. Ky. 40475

LNT. NLWS 90(5) 249 250

250 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

In addition to his description, Navas illustrated the male fore wing and
the female hind wing and gave measurements for both male and female
specimens. An illustration of the male genitalia was given by Betten ( 1 934)
with his description of M. musetta. Ross (1944) also illustrated the male
genitalia. and gave a diagnosis and the known distribution for the species.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am grateful to Dr. Oliver S. Flint. Jr. for suggesting that I borrow the M. ulmerina
specimens along with those I originally intended to study and for taking the time to search tor
the Navas paper. I am also thankful to Mr. Alex Slater and Mr. Steve Hamilton for critically
reading the manuscript. I would also like to thank Dr. Gunther Petersen of the Deutsches
Entomologisches Institut for allowing me to borrow the specimens.

LITERATURE CITED

Betten, C. 1434. The caddis (lies or Tnchoptera of New York State. Bull. N.Y. St. Mus. 292.
Navas, S.J. 1934. Decadas de insectos nuevos. Broteria - Ciencias Naturais 3:15-24.
Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddis (lies, or Trichoptera. of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 23( 1 ).

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL

NOMENCLATURE

The following Opinions have been published recently by the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological
Nomenclature Volume 36, part 2. 1 August 1979.

()/iinn>ii \n.

M28:(p 73) PUnrrchcicn\ Koch. 1847 ( Diplopoda): designation of Platyrhacus fuscus

Koch. 1847 as type species.

1 130: (p. 79) Lilioci'ti'i Reitter, 1912 (Insecta: Coleoptera): correction of type species.
1 134: (p. 102) /.crynihia Ochsenheiver. 1816 (Insecta: Lepidoptera): conserved under the

plenary powers.

1 136: (p. 107) Licadcllu \trepiluns Kirdaldy, 1909 (Insecta: Homoptera): conserved.
1 137: (p 109) Aphis ^'msv/7/7 Glover. 1877 (Insecta: Homoptera): validated under the

plenary powers.
I 142 (p. 125) Family group names based on Pkitynonia Meigen. 1803 given precedence

over those based on Achias Fabricius. 1805 (Diptera).
I 143 (p 130) Kcn-ichiflla Rosanov. 1965 ( Hymcnoptera): designation of a type species

under the plenary powers.

I 144 (p 132) f'li/(icinnhi<\ (Coleoptera:Scolytidae) ruled to be a justified emendation of

ii^ Latreille. 1796.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

Vol. 90, No. 5. November-December, 1979 251

NEW NORTH AMERICAN DISTRIBUTION

RECORDS FOR FOUR SPECIES OF

STREPSIPTERA12

Victor Johnson 3 , William P. Morrison 4

ABSTRACT: New state records are reported for Halictophagus acinus Bohart from Georgia
and Kentucky, Caenocholax fenyesi Pierce from Georgia and Arizona, Elenchus koebeli
(Pierce) from Georgia and Kentucky and Triozocera mexicana Pierce from Kansas, Arizona,
New Mexico, and Oaxaca, Mexico. The presently known distribution and hosts of these four
species is given.

The known distribution of many North American Strepsiptera is very
limited. New distribution records are most often obtained as a result of
specimens being collected coincidental with other studies, as was the case
with the records reported herein. While blacklight collecting in Georgia,
Kentucky, New Mexico and Mexico, we obtained new distribution records
for 4 species of Strepsiptera. Two new state records were found while
examining the Strepsiptera collection at the University of Arizona.

Halictophagus acutus Bohart (Halictophagidae) was originally de-
scribed from Tennessee, Louisiana, Pennsylvania, the District of Columbia
and Atzcapolzalco, D.F., Mexico (Bohart 1943). All specimens were
parasitizing Draeculacephala spp. (Cicadellidae). No mention of this
species has been made in the literature since the original description.

We collected 1 male in Savannah. Georgia, September 28,1971, with a
blacklight trap. Five adult males were dissected from puparia on Draecula-
cephala spp. collected during September and October. 1 975. in Lexington,
Kentucky. Many additional male puparia. females and larvae were
collected in Lexington. Some Draeculacephala specimens had multiple
parasitism with one having six females and three males of H. acutus. The
present distribution of H. acutus is given in Fig. 1 .

H. acutus appears to be host specific only parasitizing leafhoppers in
the genus Draeculacephala. As this genus is widely distributed in the U.S.,
H. acutus probably occurs throughout much of the eastern U.S. This
parasite appears to be a potentially useful control agent for Draecula-
cephala. During late summer 1975, some populations of these leafhoppers

'Received June 12. 1979

Contribution No. T-10-1 18, College of Agricultural Sciences, Texas Tech University.
3 Department of Entomology. University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506.
"Department of Entomology, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas 79409.

ENT. NEWS 90(5) 251-255

252 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

in Fayette County, Kentucky, had a majority of individuals parasitized by
H. uciitus. The percentage of parasitism varied locally, but the parasites
were very common and parasitized leafhoppers could be found in almost all
areas sampled.

Elenchus koebeli (Pierce) (Elenchidae) has been reported from Ohio
(Pierce 1909), Louisiana (Khalaf 1968) and Mississippi (Khalaf 1969).
We collected 14 males from Savannah, Georgia during July-October, 197 1
and two males in Kentucky; 1 on August 22, 1975 in Pike County and 1 on
July 16, 1 97 1 in Larue County (collected by P.H. Freytag). This species is
now known from Ohio, Louisiana, Mississippi. Kentucky and Georgia
( Fig. 2 ). Bohart ( 1 94 1 ) gives the host of E. koebeli as "various species of
Liburnia". 5

Caenocholax fenyesi Pierce (Myrmecolacidae) appears to be widely
distributed in the Western Hemisphere. It has been reported from Mexico
(Pierce 1909), Panama and Argentina (Bohart 1941), Florida (Meadows
1967), Louisiana (Khalaf 1968) and Mississippi (Khalaf 1969). We
collected 13 males during July and August, 1971 in Savannah, Georgia.
Additionally, one male from the Santa Rita Mountains, Madera Cn.,
Arizona collected July 28, 1960, is deposited in the University of Arizona
collection. The present distribution of this species is given in Fig. 3. The
host of C. fenyesi is unknown.

Triozocera mexicana Pierce ( Mengeidae) 6 is the only known species of
Triozocera in North America and the only genus of Strepsiptera known to
parasitize Cydnidae (Hemiptera). It has previously been reported from
Cordoba, Veracruz, Mexico (Pierce 1909), Texas (Bohart 1941), Mis-
sissippi (Khalaf 1968), Louisiana (Khalaf 1969), Florida (Meadows
1967), Kentucky (Johnson and Sperka 1972), Georgia (Johnson 1973),
and Oklahoma (Shepard 1979). We collected one male at Tehuantepec,
Oaxaca, Mexico. March 18/19, 1976 and one male at Las Cruces, New
Mexico, July 287 August 3, 1975. In addition, the University of Arizona
has several specimens of T. mexicana which were collected at Cochise
Stronghold, Cochise County, Arizona, during the summer of 1970 by R.J.
Shaw and 1 specimen from Riley County, Kansas, collected by R.L.
Bertwell in May 1 970. Besides these new state records, 47 male specimens
were made available to us which were collected during July and August
1 978, in Wichita Falls, Wichita County, Texas by J.C. Cokendolpher and
K.M. Brown. These specimens represent a new Texas county record and
are deposited in the Midwestern University Museum and Texas Tech

5 This genus is now referred to as De/phacodes.

6 Whether f'nczoceru belongs in the family Corioxenidae or Mengeidae is controversial. Most
North American literature places the genus in Mengeidae.

Vol. 90, No. 5, November-December. 1979

253

D D.F., Mexico

Fig. 1. Distribution of Halictophagus acutus Bohart. Closed squares indicate new
distribution records and open squares previous records.

Fig. 2. Distribution of Llenchu* koebeli Pierce). Closed squares indicate new distribu-
tion records and open squares previous records.

254

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 3 Distribution of Caenocholax fenyesi Pierce. Closed squares indicate new
distribution records and open squares previous records.

Fig. 4. Distribution of Triozocera mexicana Pierce. Closed squares indicate new
distribution records and open squares previous records.

University insect collection.

T. mexicana is potentially economically important. It parasitizes
Pangaeus bilineatus ( Say ) ( Johnson 1973) which is a major pest of peanuts
in Texas (Smith and Pitts 1974).

T. mexicana has now been reported from Mississippi, Louisiana,
Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Kansas, Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico,
Arizona, and the states of Oaxaca and Veracruz in Mexico (Fig. 4). It is
probable that it occurs throughout the distribution area of the host, P.
bilineatus, which is given by Froeschner( 1970) as "across the eastern half
of the United States from Massachusetts south to Florida and Bermuda,
west to South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, and Texas, thence
through Arizona into southern California, and south into Mexico and
Guatemala."'.

Vol. 90. No. 5, November-December. 1979 255

REFERENCES CITED

Bohart, R.M. 1941. A revision of the Strepsiptera with special reference to the species of

North America. Calif. Univ. Publ. Entomol. 7(6):41-160.
Bohart, R.M. 1943. New species of Halictophagus with a key to the genus in North America

(Strepsiptera. Halictophagidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 36(3):341-359.
Froeschner, R.C. 1960. Cydnidae of the Western Hemisphere. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus.

111:337-680.
Frost, S.W. 1962. Winter insect light-trapping at the Archibold Biological Station. Florida.

Fla. Entomol. 45:175-190.
Johnson, V. 1973. The female and host of Triozocera mexicana (Strepsiptera:Mengeidae).

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 66(3):671-672.
Johnson, V. and C. Sperka. 1972. A new record of Triozocera (Strepsiptera:Mengeidae)

from Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 33:40.
Khalaf, K.T. 1968. The seasonal incidence of free Strepsiptera (Insecta) males in southern

Louisiana. Am. Midi. Nat. 80:565-568.

Khalaf, K.T. 1969. Strepsiptera from the Mississippi coast. Fla. Entomol. 52:53.
Meadows, K.E. 1967. Distribution of two Strepsiptera in Florida: 1960-1962. Fla. Entomol.

50:137-138.
Pierce, W.D. 1909. A monographic revision of the twisted winged insects comprising the

order Strepsiptera Kirby. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. No. 66. 232 pp.
Shepard, W.D. 1979. Occurrence of Triozocera mexicana Pierce (Strepsiptera: Corioxeni-

dae) in Oklahoma, with a brief review of this genus and species. Coleop. Bull, (in press).
Smith, J.W. and J.T. Pitts. 1974. Pest status of Pangeus bilineatus attacking peanuts in

Texas. J. Econ. Entomol. 67( 1 ):1 1 1-1 13.

256 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MAILING DATES
VOLUME 90, 1979

No. Dateoflssue Pages Mailing date

1

Jan. & Feb.

1 - 64

Mar. 14. 1979

2

Mar. & Apr.

65 - 1 20

Apr. 20. 1979

3

May & June

121-152

May 30. 1979

4

Sept. & Oct.

153-208

Oct. 24. 1979

5

Nov. & Dec.

209-260

Dec. 20. 1979

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION

1. Title of publication: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2. Date of filing: September 28. 1979

3. Frequency of issue: Bimonthly (every other month) except July and August

4. Location of known office of publication: Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp., RD 7,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey 08088

5. Location of the headquarters or general business offices of the publishers: 1900
Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103

6. Names and addresses of publisher, editor and managing editor:

Publisher: American 1 ntornological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103. I ditor: Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.. Tabernacle Twp., RD
7, Vincentown PO, New Jersey. 08088

7. Owner: American I ntomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103

X. Known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders owning or holding one

percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages and other securities: None
9. I ''or optional completion by publishers mailing at the regular rates: signed
10. Tor completion by nonprofit organizations authorized to mail at special rates:

The purpose, function and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt
status for Federal income lax purposes:

Have not changed during preceding 12 months (checked)

Average No. Actual Number

Copies Each of Copies of Single

Issue During Issue Published

Preceding 1 2 Nearest To Filling

Months Date
1 1. EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION

A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED 800 800

B. PAID CIRCULATION

1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND CARRIERS,
STREET VENDORS AND COUNTER SALES

2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS 714 713

C. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION 714 713

D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER OR OTHER
MEANS. SAMPLES, COMPLIMENTARY, AND OTHER

FREE COPIES

E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION 714 713

F. OFFICE USE, LEFT-OVER, UNACCOUNTED, 86 87
SPOILED AFTER PRINTING

G. TOTAL 800 800
12. I certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete. Signed:

Howard P. Boyd, editor.

Vol. 90. No. 5, November- December. 1979

257

INDEX:

Acad. Nat'l. Sc.. Awards for study. 217
Acarina. 143,149
Acrididae. 153.159
Akre. R.D.. 110

Alexander. C.P.. 197

N. sp. bruchomyine fly from Ecuador

Alsuphila pomelaria. fall cankerworm
larvae, predator escape behavior by.
145

Arthropods associated with helleborine
orchid Epipactis helleborine at Dunn-
ville. Ontario. 41

Asilidae. 95

Atrichopogon, lectotype designation & re-
descriptions for 2 sp. of No. Amer.,
231

Baetis macdunnoughi. male of & notes on
parthenogenetic populations within
Baetis, 26

Baker. N.T.. 191

Two dissection knives for morpholo-
gist, histologist & systematist, with sug-
gestions on their use.

Balsbaugh. E.U.. Jr.. 89

Beltsville Agric. Research Center Sympos-
ium. 196

Berte. S.B., 147

Improved method of preserving color
patterns in pinned insects

Blacklight trap collecting of parasitic
Hymenoptera. 1 7

Blom, P.E.. 247
Bolen, E.G., 149,218
Book review, 63

Books rec'd & briefly noted. 1 42. 1 50. 1 86.
202

Brackbill. H.. 109

Deflection display of gray hairstrcak
butterfly

Braconidae. 60

Bruchomyine fly from Ecuador, n.sp. of.
197

Burbutis. P.P., J.A. Stewart. 17

Blacklight trap collecting of parasitic
Hymenoptera

Butler. L.. 200

Butterfly, gray hairstreak, deflection dis-
play of, 109

VOLUME 90

Caddisflies, checklist of from Mass.. 167

Caddisflies of Cranberry Glades of West
Virginia. 205

Carey. A.B. & M.G.. 135

Celidophylla albimacula, 3rd specimen of
& remark on emergenge of Diptera
from insect carrion. 1 5 1

Ceraclea ancylus. variation of male
clasper. 100

Cerambycidae from southeastern U.S..

notes on. 2 1 9

Ceratopogonidae. 231
Chironomidae. 33.239
Chrysomelidae. 209
Cicadellidae. 105.187
L'icindela longilabris. note on. 55

Clark. W.H.. P.E. Blom. 247

Use of hand sprayer as collecting tech-
nique

Clausen. P.J.. 141

Lectotype designation of Ochihera
schembrii & resulting synonomies

L'/ossiana selene. adaptive changes in mor-
phology & behavior of larva. 125

Coleoptera. 37.55.56.88.89. 1 52. 1 66. 1 77.
203.207.209.219

Coreid genera of uncertain tribal place-
ment, redescriptions of 3 neotropical.

45

Corixids attracted to auto root. 230
Corydalidae. 29.176

Critical point dryer used as a method of
mounting insects from alcohol. 57

Culmana, 4 n.sp. of from Peru & Bolivia.
105

Curculionidae, 37

Daussin. G.L.. 207

Rediscovery of Hy groins sylvan in

Day. W.H.. 209

DeLong. D.M.

4 n.sp. Culmana from Peru & Bolivia.
105

2 n. subgenera & 3 n.sp. Polana from Peru
& Columbia. 187

Deshefy. G.S.. 145

Predator escape behavior by fall
cankerworm larvae. Alsophila pome-
laria

258

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Deyrup. M.. 60

N.sp. Spat/lilts from Washington

Diptera. 33.95.141.197.200.231,239

Dissection knives for morphologist. histol-
ogist & systematist. with suggestions
tor their use. I 9 1

Dryopoid beetles in Mississippi, new rec-
ords. 56

Dryopoidea. aquatic, in Maine, distribu-
tion of. 1 77

Dytiscidae. 207

Ectoparasites of mammals & birds from Ft.
Dix. N.J.. 79

Emergence trap, collapsible, for use in
shallow, standing water. I 14

Ephemeroptera. 26
Ephydridae. 141
Etmer. D.A., 29

Ettinger. W.S.. I 14

Collapsible emergence trap for use in
shallow, standing water

Eall cankerworm larvae, Alsophila pome-
uiria. predator escape behavior by. 1 45

Eishfly Neohermes concolor. larval des-
crip. & habitat notes of. 29

Fishfly \'igrunici vcrricornis in Alabama,
new state record of. 1 76

Flight capacity of nearctic grasshoppers,
biogeographic patterns in. 153

Garnett. W.B.. I 10
Geometridae. 145

Gerdes. C.. 236

Thysanoptera associated with horse-
radish in Illinois

Giese. R. L.. M.L. Schneider. 1

Cartographic comparisons of Eurasian
gypsy moth distribution

Got I. R.J.. 23

Gordh. G.. J.C. Hall. 57

Critical point dryer used as a method of
mounting insects from alcohol

Grasshoppers, female, assessment of
mating status of. I 2 1

Gypsy moth. Eurasian, cartographic com
parisons of distribution, I

Hacker. J.D.. L. Butler. L.L. Pechuman.
200

New geographical distribution records
tor 28 sp. & subsp. tabanids in West
Virginia

Hall. J.C.. 57

Hand sprayer as collecting technique. 247

Harlan. H.J.. R.D. Kramer. 79

Ectoparasites of mammals & birds
from Ft. Dix. N.J.

Harrison. A.D.. 65
Hemiptera. 230
Heteroceridae. 166.203
Heteroptera. 45.230
Hill. P.L.. 205

Hogue. C.L.. 151

A 3rd specimen of Celidophylla albi-
nniculu & remark on emergence of
Diptera from insect carrion

Holeski. P.M.. 166

New records of Heteroceridae from
Ohio

Homoptera. 105.187

Houseweart. M.W.. D.T. Jennings, J.C.
Rea. 5 1
Large capacity pitfall trap

Hovore. F.T.. 219

Hydracarina. 218

Hvgrotiis svlranus. rediscovery of, 207

Hymenoptera. 17.60.110

Insects visiting bloom of withe-rod. Vibur-
num cassanoides, in Orono. Me. area,
131

Internal'!. Commis. Zool. Nomenclature,
64,104.190,250

Jennings, D.T., 5 1

Johnson, V., W.P. Morrison, 251

New No. Amer. distrib. records for 4
sp. Strepsiptera

Judd. W.W.. 41

Arthropods associated with helleborine
orchid, Epipactis helleborine in On-
tario

Kondratieff, B.C.. J.R. Voshell. Jr.. 241
Checklist of stoneflies of Virginia

Kramer. R.D.. 79

Lago. P.K.. 152

Mississippi record for introduced dung
beetle, Onthophugus taunts

Lago, P.K., D.F. Stanford. 56

New records for dyropoid beetles in
Mississippi

Lanternarins hntnneiis. semiaquatic
beetle, coal slurry observed as habitat
for. 203

Vol. 90, No. 5. November-December. 1979

259

Lema trivittata, valid sp., taxonomy &
biology of. 209

Lepidoptera, 1,109.125.145
Leptoceridae. 100

LeSage, L.. A.D. Harrison. 65

Improved traps & techniques for study
of emerging aquatic insects

Limnichidae, co-occurrence of a marine &
a fresh water sp. of, 88

Loftus-Hills, J.. 159
Lycaenidae. 125

Lymantria dispar. Eurasian gypsy moth,
cartographic comparisons of distrib.. 1

Maemactes. new. attacking alfalfa in
Mexico, 37

Mailing dates, 1979. 256

Main. A.J.. A.B. Carey. M.G. Carey. V.A.
Nelson, 135

Add'l records of Siphonaptera in south-
ern New England

Mallophaga of wild mammals of Indiana,

23

Mancini, E.R., 33

Phoretic relationship between a chiro-
nomid larva & an operculate stream
snail

McCafferty, W.P.. K.K. Morihara, 26
Male of Baetis macdunnoughi & notes
on parthenogenetic populations in Bae
tis

McDaniel, B., E.G. Bolen, 149

New distrib. record for Micromegistus
bakeri

Occurrence of Tyrrellia circularis in
Texas, 218

McDaniel, B.. P.O. Theron, 143

New distrib. record & morphological
variant of Terpnacunis glebitlentus

Megaloptera, 29,176

Microcoleoptera, litter & soil inhabiting, in
southwest No. Dakota, 89

Micromegistus bakeri, new distrib. record
for, 149

Miliczky. E.R., E.A. Osgood. 131

Insects visiting bloom of withe-rod,
Viburnum cassanoides in Orono, Me.
area

Mingo. T.M.. 177

Distrib. of aquatic dryopoidea in Maine

Molanna ulmeriiui. on identify of, 249

Morihara. O.K.. 26
Morrison. W.P.. 251
Nelson, V.A.. 135

\eohennes concolor. larval descrip. &
habitat notes of. 29

Neves. R.J.. 167

Checklist of caddisflies from Mass.

Nigronia serricornis. new state record of
fishfly in Alabama. 176

Nymphalidae. 125

O'Brien. C.W.. 37

New Maemactes attacking alfalfa in
Mexico

Ochthera schembrii. lectotype designation
of. & resulting synonomies. 141

Odonata. new records of, for Alabama &
Tennessee, with significant range ex-
tensions for several sp., 1 18

Onthophagus taunts, introduced dung bee-
tle. Mississippi record for, 152

Orthoptera. 121.151.153.159
Oseto, C.Y., 89
Osgood. E.A.. 131

O'Shea. R.. 45

Redescriptions of 3 neotropical coreid
genera of uncertain tribal placement

Otte. D.. 153

Biogeographic patterns in (light capa-
city of nearctic grasshoppers

Otte, D.. J. Loftus-Hills. 159

Chorusing in Syrbula. Cooperation, in-
tergerence, competition or conceal-
ment?

Parantennulidae. 149
Pechuman. L.L.. 200

Phoretic relationship between a chiro-
nomid larvae & an operculate stream
snail. 33

Phvcoidi'llu. genus nr.. new record & hosts

'lor. 239

Pitfall trap, large capacity. 51
Plecoptera. of Virginia, checklist of. 241

Polana, 2 new subgenera & 3 n.sp. of from

Peru & Columbia. 187

Preserving color patterns in pinned insects,
improved method for. 147

Psychodidae. 197

Publisher's statement. 256

260

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Rea. J.C.. 51

Reed. H.C., R.D. Akre. W.B. Garnctt. 1 10
No. Amor, host of yellowjacket social
parasite \\'\pul<i uit^lnuca

Rohack. S.S.. 239

New reeord & hosts lor genus nr.
Phycoidella

Rohher Hies of Pennsylvania. 95
Ross. H.M., necrology. 62

Rumpp. N.L.. 55

Note on L'icindclii longilabris

Searabaeidae. 152

Sehaeter. C.W. & M.I.. 230

Corixids attracted to auto root

Scheinng. J.F.. 176

New state record of fishily .Vi^ninia
H7T/cv>/ms in Alabama

Schneider. M.L.. I

Schuster. G.A.. 249

On identity of \lolanna ithncrinu

Shelly. T.E.. 95

List of known robber Hies of Penn.

Shepard. W.D.. 88

Cooccurrence of a marine & a fresh-
uater species of Limmchidae

Siphonaptera. add'l. records in southern
New England. 135

Smith. D.H.. 100

Variation of male clasper of L'l'mc/cn
iiiic\'/n\ in Saskatchewan

Smith. J.W.. C.Y. Oseto. E.U. Balsbaugh.
Jr.. 89
Litter & soil inhabiting microcoleoptera

of southwest No. Dakota

Society of Kentucky Lepidopterists, 196

Spathius. new sp. of. from Washington. 60

Stanford. D.E.. 56

Stewart. J.A.. I 7

Stoneflics of Virginia, checklist of . 241

Stiepsiptera. new No. Amor, distnb. rec-
ords for 4 sp.. 25 1

Svrhii/u. chorusing in. cooperation, inter-
ference, competition or concealment?.

153

Tabanids in West Virginia, distrib. records
lor 28 sp. & subsp. of. 200

Tarter. D.C , P.L. Hill. 205

Caddisflies of Cranberry Glades of
West Virginia

Tarter. D.C.. W.D. Watkins. D.A. Etnier.
29

Larval descrip. & habitat notes of fish-
ily .Veoliernics concolor

Fennessen, K.J.. 118

New records of Odonata lor Ala. &
Tenn.. with range extensions for several

sp.

Terpnacanis glebulentus, new distnb. rec-
ord & morphological variant of. 143

Tettigomidae. 1 5 1
Theron. P.O.. 143

Thysanoptera associated with horseradish
in Illinois. 236

Traps & techniques, improved, for study of
emerging aquatic insects. 65

Trichoptera. 100.167.205.249

Turnbow. R.H.. Jr.. E.T. Hovore. 219
Notes on Cerambycidae from south-
eastern U.S.

rurnbull. C.L.. 125

Adaptive changes in morphology &
behavior of Clossiana selene larva

/ vrrcllui circii/(in\. occurrence in Texas.
218

I'cspn/u a/istnacci. yellowjacket social
parasite. No. Amer. host of. 1 10

Vmikour. W.S.. 203

Coal slurry observed as habitat for
semiaquatic beetle Lantcrnurius hmn-
//(7/s with notes on water quality condi-
tions

Voshell, J.R.. Jr.. 241
Watkins. W.D.. 29

Weissman. D.B.. 121

Assessment of mating status of female
grasshoppers

Whitaker. J.O.. Jr.. R.J. Go IT. 23

Mallophaga of wild mammals of Indi
ana

White, R.E.. W.H. Day. 209

Taxonomy & biology of Lcmu tririi
latti. a valid sp.. with notes on /..
trilineata

Wirth, W.W.. 231

Lectotype designations & redescrip-
tions for 2 sp. of No. Amer. Atric-
hopti^on

Yellowjacket. social parasite. 1 'cspiikt uns-
iriacii. No. Amer. host of. 1 10

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to (1) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review. Titles should be carefully composed
to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Classification as to
order and family should be included in the title, except where not pertinent. Following the title
there should be a short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words.
The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully
written. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as
a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to
make them useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or
discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations
nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the
standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very
helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations
within the text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4'/2 x 6'/2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor. Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a cost of
$30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial asistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. OQ per page.

Reprints: (without coves) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, 'and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

Wanted: Due to expansion recently, we require suppliers of Live & Dead Insects throughout
the world. Good rates. We also require a US agent, to act on our behalf, for Orders etc.
Commission basis. TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE). P.O. Box

14. Reigate. RH2 9 PW. England.

For Sale: The most complete Entomological company - - over 2.000 specimens, rare
material, common. Pupae & Cocoons, Exotic Insects. Indonesian Specialists. Dollar
Cheques welcome or Credit Cards. Low Postage rates. Cheapest material. Catalogue free:
TRANSWORLD ENTOMOLOGICAL COMPANY (AE), P.O. Box 14. Reigate. RH2 9
PW. England.

For Sale: Sample from Catalogue: 50 all different Tropical Butterflies. Al, Papered. 25%
Papilio. etc. SI 5 post paid, via Air mail, send check to: TRANSWORLD EN-
TOMOLOGICAL COMPANY. (AE). P.O. Box 14. Reigate. RH2 9PW. England.

INSECT PINS All kinds. Prompt Shipment. Clair Armin. 191 W. Palm Ave., Reedley.
Calif. 93654.

INSECT LABELS: Exceptionally high quality printed labels, typeset in 4pt type (not
photoreduced from typewritten masters), and printed on 110 Ib. white cardstock are now
available with quick deliveries. Write for brochure with complete specifications and prices to
Bio-Publication Services. 2571 1 N. Vista Fairways Drive. Valencia, California 91355.

Coleoptera and Lepidoptera Specimens from Botswana, both "papered" and set in
Sheerpack light weight boxes. Some Saturniidae SP. including Arcana inimosue and
Gynunisci nigm (in Sheerpacks) which are limited due to demand. Troidcs SP and
Pupilionidac from Malayasia are also available. Details from Botswanacraft Marketing
Company. (Pty) Ltd., Box 486. Gaborone, Botswana.

Wanted. Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S.. Lucanidae. Carabidae. Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae. Cerambycidae. Burprestidae. and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B.. Spencer. 20 W. Virginia Ave.. West Chester. PA. 19380.

For Sale: Lepidoptera livestock for private rearers and scientific study. Species for this fall
include Citheronia regalis and Antheraea pernvi and many more. Write for prices. Brett
Barrett, P.O. Box 107, Alvaton. Ky. 42122.

JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1980

NO. 1

ENTOMOL

Summer microhabitat distribution of some centipedes
in a deciduous & coniferous community of central
Ohio (Chilopoda) Richard E. Lee, Jr.

Modified collection net for catching insects under

cloth bands on trees G.A. Dunn, R.M. Reeves

I

7
10

W.B. Garnett 13

Use of barriers with pitfall traps R. Marcel Reeves

New synonomy of Suillia sororcula (Diptera:
Heleomyzidae)

Extension of range for two symphylid species

(Symphyla: Scolopendrellidae) Steven J. Loring 15

New Allocapnia from Virginia ( Plecoptera:

Capniidae) Ralph F. Kirchner 19

Occurrence of an ectoparasitic chironomid (Diptera)

in Oklahoma William D. Shepard 22

First U.S. records of Lygocoris knighli
(Hemiptera: Miridae)

New record for Chirorhynchobia matsoni (Astigmata:

Chirorhynchobiidae) Jose G. Palacios- Vargas 27

On the protuberances present on the lateral oviducts
of poultry lice, Lipeurus lawrensis tropicalis

( Phthiraptera: Ischnocera)

A. K. Saxena, G.P. Agarwal 29

A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 25

Orius insidiosus (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae)
biting White-footed mice

W.L. Krinsky, A.B. Carey, M.G. Carey

New name for Anceus Roback necAnceus Risso

S.S. Roback

31

BOOK REVIEW

BOOKS RECEIVED & BRIEFLY NOTED

ANNOUNCEMENT

32
18

21,24,26,28
12

THK AMKKICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19 JOS, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9. 00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Societv, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp, RD7, Vincentown, New Jesey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8'/2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of aditional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown. New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 91, No. 1. January -- February 1980

SUMMER MICROHABITAT DISTRIBUTION OF

SOME CENTIPEDES IN A DECIDUOUS AND

CONIFEROUS COMMUNITY OF CENTRAL

OHIO (CHILOPODA) 12

Richard E. Lee, Jr. 3

ABSTRACT: Centipedes were collected in a deciduous and coniferous community of central
Ohio during the summer of 1972. A total of four orders, six families, and at least 17 species of
centipedes were collected. There are few major distributional differences between the
deciduous and coniferous communities with regard to the chilopod fauna except for the genus
Garibius which preferred coniferous habitat and Sonibius numius. which favored deciduous
areas. Several distributional trends with regard to microhabitat were observed. Scolopo-
cryptops sexspinosus, Bothropolys multidentatus, Sonibius numius. and the genus Garibius
were found exclusively under the bark of dead trees. The two genera, Nadabius and Sozibius,
were dominant in the litter microhabitat. A single specimen of Zygethobius pontis was taken
which is the first report of this species in Ohio.

Previous workers (Wood, 1865; Bollman, 1893; Chamberlin, 1925;
Crabill, 1955, 1958, 1960, and others) investigating North American
centipedes have concentrated their efforts on a systematic and distribu-
tional investigation of this group. The Ohio chilopod fauna was surveyed by
Williams and Hefner in 1 928. Few studies, with the exception of Auerback
(1951), have considered in detail the specific habitat distribution of
centipedes. The purpose of this study was to determine whether or not there
were distributional differences in chilopod fauna at two levels: 1 ) by
comparing deciduous and coniferous communities; and 2) by comparing the
bark and litter microhabitats within each community.

METHODS:

Collection site. All centipedes were collected at 4-H Camp Ohio,
located 1 3 km east of Utica, Ohio, on the northern edge of Licking County
(T.4N R.11W). Camp Ohio's 200 acres is situated on the easternmost
extension of the glaciated portion of Ohio. Collections were primarily made
on ravine and hillside areas, as this was the forested area of the study site.
The second growth mixed hardwood forests are primarily composed of

'Received June 12, 1979

2 Senior Independent Study Project, Biology Department, College of Wooster, Wooster. Ohio
44691

^Present address: Department of Biology, University of Houston. Houston, Texas 77004

ENT. NEWS 91(l):l-6

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

white oak (Quercus alba L.), sugar maple (Acer saccharum March.),
American beech (Fagus grandifolia Ehrh.), and shagbark hickory ( Carya
ovata Kock). Two eastern white pine (Finns strobus L.) plantations,
planted approximately 65 years ago, provided the coniferous habitat for
collections.

Procedure. Within the deciduous woods and the pine plantations,
centipedes were hand collected from beneath the bark of dead trees and
from leaf litter on the forest floor. Spraying with Carney's solution (3 parts
ethanol: 1 part chloroform; 1 part glacial acetic acid) generally slowed the
chilopods so that they could be picked up with forceps. Due to the fineness
of the pine litter, all collections in this microhabitat were confined to
Tullgren funnel extractions. Determinations were made using A.A.-
Weaver's unpublished key to centipedes, College of Wooster, Wooster,
Ohio.

RESULTS:

Summer collections totaled 654 specimens, of which one hundred were
so immature as to be unidentifiable to the generic level. These collections
included representatives of each of the four Nearctic orders of centipedes.
The lithobiomorphs comprised the greatest number of both individuals
(75.9%) and species (Table 1). Twelve species and the genus Tidabius
represented this order. Geophilomorphs were represented by Strigamia
bidens andArctogeophilus umbraticus, while the Scutigeromorpha and the
Scolopendromorpha were each represented by a single species.

A comparison (Table 1) of the relative numbers of centipedes from
deciduous and coniferous communitues shows that 77.6% (n = 430) of the
individuals were collected in deciduous areas. Within the deciduous
sample, 64.2% (n = 276) of the specimens were collected under bark, while
the remainder were taken from litter on the forest floor.

In the coniferous habitat, 109 specimens were collected under bark and
only 15 in leaf litter. The paucity of specimens from pine litter is, at least
partially, due to the difficulty of hand collecting in this microhabitat. Thus,
the low number of specimens from this microhabitat is likely a result of
inadequate collecting techniques rather than a true reflection of the
chilopod fauna in this microhabitat.

Six species and one genus were found in relatively large numbers (Table
1). When these taxa are examined according to their microhabitats of leaf
litter and bark, several distinct trends are evident (Table 2). All specimens
of Scolopocryptops sexspinosus, Bothropolys multidentatus, Sonibius
numius and the genus Garibius were found under the bark of dead trees.
Sozibius pennsylvanicus and Nadabius pullus were disproportionately

Vol. 91. No. 1. January -- February 1980

more abundant in litter (Table 2). Arctogeophilus umbraticus appeared to
be distributed evenly between the two microhabitats.

Within the bark microhabitat certain distributional trends are evident
with respect to the coniferous and deciduous habitats (Table 3). S.
sexspinosus and B. multidentatus appear to be distributed irrespective of
the general community type. S. numius demonstrated a preference for the
deciduous community, while the genus Garibius was relatively more
abundant in the pine plantations. Members of the genus Nadabius
predominated (45.3%) in deciduous litter, while Sozibius accounted for an
additional 37.5% of specimens collected in this microhabitat.

In the first two weeks of August six broods of Arctogeophilus
umbraticus were observed beneath the bark of Ulmus americana, Pinus
strobus, and Quercus alba. These clutches ranged from 30 to 5 1 with an
average of 39. 8 7.7 (S.D.).

DISCUSSION:

The ethopolyid, Bothropolys multidentatus, has generally been re-
ported as a dendrophilous species, preferring the high moisture conditions
found in certain bark microhabitats (Auerback, 1951; Crabill, 1955). All
specimens of this species were collected under bark. Two common large
lithobiomorphs, B. multidentatus and Lithobius jjrficatus, appear to
inhabit similar microhabitats in eastern United States, but are rarely
collected together (Auerbach, 1951), Crabill (1958) suggests that L.
forficatus was introduced from Europe and is normally found near areas of
human activity. The results of this study are consistent with these
observations, as all specimens of L. forficatus were collected along a well-
drained road, while B. multidentatus was found in more mesic habitats of
the study site.

Scolopocryptops sexspinosus is generally collected beneath stones and
under bark, deep within rotting logs ( Auerback, 1951; Branson and Batch,
1967, and others) as were all specimens in this study. Branson and Batch
(1967) report that Arctogeophilus umbraticus utilizes a wide range of
microhabitats. This geophilomorph was collected in litter and under bark in
both deciduous and coniferous communities (Table 1). The genus Nada-
bius has often been reported in leaf litter (Rapp, 1946; Auerback, 195 1 )
and under bark ( Branson and Batch, 1967). These collections are in general
agreement with the above observations; however, Nadabius pullus pre-
dominated in litter as did Sozibius pennsylvanicus.

Chamberlin (1913) states that Garibius is generally found under bark,
as were all specimens in this study. Chamberlin also notes that this
microlithobiid genus seems to prefer a coniferous community. Since the

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

white pine plantations were planted only sixty- five years ago, it appears that
Garibius was able to invade the pines and establish a dominant position
among the chilopod fauna. This invasion was presumably launched from
the surrounding deciduous community where Garibius is present in
relatively fewer numbers.

RE. Crabill, Jr. (personal communication) indicated that soil pH may
be a major factor regulating chilopod distributions. He suggests that
lithobiids prefer soils with low pH as is characteristic of coniferous forests,
while geophilomorphs often prefer higher pH soils. The soil pH values for
the pine plantations are near 4.5, while in the deciduous areas pITs were
variable, but generally higher. In this study the distribution of the lithobiid
genus Garibius is consistent with the above suggestion as it predominates in
the pine plantations. However, the lithobiid Sonibius numius and the
geophilomorphArctogeophilus umbraticus were distributed irregardless of
habitat type.

A more complete picture of chilopod microhabitat distribution would
have been obtained if fall and winter collections had been possible.
Although relatively few stones were found in the study area, had the
importance of the subsaxean habitat been realized at the time collections
were made, greater efforts would have been expended to sample this
microhabitat.

One specimen of Zygethobius pontis was collected within deciduous
leaf litter, which is the first report of this species in Ohio. Z. pontis was
reported by Chamberlin (1912) in Virginia and Tennessee. Specimens of
this species have also been collected in West Virginia, Kentucky, Pennsyl-
vania, and North Carolina (A. A. Weaver, personal communication). From
these reports, Z. pontis appears to be distributed throughout the Appa-
lachian, the Ridge and Valley and the Blue Ridge provinces. Since Licking
County falls within the Appalachian province, it might have been expected
that this species would be found in this area of Ohio.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to acknowledge the direction and assistance in identifying the centipedes
provided by my advisor, Dr. A. A. Weaver. Dr. R.E. Crabill, Jr., and Dr. William D. Schmid
critically reviewed the manuscript. Dr. Samuel W. Bone kindly provided information
regarding the soil pH for the study area.

LITERATURE CITED

Auerbach, S.I. 1951. The centipedes of the Chicago area with special reference to their

ecology. Ecol. Mono. 21: 97-124.
Bollman, C.H. 1893. The Myriapoda of North America. L.M. Underwood (ed.). U.S. Nat.

Mus. Bull. 46: 1-210.

Vol. 91. No. 1. January February 1980

Table 1. Summary of centipede collections.

MIXED CONIF-

DECIDUOUS EROUS TOTAL

Under Under

Litter Bark Litter Bark Total

Order Scutigeromorpha
Family Scutigeridae

Scutigera coleoptrata (Linne)
Order Scolopendromorpha
Family Cryptopidae

Scolopocn'ptops sexspinosus (Say)
Order Geophilomorpha
Family Geophilidae

Strigamia bidens Wood

Strigamia sp.

Arctogeophilus umbraticus ( McNeill)
Order Lithobiomorpha
Family Henicopidae

Zygethobius pontis Chamberlin
Family Ethopolyidae

Bothropolys multidentatus (Newport)
Family Lithobiidae

Sonibius numius (Chamberlin)

Garibius pagoketes Chamberlin

G. opicolens Chamberlin

G. monticolens Chamberlin

Garibius sp.

Nadabius pullus (Bollman)

N. aristeus Chamberlin

N. ameles Chamberlin

Nadabius sp.

Lithobius forficatus (Linne)

Sozibius proridens ( Bollman)

S. pennsylvanicus Chamberlin

Sozibius sp.

Tidabius sp.

1

2

21

49

7

14

1

47
10

50

29

51

99

13

11

7

3
6
1
1

3
3

13 63

1

1

3

15

66

1

18

69

16

115

5

18

2

2

1

1

20

31

2

65

7

16

13

16

6

1

3

51

2

13

6

TOTAL

154 276

15 109 554

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 2. Distribution of centipedes in microhabitats of leaf litter ( L) and under bark
(B).Chi-square significance level of p <0.001 is denoted by *.

N %L %B

Expected distribution 554 31 69

S. sexspinosus 63 100 *

B. multidentatus 69 100 *

S. numius 115 100 *

Garahius species 52 100 *

N. pullus 65 86 14 *

S. pennsylvanicus 51 91 9 *

A. iimhraticiis 66 33 67

Table 3. Distribution of centipedes in coniferous (C) and deciduous (D) habitats. Chi-
square significance level of p <0.001 is denoted by *.

N %D %C

Expected distribution 385 72 28

S. numius 115 86 14 *

Garibius species 52 46 54 *

S. sexspinosus 63 80 20

B. multidentatus 69 73 27

Branson, B.A., and D.L. Batch. 1967. Valley centipedes (Chilopoda: Symphyla) from
northern Kentucky. Trans, of the Kentucky Acad. of Science 28: 77-90.

Chamberlin, R.V. 1912. The Henicopidae of American north of Mexico. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., Harvard 57: 1-36.

. 1913. The lithobiid geneia Nampubius, Garibius, Tidabius, and

Sigibius. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard. 57: 37-104.

.. 1925. The genera Lithobius, Neolithobius, Gonibius, and Zinapolys in

America north of Mexico. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard. 57: 441-504.

Crabill, R.E., Jr. 1955. A preliminary report on the Chilopoda of Missouri. Ent. News 68:

36-41.

. 1 958. On a collection of centipedes from Wisconsin. Ent. News 69: 93-99.

. 1960. A new American genus of cryptopid centipede, with an annotated

key to the scolopendromorph genera from America north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.

No. 3422, Vol. Ill: 1-15.
Rapp, J.L. 1 946. List of Myriapoda taken in Champaign County, Illinois, during the fall and

winter 1944-45. Amer. Midi. Nat. 36: 666-667.
Williams, S.R., and R. Hefner. 1928. The millipedes and centipedes of Ohio. Ohio Biol.

Surv. Bull. No. 18, 33: 91-147.
Wood, H.C. 1865. The Myriapoda of North America. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 13: 137-148.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980

A MODIFIED COLLECTION NET FOR CATCHING
INSECTS UNDER CLOTH BANDS ON TREES 1 2

G.A. Dunn 3 , R.M. Reeves 4

ABSTRACT: Insects which rest under cloth bands on trees tend to drop when disturbed and
become lost in the litter below. A standard insect collecting net was modified so when pressed
against a tree bole the elasticized outer rim conformed with the shape of the tree. A collecting
vial was attached at the bottom of the net. The technique made sampling under cloth bands
much easier and reduced considerably the number of specimens lost.

Many insects, and particularly ground beetles, are known for their
secretive habits, foraging at night and hiding during the day. To search for
these cryptic species during the daylight hours is difficult and often
unrewarding. Pitfall traps have been used extensively for ground crawling
species, but few methods have been devised for collecting arboreal insects
of nocturnal habit. Of these burlap bands are probably the best known and
have been used for mechanical destruction of gypsy moth larvae ( Craighead
1950). Other methods include tree-beating (Harris et. al. 1972), smoking
trees (Yamashita et. al. 1970), and mechanical collectors such as Wese-
lohfs (1974) Calosoma sycophanta L. trap.

We used cloth bands for determining carabid beetles species found on
tree trunks in spruce budworm (Choristoneura fumiferana (Clem.))
infested forests in northern New Hampshire. These bands were fashioned
from 20 cm wide strips of medium weight canvas. A strip was wrapped
around the bole of the tree at breast height and stapled along the bottom edge
at about 12.5 cm intervals. The cloth was then cut vertically with a
sharp knife (Fig. 1) just above each of the staples and the resulting flaps
pulled down. This created a shelter for organisms of secretive or nocturnal
habit. Previous experience had warned us that lifting the cloth flaps often
led to specimens dropping immediately and becoming lost in the leaf litter at
the base of the tree. Thus a collecting tray or net was needed to ensure
capture of these dropping specimens.

A standard aerial insect net (30. 5 cm diameter) with a heavy duty wire
rim was modified for collecting insects on tree trunks. The wire rim was cut

'Received November 23, 1979

2 Scientific Contribution No. 987 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station.
This research was supported by funds provided by the USDA Forest Service, Northeastern
Forest Experiment Station, Research Work Unit ME-1 151.

^Former graduate student, present address, Departmem of Entomology, Michigan State
University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824.

4 Associate Professor of Entomology and Forest Resources, University of New Hampshire,
Durham, New Hampshire 03824.

ENT. NEWS91(l):7-9

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

so that approximately one third to one half of the rim opposite the handle
was removed (Fig. 2). A small loop was made in the cut ends of the rim and
an elastic band approximately 20 cm long was stretched between them
giving the rim flexibility when pressed against a tree bole. The net bag was
then replaced on the newly constructed rim and the latter attached to the
handle. The bottom of the net bag was removed at a point where a 12.5 cm
diameter funnel would not be able to slip through. The funnel was then glued
to the cut end of the net. The bottom of the funnel was cut so that a
removable plastic collecting vial (3.5 cm diameter) would fit snuely but not
fall through (Fig. 3).

The procedure when approaching a banded tree was to press the
elasticized edge of the net against the tree bole just underneath one of the
flaps and the flap lifted. Specimens that do not drop immediately into the
collecting vial may have to be dislodged mechanically. Some, like the long
legged phalangids, may try to climb out of the net but can usually be guided
down into the collecting vial. An elastic width of the 20 cm is recommended
because disturbance of one flap sometimes caused specimens in adjacent
flaps to drop. Specimens in the collecting vial were eventually transferred
into jars with a preserving fluid. In this way more than one tree could be
collected from and the specimens combined to give a single sample.

We found this modified collecting net reduced considerably the number
of specimens lost and lessened the time necessary to survey each banded
tree. The cloth bands were checked once a week for thirteen weeks in 1977
on sixty trees ( 10 sugar maple, 1 red spruce and 40 balsam fir). Of the 976
specimens collected 52% were spiders, 23% ground beetles, 13% spruce
budworm larvae and 11% phalangids. Six species of ground beetles were
encountered under the cloth bands with Platyuus decentis (Say) by far the
most abundant. Seasonal abundance of some arthropod species was readily
apparent.

LITERATURE CITED

Craighead, F.C. 1950. Insect enemies of eastern forests, USDA Misc. Publ. 657. 679 pp.
Harris, J.W.E., D.G. Collins and K.M. Magar. 1972. Evaluation of the tree-beating

method for sampling defoliating forest insects. Can. Ent. 104: 723-729.
Weseloh, R.M. 1974. Relationships between different sampling procedures for the gypsy

moth, Porthetria dispar (Lepidoptera Lymantriidae) and its natural enemies. Can. Ent.

106:225-231.
Yamashita, Z., et al. 1970. Faunal survey of Mt. Ischizuchi Area, JIBP main areas - X.

Arthropod fauna of Mt. Ischizuchi surveyed by means of smoking (Preliminary report).

Ann. Rep. JIB/CT-S (1969): p. 126-145.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980

Cloth band
Slit above staple

Staple

Elastic band

Handle

Collecting
vial

Figure 1. Attachment of cloth band on tree bole. Figure 2. Modification of wire rim of
collecting net. Figure 3. Modification of net for funnel and collecting vial.

10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

USE OF BARRIERS WITH
PITFALL TRAPS 1 2

R. Marcel Reeves 3

ABSTRACT: The addition of a plastic barrier between two pitfall traps was considered
necessary to increase the recovery of marked Calosoma frigidum Kirby adults and to
facilitate trap establishment in areas where rocks and tree roots were a problem. A three-
container pitfall is described to help reduce mammal predation and increase serviceability.

The technique most often used for trapping ground surface crawling
invertebrates has been pitfall traps. Their size, shape and construction
material varies with the choice usually determined by the individual
investigator. They have been used primarily as a survey or phenological
tool or to determine relative numbers of insects present. However, their use
for assessing absolute population levels has not been very satisfactory
(Greenslade 1964; Luff 1975; Thomas and Sleeper 1977).

In a study of the caterpillar-hunter Calosoma frigidum Kirby it was
necessary to establish large numbers of pitfall traps in a forest where rocks
and roots were an important consideration. The behavior of adult C.
frigidum when encountering an insurmountable object provided a solution.
These adults tended to crawl along the edge of such a barrier rather than
turning away from it. Why not use barriers to direct adult beetles toward a
pitfall trap? Southwood (1966) suggested such an idea in his interceptor
traps. The simplest design was to put 2 small pitfalls at either end of a long
barrier. In this manner less disturbance of the forest floor was necessary,
and at the same time increased efficiency was expected. The name most
appropriate for this pitfall modification is "barrier-pitfall".

The following materials were used in the C. frigidum study for their
durability and low cost. The barriers were plexiglass strips 3 feet (91.44
cm) long, 4-6 inches (10.16-15. 24 cm) high, and 1/16-1/8 inch(0.16-.32
cm) thick. The pitfalls were polystyrene specimen containers. At first only a
single container was used at each end of the barrier. To reduce predation by
insectivorous mammals (racoons, chipmunks, skunks, mice, etc.), and to
make specimen removal easier, a three-container system was developed.
The outer container [32 ounce (946 ml) capacity, 4 3/4 inch (12.06 cm)
diameter by 4 3/4 inch (12.06 cm) deep] remained undisturbed in the

'Received November 23, 1979
Scientific Contribution No. 983 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station.

3 Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire
03824

ENT. NEWS 91(1):10-12

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980

11

Ground
surface

Third
container

Second
container

Barrier

Hole

\

Nail

/ V 0uter or first
container

Figure 1. A three-container pitfall with adjacent barrier.

ground. A second container [16 ounce (473 ml) capacity, 4 5/8 inches
(11.75 cm) diameter by 3 inches (4.62 cm) deep with a 3/4 inch ( 1 .8 cm)
hole cut in the bottom] was placed inside the first. The upper lip of this
second container was just wide enough to prevent it from falling down inside
the first. Insects falling into the second container would then drop down
through the hole into the relatively protected space below. A third
container, the same size as the second, had the rim or lip cut off so that it
would slide down to the bottom of the first container and be flush at the
sides. This served as a "basket" to lift specimens out. A nail pushed up
through the bottom of this third container served as a handle to facilitate
removal.

Drainage holes were punched in the lower 2 cups when live-trapping to
prevent rain water from accumulating. No attempt was made to shield
pitfalls from rain. If a preserving fluid was used only the third container or
"basket" was provided with drainage holes. When used along banks of
streams, rivers, lakes, etc., only a single pitfall, on the land end of the
barrier, was necessary with the other end of the barrier extending into the
water.

12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Greenslade, P.I.M. 1964. Pitfall trapping as a method for studying populations of Carabidae

(Coleoptera). J. Anim. Ecol. 33(2): 301-310.
Luff, M.L. 1975. Some factors influencing the efficiency of pitfall traps. Oecologia. 19(4):

345-357.

Southwood, T.R.E. 1966. Ecological methods. London, Methuen. 391 pp.
Thomas, D.B. and E.L. Sleeper. 1977. The use of pitfall traps for estimatingthe abundance

of Arthropods with special reference to the Tenebrionidae (Coleoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc.

Am. 80(2): 242-248.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London. SW7 5BD, United Kingdom.

1st November, 1979.

The Commission hereby gives six months notice of the possible use of its plenary powers in the
following cases, published in Bull. zoo/. Nom. Volume 36, part 3, on 1st November 1979, and
would welcome comments and advice on them from interested zoologists. Correspondence
should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address.

2240 Anaspis Muller, 1764; Luperus Muller, 1764; Lampyris Muller, 1764; and Clerus
Muller, 1764 (Insecta, Coleoptera): proposed designation of a type species.

2244 Ptilium Gyllenhal, 1827 and Ptenidium Erichs.on, 1845 (Insecta, Coleoptera):
proposed conservation.

2246 Chrysomela flavicornis Suffrian, 1851 and C. tibialis Suffrian, 1851 (Insecta,
Coleoptera): proposed conservation.

2146 Rhodesiella plumigera (Loew, 1860) (Insecta, Diptera): proposed suppression.

The following Opinions have been published recently by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Volume 36, part 3, 1
November, 1979.

1 145 (p. 149) Dryocoetes Eichhoff, 1864 (Coleoptera, SCOLYTIDAE): conserved under
the plenary powers.

1146 (p. l5l)Xy/eborusE\chott, 1864 (Coleoptera, SCOLYTIDAE): conserved under the
plenary powers.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980 13

NEW SYNONOMY OF SUILLIA SORORCULA
CZERNY (DIPTERA: HELEOMYZIDAE) 1

W.B. Garnett 2

ABSTRACT: Comparison of specimens from the type locality with species descriptions and
examination of variation in reared specimens indicates Suillia thomsoni G\\\ and S. sororcula
Czerny, heretofore considered distinct populations are conspecific and take the senior name,
S. sororcula Czerny.

The genus Suillia (Diptera: Heleomyzidae), though Holarctic in
distribution, has received more attention in Europe and Asia than in the
Americas, perhaps because at least one Palearctic species has attained pest
status. The Nearctic members of Suillia north of Mexico were treated
briefly by Steyskal (1944) and more recently by Gill (1962) in his
comprehensive revision of the family Heleomyzidae. During investigations
of suilliine biology, I discovered the following synonomy and here propose
its solution.

Gill (1962) and Steyskal (1944) considered as distinct species Suillia
thomsoni Gill (= = limbata (Thomson): see Gill, 1965) and S. sororcula
Czerny. Due to loss of the only type specimen of S. sororcula, both Gill and
Steyskal were forced to rely upon the original and sometimes confusing
description of Czerny (1926) for their concept of this species. Unfortun-
ately, while Czerny had also discussed S. thomsoni in 1924, he never
provided a differential diagnosis or key for the two species.

In his analysis of S. sororcula, Gill (1962) utilized several specimens
collected from the type locality (San Mateo Co., Calif.) and adjacent
counties (Contra Costa and Marin). They appeared distinct from S.
thomsoni and seemed to fit Czerny' s description of S. sororcula. The
differences reported were intensity of body color (paler in S. sororcula),
pattern and color of pigmentation, width of the cheeks (narrower in S.
sororcula), cheek to eye ratio (smaller in S. sororcula), eye height and
width ( eye higher than wide in S. sororcula), number of rows of buccal setae
(only one row in S. sororcula), and degree of wing infuscation (less in S.
sororcula). As Gill noted, the species were otherwise similar even to their
genitalia.

Steyskal (1944) differentiated the two species on the basis of head
height and width (head higher than wide in S. sororcula), eye shape (more
oval vertically in S. sororcula), degree of spotting on dorsum of thorax
( more so in S. sororcula), and wing infuscation. Genitalia were not utilized.

'Received September 14, 1979

2 Department of Biology, Raymond Walters College, Blue Ash, Ohio 45236

ENT. NEWS 91(1): 13- 14

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

I compared 28 specimens identified as S. sororcula from Marin Co.,
California and 1 from Corvallis, Oregon (from collections of Calif. Ins.
Surv., Calif. Acad. Sci., and Wash. St. Univ., various collectors, some
determined by G.D. Gill) with numerous specimens of 5 1 . thomsoni from
the Pacific states and Idaho (Wash. St. Univ. collection, various collectors,
some determined by G.D. Gill). I found the above criteria utilized by Gill
and Steyskal to be unreliable in affirming the majority of these identifica-
tions, many specimens previously identified as S. sororcula fitting the
description of S. thomsoni better than specimens previously identified as S.
thomsoni. Furthermore, examinations of many specimens (Fj and F2)
reared by the author as S. thomsoni from females (P) collected in Marin
Co., Calif, and Latah Co., Idaho, revealed great enough intersibling and
intraspecific variation to obviate use of these characters. This was
especially true of male genitalia, distinctive and useful in distinguishing
other Holarctic Suillia spp.

It seems most likely the holotype was merely a light-bodied form of S.
thomsoni. Subsequent determinations of "sororcula" were attempts to
relate other light-bodied forms of this species to Czerny' s description of S.
sororcula while maintaining "thomsoni" (or "limbata") for the darker
form.

Because of the failure of the above criteria, especially genitalia, to
consistently separate two populations and because of variability revealed
by breeding experiments, I feel that S. sororcula Czerny and S. thomsoni
Gill are conspecific. Since S. sororcula Czerny is older, it becomes the
senior synonym, and the species including all variants becomes Suillia
sororcula Czerny.

LITERATURE CITED

Czerny, L. 1924. Monographic der Helomyziden(Dipteren). Abh. Zool. Bot. Ges., Vienna.

15: 1-166.
. 1926. Erganzungen and Berichtigungen zu meiner Monographic der Helo-

myziden. Konowia. 5: 53-56.
Gill, G.D. 1962. The heleomyzid flies of America north of Mexico(Diptera: Heleomyzidae).

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 113: 495-603.
. 1 965 . Heleomyzidae, p. 808-86 1 . In A. Stone et al. A catalog of the Diptera of

America north of Mexico. U.S.D.A. Agric. Handb. 276. 1695 p.
Steyskal, G.C. 1944. A key to the North American species of the genus Suillia R.-D. Bull.

Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 39: 173-176.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February- 1980 15

EXTENSION OF RANGE FOR TWO SYMPHYLID

SPECIES (SYMPHYLA:
SCOLOPENDRELLIDAE) '

Steven J. Loring 2

ABSTRACT: Symphylids collected in Michigan have been identified as Symphylella
vulgaris (Hansen) and Scolopendrellopsis(Symphylellopsis) subnuda (Hansen). S. vulgaris
has been reported in North America only from California, while 5. (5.) subnuda has not
previously been reported from North America. This undoubtedly reflects limited collection
and sporadic identification.

Symphyla are white, blind, progoneate myriapods which are between 2
and 10 mm long, have a thin integument through which respiration occurs,
and posses 1 2 pairs of legs as adults. They inhabit leaf litter, decaying logs,
soil, and similar habitats with high humidity. Although common, these
animals are often overlooked by investigators because of their small size
and cryptic habits.

Records of Symphyla have been reported from North America since
Packard (1873), although it was not until much later that symphylids
presently classified in the Family Scolopendrellidae were described from
North America (Hilton, 1931). Michelbacher(1939a, b, 1941) described
nine new species of nearctic Scolopendrellidae, bringing their total to
fifteen.

Since that time virtually nothing has been done with the systematics of
the nearctic Symphyla. Taxonomic keys to the Symphyla are few. Edwards
( 195 9 a, b) devised keys to the genera of Symphyla and the species found in
Great Britain. The only other comprehensive keys available are incomplete
and out-dated (Hansen, 1903; Attems, 1926; Verhoeff, 1934). Briefkeysto
certain genera and species of Symphyla do exist ( e.g. Michelbacher, 1 942;
Scheller, 1978) but are scattered in the literature.

For significant works on the biology of Symphyla, the reader is referred
to Michelbacher (1938, 1949), Tiegs(1940, 1945), Edwards 1958, 1959c,
1961), Juberthie-Jupeau (1963), and Manton (1966). In the author's
opinion, the classic work by Verhoeff( 1 934) remains the best single source
of information on Symphyla.

The symphylids reported here were collected from southern Michigan
and identified as Symphylella vulgaris (Hansen) and Scolopendrellopsis
(Symphylellopsis) subnuda (Hansen). The known distribution of each

'Received May 25, 1979

2 Department of Zoology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824.

ENT. NEWS 91(1): 15- 18

16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

species has been greatly extended. Descriptions of these animals may be
found in Hansen (1903) and Scheller (1978).

Methods

Core samples 15 cm deep were extracted by Tullgren funnels or water
flotation. The animals were stored in a solution of 95% ethanol with 1%
glycerine added. For viewing and identification purposes, specimens were
mounted on microscope slides using Diaphane, CMC- 1 0, or CMCP-9. The
latter two mounting media are nonresinous preparations, containing chloral
hydrate, purchased from Turtox Biological Supply.

Species
Symphylella vulgaris has been collected from the following locations:

Kalamazoo Co., Kellogg Biological Station, Tl S: R9W: S6 3 , grass with sandy loam
and woods with loam, June 29, 1978, collector: S.J. Loring; four specimens mounted
on slides.

Ingham Co., Okemos, T4N: R1W: S34, garden with sandy loam, August 1978,
collector: R.M. Snider; five specimens mounted on slides, three stored in ethanol-
glycerine.

Ingham Co., East Lansing, T3N: R1W: S7, grass with loam, September 5, 1973,
collector R.M. Snider, one specimen mounted on a slide, nineteen stored in ethanol-
glycerine.

Ingham Co., Michigan State University Soil Science Research Station, T4N: R1W:
SI 9, agricultural fields with loamy sand, April-November 1977, April 1978,
collector S.J. Loring; one specimen mounted on a slide, five stored in ehtanol-
glycerine.

Scolopendrellopsis (Symphylellopsis) subnuda has been collected from
the following locations:

Ingham Co., Michigan State University Soil Science Research Station, T4N: Rl W:
S19, agricultural fields with loamy sand, April-November 1977, April 1978, collector
S.J. Loring; four specimens stored in ethanol-glycerine.

Ingham Co., Okemos, T4N: R1W: S34, garden with sandy loam, May 8, 1979,
collector S.J. Loring; three specimens mounted on slides, ten stored in ethanol-
glycerine.

T: R S: refers to the United States Rectangular Surveying System, wherein T and R are north-
south and east-west axes, respectively, and S refers to a square-mile block within the thirty
six square-mile T:R coordinates.

Vol. 91. No. 1, January -- February 1980 17

All specimens will be deposited in the Invertebrata collection at The
Museum, Michigan State University.

Discussion

Both species were found throughout the top 15 cm of soil. S. vulgaris
has previously been reported in North America only from southern
California (Hilton, 1931), although it has a world-wide distribution
(Scheller, 1978). Similarly, S. (S.) subnuda is common throughout much
of the world ( Scheller, 1 978), but has not previously been reported from the
nearctic or neotropical regions. The formerly restricted ranges reported for
these species is undoubtedly related to the paucity of collected and
described American Symphyla.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author wishes to thank Dr. Ulf Scheller of Lundsberg, Storfors, Sweden for confirming
the identification of 5. vulgaris and for identifying S. (S.) subnuda. Thanks are also extended
to Dr. Richard J. Snider, Michigan State University, for his criticism and the use of his
laboratory facilities.

LITERATURE CITED

Attems, C.G. 1926. Symphyla. In: W. Kukenthal and T. Krumbach (Eds.). Handbuch der
Zoologie. 4(1): 11-19.

Edwards, C.A. 1 958. The ecology of Symphyla. Part 1 . Populations. Entomol. Exp. Appl. 1 :

308-319.
1959a. Keys to the genera of the Symphyla. J. Linn. Soc.Zool. 44: 164-

169.

.. 1959b. A revision of the British Symphyla. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 132: 403-

439.

_. 1959c. The ecology of Symphyla. Part 2. Seasonal soil migrations. Entomol.

Exp. Appl. 2: 257-267.

_. 1961. The ecology of Symphyla. Part 3. Factors controlling distributions.

Entomol. Exp. Appl. 4: 239-256.
Hansen, H. J. 1 903. The genera and species of the order Symphyla. Quart. J. Microscop. Sci.

47: 1-101.
Hilton, W.A. 1931. Symphyla from North America. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 24: 537-

553.
Juberthie-Jupeau, L. 1963. Recherches sur la reproduction et la mue chez les Symphyles.

Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. 102 (1) : 1-172.
Manton, S.M. 1966. Body design in Symphyla and Pauropoda. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 46: 103-

141.
Michelbacher, A.E. 1938. The biology of the Garden Centipede, Scutigerella immaculata.

Hilgardia. 11: 55-148.

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

1939a. Notes on Symphyla with descriptions of three new species of

Symphylella from California. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 15: 21-28.

1939b. Further notes on Symphyla with descriptions of three new

species from California. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 32: 747-757.

_. 1941. Two genera of Symphyla new to the United States, with descriptions of

three new species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 34: 139-150.

.. 1942. A synopsis of the genus Scutigerella. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 35:

267-288.
. 1949. The ecology of Symphyla. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 25: 1-11.

Packard, A.S., Jr. 1873. Occurrence of rare and new myriapods in Massachusetts. Proc.

Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. 16: 111-112.
Scheller, U. 1978. The Pauropoda and Symphyla of the Geneva Museum V. A review of the

Swiss Scolopendrellidae (Myriapoda, Symphyla). Rev. Suisse Zool. 85 (2) : 247-263.
Tiegs, O.W. 1940. The embryology and affmites of the Symphyla, based on a study of

Hanseniella agilis. Quart. J Microscop. Sci. 82: 1-225.

1945. The postembryonic development of Hanseniella agilis (Symphyla).

Quart. J. Microscop. Sci. 85: 191-337.
VerhoefF, K.W. 1934. Symphyla. In: H.G. Bronn (Ed.). Klassen und Ordnungen des

Tierreichs. Bd. 5, II, (3): 1-120.

BOOK REVIEW

THE LIFE OF BEETLES. Glyn Evans. 1977. Allen & Unwin, Inc. 9 Winchester Terrace,
Winchester, Mass. 01890. Ppbk. (reprint of 1975 hardcover). 232 pp. $7.50.

I don't know how this little book has escaped me for so long, for here is an excellent
presentation and discussion on the natural history of beetles. The subject matter is substantive,
authoritative and scientifically acurate, yet so interestingly written that, once started, one can
hardly put the book down for a brief intermission until it has been thoroughly read from cover to
cover.

The book contains a wealth of material suited to both amateur and professional Coleopterists,
especially in the fields of morphology (Chapters 2 and 3 on "Beetle Forms and Body
Functions" and "Reproduction and Life History"), ecology (Chapters 4, 5 and 6 on "Food
and Feeding Habits", on "(Protective) Habits and Habitats" and on "Populations and
Communities") and economic importance of beetles (Chapter 7 on "Beetles and Man").
Throughout the book the author provides abundant examples and numerous line illustrations
in support of the various points made throughout the text.

The appendix includes information on pitfall trapping and keys to woodland beetles in Britain.
A glossary, a list of references, a bibliography and index concludes this fine book. About the
only drawback this has for American Coleopterists is that, since it is written by a British
entomologist, quite naturally British beetles are used in a large number of instances as
examples to support and illustrate the text. However, so much subject matter of a universal
nature is provided that this small volume is well worth the little investment to obtain it, read it
and have it in one's reference library.

H.P.B.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980 19

A NEW ALLOCAPNIA FROM VIRGINIA
(PLECOPTERA: CAPNIIDAE) 1

Ralph F. Kirchner 2

ABSTRACT: A winter stonefly, Allocapnia, is described from Wythe County, Virginia. It
appears to be closely related to A. rickeri Prison.

Six species of Allocapnia have been included in the "rickeri group"
which is characterized in the male by a short and almost bulbous apical
segment of the upper limb of the epiproct in lateral view; this group may be
divided into two complexes (Ross and Ricker, 1971). Complex "A" is
characterized, in females, by fusion of the seventh and eighth sternites with
the fusion forming a distinct heavily sclerotized arcuate ridge; "A" includes
A. cunninghamiRoss and Ricker, A. zola Ricker and A. perplexa Ross and
Ricker. Complex "B" is characterized by the absence of a ridge across the
line of fusion of female sternites seven and eight; "B" includes A. rickeri
Prison, A. sandersoni Ricker and A. stannardi Ricker, although only about
half of A. stannardi females are typical ( a line of fusion may be indicated by
a slight indentation and a faint dark line).

Allocapnia harperi, n. sp.

Types: Holotype (male), allotype and two paratypes (male and female) from Virginia, Wythe
County, Jefferson National Forest, East Fork of Stony Fork of Reed Creek; 1 1 February
1979; Greg T., Matthew W. and Fred R Voreh; these will be deposited in the United States
National Museum. Ten additional specimens were obtained from the type location during
1979 (one male, three females, 27 January; two females, 29 January; two males, two females,
2 March); I will keep these.

Diagnosis: Allocapnia harperi is included in complex "B" of the "rickeri group" of
Allocapnia since there is no ridge marking the line effusion of the female seventh and eighth
sternites. In this group, the female is unique in that the posterior margin of the eighth sternite
has a relatively broad median projection. A male resembles A. rickeri but the shape of the
dorsal process of the eighth tergite is distinctive; in lateral view, the lobes of the dorsal process
are vertically directed in A. rickeribui are posteriorly directed in A. harperi; in dorsal aspect,
the lobes are rounded in A. rickeri but have a triangular appearance in A. harperi.

Male (Fig. 1 3): Dark brown, almost black. Micropterous. Length of body, 6 7 mm.
Seventh tergite without dorsal process. Process of eighth tergite fairly high and divided into a
pair of widely separated lateral lobes which are directed posteriorly to form a deep trough.
Apical segment of upper limb of epiproct about one-third length of entire process and diamond
shaped in dorsal aspect. Lower limb of epiproct with apical segment fairly shallow and slightly
sinuate.

'Received August 23, 1979

2 Kirchner, Rt. 1, Box 412-A, Barboursville, West Virginia 25504.

ENT. NEWS 91(1): 19-21

20

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 1-4: Allocapnia harperi. 1. Male terminal abdominal segments (lateral). 2. Male
terminal abdominal segments (dorsal). 3. Dorsal process of male eighth tergite (posterior
aspect). 4. Female seventh and eighth sternites.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980 21

Female (Fig. 4): Dark brown, almost black. Micropterous. Length of body, 78 mm.
Tergites one through eight, each with a membranous mesal stripe; nine and ten fully
sclerotized. Seventh and eighth sternites solidly fused without a dividing suture. The posterior
margin of the eighth sternite forms of a wide truncate or rounded projection that is transversly
and irregularly rugose.

Remarks: This species is named for Dr. P.P. Harper, University of
Montreal, Canada. It is known only from the type locality a spring- fed,
rocky and gravelly, fast-flowing stream. Specimens were taken between late
December and early March. Other Capniidae associated wilhAllocapnia
harperi include A. loshada Ricker, A. nivicola (Fitch) and Paracapnia
angulata Hanson.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am indebted to Prof. W. Gene Frum, Marshall University; to the late Dr. H.H. Ross,
University of Georgia, who confirmed the distinctness and affinity of the new species in
December, 1977; Dr. W.E. Ricker, Pacific Biological Station, British Columbia; and Dr.
Richard W. Baumann, Brigham Young University.

LITERATURE CITED

Ross, H.H. and W.E. Ricker, 1971. The classification, evolution, and dispersal of the winter
stonefly genus Allocapnia. 111. Biol. Monogr. 45: 1-166.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

APHID PARASITES (HYMENOPTERA: APHIDIIDAE) OF THE CENTRAL IAN
AREA. P. Stary. Dr. W. Junk, bv Pub. 1979. 1 14 pp. Ppbk. $26.35.

Intended as a critical synthesis of past and present knowledge of parasite fauna of central Asia.

SPECIES OF APHYT1S OF THE WORLD ( HYMENOPTERA: APHELINIDAE). D.
Rosen and P. DeBach. Dr. W. Junk bv Pub. 1979. 801 pp. $136.85.

This monograph presents a biosystematic revision of an important group of natural enemies
and so is intended not only as a major contribution to basic science but also to biological
control because correct identification of both target pests and their natural enemies is an
essential prerequisite for ultimate success in biological control.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

OCCURRENCE OF AN ECTOPARASITIC
CHIRONOMID (DIPTERA) IN OKLAHOMA 1

William D. Shepard 2

ABSTRACT: Symbiocladius equitans is newly recorded from the Ozark Mt. region of
northeastern Oklahoma. Its host is Heptagenia sp. (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae).

Symbiocladius equitans (Claassen), as a larva, is an ectoparasite on
naiads of various mayflies. Since its description by Claassen (1922), S.
equitans has been collected in but a few states. Where it has been taken,
mountain streams seen to be involved. This is probably a result of habitat
requirements of its primary hosts, Rhithrogena sp. and Heptagenia sp. S.
equitans is known to use at least three genera of heptageniid mayflies as
hosts (Wiens et al. 1975). Some confusion has existed regarding its
parasitic relationship with the mayflies. It has been termed a commensal
(Pennak 1953) and a phoretic partner (Hilsenhoff 1975). However, both
Oldroyd (1964) and Steffan ( 1 965) describe the larva feeding on its host's
hemolymph. Parasitism has also been described for S. rhithrogenae in
Europe (Codreanu 1939) and Symbiocladius sp. in Australia (Riek 1974).

S. equitans was collected from two Oklahoma streams, Caney Creek
and Baron Fork Creek. Both streams are fourth-order tributaries of the
Illinois River in Cherokee Co. This is the first reported collection in
Oklahoma and possibly in the central United States. Nearest previous
collections are from Colorado (Claassen 1922) and North Carolina
(Roback 1966).

The initial collection was on 23 April 1978, when 10 specimens were
collected in Caney Cr. and 1 in Baron Fork Cr. Three additional collections
were made in Caney Cr. on 22 May 1978, 2 September 1978 and 25
February 1979. Only the September collection produced additional
specimens and then only 2 more.

Caney Cr. and Baron Fork Cr. are typified by fast current and deep,
gravelly riffles. Water quality measurents taken in the two streams on 23
April were identical: temp. -17C, diss. solids- 105 ppm, diss. oxygen-1 1
ppm, turbidity-0 JTU. During the September collection at Caney Cr.,
measurements recorded were: temp. -24C, pH-7.2, diss. solids-340 ppm.

Many other tributaries and parts of the Illinois River itself that had like
water chemistry and appeared quite similar lacked both Rhithrogena sp.

Received November 6, 1979

2 Oklahoma Biological Survey, University of Oklahoma, 302 Sutton Hall, 625 Elm St.,
Norman, Oklahoma 73019

ENT. NEWS91(l):22-24

Vol. 91. No. 1, January February 1980 23

and S. equitans although most had Heptagenia sp. The only apparent
difference between the two streams and all the others was the volume of
discharge, with the two streams intermediate between the Illinois River and
the rest of its tributaries.

Five larvae and six pupae were collected in April. The larvae were all
last instar as evidenced by the presence of pupal structures below the larval
cuticle. Both larvae and pupae were enveloped in a transparent, mem-
branous sheath [ Oldroyd ( 1 964) describes it as silken and Steffen ( 1 967) as
gelatinous] underneath the mayfly naiad's wing pads. The larvae were
curled in the sheath so as to have both anterior and posterior ends under the
,pads. Pupae had only the posterior end under the pads and some were as
large as their host. Only single infestations were found although Wiens et al.
(1975) and Codreanu (1939) mention instances of double infestations. In
September, one intermediate instar larva was found plus a naiad with a sac
containing a larval exuvium.

All larvae and pupae collected were attached to naiads of Heptagenia
sp. This genus was found throughout the Illinois River system. During
April, Rhithrogena sp. was collected but only at the two sites at which S.
equitans was found. Many individuals from a range of instars were found
but none supported S. equitans.

Wiens et al. ( 1 975) have proposed a bivoltine life cycle for S. equitans
in Canada, with the two generations using two different genera of
heptageniids as hosts (see Fig. 1). Oklahoma specimens of S. equitans
taken from Heptagenia sp. in April and September obviously deviate from
this model. However, this may reflect only an increased use of Heptagenia
sp. It is interesting to note that Rhithrogena sp. naiads are not found in the
Martin River when Heptagenia sp. is parasitized (Wiens et al. 1975),
whereas they were found in both Oklahoma streams during April with the
parasitized Heptagenia sp.

R H R

1

JFMAMJJASOND

Fig. 1. Proposed annual use of hosts in Canada. ^-Rhithrogena sp. \\-Heptagenia sp.
Adapted from Wiens et al. (1975).

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Claassen, P.W. 1922. The larva of a chironomid (Trissocladius equitans n. sp.) which is

parasitic upon a mayfly nymph (Rhithrogenasp.). Kan. Univ. Sci. Bull., 14(16): 395-405.
Codreanu, R. 1939. Recherches biologiques sur un Chironomide Symbiocladius rhithro-

gena(Za\.), ectoparasite cancerigenes des Ephemeres torrenticoles. Arch. Zool. EXD.

Gen., 81:1-283.
Hilsenhoff, W.L. 1975. Aquatic Insects of Wisconsin with Generic Keys and Notes on

Biology. Ecology and Distribution. Wise. Dept. Nat. Res., Tech. Bull. 89.
Oldroyd, H. 1964. The Natural History of Flies. 324 pp. W.W. Norton & Co., Inc., New

York, New York.
Pennak, R.W. 1953. Freshwater Invertebrates of the United States. 769 pp. The Ronald

Press Co., New York, New York.
Riek, E.F. 1974. Ephemeroptera. p. 33-34. In The Insects of Australia: Supplement 1974.

CSIRO. Melbourne Univ. Press, Carlton, Victoria.
Roback, S.S. 1966. A new record of Symbiocladius equitans (Claassen) (Diptera:

Tendipedidae, Orthocladiinae). Ent. News 77:254.
Steffan, A.W. 1965. Plecopteracoluthusdownesigen. etsp. nov. (Diptera: Chironomidae), a

species whose larvae live phoretically on larvae of Plecoptera. Can Ent. 97:1323-1344.
1967. Ectosymbiosis in Aquatic Insects, p. 207-289. In Symbiosis. S.M.

Henry, Ed. Academic Press. New York and London.
Wiens, A.P, D.M. Rosenberg and K.W. Evans. 1975. Symbiocladius equitans (Diptera:

Chironomidae), an ectoparasite of Ephemeroptera in the Martin River, Northwest

Territories, Canada. Entom. Germ. 2( 2 ):1 13-120.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

AN ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO THE GENERA OF THE STAPHYLINIDAE OF
AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO, EXCLUSIVE OF THE ALEOCHARINAE ( COL-
EOPTERA). Ian Moore and E.F. Legner. Division of Agricultural Sciences, Univ. of
California. Pub. No. 4093. 1979. 332 pp. Ppbk, 8fc x 11. $10.00.

This identification guide includes tabular keys to subfamilies, tribes and genera, a full generic
description with a drawing of a member of each genus, a selected annotated bibliography to
species descriptions, and an index.

SKELETAL MUSCULATURE IN LARVAL PHASES OF THE BEETLE EPIC A UTA
SEGMENTA (COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAE). A. Berries-Ortiz and R.B. Selander. Dr.
W. Junk bv Pub. 1979. 33 pp of text, 184 figures. $26.35.

Detailed anatomical investigation of the species studied to determine the changes that occur in
the skeletal musculature during postembryonic larval development. Excellent plates and
figures.

FAUNA OF SAUDI ARABIA. Vol. 1 . Dist. by Karger Libri. 1 979. 372 pp. 1 2 pi. SFr. 153.
Vol. 1 of this new series covers mainly insects and other arthropods.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980 25

FIRST UNITED STATES RECORDS OF

LYGOCORIS KNIGHTI
(HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 1

A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: Lygocoris knighti Kelton, a mirid known previously only from the type-
locality in southwestern Ontario, is reported from the United States based on collections from
Viburnum recognitum in New York and Pennsylvania, and Hydrangea arborescens in West
Virginia.

Knight (1917) placed the taxonomically difficult complex of North
American lygus bugs on a firm basis and presented numerous host plant
records. His genus Lygus included several genera (e.g., Lygocoris Reuter)
that have been removed from Lygus Hahn s.s. Kelton's (1971b) review of
the Canadian and Alaskan species of Lygocoris included L. knighti Kelton,
described from the Lake of the Woods region of southwestern Ontario near
the Manitoba-Minnesota border. The type - series was taken from 27 June
to 8 August 1960 on Viburnum sp. (Kelton, 1971 a).

In southcentral Pennsylvania I recently made the second known
collection of L. knighti, nearly 1,200 miles from the type - locality. On 28
June 1979 I collected a cf on the inflorescence of staghorn sumac, Rhus
typhina L., growing along Fishing Creek, Dauphin Co., northeast of
Harrisburg. After Thomas J. Henry identified the specimen, I returned on
30 June and took 4 cf cf and 399 from staghorn sumac, feeding on the
flowers with adults of the mirids L. belfragii( Reuter), Lygus lineolaris(P.
de B.), Neurocolpus nubilus (Say), Plagiognathus politus Uhler, and
Taedia scrupea (Say). Two 9 9 also were taken on drupes of smooth
arrowwood, Viburnum recognitum Fernald (restudied), growing 10-15 m
from the sumac. On 3 July, 2 additional cf cf were collected from sumac
flowers; 2 cf cf and 1 9 were beaten from V. recognitum on 5 July.

On 7 July 1 979 I collected L. knighti in southcentral New York. At the
Cornell University Research Park, Tompkins Co., near Ithaca, 3 cf cf and 8
9 9 were taken on V. recognitum with nearly equal numbers of L. belfragii
and L. communis (Knight).

A collection of West Virginia Miridae later submitted for identification
by T.L. Mason, Jr. also contained L. knighti. His capture on 25 June 1979
of 2 9 9 from wild hydrangea, Hydrangea arborescens L., in Hancock Co.
at the junction of Rt. 2 and Linneyville Road, actually predated the

'Received August 31, 1979
Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, PA 17120

ENT. NEWS91(l):25-26

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Pennsylvania and New York records. He also collected this mirid (399)
from the same species of plant on 1 3 July in Pendleton Co., Rt. 33, just west
of Mouth of Seneca, W.Va.

Although nymphs have not yet been found, it appears that L. knighti
breeds on inflorescences of smooth arrowwood (and probably other
Viburnum spp.) and disperses to flowers of other shrubs (sumac, possibly
wild hydrangea) when those of its host deteriorate. Sumac flowers are
known to attract other species of Lvgocoris ( Knight, 1917; Kelton, 1 97 1

b).

I am fortunate to have had available my colleague and mirid specialist
T.J. Henry to positively identify L. knighti.

Note added in proof: L. knight i\\as now been identified from North Carolina: 1 9, 4.5 mi. no.
of Brevard, 30 June 1979. R.E. Pilatowski, on Hydrangea arborescens, det. T.J. Henry.

LITERATURE CITED

Kelton, L.A. 1971 a. Four new species of Lvgocoris from Canada (Heteroptera: Miridae).

Can. Entomol. 103: 1107-1110.
Kelton, L.A. 1971 b. Review of Lvgocoris species found in Canada and Alaska (Heteroptera:

Miridae). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can. No. 83. 87 pp.
Knight, H.H. 1917. A revision of the genus Lygus as it occurs in America north of Mexico.

with biological data on the species from New York, Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull.

391. pp. 553-645.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

INSECT PESTS OF FARM. GARDHN. AND ORCHARD. 7th Ed. RH. Davidson &
W.F. Lyon. J. Wiley & Sons. 1979. 596 pp. $22.95.

Updated coverage of major insect pests of North America. Morphology, physiology,
classification, biology, ecology and control of insect pests and mites are discussed.

BIOLOGICAL CONTROL AND INSECT PHST MANAGEMHNT. 12 papers from
contributing authors. Div. Agric. Sciences. Univ. of Calif. Pub. No. 4096. 1979. 102 pp.
Ppbk. 8' 2 x 11. $3.00.

Intended as a source of pest management ideas, topics covered include basic concepts,
methods and implementation of pest management.

Vol. 91. No. 1 January -- February 1980

NEW RECORD FOR CHIRORHYNCHOBIA

MATSONI (ASTIGMATA:
CHIRORHYNCHOBIIDAE) 1

Jose G. Palacios- Vargas

ABSTRACT: Cueva de San Juan. Tepo/tlan. Morelos. Mexico is cited as a new locality
record for Chirorhynchobia maisoni Yunker. 1970.

The Chirorhynchobiidae is a very bizarre family of mites that are
ectoparasites of South American bats. They have developed some special-
ized modifications such as unsegmented, massive and very esclerotized
pedipalps. They attach themselves to the wing membrane of their host with
the aid of their highly modified pedipalps and chelicerae. Only two species
of this monogeneric family are known and very few specimens have been
collected, all of them females.

The first species. Chirorhynchobia urodennac was described by Fain
in 1 967, when he erected the Chirorhynchobiidae to family status, based on
a single specimen collected on Uroderma bilobatiim from Panama,
preserved in alcohol. The second species, C. matsoni Yunker. 1970. came
based on seven specimens of Anoura geoffroyi. from Zulia. Venezuela.

The two different genera of bat-host Uroderma and Anoura belong to
two subfamilies of the Phyllostomidae. According to this, one may consider
that there may be some host-parasite specificity.

Now we have found one specimen of C. maisoni on Anoura geoffroyi
lasiopyga Peters; it is a female 480 ju long and all characters agree with
Yunker's original description, except for the greater width (Type 295 /*) of
our specimen (340 JJL), probably explained by the large egg contained in the
opistosoma of the female.

The new record is: Cueva de San Juan Tepoztlan. Morelos, Mexico. 9-
X-1978. J.G. Palacios- Vargas col.

Yunker's specimens were attached by their mouthparts to the trailing
edge of the wing membrane. Our specimen was found walking on the foot,
about two hours after the bat was killed.

'Received October 6. 1979

Laboratorio de Acarologia. Departamento de Biologia. Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad
Nacional Autonoma de Mexico. Mexico, 20. D.F.

ENT. NEWS 91(l):27-28

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The distribution of Chirorhynchobia matsoni may be as wide as that
of its host andAnoura geoffroyi lasiopyga is widely distributed in Mexico,
Central and South America.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank to Dr. Bernardo Villa for the determination of the bat and Dr. Anita
Hoffmann for her comments to this paper.

REFERENCES

Fain, A. 1967. Diagnoses d'Acariens Sarcoptiformes nouveaux. Rev. Zoo/. Bot. Afr. 75(3-

4): 378-382.
Fain, A. 1968. Notes surtrois acariens remarquables (Sarcoptiformes). Acarologia. 7O(2):

276-291.
Yunker, C.E. 1970. A second species of the unique family Chirorhynchobiidae Fain, 1967.

( Acarina: Sarcoptiformes). J. Parasitol. 56(1): 151-153.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

SYSTEMATIC PARASITOLOGY. Vol. 1. No. 1. Dr. W. Junk bv Pub.

A new international journal (in English) intended to cover Nemathelminthes. Platyhelmin-
thes, parasitic Arthropoda and Protozoa and parasitic genera in other invertebrate groups
which affect the health of man, animals and plants.

RECENT ADVANCES IN ACAROLOGY. Vols. I and II. J.G. Rodriguez, Ed. Academic
Press. 1979. Vol. I, 631 pp. $35.00. Vol. II, 569 pp. $31.50.

Proceedings of the V International Congres of Acarology held August 6- 12, 1978, Michigan
State Univ., East Lansing, Mich.

THE GREAT DISMAL SWAMP. P.W. Kirk, Jr.. Ed. Univ. Press of Virginia. 1979. 427
pp. $20.00.

Comprehensive study including geology, archaeology, history, limnology, atmospheric
chemistry, ecology and botany of this Virginia North Carolina swamp which now is a part of
our Nat'l Wildlife Refuge system. Included is a chapter on Aquatic Insects of the Dismal
Swamp by J.F. Matta and one on the Ecology of two Dominant Tick species by M.K. Garrett
& D.E. Sonenshine.

Vol. 91, No. 1, January February 1980 29

ON THE PROTUBERANCES PRESENT ON THE

LATERAL OVIDUCTS OF POULTRY LICE,
LIPEURUS LAWRENSIS TROPICALIS PETERS
(PHTHIRAPTERA: ISCHNOCERA) 1

A.K. Saxena, G.P. Aganval 2

ABSTRACT: The protuberances present on the lateral oviduct of Lipeurus lawrensis
tropicalis contain 4-6 large glandular cells which are secretory in function as the accessory
glands are absent.

The morphology of lateral oviducts of some of the mallophagan species
has been described by Snodgrass ( 1 899), Strindberg ( 1 9 1 6 a & b, 1 9 1 8 &
1919) and Blagoveshtchensky (1959). In general, the lateral oviducts are
simple tubes in Mallophaga except in Goniodes dissimilis and Cucloto-
gaster heterographus where protuberances are reported to be present on the
outer wall of oviducts (Blagoveshtchensky, 1959).

While dealing with the reproductive organs of Lipeurus lawrensis
tropicalis it is found that the lateral oviducts of these lice have several
protuberances throughout their outer wall thus giving a rough appearance to
the lateral oviducts. Histologically these protuberances are hollow out-
growths (out pockets) formed by the evagination of basement membrane
(fig. 1 ). The muscular coat at this place is either absent altogether or very
feebly developed. Each outpocket contains a group of 4-6 large, oval
glandular cells occupying the evaginated area (fig. 1). Each cell contains
fuchsinophilic cytoplasm and a round to oval nucleus with a centrally
placed nucleolus. While the epithelial cells of the lateral oviducts are tall,
columnar and are compactly arranged, each contains a dense cytoplasm,
and is surrounded externally by muscular sheath formed by circular muscle
fibres.

Though the presence of such protuberances is reported in G. dissimilis
and C. heterographus by Blagoveshtchensky ( 1 959), in the absence of any
information on its histology, any function of these could not be assigned by
him. In L. lawrensis tropicalis it is noticed that the lumen of the lateral
oviduct is filled with a kind of secretion (fig. 1 ) which is lightly eosinophilic
in nature. This shows that these cells perform the function of secretion in the
absence of accessory glands in this species.

The authors are thankful to the Head. Department of Zoology, Banaras
Hindu University for laboratory facilities and to the State Council of
Science and Technology, U.P. for financial help under grant No. SCST/
4779/B.H.U.(43)/77.

'Received July 14. 1979

2 Department of Zoology, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi-22 1005. India.

ENT. NEWS 91(1):29-30

30

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 1. Transverse section of the lateral oviduct ofLipeurus lawrensis tropicalis. \ 630.
EP Epithelium of lateral oviduct, GC-Glandular cells present in the outpockets, L-
Lumen of lateral oviduct, M- Musculature, PR- Protuberance, S- Secretion.

REFERENCES

Blagoveshtchensky, D.I. 1959. Nasekomyje puchoedy. Fauna SSSR, Moskwa Lenin-
grad, 7(1): 1-203.

Snodgrass, R.E. 1899. The anatomy of Mallophaga. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 6 : 145-

224.

Strindberg, H. 1916a. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte and Anatomic derMallophagen. Z. wiss.
Zool., 775 : 382-459.

Strindberg, H. 1916b. Studien uber die ectodermalen Teile der Geschlechtsorgane einiger
Mallophagengattungen. Zool. Anz., 48 : 84-87.

Strindberg, H. 1918. Typstudien uber die Geschlechtsorgane einiger Mallophagengat-
tungen. Z. wiss. Zool., 777: 591-653.

Strindberg, H. 1919. Die Geschlechtsorgane von Ornithobius bucephalus Gieb. und

Goniodes falcicornis N. Zool. Anz., 50 : 219-235.

Vol. 91. No. 1. January -- February 1980 31

ORIUS INSIDIOSUS (SAY)

(HEMIPTERA: ANTHOCORIDAE)

BITING WHITE-FOOTED MICE 1

William L. Krinsky, Andrew B. Carey, Marion G. Carey 2

ABSTRACT: Orius insidiosus (Say) was found attached to living White-footed mice
(Peromyscus leucopus) in Old Lyme, Connecticut. This is the first observation of this species
attacking a vertebrate other than man.

Two specimens of the anthocorid bug, Orius insidiosus (Say) were
collected from living White- footed mice (Peromyscus leucopus). Two mice
were trapped in Sherman traps in Old Lyme. Connecticut on 23.ix.78. One
mouse was trapped in an open area that had herbaceous vegetation of low
stature (<1 m); the other mouse was trapped in a wooded area. A single
anthocorid bug was collected from each mouse. The bugs were attached and
appeared to have their mouthparts embedded in the skin of the animals.

O. insidiosus is known to be a predator of small insects and insect eggs
on crop plants ( Dicke & Jarvis, 1 962) and on several occasions, it has been
reported biting man (e.g. Tucker, 1911: Malloch. 1916; Riley &
Johannsen, 1932).

We believe this is the first report of O. insidiosus attacking a vertebrate
other than man.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank Dr. James A. Slater. University of Connecticut. Storrs. for
confirming our identificaion of the anthocorid bugs and we thank him and Dr. Richard C.
Froeschner, Smithsonian Institution, for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Dicke, F.F. and Jarvis, J.L. 1962. The habits and seasonal abundance of Orius insidiosus

(Say) (Hemiptera-Heteroptera: Anthocoridae) on corn. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 35: 339-

344.
Malloch, J.R. 1916. Triphleps insidiosus Say sucking blood (Hem., Het.). Ent. News 27:

200.
Riley, W.A. and Johannsen, O.A. (1932) - Medical Entomology. 1st Ed. McGraw-Hill

Book Co.. Inc.. New York and London, p. 150.
Tucker, E.S. 1911. Random notes on entomological field work. Can. Ent. 43: 22-32.

Received December 7, 1979

2 Section of Medical Entomology, Department of Epidemiology and Public Health, Yale
University School of Medicine. New Haven, Connecticut 065 10.

ENT. NEWS91(1):31

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW NAME FOR ANCEUS ROBACK
NEC ANCEUS RISSO 1

Selwyn S. Roback

Mr. P. Ashe, of the University College, Dublin, recently brought to my
attention that Anceus Roback 1963, p. 237 (Insecta: Diptera: Chirono-
midae) is a junior homonym of Anceus Risso 1816, p. 51 (Crustacea:
Isopoda: Gnathiidae). Accordingly I should like to propose Axams as a
replacement name for Anceus Roback nee. Risso.

Risso, A. 1816. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces des environs de Nice. A La Librarie

Greque- Latin- Allemande, Paris: 1-175.
Roback, S.S. 1963. The genus Xenochironomus( Diptera: Tendipedidae) Kieffer, taxonomy

and immature stages. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 88: 235-245.

'Received February 7, 1980
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review. Titles should be carefully composed
to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Classification as to
order and family should be included in the title, except where not pertinent. Following the title
there should be a short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words.
The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully
written. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as
a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to
make them useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or
discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations
nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the
standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very
helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations
within the text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4Vz x 6V2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of S25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a cost of
$30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial asistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without coves) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at S 1 .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

INSECT PINS All kinds. Prompt Shipment. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Ave., Reedley,
Calif. 93654.

INSECT LABELS: Exceptionally high quality printed labels, typeset in 4pt type (not
photoreduced from typewritten masters), and printed on 1 10 Ib. white cardstock are now
available with quick deliveries. Write for brochure with complete specifications and prices to
Bio-Publication Services, 25711 N. Vista Fairways Drive, Valencia, California 91355.

Coleoptera and Lepidoptera Specimens from Botswana, both "papered" and set in
Sheerpack light weight boxes. Some Saturniidae SP. including Argema tnimosae and
Gynanisa nigra (in Sheerpacks) which are limited due to demand. Troides SP and
Papilionidae from Malayasia are also available. Details from Botswanacraft Marketing
Company, (Pty) Ltd., Box 486, Gaborone, Botswana.

Wanted. Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S., Lucanidae, Carabidae, Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Burprestidae, and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B.. Spencer, 20 W. Virginia Ave., West Chester, PA. 19380.

For Sale: Lepidoptera livestock for private rearers and scientific study. Species for this fall
include Citheronia regalis and Antheraea pernvi and many more. Write for prices. Brett
Barrett, P.O. Box 107, Alvaton, Ky. 42122.

Butterflies for sale or exchange. Over 1 200 species from Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Ceylon, Indonesia, Sumatra and Borneo. Write to Sim Yam Seng, 21 Joon Hiang Road,
Singapore 19.

^ / -

&31

iviARCH& APRIL 1980

NO. 2

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Commentaries in cultural entomology

Charles L. Hogue 33

Food of some shortgrass prairie Coleoptera

Robert J. Lavigne 37

Distribution of stoneflies (Plecoptera)

of Delaware Robert W. Lake 43

List of stoneflies (Plecoptera) of West Virginia

D.C. Tarter, R.F. Kirchner 49

New distribution record for Microctonus
nitidulidis (Hymenoptera: Braconidae)

W.A. Connell 54

Stelidota geminata infestations of strawberries

(Coleoptera: Nitidulidae) W.A. Connell 55

Blacklight trap collecting of tachinids

P.P. Burbutis, J.A. Stewart 57

New records for some Canadian horse flies and
deer flies (Diptera: Tabanidae)

A.W. Thomas 59

New records for Phyllophaga (Coleoptera:

Scarabaeidae) in Mississippi PaulK. Logo 61

Insect field work opportunities in Barbados,

Lesser Antilles S.B. Peck, J. Peck 63

Till: AMKKICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIKTY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Societv at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd: Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
( 1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Societv, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular): $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp, RD7, Vincentown, New Jesey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8'/2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of aditional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 33

COMMENTARIES IN CULTURAL ENTOMOLOGY
1. DEFINITION OF CULTURAL ENTOMOLOGY 1

Charles L. Hogue 2

Note: This is the first in a series of short articles which I plan to publish at irregular intervals
on the various aspects of the manifold ways in which insects have colored human culture. Most
will be short notes of original findings and interpretations but I want also to provide exposure to
unknown or obscure materials buried in literature not readily available, understood or seen by
the entomologist. No systematic bibliographic source recognizes the subject and items usually
appear only to one who looks for them in old or non-entomological works (often in foreign
languages) such as ethnographic and anthropological serials, historical manuscripts and early
travel accounts. No attempt will be made to confine publication to a single journal, but I will
reference each note by numerals in sequence and cite at appropriate times where same may be
found.

A people' s culture refers to all of their beliefs and activities. It is possible
for a historian or anthropologist to define a human group by its morpho-
logical or behavioral attributes. Such characteristics may be divided into
three categories: First, we have those concerned with bodily survival, such
as food acquisition, shelter construction, transportation, etc., all of which
comprise technology. Second, there are the academic pursuits, knowledge
gathering and organizing, which we call science. And third, one can group
activities which humans practice for "the nourishment of the mind and
soul," the arts and humanities.

It is this last set of endeavors, perhaps, more than those of the first two,
that give identity to a human cultural group. They are the expression of the
true attitude or "essence" of a people for they are concerned with life's
meaning to them, not just its function. It is the influence of insects in this
aspect of humanity that is the focus of what I call cultural entomology.

In my own excursions into the subject I have been amazed at the extent
to which insects have invaded the world's cultures, ancient, primitive and
modern. Hardly an ethnic unit exists whose customs and beliefs do not
exhibit at least some facet with entomological beginnings or connections, a
fact not widely appreciated even among ethnozoologists, let alone general
anthropologists and historians. Often the effect has been so corrupted or
modified by time and telling that it is scarcely still recognizable, an example
being the derivation of today's idea of a soul and resurrection from the past
symbolic example of insect metamorphosis. But others are purely plain, as
the delight we all find in the beauty of the butterfly's wing.

There are only a few cultural entomologists known to me and general
publications on the subject are limited. Certainly the field's dean is

'Received January 28, 1980.

2 Curator of Entomology, Natural History Museum, Los Angeles, California 90007.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):33-36

34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Austria's Erwin Schimitschek whose "Insekten als Nahrung, in Brachtum,
Kult and Kulture" (Schimitschek, 1968) ought to be the starting place for
the student Lucy W. Clausen made a basic contribution likewise with
" Insect Fact and Folklore" ( Clausen, 1 954) a very popular treatise which,
more than any other, has introduced the subject to the English speaking
world

As evidenced by the bibliography given below, many other entomolo-
gists have made contributions to certain areas of the overall field. My
colleague Steven Kutcher, of Long Beach, California, has lectured on
cultural entomology and taught classes in "Insect Appreciation" designed
specifically for providing insight into the reasons insects should be
considered for their inspirational and historical nature as much as for their
scientific or economic importance.

And in this context, I should mention here the various "entomo-
philosophers" such as William Morton Wheeler, Maurice Maeterlinck,
and Jean Henri Fabre, probably the three most famous, who not only
described insect phenomena with imagination and brilliance but wrote and
spoke of their meaning on a human intellectual plane: "...whither do they
go, what befalls them, what becomes of them when they are dead? Why
smile at these questions when they are asked of insects, and take them
seriously when they relate to man?" (Maeterlinck: The Life of the Ant).

For organizational purposes I recognize the following specific sub-
divisions of human endeavor as cultural and in which insects may play
roles:

1. Literature (fictional, not scientific or informative)

2. Music

3. Performing arts (including drama and dance)

4. Art (including decoration and architecture)

5. History ( interpretive)

6. Philosophy (including ethics, metaphysics)

7. Religion

8. Folklore (including mythology, customs)

9. Language

10. Symbolism (including emblemology, heraldry, advertising, etc.)

1 1. Sociology (including law, politics, government and warfare)

12. Recreation (including toys, games, amusements, novelties, jokes,
oddities, and curiosities)

When study of the entomological aspects of any of these areas pertains
to a so-called primitive or non-civilized (i.e., aboriginal or prehistorical)
society we may refer to it as ethnoentomology (although the ethnoen-
tomologist may study scientific and technological aspects as well). This
field is growing in importance along side of ethnobotany, ethnopharma-
cology, etc.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 35

It is difficult to assemble the contributions to cultural entomology. As
mentioned in the note preceding this article, there is no recognition of the
subject in bibliographies and data banks and part of the reason for this series
of articles is to provide a portal to the literature. The selected citations given
below represent only the more comprehensive works of which I am aware
and I hope readers may add to the list. I have on file also a number of
specialized references and examples (and artifacts) of insects in culture
which will be used as source material for review and study. To this, I invite
inquiry and contributions.

General

Clausen, L.W. 1954. Insect fact and folklore. Macmillan Company, New York, xiv, 194 p.
Cowan, J. 1865. Curious facts in the history of insects. Lippencott& Co., Philadelphia, xvi,

396 p.
Ritchie, C.I.A. 1979. Insects, the creeping conquerors. Elsevier/Nelson Books, New York.

139 p.
Schimitschek, E. 1 968. Insekten als Nahrung, in Brauchtum, Kult and Kultur. Handbuch der

Zoologie4(2) 1/10: 1-62.

Literature

Faulkner, P. 1931. Insects in English poetry. Scientific Monthly 33: 148-163.

Herfs,A. 1963. Entomologica in litteris. Zeitschrift fur Angewandte Entomologie 1963: 151-

159.
Marcovitch, S. 1949. The insect in literature. Tennessee Academy of Sciences, Journal

24(2): 135-142.

Music

Frost, S.W. 1959. Insects in music, pp. 64-65 in Frost, S.W. 1959 (2nd ed). Insect Life and
Insect Natural History. Dover Pubs., New York, viii, 526 p.

Performing Arts

Miller, D. 1948. Shakespearean entomology. Tuatara 1(2): 7-12.

Art

Collins, M.S. 1979. The insect in art. Black art, an international quarterly 3(3): 14-28.
Schimitschek, E. 1977. Insekten in der bildenden Kunst. im Wandel der Zeiten in

psychogenetischer Sicht. Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Veroffentlichungen, Neue

Folge 14: 1-119.
Wilkinson, R.W. 1969. Colloquia entomologica II. A remarkable sale of Victorian

entomological jewelry. Michigan Entomologist 2: 77-81.

History
Cloudsley-Thompson, J. L. 1 976. Insects and history. St. Martin's Press, New York, 242 p.

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Philosophy
A neglected area.

Religion

Bruce, W.G. 1958. Bible references to insects and other arthropods. Entomological Society

of America, Bulletin 4(3): 75-78.

Ransome, H.M. 1937. The sacred bee. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston. 308 p.
Swift, R.H. 1931. The sacred beetles of Egypt. Southern California Academy of Sciences,

Bulletin 30: 1-14.

Folklore

Weiss, H.B. 1930. Insects and witchcraft New York Entomological Society, Journal 38:

127-133.
Weiss, H.B. 1945. Some early entomological ideas and practices in America. New York

Entomological Society, Journal 53: 301-308.

Language

Sones, W. 1979. Our bug-infested language. The Explorer 21(1): 23.

Symbolism

Gagliardi, R.A. 1976. The butterfly and moth as symbols in Western Art. Master's thesis.

Southern Connecticut State College, xxxii, 199 p.
Hogue, C.L, 1 975. The insect in human symbolism. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles

County, Terra 13(3): 3-9.

Sociology

Leclercq, M. 1969. Entomology and legal medicine, chap. 13 in Leclercq, M. 1969.
Entomological Parasitology. Pergamon Press, Oxford, xv, 158 p.

Recreation

Hogue, C.L. 1979. The bugfolk. Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County, Terra

17(4): 36-38.
Stanley, W.F. ed. 1979. Insects and other invertebrates of the world on stamps. American

Topical Assoc., Milwaukee. 148p.
Taylor, R.L. & Carter, B.J. 1 976. Entertaining with insects. Or: The original guide to insect

cookery. Woodbridge Press Publishing Co., Santa Barbara. 159 p.

Tweedie, M.W.F. 1968. Pleasure from insects. David and Charles, Newton Abbot. 170 p.
Villiard, P. 1973. Insects as pets. Doubleday & Company, Inc., New York. 143 p.

Ethnoentomology

Bodenheimer, F.S. 1951. Insects as human food. W. Junk, The Hague, 352 p.

Essig, E.O. 1934. The value of insects to the California Indians. Scientific Monthly 38: 181-

186.
Hitchcock, S.W. 1962. Insects and Indians of the Americas. Entomological Society of

America, Bulletin 8(4): 181-187.
Wyman, L.C. & Bailey, F.L. 1964. Navaho Indian ethnoentomology. University of New

Mexico, Publications in Anthropology 12: 1-158.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 37

FOOD OF SOME SHORTGRASS
PRAIRIE COLEOPTERA 1 23

Robert J. Lavigne 4

ABSTRACT: Based on diet analysis of adults of some common shortgrass prairie Coleoptera,
it was determined that most species studied were polyphagous, but with strong preferences for
specific plant species. The species investigated wereCantharidae: Chauliognathus scutel-
laris, Cerambycidae: Crossidius discoideus sayi, C. pulchellus, Meloidae: Epicauta
ferruginea, E. fords, E. parva, E. pennsylvanica, E. stuarti, Lytta biguttata, L. viridana,
Meloe niger, Pyrota engelmanni, Zonitis sayi, Scarabaeidae: Diplotaxis haydeni, Tene-
brionidae: Bothrotes plumbeus plumbeus, Eusattus convexus and Glyptasida sordida.

The gut contents of some miscellaneous species of beetles were analyzed
to determine food preference as part of a program to establish trophic levels
for the insect fauna of a shortgrass prairie. This was done in conjunction
with a survey of shortgrass prairie insect fauna (Kumar et al. 1976) as part
of the U.S. International Biological Program Grassland Biome Project

The study site was located in pastures on the USDA Agricultural
Research Service Central Plains Experimental Range in northeastern
Colorado. This area, commonly called the "Pawnee Site," is a field
research facility of the Natural Resource Ecology Laboratory, Colorado
State University and is located approximately seven miles north of Nunn,
Colorado (T10N, R66 W). Dickinson and Baker ( 1972) provided a listing
of the ca. 300 species of plants on the Pawnee Site available to insects as a
food source, of which ca. 100 species are common.

Materials and Methods

Insects to be dissected were collected incidently while other studies
were being pursued. Collected specimens were immediately immersed in
70% ethanol. In the laboratory the digestive systems were removed and
their contents transferred to microscope slides, utilizing the "micro-
techniques" method for grasshopper gut analysis of Mulkern and Anderson

'Received December?, 1979.

Published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station, as
Journal Article no. J A- 1037.

This paper reports on work supported in part by National Science Foundation Grants GB-
7824, GB-13096, GB-31862X, GB-31862X2, GB-41233X, BMS73-02027 A02, and
DEB73-02027 A03 to the Grassland Biome, U.S. International Biological Program for
"Analysis of Structure, Function and Utilization of Grassland Ecosystems."

Entomology Section, Box 3354, University Station, Laramie, WY, 82071.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):37-42

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(1959), Mulkern et al. (1964, 1969). The technique was modified
somewhat following the lead of Hansen and Flinders (1969). As these
authors indicated, this method "is the most accurate for identifying plant
material taken from the stomachs of herbivores," since it compares the
characteristics of epidermal plant tissues of known plant species occurring
in the habitat with those found in the guts of the plant eaters.

The contents of the insect's digestive tract were mixed with a few drops
of Hertwig's solution on the slide surface. The slide was then held over an
open flame until it boiled during which the color cleared from the epidermal
cells. Several drops of Hoyer's solution were added; the slide was reflamed
and a cover glass was placed over the mixture. The slide was allowed to dry
in an oven at 65 C for two to three days.

The slides were sent to the Diet Analysis Laboratory at Colorado State
University for reading. Twenty fields were examined on each slide and only
those fragments recognized as epidermal tissue were recorded for presence
of a plant species. The presence of pollen, petals, moss, endogeneous fungi
and arthropod fragments was also noted. The data were sent to the Natural
Resource Ecology Laboratory for transfer to punch cards for computer
analysis.

Percentages and indices were calculated as follows:

Food Plants Ingested - - This category was established by the reading,
and recorded as percentages of a specific food plant derived from the total
number of fields examined. Since the occurrence of more than one plant
species in a digestive tract was common, total ingestion could exceed
100%. This probably indicates that the insect did not fill its gut cavity while
feeding on one plant, but moved from plant to plant during the reeding
process. If a particular plant appeared in the guts of most insect specimens
representing a single species, it was assumed that this was the principal
acceptable food within the habitat.

Plant Specificity Index This category was determined (after
Mulkern et al., 1969) by multiplying the percent ingestion of the most
frequently ingested plant by three, the second most ingested by two and the
third by one, summing the quotients and dividing by three. This provided an
indication of selectivity with a number approaching 100 indicating that
ingestion was restricted to few plant species, while progressively lower
figures indicated less restrictive feeding.

Results

Based on field observations of feeding beetles, it is assumed that the
plant material ingested by Coleopterous species other than that of the three
species of Tenebrionidae was 100 percent live matter. However, once the

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 39

material was processed on slides, there was no way to distinguish live
material from dead. The percentages recorded for food plants are presented
as percent dry weight.

Tenebrionid species have been observed feeding on live plant material,
although they are generally regarded as scavengers. On the Pawnee Site, I
have observed Edrotes rotundatus (Say) feeding on leaves of Cirsium
undulatum; E lodes obsoleta (Say) feeding on petals and stamens of
Chrysothamnus nauseosus; E. hispilabris (Say) feeding on Bouteloua
gracilis, Oxytropis sericea and Sphaeralcea coccinea ( Kumar et al. 1 976);
Both rotes plumbeus plumbeus (LeConte) feeding on petals and stamens of
C. nauseosus and on pollen, petals and developing seeds of Cirsium
undulatum (Lavigne 1976). As opposed to live material, I have observed
Eleodes hispilabris feeding on the remains of a black carabid, Eleodes
extricata ( Say) feeding on a dead red legged mite and Glyptasida sordida
(LeConte) feeding on the tip of a twig lying on the soil.

Most of the Coleopterous species studied are generalists, but with
strong preferences for certain plant species. Only Meloe niger Kirby and
Glyptasida sordida (LeConte) had plant specificity indices below 55
suggesting that these two species are true generalists. The latter species may
well be more scavenger than herbivore, although it could be picking up live
material discarded by sloppy insects, such as grasshoppers and meloids.
The high index number (97.2) for Bothrotes plumbeus plumbeus
( LeConte), and the percent ( 1 00) feeding on petals and/or sepals, indicates
that this species is a true live plant tissue feeder.

CANTHARIDAE

Chauliognathus scutellaris LeConte: Number analyzed - 1 72; plant specificity index - 80.3;
number with empty digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 17;
percent feeding on pollen- 1.2. HOSTS- FORBS: Chrysothamnus nauseosus- 68.9%,
Grindelia squarrosa-4.6%, Seneciospartioides- 1 3.6%; GRASSES: Aristida longiseta
- 4.6%, Bouteloua gracilis - 9.1%.

CERAMBYCIDAE

Crossidius discoideus sayi (Say): Number analyzed - 37; plant specificity index - 74.1;
number with empty digestive tracts - 6; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 74.2;
percent feeding on pollen - 22.6. HOSTS - FORBS: Artemisia frigida - 4.3%,
Heterotheca villosa- 3.2%, Chrysothamnus nauseosus- 53.5%, Cirsium undulatum -
16.1%, Gutierrezia sarothrae - 22.8%, undetermined forb - 0.4%.

Crossidius pulchellus LeConte: Number analyzed - 15; plant specificity index - 90; number
with empty digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 80; percent feeding
on pollen -20. HOSTS- FORBS: Artemisia frigida-Q.8%, Chrysothamnus nauseosus -
12.5%, Grindelia squarrosa - 4.9%, Gutierrezia sarothrae- 80%, undetermined forbs
0.05%; GRASSES: Bouteloua gracilis - 1.8%.

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

MELOIDAE

Epicauta ferruginea (Say): Number analyzed - 184; plant specificity index - 83.4; number
with empty digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 100; HOSTS -
FORBS: Chrysothamnus nauseosus - 1.1%, Cirsium undulatum - 62.7%; Grindelia
squarrosa- 8.7%, Gutierrezia sarothrae- 26.6%, Helianthus annuus- 0.1% and Kochia
scoparia 0.7%.

Epicauta fortis Werner Number analyzed- 35; plant specificity index - 63.9; number with
empty digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals -51; percent feeding on
pollen - 0.9. HOSTS - FORBS: Artemisia frigida - 14.5%, Chrysothamnus nauseosus -
35.5%, Grindelia squarrosa - 15%, Gutierrezia sarothrae- 35%.

Epicauta pan^a (Haldeman): Number analyzed - 1 15; plant specificity index - 74.3; number
with empty digestive tracts - 3; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 59; percent feeding
on arthropod parts - 0.4; percent feeding on endogeneous fungi - 0.2; percent feeding on the
lichen (Parmelia chlorochroa) - 0.3, percent feeding on moss - 0.4. HOSTS - FORBS:
Allium textile -0.01%, Artemisia frigida - 0.3%, Atriplex canescens - 1.9%, Chryso-
thamnus nauseosus- 0.03%, Descurainiapinnata-Q.2%, Erigeron candadensis-0.\%,
Erigeron divergens - 0.3%, Gutierrezia sarothrae - 0.9%, Kochia scoparia - 3.4%,
Lepidium densiflorum - 1 .8%, Leucocrinum montanum - 0.05%, Oxytropis lambertii-
5.2%, Oxytropis sericea- 50.5%, Polanisia trachysperma-0.2%, Salsola kalitenuifolia
- 1.3%, Sophora sericea- 33.1%, unknown forb-0.1%; GRASSES: Boutelouagracilis-
0.2%, Bromus tectorum - 0.1%, Volpia octoflora - 0.5%.

Epicauta pennsylvanica (DeGeer): Number analyzed - 1 15; plant specificity index - 88.8;
number with empty digestive tracts - 3; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 99.1;
percent feeding on pollen - 27.8. HOSTS - FORBS: Artemisia frigida - 0.96%;
Chrysothamnus nauseosus - 4%; Grindelia squarrosa - 20%; Gutierrezia sarothrae -
74. 1%; undetermined forb - 9%. Previously recorded as feeding on pollen of Gutierrezia
sarothrae by Selander ( 1 954).

Epicauta stuarti LeConte: Number analyzed - 210; plant specificity index - 92.2; number
with empty digestive tracts - 7; percent feeding on pollen - 2. HOSTS - FORBS:
Chrysothamnus nauseosus- 14.8%, Grindelia squarrosa- 4. 3%, Gutierrezia sarothrae-
80.8%. Recorded as feeding on pollen of Gutierrezia sarothrae by Selander ( 1954).

Lytta biguttata LeConte: Number analyzed -4; plant specificity index- 100; number of empty
digestive tracts- 3. HOST- FORBS: Oenothera albicaulis- 100%. Previously recorded
as occurring on a variety of Compositae by Selander (1960), including Haplopappus
spinulosus, Bahia absinthifolia, B. pedata, Baileyamultiradiata, Verbesinaencelioides
and Hymenoxys richardsoni.

Lytta viridana LeConte: Number analyzed- 105; plant specificity index- 88.3; number with
empty digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 94; percent feeding on
pollen - 1.9. HOSTS - FORBS: Lathyrus polymorphus - 1.9%, Oxytropis sericea -
21. 6%, Penstemonangustifolius- 0.9%, Sophora sericea- 69.2%; GRASSES: Aristida
longiseta 0.06%, Bouteloua gracilis - 0.1%, Sporobolus cryptandrus - 0.04%, Stipa
comata - 0.1%. Previously recorded as feeding on Astragalus pectinatus and A.
bisulcatus by Fox (1943) and on caragana and peavine by Selander (1960).

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1989 41

Meloe niger Kirby: Number analyzed - 54; plant specificity index - 46. 1 ; number with empty
digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 0; percent feeding on
endogeneous fungi -0.1. HOSTS- FORBS: Allium textile- \2.6%, Aster tanacetifolius-
0.6%, Atriplex canescens - 0.2%, Cryplantha fendleri - 2.2%, Descurainia pinnata -
14.2%, Kochia scoparia - 1.3%, Lappula redowskii - 0.1%, Lepidium densiflorum -
10.7%, Salsola kali tenuifolia- 8.9%, Sophorasericea- 32.4%, Sphaeralcea coccinea -
1.9%, Yucca glauca- 0.2%, undetermined forb- 1.8%; GRASSES: Bouteloua gracilis -
1.1%, Bromus tectorum - 12.7%; SEDGES: Carex heliophila - 0.5%. Previously
recorded as on Allium sp., Anemone sp.. Asparagus ojficinalis. Ranunculus sp., and
Taraxacum offlcinale by Pinto and Selander( 1970) and on eight forbs and six grasses by
Mayer and Johnsen (1978). none of which are recorded herein.

Pyrota engelmanni LeConte: Number analyzed - 72; plant specificity index -71.3; number
with empty digestive tracts - 6; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 95.5; percent
feeding on endogeneous fungi - 0.86. HOSTS - FORBS: Artemisia frigida - 1.4%,
Chrysothamnus nauseosus - 0.05%, Oxytropis lambertii - 17.3%, Oxytropis sericea -
39.2%, Salsola kali tenuifolia-0.8%, Sophorasericea -39. 4%. GRASSES: Bouteloua
gracilis - 0.1%, Volpia octoflora - 1.5%.

Zonitis sayi Wickham: Number analyzed - 4; plant specificity index - 1 00; number with empty
digestive tracts - 1 ; percent feeding on inflorences - 100; percent feeding on pollen - 100.
HOSTS - FORBS: Grindelia squarrosa - 100%.

SCARABAEIDAE

Diplotaxis haydeni LeConte: Number analyzed - 14; plant specificity index - 95.2; number
with empty digestive tracts - 11. HOSTS - GRASSES: Aristida longiseta - 85.6%,
Bouteloua gracilis - 14.4%.

TENEBRIONIDAE

Bothrotes plumbeus plumbeus (LeConte): Number analyzed- 36; plant specificity index -
97.2; number with empty digestive tracts -0; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 100.
HOSTS - FORBS: Cirsium undulatum 5-6%, Chrysothamnus nauseosus - 93.1%,
Gutierrezia sarothrae - 1.4%.

Eusattus convexus LeConte: Number analyzed- 14; plant specificity index- 61; number with
empty digestive tracts - 0; percent feeding on arthropod parts- 4.6; percent feedingon moss
- 0.3. HOSTS - FORBS: Artemisia frigida - 9.7%, Cryptantha fendleri - 0.05%,
Helianthus annuus - 9.8%, Helianthus petiolaris - 49.2%, Kochia scoparia - 0.6%,
Oenothera coronopifolia- 3.8%, Oxytropis sericea -2%, Sphaeralcea coccinea- 12.9%;
GRASSES: Sporobolus cryptandrus - 7.1%.

Glyptasida sordida (LeConte): Number analyzed- 7; plant specificity index - 54.1; number
with empty digestive tracts - 1; percent feeding on petals and/or sepals - 33.3; percent
feeding on arthropod parts -0.2. HOSTS- FORBS: Artemisiafrigida-0.\%, Cryptantha
fendleri 0.05%, Erigeron species - 1.1%, Mirabilis linearis - 3.3%; Oenothera
coronopifolia- 1.7%; Opuntiapolyacantha-28A%; Plantagopurshii- 13.4%; Psoralea
tenuiflora- 14.1%, Sophorasericea- 3.9%, Sphaeralcea coccinea -0.9%, undetermined
forbs-2%; GRASSES: Bouteloua gracilis -30.5%; SEDGES: Carex heliophila-0.\%.

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I express my appreciation to Dr. Richard Hansen and his staff, Ms. Sarah Woodmansee
and Ms. Terry Foppe of the Diet Analysis Laboratory, Colorado State University, for
identification of insect gut contents. I gratefully acknowledge Ms. Vicki E. Keith and Mr. C.
Van Baker for their computer programming assistance. As regards insect identifications, I
would like to thank Dr. R.D. Gordon and M.T.J. Spilman, Systematic Entomol. Lab., USDA
% U.S. Nat. Mus., Washington - Cantharidae and Tenebrionidae, respectively; Dr. J.A.
Chemasak, Div. Entomol., Univ. California, Berkeley- Cerambycidae; Dr. J. D. Pinto, Dept.
Entomol., Univ. California, Riverside - Meloidae; and Dr. O.L. Cartwright, Entomologist
Emeritus, U.S. Nat. Mus. Natur. Hist., Smithsonian Inst., Washington- Scarabaeidae.

LITERATURE CITED

Dickinson, C.E. and C.V. Baker. 1972. Pawnee Site field plant list. U.S. I.B.P. Grassland

Biome Tech. Rep. No. 139, Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins. 44 p.
Fox, W.B. 1943. Some insects infesting the "selenium indicator" vetches in Saskatchewan.

Canad. Entomol. 75: 206-207.
Hansen, R.M. and J.T. Flinders. 1969. Food habits of North American hares. Colorado

State Univ., Range Sci. Dept., Sci. Ser. No. 1. 18 p.
Kumar, R., R.J. Lavigne, J.E. Lloyd and R.E. PfadL 1976. Insects of the Central Plains

Experiment Range, Pawnee National Grassland. Wyoming Agr. Exp. Sta. Sci. Monogr.

32. 74 p.
Lavigne, R.J. 1 976. Rangeland insect-plant associations on the Pawnee Site. Ann. Entomol.

Soc. Am. 69: 753-763.
Mayer, D.F. and C.A. Johansen. 1978. Bionomics of Meloe niger Kirby (Coleoptera:

Meloidae) a predator of the alkali bee, Nomia melanderi Cockerel! ( Hymenoptera:

Halictidae). Melanderia 28: 1-46.
Mulkern, G.B. and J.F. Anderson. 1959. A technique for studying the food habits and

preferences of grasshoppers. J. Econ. Entomol. 52: 342.
Mulkern, G.B., K.P. Pruess, H. Knutson, A.F. Hagen, J.B. Campbell and J.D. Lambley.

1969. Food habits and preferences of grassland grasshoppers of the North Central Great

Plains. North Dakota State Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 481. 32 p.
Mulkern G.B., D.R. Toczek and M.A. Brusven. 1964. Biology and ecology of North

Dakota grasshoppers. II. Food habits and preferences of grasshoppers associated with the

Sand Hills Prairie. North Dakota Research, Res. Rept. No. 11. 59 p.
Pinto, J. D. and R. B. Selander. 1 970. The bionomics of blister beetles of the genus Meloe and

a classification of the New World species. Univ. Illinois Biol. Monogr. No. 42, 222 p.
Selander, R.B. 1954. A new record of Epicauta stuarti. The Coleopterists Bull. 8: 24.
Selander, R.B. 1960. Bionomics, systematics, and phylogeny of L ytta a genus of blister

beetles ( Coleoptera, Meloidae). Univ. Illinois Biol. Monogr. No. 28, 295 p.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 43

DISTRIBUTION OF THE STONEFLIES
(PLECOPTERA) OF DELAWARE 1 2

Robert W. Lake 3

ABSTRACT: Intensive collecting and rearing of species of this aquatic insect order since
1972 have confirmed the presence of 38 species in Delaware. Nineteen of these were found
only in the Piedmont physiographic province, 1 1 were found in both Coastal Plain and
Piedmont and eight exclusively in the Coastal Plain. This is the first published detailed
distributional list of Delaware stoneflies.

Little attention was given to the stonefly fauna of Delaware until about
1967 when some of the staff and graduate students of the Department of
Entomology and Applied Ecology began to intensively collect aquatic
insects. Specimens were identified and incorporated into the reference
collection of the department. However, most of the collections were
immature stages and in many cases could only be determined to genus.
Beginning in 1972, in conjunction with a black fly survey of the State, I
collected and reared to adult many species of stoneflies and am confident
that most of the species occurring in Delaware have now been collected

Delaware lies within two natural physiographic provinces, the Pied-
mont and the Coastal Plain. The Piedmont comprises approximately the
northern one-quarter of New Castle County. The remainder of New Castle
County and Kent and Sussex Counties, are Coastal Plain with much of the
eastern portion being within the tidal zone and unsuitable as stonefly habitat
(Fig. 1).

At this time 38 species of stoneflies are known from the State. Nineteen
of these were found only in the Piedmont, 1 1 were found in both Coastal
Plain and Piedmont and eight exclusively in the Coastal Plain (Table 1).

Distribution records given below include county, nearest town and
designation of stream where specimens were collected. In a few instances,
adults were collected some distance from streams in UV light traps or
around incandescent lights.

This is the first published detailed distributional list of Delaware
stoneflies.

'Received January 11, 1980.

Miscellaneous Paper No. 887 with the approval of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment
Station. Publication No. 488 of the Department of Entomology & Applied Ecology.

3 Associate Scientist, Department of Entomology & Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 1971 1.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):43-48

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LIST OF SPECIES
Family Nemouridae

Genus Amphinemura

A. nigritta (Provancher)

New Castle Co: Blackbird, Blackbird Creek & tributaries. Newark, tributaries of White
Clay Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek.

A. WM;'( Claassen)

New Castle Co: Corner Ketch, tributary of White Clay Creek.

Genus Ostrocerca

O. prolongata (Claassen)

Kent Co: Pearsons Grove, Jordan Branch.

Genus Prostoia

P. completa ( Walker)

Kent Co: Pearsons Grove, Jordan Branch.

Sussex Co: Ellendale State Forest, tributary of Gravelly Branch. Woodenhawk, tributary
of Marshyhope Creek.

Genus Soyedina

S. carolinensis ( Claassen)

New Castle Co: Newark, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red Clay
Creek. Talleyville, Thompson's Bridge, tributary of Brandy wine Creek.

Family Taeniopterygidae

Genus Strophopteryx

S. fasciata (Burmeister)

New Castle Co: Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek. Newark, tributary of White Clay
Creek. Blackbird, Blackbird Creek.

Genus Taeniopteryx

T. burksi Ricker & Ross

New Castle Co: Blackbird, Blackbird Creek & tributaries. Newark, tributary of White
Clay Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek.

Kent Co: Frederica, Pratt Branch. Sandtown, Cow Marsh Creek.

Sussex Co: Smith Hill, James Branch. Stockley, Stockley Branch.

T. maura (Pictet)

New Castle Co: Blackbird, Blackbird Creek and tributaries. Ashland, tributary of Red
Clay Creek.

T. nivalis (Fitch)

New Castle Co: Thompson, tributary of White Clay Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red
Clay Creek. Mermaid, Mill Creek.

Family Capniidae

Genus Allocapnia

A. nivicola (Fitch)

New Castle Co: Newark, Tributaries of White Clay Creek. Talleyville, Thompsons
Bridge, tributary of Brandywine Creek.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 45

A. recta ( Claassen)

New Castle Co: Blackbird, tributaries of Blackbird Creek. Newark, tributaries of White
Clay Creek. Corner Ketch, tributary of White Clay Creek. Ashland, tributaries of Red Clay
Creek. Talleyville. Thompsons Bridge, tributary of Brandywine Creek. Glasgow, Belltown
Run.

Kent Co: Frederica, Pratt Branch. Felton, Murderkill River. Pearson's Grove, Jordan
Branch.

Sussex Co: Woodenhawk, tributaries of Marshyhope Creek.

A. rickeri Prison

Kent Co: Pearsons Grove, Jordan Branch.

A. virginiana Prison

Kent Co: Felton, Murderkill River.

Sussex Co: Woodenhawk, Tributary of Marshyhope Creek.

A. wrayi Ross

New Castle Co: Townsend & Blackbird, tributaries of Blackbird Creek.

Genus Paracapnia
P. angulata Hanson
New Castle Co: Corner Ketch, tributary of White Clay Creek.

Family Leuctridae

Genus Leuctra

L. ferruginea (Walker)

New Castle Co: Newark, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red Clay
Creek. Rockland, tributary of Brandywine Creek.

Sussex Co: Millsboro, Famys Branch.

L. sibleyi Claassen

New Castle Co: Newark, tributary of White Clay Creek.

L. tennis ( Pictet)

New Castle Co: Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek.

Genus Paraleuctra
P. sara (Claassen)

New Castle Co: Newark, tributaries of White Clay Creek.
Sussex Co: Millsboro, Famys Branch.

Family Peltroperlidae

Genus Peltoperla

P. maria Needham & Smith

New Castle Co: Ashland, tributaries of Red Clay Creek. Corner Ketch, tributaries of
White Clay Creek. Thompson, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Talleyville, Thompsons
Bridge, tributary of Brandywine Creek.

Family Perlodidae

Genus Diploperla

D. duplicata (Banks)

New Castle Co: Newark, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Corner Ketch, tributaries of

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

White Clay Creek. Mermaid, Mill Creek. Blackbird, Blackbird Creek & tributary. Ashland,
tributary of Red Clay Creek. Talleyville, Thompsons Bridge, tributary of Brandy wine Creek.

Genus Remenus

R. bilobatus (Needham & Claassen)

New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek.

Genus Isoperla

I. coushatta Szczytko & Stewart

New Castle Co: Blackbird, Blackbird Creek. Glasgow, Belltown Run. Newark tributaries
of White Clay Creek.

Kent Co: Andrews Lake, Spring Creek.

Sussex Co: Woodenhawk, tributary of Marshyhope Creek.

/. clio (Newman)

New Castle Co: Blackbird, Blackbird Creek & tributary.
Kent Co: Frederica, Pratt Branch. Milford, McCauleys Pond.
Sussex Co: Millsboro, Famy's Branch.

/. frisoni lilies

Sussex Co: Woodenhawk, tributary of Marshyhope Creek. Millsboro, Famy's Branch.

/. holochlora ( Klapalek)

New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek.

Pleasant Hill, tributary of Pike Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek.

/. montana (Banks)

New Castle Co: Corner Ketch, tributary of White Clay Creek.

/. similis (Hagen)

New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Ashland,
tributaries of Red Clay Creek. Mermaid, Mill Creek. Hockessin. Pike Creek. Talleyville,
tributary of Brandywine Creek.

/. transmarina (Newman)

New Castle Co: Corner Ketch, tributary of White Clay Creek.

Family Perlidae

Genus Paragnetina

P. immarginata (Say)
New Castle Co: Mill Creek

P. media ( Walker)

New Castle Co: Mill Creek & Brandywine Creek

Genus Phasganophora
P. capitata ( Pictet)
New Castle Co: Brandywine Creek

Genus Acroneuria

A. abnormis (Newman)

New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Talleyville,
tributaries of Brandywine Creek. Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek. Pike Creek.

A. arenosa (Pictet)

Sussex Co: Milton, Omar & Seaford.

Adults, collected in UV light traps.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980

47

Genus Eccoptura

E. xanthenes (Newman)

New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Ashland,
tributary of Red Clay Creek. Talley ville, tributary of Brandywine Creek. Newark tributary of
West Branch of Christina Creek. Blackbird, Blackbird Creek.

Genus Perlesta

P. placida ( Hagen)

New Castle Co: Newark, tributaries of White Clay Creek. Blackbird, Blackbird Creek.
Ashland, tributary of Red Clay Creek.

Sussex Co: Smith Hill, James Branch, Millsboro, Famys Branch. Milford, Herring
Branch, Woodenhawk, tributary of Marshyhope Creek. Milton, collected in UV light trap.

Family Chloroperlidae

Genus Hastaperla
H. brevis (Banks)
New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek.

Genus Sweltsa

S. onkos ( Ricker)

New Castle Co: Newark & Corner Ketch, tributaries of White Clay Creek.

Table 1. Distribution of stonefly species in Delaware by physiographic provinces
Piedmont Coastal Plain Coastal Plain & Piedmont

Peltoperla maria
Taeniopteryx nivalis
Leuctra sibleyi
Leuctra tenuis
Allocapnia nivicola
Paracapnia ungulata
Amphinemura wui
Soyedina carolinensis
Paragnetina immarginata
Paragnetina media
Phasganophora capitata
Acroneuria abnormis
Remenus bilobatus
Isoperla holochlora
Isoperla montana
Isoperla similis
Isoperla transmarina
Hastaperla brevis
Sweltsa onkos

Allocapnia rickeri
Allocapnia virginiana
Allocapnia wrayi
Ostrocerca prolongata
Prostoia completa
Acroneuria arenosa
Isoperla clio
Isoperla frisoni

Taeniopteryx burksi
Taeniopteryx maura
Strophopteryx fasciata
Leuctra ferruginea
Paralcuctra sara
Allocapnia recta
Amphinemura nigritta
Eccoptura xanthenes
Perlesta placida
Isoperla coushatta
Diploperla duplicata

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Thanks are due to Dr's. Bill Stark, W.E. Ricker, S. Szczytko and R. Surdick for
determining or confirming identifications of stonefly specimens.

In addition to my collections the following people have collected specimens which have
contributed to the records: G. Benzon, S. Berte, F. Boys, R. Darsie, T. Evans. D. Funk, J.
Harkins, J. Harrison, L. Kelsey, P. LaScala, D. Lesiewicz, C. Lesser, N. Markowitz, T.
Mather, D. Miller, W. Munro, D. Nye, D. Palmer, J. Patterson, R. Pizzala, R. Rust, S.
Spencer, C. Stachecki, J. Steinberg, R. Tatman, F. VanEssen and R. Weber.

48

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

T I D A L MARSH

DE LA WARE BAY

Fig. 1. Map of Delaware showing counties, tidal marshes and physiographic provinces.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 49

LIST OF THE STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA)
OF WEST VIRGINIA 1

Donald C. Tarter 2 , Ralph F. Kirchner 3

ABSTRACT: Examination of museum and literature records and personel collections have
resulted in a list of 106 species comprising37 genera from nine families of stoneflies. Nine new
state records are added to the plecopteran fauna of West Virginia.

Stoneflies represent an integral component of the zoobenthos in the
streams of West Virginia. Presently, 106 species comprising 37 genera and
nine families are recorded for the state. Nine state records are added to the
list of stoneflies. The classification system of lilies ( 1 966) is followed in this
paper, he listed 9 families, 57 genera and 183 species of stoneflies known to
occur in the eastern United States. Of these, 65 percent of the genera and 58
percent of the species have been found in West Virginia. The abundance of
stonefly species probably resulted from the Pleistocene glaciers which left
West Virginia untouched and therefore an "island refuge" for stoneflies. In
North America, only two other states and one province have more than 100
species recorded; Montana- 1 1 9 ( Gaufin and Ricker, 1974), Virginia- 1 16
(Kondratieff and Voshell, 1979) and Quebec- 103 (Harper, 1971; Harper
and Roy, 1974).

Several range extensions are noted Alloperla chloris Prison (CT, NY,
VA, QUEBEC), Leuctra tenella Provancher (ME, MN, NEW
BRUNSWICK, NJ, NY, NOVA SCOTIA, PA) and Utaperla gaspes-
iana Harper and Roy (QUEBEC) have a southern range extension, while
Neoperla stewarti Stark and Baumann (AR, KY, MS, OH, WI) has an
eastern range extension. Information concerning drainage basins, streams,
habitat, dates and sex are recorded in the West Virginia Benthological
Survey at Marshall University.

A few investigators, including Hissom and Tarter ( 1976), Farmer and
Tarter (1976) and Steele and Tarter (1977), have reported detailed
investigations on the distribution of stoneflies in West Virginia. Other
studies, including Baumann (1974), Claassen (1931), Prison (1935,
1942), Harper and Kirchner (1978), lilies (1966), Kirchner (1978),
Needham and Claassen (1925), Ricker (1952), Ricker and Ross (1968,
1969, 1975), Ross and Ricker (1964, 1971), Stark and Baumann (1978),
Stark and Gaufin (1976), Tarter (1976), Tarter et al. ( 1975, 1976, 1977)

Deceived January 10, 1980.

2 Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, West Virginia 25701
3 Route 1, Box 4 12- A, Barboursville, West Virginia 25504

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):49-53

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and Zwick (1973), have noted stonefly records for the state.

Holotypes of the following species are from West Virginia: Allocapnia
curisoa Prison 1942, A. frisoni Ross and Ricker 1964, A. loshada Ricker
1952, Alloperla aracoma Harper and Kirchner 1978, Taenionema
atlanticum Ricker and Ross 1975 and Taeniopteryx ugola Ricker and
Ross 1968.

Order Plecoptera

Suborder Arctoperlaria

Group Euholognatha

Superfamily Nemouroidea

Family Leuctridae
Subfamily Leuctrinae

Leuctra alexanderi Hanson *L. tenella Provancher

L. biloba Claassen L. tenuis (Pictet)

L. carolinensis Claassen L. truncata Claassen

L. duplicata Claassen Paraleuctra sara (Claassen)

L. ferruginea (Walker) Zealeuctra claasseni (Prison)

L. maria Hanson Z. fraxina Ricker and Ross

L. sibleyi Claassen

Family Taeniopterygidae
Subfamily Brachypterinae

Bolotoperla rossi ( Prison) S. fasciata ( Burmeister)

Strophopteryx appalachia Ricker and Taenionema atlanticum Ricker and Ross

Ross

Subfamily Taeniopteryginae

Taeniopteryx burksi Ricker and Ross T. nivalis (Fitch)

T. maura (Pictet) T. parvula Banks

T. metequi Ricker and Ross T. ugola Ricker and Ross

Family Nemouridae
Subfamily Amphinemurinae

Amphinemura delosa (Ricker) *A. wui( Claassen)

A. nigritta ( Provancher)

Subfamily Nemourinae

Ostrocerca albidipennis (Walker) *Prostoia completa (Walker)

O. complexa (Claassen) P. similis (Hagen)

O. prolongata (Claassen) Soyedina carolinensis (Claassen)

O. truncata (Claassen) S. vallicularia (Wu)

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 51

Family Capniidae

A llocapnia curisoa Prison A. nivicola (Fitch)

A. forbesi Prison A. ohioensis Ross and Ricker

A. frisoni Ross and Ricker A. pygmaea ( Burmerster)

A. granulata (Claassen) A. recta (Claassen)

A. indianae Ricker A. rickeri Prison

A. loshada Ricker A. vivipara ( Claassen)

A. maria Hanson A. zola Ricker

A. mystica Prison Paracapnia angulata Hanson

P. opis (Newman)

Group Systellognatha

Superfamily Pteronarcyoidea

Family Pteronarcyidae

Allonarcys biloba (Newman) A. proteus (Newman)

A. comstocki ( Smith) Pteronarcys dorsata (Say)

Family Peltoperlidae
Subfamily Peltoperlinae

Peltoperla arcuata Needham P. maria Needham and Smith

Superfamily Perloidea

Family Perlodidae
Subfamily Isoperlinae

Isoperla bilineata (Say) /. lata Prison

/. burksi Prison /. marlynia Needham and Claassen

/. clio ( Newman) /. namata Prison

/. cotta Ricker /. orata Prison

/. dicala Prison /. richardsoni Prison

/. gibbsae Harper /. similis (Hagen)

/. holochlora (Klapalek) /. transmarina (Newman)

Subfamily Perlodinae

Cultus decisus (Walker) Malirekus hastatus (Banks)

Diploperla robusta Stark and Gaufin Remenus bilobatus (Needham and Claassen)

Helopicus subvarians ( Banks) Yugus arinus ( Prison)

Isogenoides hansoni ( Ricker) Y. bulbosus (Prison)

52

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Family Chloroperlidae
Subfamily Chloroperlinae

Alloperla aracoma Harper and Kirchner
*A. chloris Prison
A. imbecilla ( Say)
A. usa Ricker
Hastaperla brevis (Banks)

*Rasvena terna (Prison)
Suwallia marginata (Banks)

*Sweltsa lateralis (Banks)
S. media na (Banks)

Subfamily Paraperlinae

* Utaperla gaspesiana Harper and Roy

Family Perlidae
Subfamily Acroneuriinae

Acroneuria abnormis (Newman)
*A. arenosa (Pictet)
A. carolinensis ( Banks)
A. evoluta Klapalek
A. filicis Prison
A. internata (Walker)

A. lycorias (Newman)

A. perplexa Prison

Eccoptera xanthenes (Newman)

Perlesta placida ( Hagen)

P. frisoni Banks

Perlinella drymo (Newman)

Subfamily Perlinae

Neoperla choctaw Stark and Baumann
*N. stewarti Stark and Baumann
Paragnetina media (Walker)

P. immarginata (Say)
Phasganophora capitata (Pictet)

* State record

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to numerous graduate and undergraduate students from Marshall
University who have contributed their time collecting specimens over the past 10 years. We
are also indebted to the following persons for their help with identifications: Dr. H.H. Ross,
University of Georgia: Dr. W.E. Ricker. Pacific Biological Station, British Columbia; Dr.
RW. Baumann, Brigham Young University; Dr. B.P. Stark, Mississippi College; Dr. K.W.
Stewart, North Texas State University; Dr. P.P. Harper, University of Montreal; and Dr.
C.H. Nelson, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. Special thanks to Vickie Crager for
typing the manuscript.

REFERENCES

Baumann, R.W. 1974. What is Alloperla imbecilla (Say)? Designation of a neotype, and a
new Alloperla from eastern North America (Plecoptera: Chloroperlidae). Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 87: 257-264.

Claassen, R.W. 1931. Plecoptera nymphs of America (North of Mexico). Thomas Say
Found., Entomol. Soc. Amer. 3: 1-199.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 53

Farmer, R.G. and D.C. Tarter. 1 976. Distribution of the superfamily Nemouroidea in West

Virginia ( Insecta: Plecoptera). Ent. News 87: 17-24.
Prison, T.H. 1935. The stoneflies, or Plecoptera, of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 20:

277-471.

.. 1942. Studies of North American Plecoptera, with special reference to the

fauna of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 22: 234-355.
Gaufin, A.R. and W.E. Ricker. 1974. Additions and corrections to a list of Montana

stoneflies. Ent. News 85: 285-288.

Harper, P. P. 1971. Plecopteres nouveaux du Quebec ( Insectes). Can. J. Zool. 49: 685-690.
and D. Roy. 1975. Utaperla gaspesiana sp. nov., le premier Plecoptere

Paraperline de 1'Est Canadien. Can. J. Zool. 53: 1 185-1 187.

and R.F. Kirchner. 1978. A new stonefly from West Virginia (Plecoptera:

Chloroperlidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 80(3): 403-406.
Hissom, F.K. and D.C. Tarter. 1976. Taxonomy and distribution of nymphal Perlodidaeof

West Virginia (Insecta: Plecoptera). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 11: 317-323.
lilies, J. 1966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera. Das Tierreich, 82. Walter de Gruyter and

Co., Berlin. 632 p.

Kirchner, R.F. 1978. Plecoptera records from West Virginia. Ent. News 89:206.
Kondratieff, B.C. and J.R. Voshell, Jr. 1979. A checklist of the Stoneflies ( Plecoptera) of

Virginia. Ent. News 90(5): 241-246.
Needham, J.G. and P.W. Claassen. 1925. A monograph of the Plecoptera or stoneflies of

America North of Mexico. Thomas Say Found., Entomol. Soc. Amer. 2: 1-397.
Ricker, W.E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Ind. Univ. Pub. Sci. Ser. No. 18

200 p.
and H.H. Ross. 1968. North American species of Taeniopteryx (Plecop-

ra: Insecta). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25: 1423-1439.

.. and 1969. The genus Zealeuctra and its position in the family

Leuctridae ( Plecoptera: Insecta). Can. J. Zool. 47: 1113-1127.

.. and 1975. Synopsis of the Brachypterinae (Insecta: Plecop-

tera: Taeniopterygidae). Can. J. Zool. 53: 132-153.
Ross, H.H. and W.E. Ricker. 1964. New species of winter stonefly genus A llocapnia

(Plecoptera: Insecta). Trans. 111. State Acad. Sci. 57: 88-93.
and 1971. The classification, evolution and dispersal of the

winger stonefly genus A llocapnia. 111. Biol. Mon. 45: 1-166.
Stark, B.P. and A.R. Gaufin. 1976. The Nearctic species of Acroneuria (Plecoptera:

Perlidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 49: 221-253.
and R.W. Baumann. 1978. New species of Nearctic Neoperla (Plecoptera:

Perlidae), with notes on the genus. Great Basin Natur. 38: 97-1 14.
Steele, B.D. and D.C. Tarter. 1977. Distribution of the family Perlidae in West Virginia

(Plecoptera). Ent. News 88: 18-22.
Tarter, D.C. 1976. Limnology in West Virginia: A lecture and laboratory manual. Marshall

University Bookstore, Huntington, W. Va. 249 p.
Tarter, D.C., M.L. Little, R.F. Kirchner, W.D. Watkins, R.G. Farmer and D. Steele.

1975. Distribution of pteronarcid stoneflies in West Virginia (Insecta: Plecoptera). Proc.

W. Va Acad. Sci. 47: 79-85.
, R. Kirchner, T. Mayberry, Jr., M. Little and W. Watkins. 1976. A new

stonefly, Peltoperla arcuata Needham, for West Virginia (Plecoptera: Peltoperlidae).

Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci. 48:3.
, , F. Hissom, J. Nearhoffand W. Watkins. 1977. Additional

state and county records of the superfamily Nemouroidea in West Virginia ( Insecta:
Plecoptera). Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci. 49: 27-28.

Zwick, P. 1973. Insecta: Plecoptera. Phylogenetisches System and Katalog. Das Tierreich,
94. Walter de Gruyter and Co., Berlin. 465 p.

54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD FOR

MICROCTONUS NITIDULIDIS LOAN

(HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE) 12

W.A. Connell 3

Microctonus nitidulidis Loan was described from Ohio where it had
been found parasitizing the strawberry sap beetle, Stelidota geminata
(Say) in 1977 and 1978 (Weiss, Williams and Loan, 1978, Naturaliste
Canadien 105:323-26). M. nitidulidis is a thelyotokous parasitoid whose
only known host is the S. geminata adult.

M. nitidulidis also occurs in Delaware. Five of these small wasps were
reared from 220 S. geminata adults collected August 26, 1 979 at Newark,
DE. in a bait trap placed along the margin of a vegetable garden adjacent to
an abandoned apple orchard. Emergence took place between September 9
and 12. Identification was made by Dr. P.M. Marsh, Systematic Entom-
ology Laboratory, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

The host, S. geminata occurs throughout the eastern and central United
States and portions of adjacent Canada. It is also present in California
(Weiss and Williams, 1978, Proc. No. Centr. Br. Entomol. Soc. Amer.
33:55-6, Abstract). Its range extends through Central America and the
Caribbean to Brazil.

Received January 21, 1980.

Published as Miscellaneous Paper 882 with the approval of the Director of the Delaware
Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication 486 of the Department of Entomology and
Applied Ecology, January 1980.

Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19711.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):54

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 55

STELIDOTA GEMINATA (SAY) INFESTATIONS

OF STRAWBERRIES
(COLEOPTERA:NITIDULIDAE) 12

W.A. Connell 3

ABSTRACT: Reports of Stelidola geminata(Say) infestations in strawberries date from the
1950's, but prior to that this fruit was harvested commercially at an earlier stage of maturity,
before becoming attractive to this beetle.

Known reports of infestations of strawberry fruit by the strawberry sap
beetle, Stelidota geminata (Say), date from the 195CTs. The Cooperative
Economic Insect Report, listed infestations in Wisconsin 1954, 1962,
Virginia 1958, Maryland 1964 and Michigan 1966, 1967, 1968, 1970,
1971 (USDA 1954-71). Unfortunately these are not quantitative
records, nevertheless they indicate that this beetle became abundant
enough to attract attention. Some other records of S. geminata infesting
strawberries are from specimens sent to the USDA Insect Identification
Laboratory. These are: Delaware 1952, 1976, Florida 1959, Maryland
1959, 1961, 1966, 1977, Virginia 1961, Arkansas 1961, Michigan 1963,
Georgia 1 969, Indiana 1 974, and Ohio 1977. Again these records give only
a vague idea of population densities. S. geminata occurs in the United
States from New Hampshire to Florida and west to Wisconsin, Iowa and
Texas. It also is present in California. Its range includes part of adjacent
Canada (Weiss and Williams, 1978). Southward the range extends through
Central America and the West Indies into Brazil.

Say (1825) described this beetle from eastern North America. The
strawberry also is a native species, so it is unlikely that S. geminata
developed a sudden fondness for strawberries in the early 1 950's. It should
be noted that the strawberry provides one of the earliest fruits available to
this beetle each year, as this may have a bearing on the occurrence of
outbreaks. S. geminata adults are attracted to ripe, overripe and injured
fruits of a great many plants, some of which were listed by Weber and
Connell (1975). However such fruit is attacked only when on or near the
ground. For instance they invade apple, peach and citrus fruit only when
these have fallen to the ground, but they damage the fruit of low-growing
species as they ripen and while yet on the plant. Among these are

Received November 13, 1979.

2 Published as Miscellaneous Paper 876 with the approval of the Director of the Delaware
Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication 483 of the Department of Entomology and
Applied Ecology. September 1979.

^Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 1971 1.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):55-56

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

strawberries and mayapples (the fruit of Podophyllum peltatum L., a
prominent ground cover plant of eastern deciduous forests).

In Delaware and neighboring states there is a possible relationship
between a change in strawberry harvesting methods and the reports of
infestations of this crop. Prior to the 1950's strawberries were picked by
hired laborers, often migrants. They were trained to gather only sound fruit
in the early stages of ripening, so that it would ripen after it reached market,
2 or more days later. Such fruit is not attractive to S. geminata unless
damaged mechanically or by diseases, such as brown rot. Rising labor costs
made this method of harvesting strawberry fruit unprofitable. The few
acres of the crop surviving into and after the 1950's were so-called "pick-
your-own" operations. Buyers picking berries for their own use tend to
select red-ripe fruit. These are quite attractive to S. geninata. Such a berry
may appear to be perfect, but when picked and the blossom end examined,
there may be a small dark brown beetle abandoning a hole in which it has
been feeding. The buyer-picker discards such contaminated berries,
becomes frustrated if this happens frequently, sometimes complains to the
owner, or to his employee at the check-out stand, and departs in search of a
planting without beetles. The beetles seldom reach the check-out stand,
because any disturbance initiates escape and concealment movements.
Few beetles reach the picking boxes and nearly all of those soon escape.

S. geminata adults are rarely captured in traps used for collecting flying
insects, an observation that suggests they fly only to a limited extent. They
are essentially ground dwelling beetles with almost cryptic behavior. They
enter the fruit substrate from the underside where it is in contact with the
ground. If disturbance results in exposure, they somewhat awkwardly, but
rather quickly move to hide again.

LITERATURE CITED

Say, T. 1825. Descriptions of new species of coleopterous insects inhabiting the United
States. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences (Phila.) 5:160-202.

USDA. 1954. Co-op Econ. Ins. Rept. 4(29):664.
1958. Ibid 8(26):565.
1962. Ibid 12(33):923.
1964. Ibid 14(24):616.

1966. Ibid 16(26):611;(28):677.

1967. Ibid 17(19):389.

1968. Ibid 18(1 1):201; (24):525; (26):590.

1970. Ibid20(12):203.

1971. Ibid21(14):227;(24):415.

Weber, R.G. and W.A. Connell. 1975. Stelidota geminata (Say): Studies on its biology
(Coleoptera:Nitidulidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 68:649-53.

Weiss, M.J. and R.N. Williams. 1978. Distribution of the strawberry sap beetle, Stelidota
geminata (Say) (Co\eop\.era: Nitidulidae). Proc. N. Central Branch Entomol. Soc. Amer.
33:55-6 (Abstract)

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 57

BLACKLIGHT TRAP COLLECTING
OF TACHINIDS 1 2

Paul P. Burbutis 3 , James A. Stewart 4 ' 5

ABSTRACT: Several hundred specimens of tachinids, representing 14 species, were
captured in a standard 1 5-watt insect survey blacklight trap. These, and other entomophage
collections previously reported on, indicate that this widely-used insect survey method has
additional practical value for use in Integrated Pest Management and biocontrol programs.

Recently Burbutis and Stewart ( 1979) reported on the collection during
1970 of parasitic Hymenoptera by a standard Elliscoblacklighttrap. The
results indicated that this routine and widely-used technique could also be
employed to determine species composition, relative abundance and
seasonal distribution of many of these entomophagous insects. For those
Hymenopteran species attracted to blacklight the method could be of
considerable practical value as a monitoring tool in Integrated Pest
Management programs.

In addition to the above mentioned parasites several hundred tachinids
were identified among these trap collections and the information that
follows pertains to these specimens. The trap was equipped with a 1 5-watt
GE F15T8BL lamp. For additional details on methods and equipment see
Burbutis and Stewart (1979).

Results and Discussion

During the summer of 1970, 440 tachinid specimens, representing 14
species, were collected. The two most numerous species (and numbers
captured) were Admontia degeerioides(Coqui\\eti) (201 ) and Olenchaeta
kansensis (Townsend) (102). Five species were somewhat common with
collections ranging from 20 to 100 specimens each: Eutrixa exilis
(Coquillett), Dinera grisescens (Fallen), Periscepsia laevigata (Wulp),
Athrycia cinerea (Coquillett) and Paradidyma affinis Reinhard. The

1 Received January 14, 1980.

^Published as Misc. Paper No. 886 with the approval of the Director of the Delaware Agric.
Expt. Stn. Publication No. 487 of the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology.

Professor, University of Delaware, Newark.
Formerly Biologist, USDA, ARS, Moorestown, N.J.

5 The authors wish to thank Dr. C.W. Sabrosky, of the USDA Systematic Entomology
Laboratory at the United States National Museum, for the tachinid determinations.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):57-58

58

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

remaining 7 species were: Paradidyma singularis (Townsend), Catha-
rosia n. sp., Minthozeilia sp., Ceratomyiella conica Townsend, Blondelia
sp., Elfia manca Greene, and Elfia sp.

Considerable work is needed to determine whether other tachinids can
be sampled by this method. Also, studies are needed to show which
ecological situations are best suited for its use. Reardon et al. (1977)
presented data showing that Malaise and McPhail traps will differentially
trap various species of tachinids. The numbers of tachinids collected per
trap, over a similar 4-month period in our blacklight trap, compares
favorably with, and in most instances exceeds, the numbers collected in the
Malaise and McPhail traps. If trapping of adult parasites is to be used for
measuring the impact of parasites on their hosts then the blacklight trap, a
tool in common use for monitoring pest species, should have further
application than is generally practiced

REFERENCES CITED

Burbutis, PaulP., J.A. Stewart 1979. Blacklight Trap Collecting of Parasitic Hymenoptera.

Entomol. News. 90:17-22.
Reardon, R., W. Metterhouse, and R. Balam. 1977. Traps For Collecting Adult Parasites

of the Gypsy Moth. J. Econ. Entomol. 70:247-9.

STUART W. FROST
1891 1980

Dr. S. W. Frost, a long-time member of the American Entomological Society died January
21, 1980 at his home in State College, Pennsylvania. A graduate of Cornell University (Ph. D.
1928), Dr. Frost wrote over 200 papers and was an authority on Leaf Mining Insects. In
addition, he founded the Frost Entomological Museum at Penn State University and
continued to work there after his retirement from the University in 1957. Memorial
contributions may be made to the Frost Entomological Museum Memorial Fund at Penn State
University, University Park, PA 16802.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 59

NEW RECORDS FOR SOME CANADIAN HORSE
FLIES AND DEER FLIES
(DIPTERA: TABANIDAE) 1

A.W. Thomas 2

ABSTRACT: Hybomitra brennani is recorded from Alberta; Tabanus nigrovittatus is
recorded from Cape Breton Island, northern New Brunswick, and Quebec; Chrysops
fuliginosus is recorded from Quebec; Haematopota rara, A ty lotus duplex, Aty lotus
thoracicus, Chrysops aberrans, Chrysops delicatulus, Chrysops montanus, and Tabanus
reinwardtii are recorded from New Brunswick.

Hybomitra brennani ( Stone) is considered an eastern species as Philip
(1965) gave its distribution as New Hampshire and Quebec. On 14 July
1973, I collected three females in a Manitoba fly trap located in a
Sphagnum bog, 32 km southeast of the town of Slave Lake, Alberta. I have
also seen another 20 females taken in a similar trap in the same vicinity by
RL. Hooper, 3 - - 29 July 1973.

Tabanus nigrovittatus Macquart is a salt marsh species with a range
along the Atlantic coast to Prince Edward Island ( Pechuman 1 964). On 23
August 1977, I took three females, attacking man, on Cheticamp Island,
Inverness County, Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia. Between 28 July and
August 2, 1979, specimens of T. nigrovittatus were collected from nine
localities from Neguac, Northumberland County on the northeast coast of
New Brunswick to Charlo, Restigouche County on the Bay of Chaleur,
New Brunswick. The intermediate localities are not listed as I expect this
species to be present in all salt marsh habitats along this coastline. One
female was collected, attacking man, at Miguasha, Gaspe Peninsula,
Quebec, on 1 August 1979.

Chrysops fuliginosus Wiedemann is a salt marsh species ranging from
Florida to Nova Scotia (Philip 1965). On 1 August 1979, one female was
taken, attacking man, in a salt marsh at Pointe-a-la-Garde, on the Bay of
Chaleur, Gaspe Peninsula, Quebec.

Thomas (1978) recorded 43 species of tabanids from New Brunswick.
During 1978 and 1979, a further 8 species were collected:
Haematopota rara Johnson; 1 female in flight trap, 21 July 1978, Bull

Pasture Bog, Sunbury Co.
Atylotus duplex ( Walker); 2 males, 1 female in flight trap, 9-14 July 1979,

Fredericton, York Co.

1 Received November 13, 1979.

Maritimes Forest Research Centre, Canadian Forestry Service, Department of the
Environment, P.O. Box 4000, Fredericton, N.B. Canada

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):59-60

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Aty lotus thoracicus(Hine); 15 males, 15 females in flight trap, 13-26 July
1978, Bull Pasture Bog, Sunbury Co.

Chrysops aberrans Philip; 37 females in flight trap and attacking man, 19-
25 July 1978, Moores Mills, Charlotte Co.; 56 females, attacking man,
19 j u iy _ n August 1979, Scotch Ridge, Charlotte Co.

Chrysops delicatulus Osten Saken. This species was recorded as occurring
in New Brunswick by Mclntosh ( 1 903). The specimens collected were
to be deposited in the United States National Museum, Washington.
The specimens were apparently lost as Philip ( 1 965 ) gave Maine as the
northeast limit and Pechuman (1974 in litt.) gave southern Quebec and
southern Maine as the northern limit I collected four females in a
Sphagnumbog, 13-15 July 1979, using a Manitoba fly trap, about 5 km
north of Lepreau, Charlotte Co.

Chrysops fuliginosus Wiedemann; 12 females attacking man and in a
Manitoba fly trap, 13-15 July 1979, Chance Harbour, Saint John Co.

Chrysops montanus Osten Sacken; 1 female in flight trap, 19 July 1978,
Moores Mills, Charlotte Co.

Tabanus reinwardtii Wiedemann; 1 female in flight trap, 10 July 1979,
Fredericton, York Co.
These 8 species, together with Hybomitra itasca (Philip) collected by

Lewis and Bennett ( 1 977), bring the total number of species known from the

province to 52.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I thank Dr. L.L. Pechuman, Cornell University, for his confirmation of my identifications
of A. duplex, A. thoracicus, C. delicatulus, C. montanus, and H. brennani.

LITERATURE CITED

Lewis, D.J. and G.F. Bennett 1977. Biting flies of the eastern Maritime Provinces of

Canada I. Tabanidae. Can. J. Zool. 55: 1493-1503.

Mclntosh, W. 1903. The Diptera of New Brunswick. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.B. 5: 123-128.
Pechuman, L.L. 1964. A list of the Tabanidae (Diptera) of Quebec. Can. Ent. 96: 1495-
1496.
Philip, C.B. 1965. Family Tabanidae. /, A Stone (ed.) A catalog of the Diptera of America

north of Mexico, pp. 319-342. U.S. DepL of Agr. A.RS. Washington.
Thomas, A.W. 1978. Records of horse flies and deer flies (Diptera: Tabanidae) in New

Brunswick. Can. J. Zool. 56: 1546-1549.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 61

NEW RECORDS FOR PHYLLOPHAGA

(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) IN

MISSISSIPPI 1

Paul K. Lago 2

ABSTRACT: The ranges of Phyllophaga balia(Say), P. incuria Sanderson, P. marginalis
(LeConte), P. (Phytalus) omani Sanderson and P. (Phytalus) obsoleta vanalleri(Sc\\aeffer)
are extended to include Mississippi. The subgenus Phytalus is reported from the state for the
first time. P. marginalis insolita Cartwright is reported for the first time since its descriptioa

Langston(1927) treated the Phyllophaga of Mississippi and recorded
46 species from the state. During subsequent years, few additional species
were reported from the state, probably due to the thoroughness of
Langstons' work and the lack of collecting activity. Luginbill and Painter
(1953) added but two species to the Mississippi list.

In 1976 a general survey of the Scarabaeidae of Mississippi was begun.
Collecting activities associated with this survey, along with the examination
of specimens from the insect collections at the University of Mississippi,
Mississippi State University and Louisiana State University, has revealed
the presence of five species of Phyllophaga not previously known to occur
in Mississippi. Of the five species, two are in the subgenus Phytalus and
represent the first records of this subgenus in the state. A total of 53 species
of Phyllophaga are now known from Mississippi.

With the exception of the specimen of P. (Phytalus) omani Sanderson,
which is in the LSU collection, representatives of all species reported here
are contained in the University of Mississippi insect collection.

NEW RECORDS

Phyllophaga balia(Say),. Lafayette Co., Oxford. 6-IV-1978. P.K. Lago, at blacklight. Id 1 .
Although principally north central in distribution, P. balia has been recorded from
Arkansas, Tennessee and Alabama (Luginbill and Painter, 1953) and its presence in
Mississippi is not surprising.

Phyllophaga incuria Sanderson. Hancock Co., Gainesville, 10-Vthrough 15-VI-1966, H.R
Hepburn, 9cT; Waveland, 14-VI-1966, H.R. Hepburn, 19. Luginbill and Painter(1953)
record P. incuria from Oklahoma and Texas. The above records represent a considerable
range extension for the species.

Phyllophaga marginalis (LeConte). Lafayette Co., 8 mi. NE Oxford, 20-IV-1977, P.K.

'Received December 20, 1979.

2 Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):61-62

62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lago, 60 1 , at light Neshoba Co., 1.5 mi. N Dixon, 9-V-1979, P.K. Lago, 19, on
Sassafrass albidum (Nutt.) Nees. Oktibbeha Co., Ag. Coll. Ms. (Mississippi State
University), 20-IV-1928, W.S. McClellen, Icf. Wilkinson Co., T3N-RlW-Sec. 7, 21-
IV- 1979, A.E. Zuccaro, 2cf. These records indicate that P. marginalis is widely
distributed in the state, however specimens are seldom encountered. The presence of P.
marginalis in Mississippi was expected in light of its known range.

Phyllophaga marginalis insolita Cartwright Tishomingo Co., Tishomingo St. Park, 17- VI-
1977, P.K. Lago, Icf. This pubescent form of P. marginalis has been reported only from
the type material collected in Alabama (Cartwright, 1944; Luginbill and Painter, 1953).

Phvllophaga(Phvtalus) obsoleta va/ja//en'(Schaeffer). Adams Co., Natchez, 12-VI-1978,
"l 1-VII-1978/A.E. Zuccaro, 2cf; Homochitto Nat. For., 19-VI-1979, P.O. Hartfield, 1 cf .
Harrison Co., Gulfport, 4-VI-1927, P.P. Amsley, Icf. Holmes Co., Durant, 8-VI-1927,
G.R Williams, 9cf. Lafayette Co., Oxford, six collection dates from I-VI through 1 1-VII
(1977-1979), P.K. Lago and D.F. Stanford, 2 Icf, blacklight Lincoln Co., Brookhaven,
24-V-1927, N.D. Peets, 4cf. Oktibbeha Co., Starkville, nine collection dates from6-III
through 23-VIII (1943-1976), W.H. Cross and W.D. Fancher, llcf, blacklight. Pearl
River Co., Poplarville, 25-V-1927, J.E. Lee, Icf. Pontotoc Co., 1 mi. N Pontotoc, 21- VI-
1977, RB. Head, 2cf. Scott Co., Golden Memorial StPark, 21-VI-1978, S. Hurdle, 2cf.
Tishomingo Co., Tishomingo St Park, five collection dates from 6- VI through 22-VII
(1977-1978), P.K. Lago and F. Searcy, 12cf, blacklight, 29 from oak (Quercus sp.).
Warren Co., T14N-R3E-Sec. 30, 21-VI-1979, P.O. Hartfield, Icf. Saylor(1939)
reported this specis from Texas, Louisiana and Alabama, thus its presence in Mississippi
was predictable. Males are highly attracted to blacklight, however light traps yielded no
females. The two females examined were collected from oak, which is apparently the first
host recorded for this species.

Phyllophaga (Phytalus) omani Sanderson. Harrison Co., Biloxi, 28-IX-1929, K.L.
Cockerham, Icf. Sanderson (1937) described this species from two specimens collected in
Alabama and Georgia Saylor( 1939) reported having one specimen in his collection from
"North America" and Sanderson (1939) reported another specimen from Georgia,
bringing the number of known specimens of P. (Phytalus) omani to four(3cf and 1 9). The
above Mississippi record represents the fifth reported specimen of this apparently rare
species.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to thank Dr. Joan B. Chapin ( Louisiana State University) and Dr. Leon W. Hepner
(Mississippi State University) for the loan of specimens. I would also like to acknowledge the
collecting efforts of Sara Hurdle and Edward Zuccaro.

LITERATURE CITED

Cartwright, LO. 1944. New Scarabaeidae from United States (Coleoptera). Ann. Entomol.

Soc. Amer. 37: 28-36.

Langston, J.M. 1927. Phyllophaga of Mississippi Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 15. 103 pp.
Luginbill, P., Sr. and H.R. Painter. 1953. May beetles of the United States and Canada

U.S. DepL Agr. Tech. Bull, 1060. 102 pp.
Sanderson, M.W. 1937. A new species of Phyllophaga and notes on another scarabaeid

(Coleoptera). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 10: 66-69.
Sanderson, M.W. 1939. A new genus of Scarabaeidae with descriptions and notes on

Phyllophaga. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 12: 1-15.
Saylor, L.W. 1939. Revision of the beetles of the melolonthine subgenus Phvtalus of the

United States. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 86 (3048): 157-167.

Vol. 91, No. 2, March & April 1980 63

INSECT FIELD WORK OPPORTUNITIES
IN BARBADOS, LESSER ANTILLES 1

Stewart B. Peck, Jarmila Peck 2

The native insect faunas of the Lesser Antillean islands are still poorly
known. For instance, in many groups of small beetles we still know little
more than what was described nearly a century ago by Rev. A. Matthews
from Grenada and St. Vincent. Many entomologists are now inclined to
"write-off' many of the lesser Antillean islands for field work because of
extensive deforestation and habitat disruption, and the high cost of visiting
them.

However, a surprisingly productive exploratory trip in March 1979
showed that this was not entirely the case in Barbados. Very reasonable
accommodation and excellent library and laboratory facilities for field work
can be obtained at the Bellairs Research Institute (of McGill University), 1
km N of Holetown, on the coast north of Bridgetown. The institute is set up
as a marine biology station, but any researcher is welcome (see Sander,
1973). A letter to the station Director can obtain current rates and more
detailed information. Special vacation package air fares can be arranged
from eastern cities with travel agents, as well as reservations for a "mini-
moke" car from Sunset Crest Car Rentals at Holetown. These small 4-
passenger cars are the most economical available and are the most time
efficient way for a worker to visit a selection of field areas.

Barbados has undergone an incredible deforestation; most of it within
1 5 years after the introduction of sugar cane as a crop in 1 645 . It now covers
more than 80% of the island. Less than 5% of the island's area has been
continuously wooded throughout the past 300 years. The human popula-
tion density of 1560/km2 is one of the world's highest. However, a
remarkable amount of native plants (6 are endemic) and native insects have
survived in rough country along rocky escarpments and in the series of deep
gullies that radiate from the island's center. Useful references in under-
standing the vegetation and its history as a guide to insect habitats, and their
history and location, are: Gooding, 1974; Randall, 1970; Watts, 1970, and
1978. These give background data on geology, geography, weather,
topography, etc., and additional references. Gooding (1974) and a most
useful 1 :50,000 topographic map are obtained in an information kiosk in the
Independence Square Car Park, just south of the Inner Basin, downtown
Bridgetown.

An attractive mix of introduced and native vegetation is preserved in
Welchman Hall Gully, about 8 km E of Holetown, operated with an

'Received December 4, 1979.

2 Departments of Biology and Geology, Carleton University, Ottawa Kl S 5B6. Canada.

ENT. NEWS, 91(2):63-64

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

admission fee as a botanic garden by the Barbados National Trust. Plant
collecting is not allowed, but discrete insect collecting is possible if the
vegetation is not disturbed. Tree trunk and black light collecting at night
would be good here because of the trail system. The Gulley is technically
closed at night, but it is not supervised and one can simply walk in.
Questions about ones activities should be satisfied with a polite reply that it
is insect research in conjunction with Belairs Institute. Sweeping and
beating that will mar the vegetation should not be attempted. This type of
collecting is possible in the many other available gully forests, e.g.. Jack-in-
the-box Gully. Watts (1978) discusses the high abundance of native sub-
canopy plant species (and presumably their insect associates) found in
woodlots of introduced mahogony (Swietenia mahogoni) which are
common around the island.

The finest native forest site is Turner Hall Woods, about 20 h (50
acres), located on a hill slope between 180-240 m(600-800') elev. It has a
high and complete canopy, and is a multi- story tropical mesophytic
(seasonal semideciduous) forest, located about 10 km NE of Holetown.
This remnant gives an excellent idea of the nature of the former mesophytic
forests of Barbados. It is reached by foot through a sugar cane field-road
from the spur road to the east between Turners Hall and Mose Bottom
villages. This foot path runs the length of the Woods and comes out at the
village of Cheltenham. We collected here by sweeping, Malaise trap, litter
sifting, and baited pitfall traps. Our results were rich and diverse consider-
ing that it was the middle of the dry season. Turners Hall Woods should be
most rich and productive in the wet season from June to December, when it
receives about 2/3 of its yearly rainfall of about 70 inches. The island
average is 60 inches, but some coastal areas are decidedly semi-arid.

More entomological field work on Barbados is crucial for an under-
standing of the dynamics of the evolution and dispersal of Caribbean
insects. Botanically and geologically it is one of the best known islands. It is
a relatively isolated non- volcanic oceanic island which has been available
for overwater colonization only since the early Pleistocene. This gives a
valuable reference point in time, since which the flora and fauna have
arrived. The dynamic capabilities of insect species may be deduced from
what has and has not arrived and differentiated in this time.

LITERATURE CITED

Gooding, E.G.B. 1974. The plant communities of Barbados. Govt. Printing Office.

Bridgetown, 243 pp.
Randall, R.E. 1970. Vegetation and environment of the Barbados coast. J. Ecol., 58: 155-

172.

Sander, Finn. 1973. Canadian tropical research in the West Indies. Nature, 244: 201-202.
Watts, David. 1 970. Persistence and change in the vegetation of oceanic islands: an example

from Barbados, West Indies. Can. Geog. 14: 91-109.
Watts, David. 1978. Biogeographical variation in the mahogony (Swietenia mahogoni( L.)

Jacq.) woodlots of Barbados, West Indies. J. Biogeog. 5: 347-363.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review. Titles should be carefully composed
to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Classification as to
order and family should be included in the title, except where not pertinent. Following the title
there should be a short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words.
The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully
written. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as
a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to
make them useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or
discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations
nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the
standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very
helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations
within the text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4 l /i \ f> l /i inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a cost of
$30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial asistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without coves) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

INSECT PINS All kinds. Prompt Shipment. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Ave., Reedley,
Calif. 93654.

INSECT LABELS: Exceptionally high quality printed labels, typeset in 4pt type (not
photoreduced from typewritten masters), and printed on 1 10 Ib. white cardstock are now
available with quick deliveries. Write for brochure with complete specifications and prices to
Bio-Publication Services, 2571 1 N. Vista Fairways Drive, Valencia, California 91355.

Coleoptera and Lepidoptera Specimens from Botswana, both "papered" and set in
Sheerpack light weight boxes. Some Saturniidae SP. including Argema mimosae and
Gynanisa nigra (in Sheerpacks) which are limited due to demand. Troides SP and
Papilionidae from Malayasia are also available. Details from Botswanacraft Marketing
Company, (Pty) Ltd., Box 486, Gaborone, Botswana.

Wanted. Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S., Lucanidae, Carabidae, Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Burprestidae, and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B S Spencer, 20 W. Virginia Ave., West Chester, PA. 19380.

For Sale: Lepidoptera livestock for private rearers and scientific study. Species for this fall
include Citheronia regalis and Antheraea pernvi and many more. Write for prices. Brett
Barrett, P.O. Box 107, Alvaton, Ky. 42122.

Butterflies for sale or exchange. Over 1 200 species from Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Ceylon, Indonesia, Sumatra and Borneo. Write to Sim Yam Seng, 2 1 Joon Hiang Road,
Singapore 19.

Wanted Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S., Lucanidae, Carabidae, Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Buprestidae, and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B. Spencer, 20 W. Virginia Ave., West Chester, PA 19380.

Wanted. Live Germ(Gerridae)/ship 10 to inflated 12 in. plastic bag/damp paper towel in
each bag/cardboard box via special delivery mail/ immediate reimbursement for postage and
$5 handling/shipments or questions to: D.M. Calabrese, DepL Biol. Scis., Univ. Texas El
Paso, Texas 79968.

US IbbIM

MAY & JUNE 1980

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE

New species of Limnellia (Diptera:

Ephydridae) from Mt. Rainier, Washington

W.N. Mathis, R.S. Zack 65

Citheronia regalis larvae (Lepidoptera:
Citheroniidae) feeding on mistletoe in
Mississippi R. C. Graves, C.L. Graves 68

Phoretic relationships between Chironomidae
(Diptera) & benthic macroinvertebrates

T.R. White, J.S. Weaver III, R.C. Fox 69

Relationship between jack pine budworm early
larva density to frequency of infested
vegetative & staminate flower buds

K.M. Clancy, D.M. Benjamin,

R.L. Giese, R.B. Stewart 75

New South American Xestocephaline leafhoppers

(Homoptera: Cicadellidae) Dwight M. DeLong 79

Shells of Physa gyrina (Gastropoda: Physidae)
observed as substitute casemaking material by
Glossosoma intermedium (Trichoptera: Glosso-
somatidae) R.V.Anderson, W.S. Vinikour 85

Systropus columbianus (Diptera: Bombyllidae)
reared from larva of limacodid moth

Annette Aiello 89

Is Esperanza texana (Hemiptera: Alydidae)

extending its range? Richard C. Froeschner 92

BOOKS REVIEW

BOOKS RECEIVED & BRIEFLY NOTED

NOTICES

OBITUARY Glenn E. Wixom

78

88

88,90

74

THE AMERICAN' ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

.

ENTOMOL OGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July- A ugust by The American
Entomological Socielv at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa.. 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr..; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Societv, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia. Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp, RD7. Vincentown. New Jesey 08088.
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8 !/ 2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of aditional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd.,
Tabernacle Twp., RD7, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 91. No. 3, May & June 1980 65

A NEW SPECIES OF LIMNELLIA MALLOCH
(DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE) FROM
MT. RAINIER, WASHINGTON 1

Wayne N. Mathis 2 , Richard S. Zack 3
ABSTRACT: Limnellia rainer, new species, is described from Mt. Rainier, Washington.

While the second author was conducting field studies on the Ephydridae
of Mt. Rainier Washington, the new species described here was discovered.
Zack's field of work was done in conjunction with his thesis studies on the
natural history of the shore flies of the Pacific Northwest. Although we have
but one specimen, it is being described now to make its name available for
other studies (Zack, in preparation) and because we have no doubt as to its
status.

The description and key couplets follow the format of Mathis ( 1978) in
his recent revision of the nearctic species of Limnellia. For further
information on the generic relationships and details of other nearctic
species, consult Mathis (1978).

Key (adapted from Mathis, 1978:260)

3.' Cell R| uniformly and entirely lightly infumated, lacking contrasting white areas

L. rainier, n.sp.

Cell Rj with several white areas (irregularly shaped), constrasting distinctly with lightly
infumated background 4.

Limnellia rainier Mathis and Zack, n.sp.
(Figs. 1-5)

Diagnosis. Specimens of L. ra inter are distinguished from those of congeners by the
following combination of character states: Setose portion of face uniformly whitish gray,
tomentose: antennal foveae shallowly impressed; wing pattern as in Fig. 1; legs unicolorous,
blackish; male terminalia as in Figs. 2-4.

Description. A small shore fly, length approximately 2 mm (abdomen measured
separately).

Head: head width-to-height ratio 1 : 0.62. Frons tomentose, dull, mostly brown, anterior
margin and small area near vertex gray to grayish brown, parafrons mostly blackish: face
weakly arched transversely, antennal foveae shallowly impressed but evident, facial colora-
tion uniformly and entirely whitish gray, lacking transverse brown bands. Eye height-to-width
ratio 1 : 0.89; eye-to-cheek ratio 1 : 0. 12.

Thorax: Legs generally unicolorous. mostly blackish. Wing pattern (Fig. 1 ) as follows:

'Received February 6, 1980

2 Department of Entomology, NHB 169, Smithsonian Institution. Washington. D.C. 20560
- Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman. Washington 99163

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 65-67

66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Cell RI uniformly lightly infumated, lacking white spots entirely; cell R3 with 4 white areas
interspaced about equally from base to apex, basal white area slightly smaller than more apical
ones; cell R with 3 white areas and 2 darkened areas in between, first darkened area at same
level as posterior crossvein, second darkened area at about apical one-third, both white and
darkened areas closely appressed to vein R4+5; vein R4+5 irregularly sinuate; discal cell
with 1 white area along posterior margin at apical one-fourth, cell M with almost ring area
white, faint, inconspicuous. Wing length-to-width ratio 1:0. 48; costal vein ratio 1:0.27; MI +2
vein ratio 1:0.60. Halter with pedicel yellowish brown, capitellum blackish brown.

Abdomen: Male terminalia as follows: Epandrium (Fig. 4) in posterior view higher than
wide, dorsum rounded, with cereal cavity width greater than one-half epandrial width at same
level, widest subventrally; surstyli broadly fused medially, with shallow emargination dorsally
and ventrally, ventral emargination more abruptly formed; aedeagus (Fig. 3) dissimilar from
other Limnellia species, with a ventral and posteroventral projections, former more or less
parallel sided, blunt apically, latter tapered to acute apex; gonite (Fig. 2) elongate, tapered,
recurved apically.

Type Material. Holotype male is labeled: "WASH: Pierce Co. Mt. Rainier N. P. Cayuse
Pass, 4694' 14 Jul 1978, R.S. Zack, coll. cf/HOLOTYPE Limnellia rainier Mathis and
Zack [both labels handwritten, the last one red]." The holotype is in the National Museum of
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, USNM type number 76519. The abdomen and
right wing have been removed. The abdominal structures have been dissected and are in an
attached microvial; the wing has been slide mounted.

Geographic Distribution. Known only from the type-locality on Mt. Rainier, Washing-
ton.

Natural History. The holotype was collected in a small, Canadian
Zone, wet-meadow (Taylor, 1 922) located at the western boundary of Mt.
Rainier National Park (Fig. 5). At 4694 foot elevation the meadow is
surrounded by a mixed coniferous forest. The single male was taken while
sweeping grasses along the margins of a small, snow-melt stream. Besides
grasses, identifiable heavy vegetation included blueberry (Vaccinium sp.)
and a species of montane lily (Erythronium sp.) that was beginning to
emerge through the snow. Although collected in mid -July the area was still
under considerable snow cover.

The presence of an adult when early seasonal conditions persisted
suggests that the species overwinters in either the adult or pupal stage, the
former more likely. Nothing is known of the behavior, food habits, or
immature stages of this species. Other ephydrids collected at the same time
included Scatella stagnalis (Fallen), Hydrellia griseola (Fallen), H.
platygastra Cresson and H. proclinata Cresson. All were present, how-
ever, in extremely low numbers.

Etymology. The specific epithet, rainier, is a noun in apposition and
alludes to the type-locality, Mt. Rainier.

Remarks. This is the twelfth species of the genus Limnellia to be
discovered in the Nearctic Region. It is also the third from Mt. Rainier, the
others being L. balioptera Mathis and L. turneri Mathis.

LITERATURE CITED

Mathis, W.N. 1978. A revision of the nearctic species of Limnellia Malloch (Diptera:

Ephydridae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 91(1): 250-293.
Taylor, W.P. 1922. A distributional and ecological study of Mount Rainier, Washington.

Ecology 3:214-236.

Vol. 91. No. 3, May & June 1980

67

Figs. 1-4. Limnellia rainier, n. sp. 1, wing; 2, left gonite, lateral view; 3, aedeagus, lateral
view; 4, cerci, epandrium, and surstyli, posterior view.

Fig. 5. Type-locality habitat of Limnellia rainier, n. sp.

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CITHERONIA REGALIS LARVAE

(LEPIDOPTERA: CITHERONIIDAE)

FEEDING ON MISTLETOE IN MISSISSIPPI 1

Robert C. Graves 2 , Charles L. Graves

On August 31, 1978 we removed part of a heavy infestation of the
parasitic epiphyte American mistletoe, Phoradendronflavescens. (Pursh.)
Nutt, from the branches of a large blackjack oak, Quercus marilandica
Muenchh., located in Leake County, Mississippi, 2 miles north of Ludlow.
Three "hickory horned-devils" (larvae of Citheronia regalis Fabr.) were
feeding on three separate mistletoe plants. No larvae were seen on the oak
leaves, but a search of the entire tree was not possible.

Caterpillars and mistletoe were removed for observation. The larvae fed
voraciously on the thick mistletoe leaves, defoliating the plants and leaving
only the tough, woody stems. Feeding continued both day and night and
several cups of large feces were eliminated by the larvae.

On September 4 the larvae and two 1 7 x 1 2 x 7 in. grocery bags packed
with mistletoe plants were transported to Bowling Green, Ohio, where
feeding continued as before. Nearly all of this mistletoe was defoliated by
the caterpillars.

On September 8 the larvae changed from green to blue-green in color,
stopped feeding, exhibited active searching behavior and left the mistletoe.
Each larvae was introduced into a gallon jar half filled with moist sandy soil.
The larvae burrowed into the sand, leaving no obvious openings at the
surface.

One jar was kept over winter in a cool basement (IOC.). It was brought
to room temperature (20C.) in early summer, 1979, and a royal walnut
moth emerged July 31,1 979 in perfect condition. This moth flew normally
before it was killed and mounted. The wingspread was 1 1 .5 cm. No adults
emerged from the other jars which were kept at room temperature.

To our knowledge, this is the first published report of American
mistletoe as a host plant for Citheronia regalis. Phorandendronflavescens
is a troublesome parasite of several tree species, especially oaks. As 3 last-
stage larvae of C. regalis were capable of eating the amounts of mistletoe
stated above, each larva is capable of defoliating several mistletoe plants. If
mistletoe should be a fairly common food for C. regalis larvae, this species
may be of some importance in the biological control of this plant.

We are pleased to acknowledge the advice of Bryant Mather, Clinton, Mississippi, for
which we are most appreciative.

'Received February 15, 1980

~Dept. of Biological Sciences, Bowling Green State University. Bowling Green, Ohio 43403.
627 Crestview Drive, Bowling Green, Ohio 43402.

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 68

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980 69

PHORETIC RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN

CHIRONOMIDAE (DIPTERA) AND
BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES 1 2

Tina R. White, John S. Weaver III, Richard C. Fox 3

ABSTRACT: Seven streams in the Piedmont and Coastal Plain regions of South Carolina
were sampled to determine the frequency and composition of aquatic phoretic relationships. In
one stream, as many as 71.4% of the Odonata collected hosted phoretic midges. Stenonema
smithae Traver (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae) and Nectopsyche exquisita (Walker)
(Trichoptera: Leptoceridae) also were found with phoretic Chironomidae. In a population of
snails at Wildcat Creek, 80.0% were phoretic symbionts. Aquatic phoretic relationships were
concluded to be relatively common in the regions studied, probably due in part to the
prevalence of sand-bottomed streams.

In recent years there has been increased interest in and documentation
of phoretic associations between aquatic organisms. Phoresy is defined
( Steffan 1 967 ) as a partnership in which one organism transports the other,
either permanently or as a characteristic and essential element in the life
cycle. Steffan ( 1 967) reported Chironomidae to be associated phoretically
with Trichoptera, Diptera, Ephemeroptera, and Plecoptera. Roback
(1977) found Eukiefferiella sp. living on a naucorid (Hemiptera). Rosen-
berg ( 1 972) reported finding one libellulid (Odonata) nymph supporting a
Paratanytarsus sp. larva, after examining several hundred libellulid
nymphs. White and Fox (1979) discovered Rheotanytarsus exiguus
Johannsen on a Macromia georgina Selys (Odonata: Macromiidae)
nymph. They also discovered pupae of Oxyethira azteca (Mosely)
(Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) on the same odonate.

Parasitic relationships have been reported fairly frequently by chiro-
nomids on bivalves (Forsyth and McCallum 1978, Hynes 1976). How-
ever, Mancini (1979) was the first to show phoretic relationships between
chironomids (Rheotanytarsus sp.) and snails.

The consensus of most aquatic phoresy research is that for chironomids
this phenonemon is relatively uncommon. In opposition, Roback (1977)
felt that phoretic relationships are fairly common. In an attempt to
document the frequency of aquatic phoretic relationships, collections of
aquatic macroinvertebrates were made in the Piedmont and Costal Plain

Received March 14, 1980

^Published by permission of Director, South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station.
Technical Contribution No. 1771.

Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, Clemson University, Clemson, South
Carolina 29631.

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 69-74

70

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

regions of South Carolina.

Methods

Collections were made from Pickens County: Wildcat Creek; Anderson
County: Big Garvin Creek, Little Garvin Creek, Watermelon Creek,
Browns Creek, and Rock Creek; Horry County: Simpson Creek, all from
March through July 1979. Specimens were preserved in 80% ETOH, and
then examined under a microscope for phoretic associations. Chironomids
were mounted on slides and determined by appropriate taxonomic special-
ists. At Wildcat Creek, 45 snails (Elimia acutocarinata (Lea)) were
collected randomly, and the number of chironomid larvae/snail was
ascertained. Rocks upon which the snails were attached were searched
carefully, and all chironomids on the rocks were preserved.

Results and Conclusions

All seven streams collected in this study yielded specimens exhibiting
phoretic relationships. Mayflies, caddisflies, dragonflies and damselflies
were found bearing chironomid larvae (Table 1 ). Of all dragonflies
(Anisoptera) collected, only Boyeria vinosa (Say) (Aeshnidae) and
Macromia spp. (Macromiidae) were found with phoretic midges. Both of
these genera are sprawlers and wait motionless for prey to come within
reach before attacking. These long waiting periods evidently allow the
chironomids time to build their cases on the nymphs. Midges also were

Table 1. Hosts, phoretic chironomids, biogeographical regions and localities.

Host

Boyeria vinosa (Say)

B. vinosa

B. vinosa

B. vinosa

B. vinosa

B. vinosa

B. vinosa

B. vinosa

Calopieryx maculalu(Eeauvo\s)

Neciopsyche exquisita (Walker)

Stenonema smiihae Traver

S. smiihae

Macromia sp.

Macromia sp.

Macromia georgina Selys
B. vinosa

Chironomidae
species # of

larvae

Rheotanytarsussp.
Rheotanytarsussp.
Rheotanytarsus sp.
Rheotanytarsits sp.
Rheotan vtarsus sp.
Rheotanytarsus sp.
Rheotanvlarsussp.
Rheotan vtarsus sp.
Rheolan vtarsus sp.
Rheotanvlarsussp.
Rheoianviarsussp.
Rheotan vtarsus sp.
Rheotanvlarsussp.
Rheotanvlarsussp.
Tanvtarsus sp.
Tanytarsus sp.
Chironomini

Biogeographical
Region

Piedmont

Piedmont

Piedmont

Piedmont

Piedmont

Piedmont

Piedmont

Piedmont

Coastal Plain

Coastal Plain

Coastal Plain

Coastal Plain

Coastal Plain

Piedmont
Piedmont
Piedmont

Locality

Watermelon Creek
Browns Creek
Rock Creek
Rock Creek
Rock Creek
Rock Creek
Rock Creek
Little Garvin Creek
Simpson Creek
Simpson Creek
Simpson Creek
Simpson Creek
Simpson Creek

Big Garvin Creek
Big Garvin Creek
Watermelon Creek

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980 71

found on Stenonema smithae Traver (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae),
Nectopsyche exquisita (Walker) (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae), and Calop-
teryx maculata (Beauvois) (Odonata: Calopterygidae) which also may
remain in one place for long periods.

For the Odonata, tabulation of the location of the phoretic midges on the
nymphs showed that 21 chironomid larvae built cases on the legs of the
nymphs, 1 1 larvae on the thorax and wing pads, and 2 larvae built a case on
the dragonfly head. No Odonata were found with chironomid cases on the
abdomen or the venter of the body. The lack of chironomid cases on the
venter is not surprising, for the nymphs are sprawlers which allows no
access to the venter by the chironomids. The absence of phoretic
chironomids on the abdomen may be due to the continuous expansion and
contraction of the abdominal segments. This movement probably would
tend to detach a chironomid case over time. The head, thorax, wing pads,
and legs are relatively immobile and appear to make a good site for
permanent attachment.

Stenomena smithae in one instance demonstrated phoretic attachment
on the thorax. However, the other, early instar specimen had the chi-
ronomid case attached to the cerci (Figure 1 ). It would seem that the cerci
would be a precarious attachment position.

Frequency of phoretic occurrence varied greatly among streams.
Browns and Little Garvin Creeks each yielded 1 phoretic relationship. Big

Figure 1. Rheotanylarsus sp. larva in phoretic association on Stenonema smithae Traver.

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Garvin and Watermelon Creeks 2 relationships each, and Simpson and
Rock Creeks 5 relationships each. In Rock Creek there were only 7
odonates collected, and 5 of these specimens had phoretic chironomids
(71.4%).

Many case-building chironomids build their cases on rocks and other
objects. Little Garvin and Browns Creeks have a few rocks dispersed
throughout the stream bed. Rock Creek is predominantly and Simpson
Creek is entirely sand-bottomed. Thus, as the percentage of rocks, detritus,
etc. decreases in a stream, phoresy by chironomids on aquatic insects
increases.

Three taxa of larval Chironomidae were found to be phoretically
associated in this study: Rheotanytarsus sp., Tanytarsus sp. and unidenti-
fiable Chironomini. Rheotanytarsus sp. was the most common phoretic
midge, occurring on 87.5% of all hosts. One Macromia sp. nymph yielded
one Tanytarsus sp. and one Rheotanytarsus sp. larva. This was the only
example of two phoretic species on one host in this study. Tanytarsus sp.
occurred on two hosts, and unidentified Chironomini on one host. This
predominance of Chironominae is not surprising, for the larvae of many of
the species of this subfamily build cases.

Wildcat Creek, a rocky-bottomed stream, yielded no phoretic chirono-
mids on aquatic insects. However, of the 45 specimens of Elimia
acutocarinata (Lea) collected at Wildcat Creek, 36 (80.0%) yielded
phoretic midges (Rheotanytarsus sp.) (Figure 2). The majority of host
snails supported 2 Rheotanytarsus sp. larvae, but the number of phoretic
relationships ranged from to 4.

The location of the chironomid cases on the snail shells was random,
and occurred in every direction (Figure 3). This is in opposition to
observations by Mancini (1979) who found that Rheotanytarsus sp. had 3
preferred attachment positions on Goniobasis semicarinata (Say) in
Indiana. Careful examination showed no damage to any of the fleshy
portions of the snail, which supports the conclusion that the chironomid
larvae were not feeding on the snails.

Chironomid larvae collected from rocks where the snails also were
collected included Rheotanytarsus sp., but the numbers for this species
were no higher than those of other midge taxa. The snail shells therefore
must be a preferred site for Rheotanytarsus sp. larvae at Wildcat Creek
although the reason for this preference is unknown. Perhaps the smooth
surface of the snail shell is an easier attachment site than the rough surface
of the rock.

Phoretic relationships are indeed relatively common in the Piedmont
and Coastal Plain regions of South Carolina. This may be due in part to the
predominance of sand-bottomed streams in these regions.

Vol. 91, No. 3. May & June 1980

73

15
w

"8 1O
I 5

5

o

1

2

3 4

Number of chironomids
per snail

Figure 2. Number of snails collected and number of phoretic midges/snail.

Figure 3. Location of phoretic midges on Elimia acutocarinata (Lea).

74

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Our sincere thanks are extended to the following individuals for their invaluable assistance:
Dr. Gerald Garner, photography; Dr. Manuel Pescador, Ephemeroptera determinations; Mr.
William M. Beck, Jr., Chironomidae determinations; and Dr. J.B. Burch and Mr. John
Suloway, Mollusca determinations.

LITERATURE CITED

Forsyth, D.J. and I.D. McCallum. 1978. Xenochironomus canterburyensis (Diptera:

Chironomidae) an insectan inquiline commensal of Hyridella menziesi (Mollusca:

Lamellibranchia). J. Zool., Lond. 186:331-334.
Hynes, H.B.N. 1976. Symbiocladius aurifodinae sp. nov. (Diptera, Chironomidae), a

parasite of nymphs of Australian Leptophlebiidae (Ephemeroptera). Mem. natn. Mus.

Viet. 37:47-52.
Mancini, E.R. 1979. A phoretic relationship between a chironomid larva and an operculate

stream snail. Entomol. News 90(l):33-36.
Roback, S.S. 1977. First record of a chironomid larva living phoretically on an aquatic

hemipteran (Naucoridae). Entomol. News 88:192.
Rosenberg, D. 1972. A chironomid (Diptera) larva attached to a libellulid (Odonata) larva.

Quaestiones entomologicae 8:3-4.
StefTan, A.W. 1 967. Ectosymbiosis in aquatic insects. Chapter 4 in Henry, S.M., Symbiosis.

Academic Press, New York and London: 207-289.
White, T.R. and R.C. Fox. 1 979. Chironomid (Diptera) larvae and hydroptilid (Trichoptera)

pupae in a phoretic relationship on a macromiid (Odonata) bymph. Notulae Odonato-

logiceae 1 (4):76-77.

GLENN E. WIXOM

Glenn E. Wixom, a member of the American Entomological Society , was born on August
9, 1909 in Oroville, California and died thereon June 3, 1979. He attended Butte College and
was employed by the postal department at Oroville for 33 years. He was active in scouting and
developed his interest in entomology and natural history from his youth.

In 1966 he published privately, through the Appelman Press, Oroville, the first of some 14
Technical Bulletins entitled "Orthoptera of Western North America subfamily Acridinae."
These works contain keys, descriptions and distributional data of acridine grasshoppers. No
new taxa were described. These papers were distributed widely to museums, universities and
specialists alike. In the mid 1 970s he took a collecting trip to South America and presented his
collection of very well preserved Orthoptera to the California Academy of Sciences and
University of Idaho.

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980 75

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN JACK PINE

BUDWORM EARLY LARVA DENSITY TO

FREQUENCY OF INFESTED VEGETATIVE AND

STAMINATE FLOWER BUDS' 2

K.M. Clancy 3 , D.M. Benjamin 4 , R.L. Giese 5 , R.B. Stewart 6

ABSTRACT: Population surveys of the life stages of the jackpine budworm, Choristoneura
pinus pinus Freeman, conducted annually since 1 959, detect outbreaks and delineate areas of
high densities. For newly emerged early spring larvae, the number of larvae per sample was
discovered to be related to the frequency of vegetative and staminate flower buds infested. We
present a mathematical model for this relationship and describe its exploitation in increased
survey efficiency.

Populations of the jack pine budworm, Choristoneura pinus pinus
Freeman, have been monitored annually in Wisconsin jack pine, Pinus
banksiana Lamb., forests by the Wisconsin Department of Natural
Resources since 1959 to assess the status of this serious defoliator. On the
basis of these surveys, areas harboring high numbers are deliniated and
outbreaks predicted.

The pine types susceptible to the budworm often are of relatively small
acreage and widely scattered: consequently, surveys are laborious and time
consuming. After several years of surveying for newly emerged early spring
larvae, it was observed that the number of larvae in a sample was related to
the frequency of vegetative buds and flower buds infested. This research
note presents a mathematical model for this relationship and describes how
it can be utilized to increase the efficiency of surveys for young budworm
larvae.

Methods:

Jack pine budworm larvae overwinter in the second instar beneath a
webbed hibernaculum spun on the bark of their host. Soon after buds break
dormancy and shoot elongation begins in mid-May, larvae emerge and mine

'Received January 6, 1980

/Research supported by the College of Agricultural and Life Sciences, University of
Wisconsin - Madison, and the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources Grant.

3/ Research Assistant, CALS

'Professor of Entomology, CALS

'Professor and Chairman Forestry. CALS
6/ Entomologist (Retired) WDNR Northwest Area

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 75-77

76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

into vegetative and staminate flower buds. Sampling for these early stage
larvae is conducted on permanent 40 acre plots distributed throughout the
jack pine type. Fifteen vegetative and 15 staminate flower buds are
examined from at least 5 trees per plot, and the number of larvae in each bud
is tallied. This procedure was followed from 1959 through 1966. Then it
was observed that a meaningful relationship existed between the number of
buds infested among the 30 examined and the total number of larvae. The
critical population density of budworm larvae at which severe defoliation
could be expected was empirically estimated to be 25 larvae per 30 buds.
An eye-fit curve of the frequency density relationship was designed in 1 967,
and it was used subsequently to determine the total number of larvae on
survey plots. The increased efficiency was reflected in an approximate 40%
time savings per plot with no measurable decline in accuracy.

From 1971 through 1973, early larval surveys were conducted on 54
plots in Douglas County, Wisconsin. On each plot, 15 vegetative and 15
staminate flower buds were examined and the number of larvae in each bud
was recorded. These data were utilized to develop the mathematical model
describing the density-frequency relationship. (Figure 1 ). Several multiple
regression equations involving logarithmic and polynomial transformations
were tested to mathematically model the relationship. The trinomial
equation, where Y=total larvae per plot, and X=total infested buds per plot
was selected as the best model:

Y = -0.579 + 1.376X - 0.0356X 2 + 0.001 74X 3

This regression analyses showed that the density of larvae was closely
related to the frequency of buds infested, and that the correlation (R2 =
95.153%) was very high.

It is recommended that the model be employed in surveying for early
stage jack pine budworm larvae. Vegetative and flower buds may be
examined for presence or absence of larvae. The critical level of 25 larvae
per 30 buds will be attained when 19 of 30 buds are infested.

Vol. 91. No. 3. May & June 1980

77

Y=-.579 + I.376X- .0356X

3

-i i i I i i i i I i i i i I i i i r

5 10 13 2O 25 30

No infested jock pine shoots and flowers out of 30

Figure 1. Relationship between early larval jack pine budworm density and the number of
infested shoots and flowers. Douglas Co., Wis. 1971-73.

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BOOK REVIEW

CATALOG OF HYMENOPTERA IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Karl V.
Krombein, Paul D. Hurd, Jr., David R. Smith, and B.D. Burks. 1979. Smithsonian Institution
Press, Washington, D.C. Vol. 1. Symphytaand Apocrita (Parasitica), xvi+pp. 1-1 198; Vol.
2. Aprocrita (Aculeata), xvi (repeated) 4- pp. 1 199-2208; Vol. 3. Indexes, xxx+ pp. 221 1-
2735. (Obtain from Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington
D.C. 20402; Vol. 1, Stock No. 047-001-00139-7, $30.00; Vol. 2, Stock No. 047-001-
00140-1, $28.00; Vol. 3, Stock No. 047-001-00138-9, $20.00).

A catalog of organisms should provide a means of relating nomenclature (a form of retrieval
coding) to the species of the World. By giving distribution data for a more restricted area, a
checklist of the species of that region is provided for use in reporting biological information.
This catalog, because it takes into consideration the nomenclature of the Hymenoptera
throughout the World amply meets the requirements of a catalog that is a synthesis of the
accumulated data. However, a catalog is out of data even before it is published; but when it is
possible to use a computer as a tool for the construction of a catalog, and as a warehouse for the
storage of information, most of this inherent out-of-datedness is overcome.

Karl V. Krombein and his associates, all dedicated taxonomists, through long hours of
exacting and unexciting searching of the literature have put together a data base from which
have been produced three volumes that can only be described as exciting. Exciting because
they represent a tool as useful to biologists as any electronic sensing device can be and
certainly with a much longer "shelf life!"

These books reflect the philosophies and work of several individuals employed by two separate
and distinct government agencies, the Smithsonian Institution and the U.S. Department of
Agriculture. The results of this cooperative effort is an example of their steady, unselfish
determination combined to produce a synthesis of the available knowledge about the
Hymenoptera in North America north of Mexico.

The printed volumes may be obtained as noted above and are, therefore, available for the daily
use of specialists in the systematics of these insects and for all biologists interested in any of
these groups. In addition, the data base in computer storage may be updated as necessary. The
program used for storing information permits queries for data in many different combinations.
Such print-outs are great time savers because they eliminate the need to thumb through the
book in search of specialized data. Although no indication is given in the text as to how to gain
access to the data base, interested persons certainly will be advised as to its availability by
those in charge.

At first glance this edition (more than 2735 pages) appears to be very much larger than the
previous catalog (1951, and supplements in 1958 and 1967) with a total of 2309 pages,
because of the much larger page. Although the type area per page has increased from 26 x 45
picas to 35-54 picas, the page contents has not changed (compare page 907 of the 1951 catalog
with page 1524 of the new catalog). The additional pages represent approximately a 15%
increase in size. Even so, this is a notable gain in information in the past 20 years and very
likely is the result of the availability of the first catalog.

The text has been expanded somewhat to include more data about the insects themselves.
More on prey, predators, and parasites is included along with biological notes on the families,
subfamilies, and other taxa. The index volume gives a table of the number of genera and
species detailed by family along with a superfamily ranking by percentage of total species.
Taxonomic and nomenclatural changes are listed; this includes new genera, new species, new
names, and new synonyms. New combinations resulting from generic transfers are listed.

Continued on page 84

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980 79

NEW SOUTH AMERICAN XESTOCEPHALINE
LEAFHOPPERS (HOMOPTERAiCICADELLIDAE) 1

Dwight M. DeLong

ABSTRACT: Seven new species of South American Xestocephaline leafhoppers, Xesto-
cephalus cinctus n.sp. (Peru), Portanus dentatus n.sp., (Peru), P. cellus n.sp. (Peru), P.
tridens n.sp. (Bolivia and Brazil), P. filamentus n.sp. (Brazil), P. avis n.sp. (Peru), and P.
cephalatus n.sp. (Peru), are described.

Two genera of Xestocephalinae, Xestocephalus and Portanus, are
known to occur in South America. The genus Xestocephalus was described
by Van Duzee ( 1 894) and X. pulicarius V.Dz. was designated as the type.
A synopsis of the genus was published by Linnavuori (1959). Six new
tropical species were added by DeLong & Linnavuori (1978). Some 22
species are now placed in Xestocephalus. The genus Portanus was
described by Ball (1932). He designated Scaphoideus stigmosus Uhler as
the type. A key to the known species of Portanus was published by Kramer
(1964). Some 24 species have now been described and placed in Portanus.
One new species of Xestocephalus from Peru and six new species of
Portanus from Peru, Bolivia and Brazil are described at this time. All types
are in the DeLong collection, Ohio State University.

Xestocephalus cinctus n.sp.

(Figs. 1-2)

Length of female 5 mm, male unknown. Crown bluntly angled, more than half as long at
middle as width at base between eyes. Color brown, crown with a darker brown transverse
band between eyes along margin just above ocelli. Forewings dark brown subhyaline, two dark
brown spots on costa near apex of wing. Face brown with remnants of a darker brown band just
beneath ocelli.

Female seventh sternum with posterior margin broadly angularly excavated one-third
distance to base with a median notch, apex of angled portion concavely rounded.

Holotype female, Sinchona, Peru, November 1943, J.G. Sanders coll.

X. cinctus can be separated from all other described species by the dark

wn transivprsp hand on thp rrnwn

brown transverse band on the crown.

Portanus dentatus n.sp.

(Figs. 3-6)

Length of male 6 mm, female unknown. Crown produced, bluntly angled, three-fourths as
long at middle as width at base between eyes. Color, crown pale brown with a pair of reddish

'Received January 10, 1980

2 Department of Entomology, Ohio State University.

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 79-84

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

brown spots between anterior portion of eyes. Pronotum dark brown with pale, irregular
stipple. Scutellum pale brown. Forewings dark brown with white spots on apical half of costa,
on claval vein at apex and along veinlets of apical cells.

Male genital style chelate with claws elongate, one claw slightly longer and spine like.
Aedeagus elongate, apical portion sheath-like with apex bluntly rounded. With two spines
extending dorsocaudally just caudad to broadened median portion which is pointed dorsally.
Basal portion of aedeagus more than twice as wide as apical portion. Pygofer bearing a spine
on ventocaudal margin.

Holotype male, Sinchona, Peru, November 1934, J.G. Sanders, coll.

P. dentatus is related to P. retusus Lv. & DeL. but can be distinguished
by the different aedeagus as illustrated.

Portanus cellus n.sp.

(Figs. 7-10)

Length of male 7 mm, female unknown. Crown two-thirds as long at middle as width at
base between eyes. Color, crown dark brown, two rows of two white dashes between ocelli.
Pronotum dark brown with paler brown irregular stipple. Scutellum dark brown. Forewings
brownish subhyaline with paler areas and white alternate markings on wings. Claval veins
white where .they join commissure.

Male genital style chelate, elongate, with one "claw" short and thick, the other narrow and
elongate, longer than the broader portion. Aedeagus with a constricted neck-like portion,
forming a larger part apically and a much larger portion basally, the apex is broadly rounded.
Pygofer narrowed apically and forming a projected, rounded, tubercle-like apex.

Holotype male, Sinchona, Peru, November 1943, J.G. Sanders coll.

P. cellus is similar in appearance to P. dentatus DeL. and may be
separated by the male genital structures.

Portanus tridens n.sp.

(Figs. 11-14)

Length of male 5 mm, female 5.5 mm. Crown bluntly angled, almost as long at middle as
basal width between eyes. Color, crown pale brown. Pronotum and scutellum dark brown.
Forewings dark brown subhyaline, veins mostly marked with white and brown alternating
dashes, Apex of wing smoky.

Female seventh sternum with posterior margin roundly produced.

Male genital style chelate with "claws" short, rounded, with one portion slightly longer,
apex spine-like. Aedeagus elongate with apex broadened and tridentate. The median spine is
broadened and more produced. The spine on each side at base extends caudolaterally and with
concavity between the median and each lateral spine. Pygofer narrowed and rounded apically.

Holotype male, Bolivia, San Esteban 49 km N.Sta. Cruz., Dec. 7, 1959. el. 1120 ft.
Paratypes: 2 males, 5 females same data as holotype; 3 males Sao Paula, Brazil, pres. Epitacle
pta. Albane, X-'54 J. Lane coll; 1 male Ter. Amapa, Rio Felicle, Brazil VIII-2-'55.

P. tridens is related to P. chelatus DeL. and can be separated by the three
pronged apex of the aedeagus.

Vol. 91. No. 3, May & June 1980

81

Figs 1-2 Xestocephalus cinctus n.sp. 1. head and pronotum, 2. female seventh sternum.
Figs. 3-6 Portanus dentatus n.sp. 3. aedeagus ventrally, 4. aedeagus laterally, 5. apex of
style, laterally, 6. pygofer laterally, apical portion. Figs. 7-10 P. cellus n.sp. 7. aedeagus
ventrally, 8. aedeagus laterally. 9. apex of style, laterally, 10. pygofer laterally, apical portion.

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Portanus filamentus n.sp.

(Figs. 15-18)

Length of male 7 mm, female unknown. Crown a little wider at base than median length.
Color, crown pale brown with two dark brown spots, almost equidistant from eyes and from
each other, at anterior margins of eyes. Pronotum pale brown with dark brown mottling.
Scutellum with anterior portion pale brown, posterior half yellowish. Forewings pale brown,
veins reddish brown. Claval vein alternating reddish brown and white.

Male genital plates elongate, five times as long as median width, apices broadly rounded.
Style narrowed subapically, apical sixth enlarged, apex rounded. Aedeagus long, slender,
curved, filamentus. Pygofer with ventral portion heavily sclerotized bearing a stout, caudal,
dorsally curved spine at apex.

Holotype male, Serra de Navia, Brazil A. P., II-7-1961 J. & B. Bechyne colls.

P. filamentus is related to P. lex Kramer and can be distinguished by the
male genital structures.

Portanus avis n.sp.

(Figs. 19-22)

Length of male 6.5 mm, female unknown. Crown bluntly angled, three-fourths as long at
middle as basal width between eyes. Color brown, apex of crown broadly white, ocelli white
and two white spots between them. Basal half with irregular white areas. Pronotum brown with
an irregular white area next to middle of each eye, and with irregular white stipple. Scutellum
white with dark brown basal angles. Forewings pale brown, subhyaline, a whitish area on
corium, brown spots where claval veins join commissure and some veins with alternate brown
and white coloration.

Male genital styles chelate with the "claws" elongate, one claw more slender and elongate
than the other. Aedeagus elongate, slightly broadened apically, head-like and broadened at
middle; median portion broadest, basal portion narrow. Pygofer narrowed apically, rounded
and bearing a long apical spine on ventral portion.

Holotype male, Sinchona, Peru, November 1 943, J.G. Sanders coll. Paratype male same
data as holotype.

P. avis b "elated to P. dentatus but the structure of the aedeagi as
illustrated will distinguish these species.

Portanus cephalatus n.sp.

(Figs. 23-26)

Length of male 9 mm, female unknown. Crown bluntly angled, two-thirds as long at middle
as basal width between eyes. Color, crown with white margin and large white spots around
ocelli. Most of crown brown. A pair of small white spots between ocelli, an elongate white spot
next to each eye. Pronotum brown with numerous minute round paler areas and a broad white
border around eyes. Scutellum white with dark brown basal angles. Forewings brown with
paler white irregular markings and a prominent white cross on corium. Cross veins of apical
cells and apex of wing dark brown.

Male genital styles chelate with "claws" elongate, one portion distinctly longer and less
curved than the other. Aedeagus sheath-like with a broadened truncate apical portion, rounded
dorsally and ventrally, and a much broader, curved, basal portion. Pygofer almost truncate
apically.

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980

83

Figs. 1 1-14 P. tridens n.sp. 1 1. aedeagus ventrally, apical portion, 12. aedeagus laterally.
13. style laterally, apical portion. 14. pygofer laterally, apical portion. Figs. 15-18 P.
Jilamenta n.sp. 15. aedeagus ventrally, 16. style laterally, 17. aedeagus laterally. 18. pygofer
laterally, apical portion. Figs. 19-22 P. avis n.sp. 19. aedeagus ventrally, 20. aedeagus
laterally, 21 . style laterally, apical portion, 22. pygofer laterally, apical portion. Figs. 23-26
P. cephalalus n.sp. 23. pygofer laterally, apical portion. 24. aedeagus ventrally, 25. aedeagus
laterally. 26. style laterally, apical portion.

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Holotype male, Sinchona, Peru, November 1943, J.G. Sanders coll. Paratype male same
data as holotype.

P. cephalatus is related to P. avis DeL. and can be separated by the
structure of the aedeagus as illustrated.

LITERATURE CITED

Ball, E.D. 1932. New Genera and Species of Leafhoppers related to Scaphoideits Jour.

Wash. Acad. Sci. 22: 9-19.
DeLong, D.M. and R.E. Linnavuori 1978. New tropical Xestocephalus (Homoptera:

Cicadellidae) and Illustrations of little known species. Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc. 5 1 ( 1):35-41.
Kramer, J.P. 1964. A key for Portanus with new records and descriptions of new species

(Homoptera:Cicadellidae:Xestocephalinae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 66 (1): 5-11.
Linnavuori, R.E. 1959. Revision of the Neotropical Deltocephalinae and some related

subfamilies (Homoptera). Ann. Zool. Soc. 'Vanamo' 20(1): 1-370. (pages 35-45)
Van Duzee, E.P. 1894. Descriptions of some new North American Homopterous Insects.

Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 5: 205-216.

Continued from page 78

followed by new status of a name by raising a taxon from the subspecies to the species
category. "The bulk of this volume consists of separate indexes to the taxa of North American
Hymenoptera and to their hosts, parasites, prey, pollen and nectar sources, and predators."

Unfortunately the catalogers did not tell the user what happened to certain names that have
been completely omitted from the catalog probably because the species do not occur in the
area treated even though these names were in the 195 1 catalog and, of course, remain in the
literature about the species of the area covered. For example, the species Trichrysis pan-ula
Fab. is listed on page 722 of the 1 95 1 catalog, giving its hosts as Sceliphron cementarium and
Hylaeus varifrons. The same species appears in the 1958 supplement, p. 95, with the hosts as
Trypoxylon rubro-cinctum and T. clavatum; and on p. 308 of the 2nd supplement, 1967, the
name is still in use. The name does not appear in the new catalog! Instead, Trichn'sis tridens
(Lepeletier), listed as a synonym of T. parvula Fab. in 195 1, is apparently the correct name for
our species. The other synonyms of T. tridensmatcYiihoseofT. pamtla in 1951, but, only one
host is listed, Trypargilum politum. The only parasite of Sceliphron caementarium in U.S.
listed is Chrysis Juscipennis Brulle, which is suggested as adventive from Hawaii.

This leaves the user with questions about the association of biological data with the names of
species a problem still inherent in all catalogs and, indeed, all biological literature, and one
that obviously cannot be handled by a computer, at least, not yet!

Ross H. Arnett, Jr.
Biological Research Institute

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980 85

SHELLS OF PHYSA GYRINA (GASTROPODA:
PHYSIDAE) OBSERVED AS SUBSTITUTE CASE-
MAKING MATERIAL BY GLOSSOSOMA
INTERMEDIUM (TRICHOPTERA:
GLOSSOSOMATIDAE) 1

Richard V. Anderson 2 , William S. Vinikour 3

ABSTRACT: A specimen of Glossosoma intermedium (Klapalek) was collected that had
incorporated snail shells into its last instar case.

Incorporation of mollusc shells as case-making material by Trichoptera
has been previously reported. Such usage is primarily restricted to selected
species in the family Limnephilidae. For example, Philarctus quaeris uses
snails and sphaeriid clams for all or part of its case; and Grensia praeterita
apparently incorporates operculars of prosobranch snails into its case
(Wiggins, 1977). Species in the family Glossosomatidae normally con-
struct portable saddle-cases composed of rock fragments of fairly uniform
size (Wiggins, 1977). However, we have collected an anomaly to the
standard case, in which a last instar Glossosoma intermedium (Trichop-
tera: Glossosomatidae) (Klapalek) incorporated three shells of Physa
gyrina (Gastropoda: Physidae) into its case (Figure 1).

The specimen was collected on 12 February 1980 from Trout Park
Nature Preserve, a relic spring-fed brook system in Elgin, Illinois. This is
the only locality in Illinois where Glossosoma intermedium supposedly
occurs (Ross, 1 944); and in portions of the brooks the cobble substrates are
literally covered with them. Their abundance in this system lends further
support to the rarity of snail shells as case material in glossosomatids. To
date we have closely scutinized thousands of G. intermedium in the field
and have only collected the one specimen using snail shells. Pennak
(1978) states that members of a caddisfly species will usually select the
same material and construct their case in the same way, but will substitute
materials if the normal case-making material is not available. In the Trout
Park brooks more than adequate case-making rocks are available, even
considering the large numbers of Glossosoma inhabiting the streams.

The majority of G. intermedium at Trout Park construct their cases
from granules of miscellaneous metamorphic rocks, e.g. granite gneisses
and quartzites. In some localities, especially lower velocity portions of the
brooks, some cases are composed of unaltered and clastic limestones, e.g.

Received March 14, 1980

Department of Biological Sciences, Western Illinois University, Macomb, 1L 61455.

-Division of Environmental Impact Studies, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, IL
60439.

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 85-87

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tufa, marl and coquina fragments. The anamalous case we collected was
composed primarily of limestone fragments as well as the three snail shells.
The specimen was collected adjacent to the main stream channel on a
submerged piece of wood; water depth was approximately 5 cm. Current
velocity was reduced in this area and the substrate was predominantly sand-
silt. However, other G. intermedium observed in the area did not have snail
shells incorporated on their cases. Although the shells were empty upon
collection, it cannot be concluded whether the caddisfly used empty shells
or living snails. Aggregates of dead snails have not been observed, while live
snails are fairly dense, often occurring in conjunction with G. intermedium.
This would have allowed the caddisfly to gather three snails within close
proximity of each other. The weight of the empty shells (~0.005g) is
approximately that of the rock fragments normally incorporated into late
instar cases, while living snails weigh twice this amount. The use of snail
shells does not seem to add to the streamlining of the case, but could provide
protection from potential predation in much the same manner as rock
fragments.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We would like to thank the Illinois Nature Preserves Commissiion, Illinois Department of
Conservation, and the City of Elgin for permission to collect at Trout Park. Nicholas Beskid
identified the case materials. Special thanks to Karla Vocke for shooting and developing the
photograph of the specimen. We would also like to thank Drs. Lawrence Jahn and Elisabeth
Stull for their review of the note.

LITERATURE CITED

Pennak, R.W. 1978. Fresh-water invertebrates of the United States. Second edition. John

Wiley & Sons, New York. 803 p.
Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Natural History

Survey, 23(1): 1-326.
Wiggins, G.B. 1977. Larvae of the North American caddisfly genera (Trichoptera).

University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 401 p.

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980

87

Figure 1. Anomolous Glossosoma intermedium case (incorporating three Phvsa gvrina
shells) contrasted to normal case. Case length 7.5 mm. Both cases contained a prepupa.

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

CARABID BEETLES: THEIR EVOLUTION, NATURAL HISTORY, AND CLASSI-
FICATION. Terry L. Erwin, George E. Ball, Donald R. Whitehead, Anne L. Halpern. 1979.
Dr. W. Junk by Publishers, The Hague, Netherlands. 635 pages. $1 15.00.

Proceedings of First International Symposium of Carabidology, Smithsonian Inst., Washing-
ton, D.C., August 2 1 , 23 & 25, 1 976. Includes papers on historical perspectives, systematics,
classification and phylogeny, zoogeography, paleontology, natural history and ecology and
techniques.

INSECT FUNGUS SYMBIOSIS: NUTRITION, MUTUALISM, AND COM
MENSALISM. Lekh R. Batra, ed. 1979. John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. 276 pages. $27.50.

Proceedings of symposium at Second International Mycological Congress, Univ. of So.
Florida, Tampa, August 27 - Sept. 3, 1977. Ten papers on the general theme of fungus-
arthropod mutualism and commensalism.

ADVANCES IN INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. Vol. 14. J.E. Treherne, M.J. Berridge & V.B.
Wigglesworth, eds. 1979. Academic Press, N.Y. 440 pages. $57.00.

Six more contributions in this series on insect physiology. Subject headings are Atmospheric
Water Absorption in Arthropods, Insect Vitellogenin, Physiology of Moulting in Insects,
Morphology of Insect Muscle Fibre Membrane. Pattern Formation in Insect Natural
Development and Scent Glands in Heteroptera.

INSECTS AND OTHER INVERTEBRATES OF THE WORLD ON STAMPS. Willard
F. Stanley, ed. 1979. Handbook No. 98, American Topical Assoc., 3308 No. 50th St..
Milwaukee, WI 53216. 136 pages. $10.00.

A checklist of insect stamps from 1859 forward. Text is arranged in three sections: 1)
Butterflies and Moths, 2) Other insects, and 3) Other invertebrates. Each section contains
both a taxonomic listing and a country listing.

NOTICE

The Symposium on Insect Behavioral Ecology, as published in March, 1980 issue of the
Florida Entomologist, is available for use in the classroom.

Contents include an Introduction: Insect Behavioral Ecology: Coming of Age in
Bionomics or Compleat Biologists Have Revolutions Too, J.E. Lloyd; Competitive,
Charming Males and Choosy Females: Was Darwin Correct?, R. Thornhill; Alternative Male
Reproductive Behaviors, W. Cade; Phonotaxis in Mole Crickets: Its Reproductive Sig-
nificance, T.G. Forrest; Diversity in the Nesting Behavior of Mud-daubers (Try-poxylon
politum Say: Sphecidae), H.J. Brockmann; Evolution of Exclusive Postcopulatory Paternal
Care in the Insects, R.L. Smith; Migrating Lepidoptera: Are Butterflies Better Than Moths?,
T.J. Walker; and Sexual Selection and Insect Sperm, J. Sivinski.

Paper-bound "volumes" (111 pages) may be ordered in multiples of 25, at $65.00
including shipping and handling, from E.O. Painter Printing Co., DeLeon Springs, Florida
32028 until 15 June 1980.

Vol. 91, No. 3. May & June 1980 89

SYSTROPUS COLUMBIANUS (DIPTERA:
BOMBYLLIDAE) REARED FROM
LARVA OF LIMACODID MOTH 1 2

Annette Aiello 3

ABSTRACT: Systropus columbianus (Bombyliidae: Systropinae), was reared from a
limacodid larva (Lepidoptera) in Panama.

Members of the bombyliid subfamily Systropinae are elongate flies
resembling sphecoid and vespoid wasps. With few exceptions all reared
species are parasitoids, as larvae, on caterpillars of Limacodidae (Lepi-
doptera) (du Merle 1 975 ). An additional instance of a systropine parasitoid
of a limacodid caterpillar is reported here.

Systropus columbianus (Karsch) (Figure 1), the biology of which
previously was unknown, was reared from the larva of an unidentified
limacodid (Figure 2) collected 20 July 1978 on Contractor's Hill near the
Miraflores Locks, Panama Canal by Ms. Nili Boren. The host, which fed on
Gustavia superba (H.B.K.) Berg (Lecythidaceae), was dark greenish
brown and had a dark green dorsal abdominal "saddle" bordered by yellow.
Its large tubercles were covered with red-brown setae.

The caterpillar molted on 25 July, and again on 5 August. On 1 4 August
(middle rainy season) it constructed a cocoon. Eight months later, on 26
March 1979 (end of dry season), the pharate adult fly pushed open the cap
at the end of the limacodid cocoon and emerged part way from it. The adult
fly then left its pupal skin.

No moth pupa was ever formed; the fly larva killed and consumed most
of the final instar caterpillar. The fly egg or larva must either have been
dormant or relatively inactive within the caterpillar through at least two
molts, or was contacted by the host on its food plant at some later time. An
adult female fly could not have reached the caterpillar after its collection; it
was immediately placed in a screened cage in a Ziploc " plastic bag, kept in
an air-conditioned room.

The reference number for all the parts, cast skin, final instar remains,
and cocoon of the limacodid, plus larval skin, pupal skin, and adult
bombyliid is Aiello lot 78-93.

'Received December 12. 1979

2 This work was done at the facilities of Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute. P.O. Box
2072, Balboa. Panama

- Museum of Comparative Zoology. Harvard University. Cambridge. Massachusetts, U.S.A.
02138

ENT. NEWS 91(3): 89-91

90

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

f

Xi X

*;

Figure 1. Systropus columbianus, adult soon after eclosion. Bar scale = 6 mm.
Figure 2. Host (Limacodidae) of Systropus columbianus. Bar scale = 5 mm.

Vol. 91, No. 3, May & June 1980 91

Caterpillars identical in appearance, although feeding on Quasia
amara L. (Simaroubaceae), were collected on Barro Colorado Island,
Panama by Dr. Robin Foster on 27 April 1979. The reference number for
this second rearing, two larvae in ethanol, and two adult moths, their pupal
skins and cocoons, is Aiello lot 79-3 1 . As of November 1979, nothing had
emerged from three additional cocoons from this same lot.

All specimens mentioned above have been deposited in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Harvard University.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I would like to thank Lloyd Knutson for identification of the fly and for help with literature
on Svstropus.

LITERATURE CITED

du Merle, P. 1975. Les holes et les stades pre-imaginaux des dipteres Bombyliidae: revue
bibliographique annotee. Bulletin West Palearctic Regional Section. International Organ-
ization for Biological Control 1975/4 (289 pp.).

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE

c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road. London, SW7 5BD. United
Kingdom.

A.N. (S.)112 25th February. 1980.

The Commission hereby gives six months' notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following cases, published in Hull. Zoo/. Norn. Volume 36, part 4. on 18th February
1980, and would welcome comments and advice on them from interested zoologists.
Correspondence should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address, if possible within
six months of the date of publication of this notice.

1237 Carabus caerulescens Linnaeus. 1758, C. cupreus Linnaeus. 1758, and Cicindela
rupestris Linnaeus, 1767 (Insecta. Coleoptera): designation of type specimens.

2219 Ceutorhynchus Germar, 1824 and Rhinoncus Schonherr, 1826 (Insecta, Coleoptera):
proposed conservation and designation of type species.

2294 Bellota Peckham & Peckham. 1892 (Araneae): proposed designation of type species.

R.V. Melville.
Sec ret an\

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

IS ESPERANZA TEXANA BARBER (HEMIPTERA:
ALYDIDAE) EXTENDING ITS RANGE? 1

Richard C. Froeschner

ABSTRACT: Experanza texana Barber, previously reported from Texas, Louisiana and
Florida, is here reported also from Mississippi, Georgia and South Carolina. A recent
expansion of range is suggested. The species is characterized among North American
Alydidae.

Esperanza texana was originally described from Texas by Barber
(1906, Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci., 1:269). Subsequently a 1926
collection in Louisiana was reported by Johnston (1927, Bull. Brooklyn
Ent. Soc., 22:221) and a 1948 capture in Florida by Hussey (1948, Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 43:115). On the basis of specimens in the national
collection in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History this insect can
be reported here from Georgia (Albany, 1954; Bainbridge, 1941; Tifton,
1 963); Mississippi (Lincoln Co., 1 938); and South Carolina (Estill, 1 965).
The advance in dates as one considers the localities from Texas eastward to
Florida and northward to South Carolina suggests an expansion of range
has been taking place during the last several decades.

Observations on the habits and biology of this species are needed.

Among the North American alydids, E. texana is readily recognized by
the following characters taken together: The pronotal humeri and posterior
femora are without spines, and the apex of the scutellum is prolonged into a
short, very acute, noticeably upturned spine. Torre-Bueno (1941: Ent.
Amer., 21:78), in his key to the genera of Alydidae in America north of
Mexico, erroneously stated "Scutellum not spined at apex."

'Received May 15, 1980

Department of Entomology, NHB Stop 127, Washington, D.C. 20560

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review. Titles should be carefully composed
to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Classification as to
order and family should be included in the title, except where not pertinent. Following the title
there should be a short informative abstract ( not a descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words.
The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully
written. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as
a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to
make them useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or
discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations
nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric system or. if in the
standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very
helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations
within the text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4' 2 x 6' 2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of S6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor. Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a cost of
$30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial asistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without coves) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

INSECT PINS All kinds. Prompt Shipment. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Ave., Reedley,
Calif. 93654.

INSECT LABELS: Exceptionally high quality printed labels, typeset in 4pt type (not
photoreduced from typewritten masters), and printed on 1 10 Ib. white cardstock are now
available with quick deliveries. Write for brochure with complete specifications and prices to
Bio-Publication Services, 25711 N. Vista Fairways Drive, Valencia, California 91355.

Coleoptera and Lepidoptera Specimens from Botswana, both "papered" and set in
Sheerpack light weight boxes. Some Saturniidae SP. including Argema mimosae and
Gynanisa nigra (in Sheerpacks) which are limited due to demand. Troides SP and
Papilionidae from Malayasia are also available. Details from Botswanacraft Marketing
Company, (Pty) Ltd., Box 486, Gaborone, Botswana.

Wanted. Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S., Lucanidae, Carabidae, Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Burprestidae, and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B.. Spencer, 20 W. Virginia Ave., West Chester, PA. 19380.

For Sale: Lepidoptera livestock for private rearers and scientific study. Species for this fall
include Citheronia regal is and Antheraea pernvi and many more. Write for prices. Brett
Barrett, P.O. Box 107, Alvaton, Ky. 42122.

Butterflies for sale or exchange. Over 1 200 species from Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Ceylon, Indonesia, Sumatra and Borneo. Write to Sim Yam Seng, 21 Joon Hiang Road,
Singapore 19.

Wanted. Live Gerris (Gerridae)/ship 10 to inflated 12 in. plastic bag/damp paper towel in
each bag/cardboard box via special delivery mail/immediate reimbursement for postage and
$5 handling/shipments or questions to: D.M. Calabrese, Dept. Biol. Scis., Univ. Texas, El
Paso, Texas 79968.

WORLDWIDE BUTTERFLY SPECIMENS, books, equipment at wholesale prices.
Offer material from over 40 countries. Send $1 cash for new 1980, 10 page catalog.
TRANS WORLD BUTTERFLY CO. - UK, PO Box 14, Reigate, Surrey, RH2 9PW,
England

Wanted: Entomological News, Vol. 45, No. 7 and Vol. 47, Nos. 1-8, or all of each volume.
J.F. Schesser, Jr., RR 1, Box 15, Horton, Kansas 66439

fOL.91

SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER 1980

NO. 4

ENTO

NEW

Statistical measures of interspecific association between
the fleas of gray-tailed vole, Microtus canicaudus

G.D. Faulkenberry, R.G. Robbing 93

New distributional record of Dolania americana
(Ephemeroptera: Behningiidae)

P.L. Finn, D.D. Herlong 102

Nesting biology of Hoplitis biscutellae (Hymenoptera:

Megachilidae) Richard W. Rust 105

Occurrence of two anthophilous Diptera on Geum
radiatum (Rosaceae) in No. Carolina

F.E. Brackley, J.F. Burger 110

Observations on male behavior of eastern yellow-
jacket, Vespula maculifrons (Hymenoptera:
Vespidae) David C. Post 1 1 3

New records of nearctic Sialis (Megaloptera:
Sialidae), with emphasis on Mississippi fauna

B.P. Stark, P.K. Logo 117

Rapid steam bath method for relaxing dry insects

J.S. Weaver III, T.R. White 122

New species of Polana (Homoptera: Cicadellidae)
from Bolivia, Peru, Panama & Florida

Dwight M. DeLong 125

Starvation longevity of Loxosceles laeta (Araneae:

Loxoscelidae) D. C. Lowrie 130

Comments on Opiliones described from western No.

America by Schenkel James C. Cokendolpher 133

"Trap nests" for studying desert web-building spiders

(Araneae: Phlocidae) Harold G. Fowler 1 36

Romalea guttata (Houttuyn), name change for well
known eastern lubber grasshopper (Orthoptera:
Romaleidae) D. Keith McE. Kevan 139

Heteromeles arbutifolia (Rosacaeae) found toxic in

insects D.L. Dahlman, V. Johnson 141

Taking A mblychila cylindriformis by barrier-type

pitfall trap (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) Gary A. Dunn 143

BOOK REVIEWS 101 & 109

NOTICES 112, 128 & 144

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason,
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., RD7, Tabernacle Twp, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8 l /i x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade
Rd., RD7, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 91. No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 93

STATISTICAL MEASURES OF INTERSPECIFIC
ASSOCIATION BETWEEN THE FLEAS OF THE
GRAY-TAILED VOLE, MICROTUS CANICAUDUS

MILLER 1

G. David Faulkenberry , Richard G. Robbins^

ABSTRACT: Statistical methods for analyzing interspecific associations of vertebrate
ectoparasites are discussed. The o- and Q-statistics, based on relative odds, are used to
measure the degree of association between different flea species on the gray-tailed vole,
Microtus canicaudus Miller. These statistics are shown to be preferable to the negative
correlation factor.

The gray-tailed vole, Microtus canicaudus Miller, sometimes con-
sidered a subspecies of the montane vole Microtus montanus (Peale),
occurs abundantly in grassy, uncultivated fields between the Cascade and
Coast Ranges of western Oregon and Washington (Hall and Kelson, 1959;
Ingles, 1965; Maser and Storm, 1970). From February 1973 to January
1 974, a study was made of the population dynamics and ecology of the fleas
that parasitize this vole in the vicinity of Corvallis, Oregon (Robbins,
1976). Five hundred and eleven fleas representing eight species and three
families were recovered from the pelts of 377 comparably collected voles.
Catallagia charlottensis (Baker) was by far the most abundant flea present
(252 specimens) and together with Atyphloceras multidentatus (C. Fox)
(100 specimens) accounted for nearly 70% of the specimens collected.
Other species, in order of abundance, were Peromyscopsylla selenis
(Rothschild) (62 specimens), Monopsyllus wagneri (Baker) (44 speci-
mens), Hystrichopsylla occidentalis Holland (25 specimens), Nosopsyllus
fasciatus (Bosc d'Antic) (14 specimens), Corrodopsylla curvata
(Rothschild) (11 specimens), and an undetermined Rhadinopsylla (3
specimens).

Ordinarily, the gray-tailed vole constructs its nest in a chamber located
15-30 centimeters below the surface of the ground (Pearson, 1972);
however, should objects be present at the surface the vole will build under
these. For this study, wide wooden panels were scattered at random over
three ecologically similar collecting sites, and at regular monthly intervals

Deceived: June 20, 1979.
Department of Statistics, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR 97331

Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution.
Washington, D.C. 20560

ENT. NEWS 91(4):93-101

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

voles that had been observed building nests under these panels were
captured by hand. Each vole was then immediately transferred to a large,
labeled plastic jar containing fresh grass clippings and pieces of fruit. All
jars were fitted with wire mesh lids. Because some voles died or injured
themselves in transit or were found naturally injured in the field, only 377 of
428 voles collected in this manner could be used in the statistical tests that
follow.

In the laboratory, all voles were killed by quickly wrapping them in
cotton blankets saturated with chloroform. This technique prevented the
escape of any ectoparasites and preserved them in the positions they had
occupied on their host's body while it was alive. All fleas were recovered by
vigorous brushing and careful searching of the pelt, a process that generally
required half an hour per animal. To prevent flea loss, these operations were
performed against a light-colored background.

Holland's (1949) argument that humidity and temperature are the
principal factors influencing flea populations was confirmed by Parker
(1958) in a survey of fleas on the antelope ground squirrel, Citellus
leucurus leucurus (Merriam). This argument has also been repeatedly
confirmed in the laboratory. Working with several species of unfed adult
fleas, Leeson (1932) demonstrated that high temperatures and low
humidities tend to shorten life while, conversely, low temperatures and high
humidities prolong life. This is especially true of the lightly sclerotized
preimaginal stages of fleas which are extremely sensitive to the saturation
deficiency or drying power of the air. Petrie and Todd (1923), Uvarov
(1931), Mellanby (1933), Edney (1947), Sharif (1948), and Humphries
(1967) all observed that at high saturation deficiencies there is a pro-
nounced increase in the death rate among larvae and pupae.

Although the present study is based on only one year of field work, flea
populations at all three collecting sites experienced similar seasonal
fluctuations that were positively correlated with humidity and negatively
correlated with temperature (surface meteorological data compiled for
Corvallis by the National Climatic Center, U.S. Department of Com-
merce). The Willamette Valley in which Corvallis is situated is an area of
warm, dry summers and cool, wet winters. For this reason, infested voles
were most often collected during the mild spring and early winter months,
while uninfested voles predominated during summer and midwinter. Only
198 (52.6%) of the voles taken over the 12-month collecting period were
infested, and of these 119 (60.1%) carried one flea species, 59 (29.8%)
carried two, and 20 (10.1%) carried three or more. Such low infestation
rates suggest that competition on the host animal is not a factor in
determining species abundance; rather, the complex web of selective
pressures and biotic relationships characteristic of the nest probably
constitutes the regulatory mechanism. Regardless of cause, it is of interest

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 95

to know the extent to which different flea species may be expected to occur
together on their host, and this paper presents statistical methods for
analyzing such interspecific associations.

Data Summary and Analysis

Six of the eight flea species collected during this study were uncommon
or accidental on the gray -tailed vole. It was therefore convenient to treat
these six species as one with the result that only three species categories
were considered. The first of these, category A, contained all specimens of
Atyphloceras multidentatus; category C contained all Catallagia char-
lottensis; and category O contained all other flea species . The eight possible
combinations of these categories are listed in Table 1 together with the
observed and expected number of voles per combination . A bar over a letter
indicates the absence of that category. Thus, 1 3 voles were infested with A.
C and O, while 30 voles were infested with C and O but not with A.

Table 1. Numbers of gray-tailed voles infested with different combinations of flea

species.

Flea Species Observed Number Expected Number

Combination of Voles of Voles*

AGO 13 5.55

AGO 30 25.20

AGO 10 11.05

AGO 22 17.18

AGO 39 50.20

AGO 23 34.23

AGO 61 78.07

AGO 179 155.52

Totals 377 377.00

*Expected numbers are calculated from the hypothesis of independence.

The data in Table 1 imply that A was present on 18.0% of the voles
collected for this study, C was present on 33.4%, and was present on
24.4%. Expected frequencies were calculated from the hypothesis that
each flea species behaves independently; that is, the probability of
obtaining a vole infested with species A is unaffected by the presence or
absence of C and O. To illustrate the calculationsjbr this hypothesis, the
expected number of voles with the combination A C O is

nP(A) P(C) P(0) = (377) ( ) (-) () = 25.20

96

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

If events A, C and O occur independently, then the probability of their joint
occurrence is the product of their marginal probabilities.

It is clear from Table 1 that all three species categories occurred
together with greater frequency than would be expected under the hy-
pothesis of independence. In addition, pairs of categories occurred more
often than expected (with the exception of A C O), and the number of
uninfested voles was greater than expected. On the other hand, voles
infested with only one species category were collected less often than
expected in every case. These observations seem to indicate positive
association between species. To further investigate this possibility, it is
necessary to employ two-way tables such as those shown in Table 2.

Table 2. Two-way associations.
AxC

AxO

C xO

C

C

A 35

33

68 A 23

45

68 C 43

83

126

A 91

218

309 A 69

240

309 C 49

202

251

126

251

377 92

285

377 92

285

377

Q =

O =

X 2 =

.435
2.54
11.176

o =
X. 2 =

.280
1.78
3.392

Q = .362

o == 2.14

. 2 = 8.924

The Q- and o-statistics appearing under each two-way table are widely
used measures of association based on relative odds. The Q-statistic is
obtained as follows:

QAC -

35
91

33
218

_ (35) (218) -(33) (91) .

= .435

35 33 (35) (218) + (33) (91)

91 218

This statistic compares the relative odds of obtaining a vole that is infested
with A when C is present and when C is absent. If the odds of obtaining a
vole that is infested with A are higher when C is present, then Q will be
positive, meaning that there is a positive association in the table. The range
for Q is 1 to +1 (the same as the product-moment correlation coefficient
for continuous data) where 1 indicates that the two flea categories never
occur together or they are never both absent and +1 indicates that one
category is observed only in the presence of the other. A Q-value of zero
indicates no association in the sense that the odds of obtaining one category
are the same whether or not the other is present. In Table 2, all Q-values are
positive.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 97

To obtain the o-statistic, it is necessary to calculate the ratio of the odds.
For example, in the A x C table, the odds of obtaining A with C present are
35/9 1 , while the odds of obtaining A with C absent are 33/2 1 8. The ratio of
these odds is

357 91 (3S)(218) ,

AC ' 33/218 " (33)( 91) "

Here, the odds of obtaining A when C is present are 2.54 times greater than
when C is absent a clear indication of positive association. An o-value of
1 indicates independence (i.e., the odds of obtaining A are the same for C
and C), and an o-value less than 1 corresponds to the concept of negative
association. Fleiss (1973) presents further discussion of the Q- and o-
statistics and provides methods for calculating confidence intervals;
Goodman and Kruskal (1954) discuss the Q-statistic as well as other
measures of association.

Either o or Q may be used as a measure of association, but to formally
test for independence the chi-square test (X 2 ) is used. The calculated chi-
square values, using the continuity correlation factor (Fleiss, pp. 19-20),
are given in Table 2 for each two-way table. It is clear that each pair of
categories in Table 2 is positively associated. A x C and C x O show the
highest degrees of association with X 2 tests significant at the .005 level, and
A x O is only somewhat less positive with a X 2 significant at .10.

Such two-way tables, where two categories are summed over the third
category, serve to illustrate common measures of association. However, the
usual order of statistical analysis involves first testing for second order
interaction to determine whether it is reasonable to sum over the third
category. Testing for second order interaction means testing the hypothesis
that the association of two categories is the same in the presence or absence
of the third category. If the hypothesis is not rejected, then it is reasonable to
form two-way tables by summing over the third category. Thus, for the
categories Ax C with O present and absent, the o-values are 1.69 and 2.81,
respectively. While these values differ somewhat, they both indicate
association in the same direction, that is , they are both greater than 1 , and if
they are compared using Plackett's ( 1 962) test for second order interaction,
the resulting X 2 = .742 with 1 degree of freedom. Since this value is not
significant, there is no evidence of second order interaction.

Fluctuations in Flea Populations

As mentioned earlier, high temperatures and low humidities cor-
responded with a low percentage of infested gray-tailed voles during
summer months, thereby increasing the frequency of the combination

98

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A C O. Unless taken into account, fluctuations in ectoparasite populations,
whatever their cause, can lead to spuriously high but nonetheless sta-
tistically significant positive measures of association. To obtain a true
measure of interspecific association, all sample data must be comparable.
To approximate this condition, the data for the months May through
September during which only 87 infested voles were observed have been
excluded from Table 3,_which is otherwise similar to Table 1. In Table 3,
combinations AGO, AGO and AGO again occur more often than
expected, while AGO occurs less often than expected. The number of
uninfested voles remains greater than expected, and the number of voles
bearing only one flea category is less than expected in each case.

Table 3. Numbers of gray-tailed voles infested with different combinations of flea species
excluding months May through September.

Flea Species
Combination

Observed Number
of Voles

Expected Number
of Voles

ACO
ACO
ACO
ACO
ACO
ACO
ACO
ACO

13

29

9

21

34

22

50

112

7.42
25.70
11.63
17.90
40.25
28.04
61.78
97.08

Totals 290 289.80

Again, the Plackett test for second order interaction is not significant,
meaning that two-way tables for each pair of categories can be formed by
summing over the third category. These two-way tables appear in Table 4.
In each case, the odds ratio is greater than 1 (though less than the
corresponding measure in Table 2), indicating that the number of voles
infested with one flea category is higher when another flea category is also
present. The chi-square statistic is significant for A x C and C x O but is not
significant for A x O.

Table 4. Two-way associations excluding May through September.

A x C

Ax O

Cx O

C

C

O

O

O

A 34

31

65 A 22

43

65 C 42

71

113

A 79

146

225 A 63

162

225 C' 43

134

177

113

177

290 85

205

290 85

205

290

o == 2.03
X c 2 = 5.569

o == 1.32

574

X 2 -

A c

o - 1.84
X c 2 = 4.913

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 99

Whether positive or negative, the interspecific relations between
parasitic arthropods may be interpreted in many ways. In the case of the
gray-tailed vole, there is evidence that temperature and humidity are the
chief factors regulating flea populations. Because the several flea species
associated with this vole are abundant only during months of mild, wet
weather, they tend to be found together or not at all. Measures of
interspecific association are liable to change with time, and therefore
attempts to provide such measures must not be limited to one season.
However, exaggerated measures may result if data are collected without
regard to population fluctuations.

Alfred's Negative Correlation Factor

Allred (1971) presented an analysis of mammalian ectoparasite as-
sociations in which he used a measure that he called the "negative
correlation factor," defined as follows:

Negative Correlation Factor =

(Expected Infestation Rate) (Actual Infestation Rate)
Expected Infestation Rate

"where the expected rate equals the sum of the actual rates of infestation of the respective,
individual groups". Any two ectoparasite species A and B may occur in the following
proportions:

Species B

Present Absent

Present P U P J2

Species A

Absent ?2| P^o

Therefore, the negative correlation factor may be redefined as

( P 12 + ]

^TT

Allred multiplied this factor by 100 to generate a range extending from -
to 100. Large values were said to signify a lack of association; however, no
distributional properties were given or referenced. In addition, this statistic
has no intuitive feature, as does the odds ratio, making it difficult to
determine what a particular value of the negative correlation factor means.

A further difficulty posed by use of the negative correlation factor is
illustrated in Table 5 where identical negative correlation factors result
from radically different data sets. Here, the negative correlation factor
dictates that each data set receive the same interpretation. However, in data

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 5. Identical negative correlation factors obtained from different data sets.

B B B B

Data Set X

A 40 160

A 160 640

200 800

200 A 40

Data Set Y

800 A 320 640

1000 360 640

40

960

1000

N.C.F. == 87.5 o = 1 N.C.F. = = 87.5 o ==

Q == Q == 1

set X, 20% of the host animals are infested with species A regardless of the
presence or absence of species B. In other words, each ectoparasite species
is behaving independently, a fact that may be verified by use of the o- and Q-
statistics. On the other hand, in data set Y, species A infests 4% of the host
animals and species B infests 36%. Species B is far more abundant with the
result that B is observed on animals that are not infested with A but A is
never observed on animals that are not also infested with B. This complete
association of A with B is indicated by the extreme values of o and Q.
Because the negative correlation factor fails to discriminate between such
data sets, it is inadequate as a measure of association and should be
discarded in favor of standard statistical measures such as the o- and Q-
statistics.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The junior author sincerely thanks Professor Gerald W. Krantz, Department of
Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis, for his enthusiastic support of this research.
Special appreciation is also extended to Mr. Richard F. Hoyer who collected the voles used in
this study. Dr. Vernon J. Tipton of the Center for Health and Environmental Studies, Brigham
Young University, kindly determined all of the flea species discussed herein.

LITERATURE CITED

Allred, C.M. 1971. Mammalian ectoparasite consortism at the National Reactor Testing

Station. Great Basin Nat. 31:77-82.
Edney, E.B. 1947. Laboratory studies on the bionomics of the rat fleas, Xenopsylla

brasiliensis Baker and X. cheopis Roths. II. Water relations during the cocoon period.

Bull. Ent. Res. 38:263-280.
Fleiss, J.L. 1973. Statistical methods for rates and proportions. John Wiley & Sons, New

York.
Goodman, L.A., and W.H. Kruskal. 1 954. Measures of association for cross classifications.

J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 49:732-764.
Hall, E.R., and K.R. Kelson. 1959. The mammals of North America. Vol. 2. Ronald Press,

New York.
Holland, G.P. 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Canada Dept. Ag. Tech. Bull. No. 70.

306 pp.
Humphries, D.A. 1967. The behaviour of fleas (Siphonaptera) within the cocoon. Proc.

Royal Ent. Soc. London (Ser. A) 42:62-70.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 101

Ingles, L.G. 1965. Mammals of the Pacific States. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford,

California.
Leeson, H.S. 1932. The effect of temperature and humidity upon the survival of certain unfed

rat fleas. Parasit. 24:196-209.
Maser, C., and R.M. Storm. 1970. A key to the Microtinae of the Pacific Northwest

(Oregon, Washington, Idaho). Oregon State Univ. Book Stores, Inc., Corvallis.
Mellanby, K. 1933. The influence of temperature and humidity on the pupation of

Xenopsylla cheopis. Bull. Ent. Res. 24:197-202.
Parker, D.D. 1958. Seasonal occurrence of fleas on antelope ground squirrels in the Great

Salt Lake Desert. J. Econ. Ent. 51:32-36.
Pearson, J.P. 1972. The influence of behavior and water requirements on the distribution and

habitat selection of the gray-tailed vole (Microtus canicaudus) with notes on Microtus

townsendii. Ph.D. thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 56 numbered pp.
Petrie, G.F., and R.E. Todd. 1923. Reports and notes of the Public Health Laboratories,

Cairo. Plague Rpt., Cairo, Egypt. 1 14 pp.
Plackett, R.L. 1962. A note on interactions in contingency tables. J. Roval Stat. Soc., Ser. B

24:162-166.
Robbins, R.G. 1976. A quantitative survey of the fleas associated with the gray-tailed vole,

Microtus canicaudus Miller. Master's thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis. 102

numbered pp.
Sharif, M. 1948. Effects of constant temperature and humidity on the development of the

larvae and pupae of the three Indian species of Xenopsvlla (Insecta, Siphonaptera). Phil.

Trans. Royal Soc. London (Ser. B) 233:581-633.
Uvarov, B.P. 1931. Insects and climate. Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London 79:1-247.

BOOK REVIEW

HOW TO KNOW THE BEETLES. 2nd ed. R.H. Arnett, Jr., N.M. Downie & H.E.
Jaques. 1980. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 416 pp. $9.70.

This revision of Jaques' original ( 1 95 1 ) edition of the same title has been expanded to include
representatives of all North American families of Coleoptera. This very desirable addition
makes this edition more complete and comprehensive than its predecessor. Another desirable
addition is the inclusion of a brief listing of some general references on beetles.

Throughout the text, the authors have done a good job of updating nomenclature changes
which have occurred over the past 30 years. However, it is unfortunate they apparently did not
have families reviewed by family authorities. This could have prevented possible errors such
as those listed under C. scutellaris (pg. 68), an exact word carry-over from the 1 st edition. A
review would have dropped modesta. merely a melanic phase of also mentioned rugifrons, and
also would have dropped nigrior, a melanic form of previously listed unicolor. This then might
have allowed other subspecies as lecontei Hald. to be included in their stead.

In the main, illustrations in this edition are simple enlargements of those in the earlier edition,
but the enlargements apparently were made to fit a pre-determined set space rather than any
consideration being given to scale or relation to actual size of the specimen. One example of the
resulting misconception of size relationships is seen when one compares the illustration of
Ataenius spretulus (Hald.) (Fig. 423) whose 54 mm. illustration depicts a 4-5 mm. insect
while a 45-60 mm. o" specimen of Dynastes tityus (L.) (Fig. 438) is depicted in a 38 mm.

(continued on page 109)

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW DISTRIBUTIONAL RECORD OF DOLANIA

AMERICANA (EPHEMEROPTERA:

BEHNINGIIDAE) 1

Patricia L. Finn, David D. Herlong

ABSTRACT: Nymphs of Dolania americana were collected from Black River, Sampson
County, North Carolina. This collection represents a new state record and a new Northern
range extension for the species. Environmental conditions were found to be similar to
previously published collection localities.

Benthic macroinvertebrate collections from Black River, Sampson
County, North Carolina (Figure 1 ) in August 1974 yielded four nymphal
specimens of the mayfly Dolania americana Edmunds and Traver. This
collection represents a new state record as well as a new Northern range
extension for the species.

Prior reports of this species are for four areas: the Blackwater River in
northwestern Florida (Peters and Jones 1973; Peters and Peters 1977; the
Satilla River in southeast Georgia (Benke et al. 1979); Upper Three Runs
Creek, a tributary of the Savannah River, at the Savannah River Plant near
Aiken, South Carolina, (Edmunds and Traver 1959, also cited were
paratype collections from the Savannah River proper, but S.S. Roback, by
personal communication, states these latter collection sites were incorrect);
and an unidentified locality in southwestern Louisiana (Tsui and Hubbard
1979).

The nymphs were collected using a petite ponar dredge at a depth of 4 m
in the main flow of the river. The substrate was composed of shifting sand as
found at the other sites. The water quality of Black River is similar to the
previous collection localities (Table 1 ), being a "blackwater" river having a
low pH and being high in humic substances that give the water its
characteristic tea-colored appearance. The watershed of Black River above
the collection site (1916.6 km 2 ) is a mixture of farmland and forest areas
(pine-hardwood mixture and gum-cypress swamp). The collection locality
was approximately 1 .6 km upstream of the junction of South River and
Black River. South River is very similar to Black River and the occurrence
of D. americana in South River and other nearby creeks is possible.

Deceived April 5, 1980

2
Carolina Power & Light Company, Harris Energy & Environmental Center, Route 1 , Box

327, New Hill, North Carolina 27562

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 102-104

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980

103

1. Blackwater River, FL

2. Satilla River, GA

3. Upper Three Runs

Creek, SC

4. Black River, NC

Fig. 1. Collection localities of Dolania americana in North Carolina (above) and the
southeast United States (below).

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Some water chemistry parameters from Black River, Upper Three RunsCreek^,
Blackwater River^ and the Satilla River^

Upper Three Blackwater Satilla

Black River Runs Creek River River

P H 5.2-6.6 4.9-6.7 5.0-6.3 4.3-6.7

DO 5.2 6.8-9.0 4.7-11.6

Alk(mg/l CaCos) 1-2 0.2-3.5 2-3 0.0-9.0

Hardness (CaCoa) 12-20 7-20

Conductivity (jumhos/cm) 20-28 28-63

'Morse et al. 1980.
2 Beck 1973.
3 Benkeet al. 1979.

LITERATURE CITED

Beck, W.M., Jr. 1973. Chemical and physical aspects of the Blackwater River in

northwestern Florida. In: W. L. Peters and J. G. Peters: Proc. 1st Int. Conf.

Ephemeroptera. E. J. Brill, Leiden, pp. 231-241.
Benke, A.C., D.M. Gillespie, F.K. Parrish. 1 979. Biological basis for assessing impacts of

channel modification: Invertebrate production, drift, and fish feeding in a southeastern

blackwater river. Report No. ERC 06-79. Environmental Resources Center, Georgia

Institute of Technology. Atlanta, Georgia. 187 pp.
Edmunds, G.F., Jr., and J.R. Traver. 1959. The classification of the Ephemeroptera I.

Ephemeroidea: Behningiidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 52:43-51.
Morse, J.C., J.W. Chapin, D.D. Herlong, and R.S. Harvey. 1980. Aquatic insects of

Upper Three Runs Creek, Savannah River Plant, South Carolina. Part I. Orders other than

Diptera. J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 15(1):73-101.
Peters, W.L. and J.Jones. 1973. Historical and biological aspects of the Blackwater River in

northwestern Florida. In: W.L. & J.G. Peters (eds.): Proc. 1st Int. Conf. Ephemeroptera.

E.J. Brill, Leiden, pp. 242-253.
Peters, W.L. and J.G. Peters. 1977. Adult life and emergence of Dolania americana in

northwestern Florida (Ephemeroptera: Behningiidae). Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol.

62(3):409-438.
Tsui, P.T.P and M.D. Hubbard. 1979. Feeding habits of the predaceous nymphs of

Dolania americana in northwestern Florida (Ephemeroptera: Behningiidae). Hydro-

biologia 67(2): 119-123.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 105

NESTING BIOLOGY OF HOPLITIS BISCUTELLAE

(COCKERELL) (HYMENOPTERA:

MEGACHILIDAE) 1

Richard W. Rust 2

ABSTRACT: The nesting biology of Hoplitis biscutellae (Cockerell) is described and
illustrated. This species uses mud cells of Sceliphron caementarium (Drury) for nesting. Cell
walls and plugs are of Larrea tridentata (Moc. & Ses.) flower parts, leaves and resin. Pollen
provision and analysis shows a single source, Larrea tridentata. The bee overwinters in a
cocoon as a post-defecating larva.

The genus Hoplitis Klug contains 45 species in the Nearctic, north of
Mexico (Eickwort 1970, Michener 1968, Kurd and Michener 1955).
Before 1975, biological information was known for 8 species (reviewed by
Clement and Rust 1975). Since then information is available for 8 more
species://. robusta(Ny\ander) (Clement and Rust 1975), H. hypostomalis
(Michener), H. copelandica (Cockerell), H. abjecta (Cresson) (Parker
1975 3 ), H. hypocrita (Cockerell), H.fulgida (Cresson),//. sambuci Titus
(Clement and Rust 1976), H. enceliae (Cockerell), H. elongata
(Michener) (Parker 1977 3 ).

The purpose of this paper is to report on the nesting biology of Hoplitis
(Dasyosmia) biscutellae (Cockerell). This species presents several
unusual nesting characteristics for any species of Hoplitis, namely the
extensive use of Larrea tridentata (Moc. & Ses.) resin and plant parts in
cell formation and closure. Hurd and Linsley ( 1 975 ) report on the oligoletic
relationship of//, biscutellae to Larrea. Stephen, etal. (1969), Linsley and
MacSwain (1943), Parker and Bohart (1966, 1968) and Erickson, et al.
( 1 976) provide additional accounts on the biology, parasites and predators
of//, biscutellae.

Nest Site: An extensive nesting site of Sceliphron caementarium
(Drury) was found on a slightly over hanging rock face near the northern
Surprise Spring, 2Km east of the Grapevine Ranger Station, Death Valley
National Monument, California (37 OO'N - 1 1 7 20'W, elevation 853M).
The nesting site occupied an area of some 25-30M 2 on the north to

'Received February 8, 1980.

2
Department of Biology. University of Nevada, Reno. NV 89557.

'Parker (1975.1977) reported the biological information under the generic name of
Anthocopa. This is a familiar use of Anthocopa, since Michener (1968) has suggested
Anthocopa be synonymized with Hoplitis. However, no formal synonymy based on a study
of Holarctic fauna has been made, see Hurd ( 1979: 2020).

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 105-109

106

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

northeast exposure of the face. Lower portions of the nest complex had been
washed away by earlier run-off waters. There was no nesting activity when
the site was found in October 1978. Examination of the nest complex
showed reuse of the Sceliphron nests by other insects. However, most
reused nests had heavy signs of predation or parasitism. Three sections of
relatively unattacked nests were removed and returned to the laboratory for
examination and rearing. Hoplitis biscutellae and S. caementarium were
the only Hymenoptera reared from the sections.

Nest and Cell Construction: Twenty cells of Hoplitis biscutellae were
found in one of the nest sections (Figs. 1, 2). The other nest sections
contained only S. caementarium. The 20 cells were located in 8 S.
caementarium cells with a mean number of 3 cells per wasp cell (range 1-
4). The bee cells were basically arranged in an oblique-linear series within
the wasp cells. The wasp cells were not cleaned out nor did they appear to
have been enlarged by H. biscutellae. Several wasp cells contained pieces
of the wasp cocoon. Bee cells were composed of plant parts (petals, sepals
and leaf pieces) mixed with plant resin. Comparison of the plant parts with
herbarium specimens showed that the parts were from Larrea tridentata,
creosote bush. The plant parts-resin mixture formed the rigid walls of the
urn -shaped cells. The inner cell was smooth and polished and the outside
rough and uneven. A mixture with less resin filled the spaces between the
bee cells and the wasp cell wall (Fig. 2). The resulting cell wall varied from
0.5- 1.5mm or even greater in thickness in the filled areas. In several bee

Figs. 1 and 2. Nesting biology of Hoplitis biscutellae Cockerell. Fig. 1-Outer surface of
Sceliphron caementarium (Drury) nest containing Hoplitis biscutellae nests. Fig. 2-Inner
surface of the same nest section showing the resin-plant part of cell walls of one Hoplitis
biscutellae nest.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 107

cells, pieces of the S. caementarium cocoon were worked into the cell wall.
The cell cap was a smooth, concave resin plug about 1mm thick, lacking
plant parts. Seventeen measurable cells were 9.70.14mm (S.E.) long,
5. 8 0.1 2mm greatest diameter, with 5.00.08mm openings (cell caps).
The last cell in a series was capped and this cap formed a simple nest plug.
Stephen, et al. (1969) mentioned the repeated use by H. biscutellae of
S. caementarium cells, as many as eight times.

Provisions: One cell contained an uneated pollen-nectar mass. The
provision filled the bottom 2/3 of the cell and was yellow-orange in color.
The mass was very sticky and tacky when the cell was opened in January
1979. Comparison of the cell pollen with pollen from herbarium specimens
ofLarrea tridentata showed that they were the same. Several samples of
the cell pollen showed 100% Larrea pollen. Examination of pollen grains
from fecal pellets from other bee cells also showed Larrea pollen.

Feces: The feces of H. biscutellae were 0.2-0. 3mm wide and 1.0-
1 .2mm long and slightly curved. They were orange to red-brown and had a
shallow groove along the long axis. Intact pellets were found in the top
portion of the cell. Laterally and in the cell bottom the fecal pellets were
smeared onto the cell wall forming a layer approximately 0.5-1 .Omm thick.
This fecal layer appears to have an inner coating of larval salivary secretion
that produced a relatively hard, uniform layer. When intact fecal pellets and
pieces of the fecal layer were placed in 70% ethanol, the fecal pellets
dissolved without teasing; whereas, the fecal layer retained its shape and
only broke up with teasing.

Cocoon: The cocoon of//, biscutellae was composed of two layers, the
outer being associated with the fecal layer. The inner layer was thin, light
brown to tan matrix with numerous white silk threads visible in it. At its
apex, the cocoon was formed by a dense layer of whitish-orange silken
threads that formed the upper 0.5-0. 8mm of the cocoon. When this layer
was removed, there was a small, slightly raised "nipple" area on the top of
the inner cocoon.

Development: When the nest was opened in January, the bees were
post-defecating larvae . The larvae were given a cold treatment (5 C ) for 90
days and then placed at room temperature (20 C). Eight of the nine larvae
pupated in an average of 22. 1 1 . 1 days after warming began and 20.40.5
days later they emerged. All eight were females. The ninth larva remained
alive (active) and was placed back in cold treatment in December 1979. It
was removed from cold treatment on March 28, 1 980 and pupated on April
17, 1980, the second season.

Nest Associations: Three of the cells contained meloid larvae (reared

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

to Nemognatha sp.), 2 cells contained bombyliid larvae (reared to Anthrax
sp.), 2 cells contained a clerid larve ( ?Trichodes sp.) and 1 cell contained an
unknown larval hymenopterous parasite (IMontodontomerus). Exuviae of
dermestid larvae were found in one of the empty cells associated with active
bee cells.

Linsley and MacSwain (1943) reported the attack of Trichodes ornatus
on H. biscutellae. Parker and Bohart (1966, 1968) found Nemognatha
macswaini Enns, Anthrax irroratus Say, Stelis sp. (Megachilidae), T.
ornatus, Cymatodera sp. (Cleridae) and woodpeckers as parasites and a
predator of H. biscutellae. Erickson, et al. (1976) also reported TV.
macswaini association with the bee.

Discussion: The nesting biology of H. biscutellae has several unusual
features when compared to other species of Hoplitis. Characteristic of//.
biscutellae is the extensive use of Larrea resin in cell construction; no other
North American Hoplitis thus far studied uses resin in cell wall and cell cap
formation. Resin and incorporated materials are the nesting materials of
other megachilid genera, e.g. Chalicodoma, Trachusa, Dianthidium, and
Chelostoma. The presence of a weakly developed "nipple" on the cocoon
top is unusual. Most Hoplitis cocoons have either a well-developed nipple
(H. hypocrita, H.fulgida, H. hypostomalis)orthey lack one (H. sambuci,
H. robusta, H. copelandica, H. abjecta, H. elongata). Parker (1977)
reports that H. enceliae has a "flat or slightly raised area (nipple) distinct
from the surrounding surface". The formation of complete cells inside
existing burrows by H. biscutellae is similar to H. hypostomalis, another
hot desert species, and H. copelandica, a mountain species. Hoplitis
abjecta and H. elongata form complete cells in exposed sites. The
extensive use of Larrea products (pollen, ?nectar, resin, flower parts, etc.)
in nesting may represent the narrowest relationship of any Hoplitis species.
Hoplitis abjecta, H. elongata and H. enceliae appear to be oligoletic on
Penstemon and Encelia, respectively.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank the personnel of the National Park Service, Death Valley National
Monument, especially Peter Sanchez for allowing me to work in the Monument. Dr. Hugh
Mozingo made herbarium specimens of Larrea tridentate available to me for study and
comparison. The assistance of S.L. Clement, L.M. Hanks and journal reviewers in manuscript
preparation is appreciated.

LITERATURE CITED

Clement, S.L., and R.W. Rust. 1975. The biology of Hoplitis robusta (Hymenoptera:

Megachilidae). Entomol. News 86:115-120.
1976. The nesting biology of three species of Hoplitis Klug

(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Pan-Pacific Entomol. 52:110-119.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 109

Eickwort, G.C. 1970. Hoplitis anthocopoides, a European mason been established in New

York State (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Psyche 77:190-201.
Erickson, E.H., W.R. Enns, and F.G. Warner. 1976. Biomomics of the bee-associated

meloid (Coleoptera); bee and plant hosts of some Nearctic meloid beetles A synopsis.

Entomol. Soc. Amer. Ann. 69:959-970.
Hurd, P.O. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea. In: Krombein, K.V., P.O. Hurd, D.R. Smith, and

B.D. Burks. Catalog of Hymenoptera in America North of Mexico. Smithsonian Inst.

Press, Washington, D.C. 2209p.
Hurd, P.D., and E.G. Linsley. 1975. The principal Larrea bees of the south-western United

States (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithsonian Cont. Zool. 193-1-74.
Hurd, P.O., and C.D. Michener. 1955. The Megachiline bees of California (Hymenoptera:

Megachilidae). Bull. Calif. Insect Sur. 3:1-247.
Linsley, E.G., and J.W. MacSwain. 1943. Observations on the life history of Trichodes

ornatus (Coleoptera: Cleridae), a larval predator in the nests of bees and wasps. Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Amer. 36:589-601.
Michener, C.D. 1968. Nests of some African megachilid bees, with description of a new

Hoplitis (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Jour. Entomol. Soc. South Africa 31:337-359.
Parker, F.D. 1975. Nest descriptions and associates of three American bees of the genus

Anthocopa Lepeletier. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 51:113-122.
Parker, F.D., and R.M. Bohart. 1966. Host-parasite associations in some twig-nesting

Hymenoptera from western North America. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 42:91-98.
. 1968. Host-parasite associations in some twig-nesting

Hymenoptera from western North America. Part II. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 44:1-6.
Stephen, W.P., G.E. Bohart, and P.P. Torchio. 1 969. The biology and external morphology

of bees. Agr. Exp. Stat. Oregon State Univ. 140p.

BOOK REVIEW

(continued from page 101)

illustration. Even though size is given in numbers beneath each illustration, use of a more
realistic illustration scale or. at the very least, use of a uniform scale line for all illustrations
would have helped to better visually interpret relative size. This is especially true for
beginners, for whom this book is primarily intended.

The placement of illustrations in relation to their key words, specific names and descriptions is
quite confusing and nowhere nearly as easy to follow as in the earlier edition where the
illustrations were cut into the left hand margins of the descriptive material immediately below
the key words. This is particularly true when the key words and specific name are on the lower
half of a column, followed by a substantial blank space and then the reader must go to the top of
the next column or to the top of the next page to connect the illustration and description to the
key words. If the publisher had not been so rigid in its illustration parameters, much of this
confusion could have been avoided by the use of modified picture sizes and, in addition, a great
deal of waste space could have been conserved.

In general, the authors have done a commendable job with this revised edition. I wish I could
say as much for the publisher whose policies re illustrations and format size (not as convenient
to use as earlier edition) together with those almost inadvertent typos (pg. viii, line 1 3, Beetles;
pg. 1, 1.9. wing;pg. 1, 1. 18. animals or, pg. 3. 1 . 38 weigh/) leave considerable to be desired.
In spite of these deficiencies, the text is a worthwhile addition to the library of all coleopterists.

H.P.B.

110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

OCCURRENCE OF TWO ANTHOPHILOUS

DIPTERA ON GEUMRADIATUM (ROSACEAE)

IN NORTH CAROLINA 1 2

F.E. Brackley 3 , J.F. Burger 4

ABSTRACT: Two species of Diptera, Hylemya (Paregle) aestiva (Anthomyiidae) and
Chrysotus costalis or C. subcostata, are reported visiting flowers of Geum radiatum
(Rosaceae), a precinctive species restricted to mountain "balds" of Tennessee and North
Carolina. Anthophily in Diptera is discussed. The collection locality for H. aestiva is a
significant southern extension of its known distribution.

During a botanical excursion to North Carolina in July, 1979, F.E.
Brackley and John Korpi of the University of New Hampshire, collected a
male of Hylemya (Paregle) aestiva (Meigen) (Anthomyiidae) visiting a
flower of Geum radiatum Michx. (Rosaceae). The collection site, Tater
Bald, is located in Watauga County, near Boone, North Carolina.

Hylemya aestiva is a holarctic anthomyiid fly occurring in North
America from Alaska to Nova Scotia, south to Washington, Colorado and
New Hampshire (Stone et #/., 1965; F.C. Thompson, personal communi-
cation). Hennig (1968) places this species in the genus Nupedia Karl.
There is some sentiment for elevating the subgeneric categories of Hylemya
to generic status, but nomenclature in this paper follows the 1965 North
American Diptera Catalog. The present record from North Carolina
represents a significant range extension for this species.

Hennig (1968), citing several sources, stated that H. aestiva (as
Nupedia aestiva) was known to visit flowers of Ranunculaceae, Com-
positae, Saxifragaceae, Umbelliferae and Caryophyllaceae. He also stated
that H. aestiva oviposits on and develops in cattle droppings. A related
species, Hylemya (Paregle) cinerella (Fallen), is commonly reared from
cattle dung in North America.

Hylemya aestiva has rather unique mouthparts, the proboscis being
elongate, slender, and strongly sclerotized, in contrast to the short, stout,
fleshy proboscis of other Hylemya (Paregle} species. The elongate
proboscis may be an adaptation for probing blossoms and consuming nectar

'Received March 10, 1980

Scientific Contribution Number 1030 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment
Station.

Department of Botany and Plant Pathology. University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH
03824

Department of Entomology, University of New Hampshire. Durham, NH 03824

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 110-112

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 111

or pollen. The proboscis resembles that of some blood-sucking species and
the male observed on Geum radiatum painfully poked the skin of the senior
author when it was collected.

Anthophily has been reported for a related anthomyiid, Hylemya
(Delia) liturata (Meigen, visiting Rorippa islandica (Oeder) Borbas
(Cruciferae)( = R. palustris) rarely and Chrysanthemum leucantheum L.
frequently (Mulligan and Kevan, 1973). Proctor and Yeo (1972) reported
that a common muscid fly, Fannia canicularis (L.) visits flowers.

A female of Chrysotus costalis (Loew) or C. subcostata (Loew)
(Dolichopodidae) also was collected from a flower of Geum radiatum at
the same locality. Identification of this fly is tentative, since only the males
of Chrysotus can be identified with certainty. Some Dolichopodidae appear
to be occasional visitors to flowers and have been found on another
Rosaceous species, Potentilla reptans L. (Proctor and Yeo, 1972).
However, Chrysotus spp. have not been previously identified as antho-
philes. Little is known of the adult food habits of Dolichopodidae except
that some species are predators of other insects.

The host flower for these Diptera, Geum radiatum, is a rare species
precinctive to a few balds in the mountains of North Carolina and
Tennessee (Justice and Bell, 1 968). Diptera were observed on flowers of G.
radiatum at several other sites within its range. Geum radiatum possesses
a showy, scentless, yellow flower with characteristics known to be
attractive to Diptera (Mosquin and Martin, 1967; Faegri and van der Pijl,
1979). It is uncertain whether both Geum radiatum and the flies observed
in this study benefit from their association. Flies may obtain nectar for flight
energy and may consume pollen as a protein source for ovarian develop-
ment. Whether they actually pollinate G. radiatum is unknown. All Geums
are normally outcrossers but are also self compatible (Gajewski, 1957).
Geum radiatum also is able to reproduce vegetatively, due to the
rhizomatous habit. It usually produces abundant seeds with a characteristic
long fringed style well adapted for wind distribution.

The importance of Diptera as pollinators in arctic and sub-arctic
environments has been documented by Kevan (1972) and McAlpine
(1965), and it is likely that species of Dolichopodidae, Anthomyiidae and
other Diptera may be more commonly anthophilic at higher elevations than
previously reported.

The Diptera were identified by JFB and the male of Hylemya aestiva
has been deposited in the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. The
specimen of Chrysotus is in the collection of the Department of Ento-
mology, University of New Hampshire. Voucher specimens of Geum
radiatum from Tater Bald, North Carolina are deposited in the Hodgdon
Herbarium (NHA) at the University of New Hampshire.

112 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We wish to thank F.C. Thompson and G.C. Steyskal, Systematic Entomology Labora-
tory. USDA, for confirming identification of//, aestiva, I.W. Carpenter and Steven Morrow,
Appalachian State University, Boone, N.C. for directions to the collecting site and G.E.
Crow, Department of Botany and Plant Pathology, University of New Hampshire, Durham,
NH for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Faegri, K. and L. van der Fiji. 1979. The principles of pollination ecology, 3rd edition.

Pergamon Press, Oxford, 244 pp.

Gajewski, W. 1957. Evolution in the genus Geum. Evolution 13:378-388.
Hennig, W. 1968. Anthomyiidae (63a), pp. 193-240. In Lindner, E. ed. Die Fliegen der

Palaearktischen Region. E. Schweitzerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart.
Kevan, P.O. 1972. Insect pollinators of high arctic flowers. J. Ecol. 60:831-847.
Justice, W.S. and G.R. Bell. 1968. Wild flowers of North Carolina. Univ. North Carolina

Press, Chapel Hill, 217 pp.
McAlpine, J.F. 1965. Observations on anthophilous Diptera at Lake Hazen, Ellesmere

Island. Can. Field-Nat. 79:247-252.
Mosquin, T. and J.E.H. Martin. 1967. Observations on the pollination biology of pi ants on

Melville Island, N.W.T., Canada. Can. Field-Nat. 81:201-205.
Mulligan, G.G. and P.G. Kevan. 1973. Color, brightness and other floral characteristics

attracting insects to the blossoms of some Canadian weeds. Can. J. Bot. 51:1939-1952.
Proctor, M. and P. Yeo. 1972. The pollination of flowers. Taplinger Publishing Co., New

York, 418 pp.
Stone, A. et al. 1965. A catalog of Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S.D.A., A.R.S.,

Agr. Handbook No. 276, 1696 pp.

NOTICE

A joint meeting of the IV Congreso Latinoamericano de Entomologia, VI Congreso
Venezolano de Entomologia, II Congreso de la Sociedad Panamericana de Acridiologia and
the I Simposio de Lepidopterologia Neotropical will convene in Maracay, State of Aragua,
Venezuela, from July 5-10, 1981.

An extensive scientific program is being planned which will include several paper sessions
alternated with symposia and conferences. In addition to these activities, there will be
educational, artistic and commercial exhibits related to insects.

The Organizing Committee invites all persons interested in entomology to participate in
and contribute to this scientific event.

Further information may be obtained from Secretario General, IV Congreso Latino-
americano de Entomologia, Institute de Zoologia Agricola, Apartado 4579, Maracay 2101-
A, Estado Aragua, Venezuela

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 113

OBSERVATIONS ON MALE BEHAVIOR OF THE

EASTERN YELLOWJACKET, VESPULA
MACULIFRONS (HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE) 1

David C. Post 2

ABSTRACT: Males of Vespula maculifrons patrolled conspicuous trees and bushes in an old
field in southern Wisconsin. Mating behavior is described from observations of portions of five
natural copulations and two copulations with a tethered queen.

Large numbers of male Vespinae flying rapidly around and between
prominent vegetation (patrolling) have been previously reported for six
species of Vespula and two species ofDolichovespula (MacDonald, et. al.,
1974 and cited references). These are apparently mating aggregations,
since the males occasionally contact and mate with females (Spradbery,
1 973; MacDonald, et. al., 1 974). Within the genus Vespula male patrolling
appears to vary little among species. The aggregation and mating behavior
reported here for the first time for V. maculifrons appear to conform to the
pattern described in both V. germanica and V. pensylvanica (see
MacDonald, et. al., 1974).

Observations were made from 22 September to 4 October 1 978, in the
University of Wisconsin Arboretum, Madison, Wisconsin. The site was an
old field, 60m by 1 80m, containing open grassy areas with honeysuckle
(Lonicera xylosteum), grey dogwood (Cornus racemosa), smooth sumac
(Rhus glabra), black cherry (Prunus serotina), bur oak (Quercus macro-
carpa), black oak (Q. velutina), and buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica).

Male Patrolling Behavior

Male activity was first noticed on 22 September; no activity was evident
when the same area was visited on 8 and 16 September. Males were
observed daily from 28 September to 4 October. On clear days activity
began between 0900-0930 hrs and lasted to 1400-1500 hrs. On cloudy
days activity occurred only during periods of sunshine.

Males flew around and between conspicuous trees and bushes. Around
smaller trees and bushes (less than 3m tall) the males hesitated briefly,
circling the plant before quickly flying on to the next tree. Around taller
trees (3- 10m) males flew in zigzags in all directions; most of the flight
activity occurred around the upper half of the tree. More males were seen

Received April 18, 1980.

Department of Entomology, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 113-116

114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

flying around taller trees than shorter trees. Around any one tree the number
of males varied from one to approximately 50. An estimated 2000 males
were present in the area. An adjacent pine stand also contained patrolling
males, although not in as large numbers as in the field. No other Vespula
species were observed patrolling these areas.

During their patrols males occasionally perched briefly on a leaf, and in
some cases walked around and/or groomed before flying off. Males were
not consistent in whether they faced toward or away from the tree while
perched on a leaf. Perched males remained on a leaf longer from 1 000- 1 200
hrs ("= 37.75s; S.D. = 24.37; n = 24) than from 1200-1500 hrs (x =
16.65s; S.D. = 17.86; n = 20) (t = 3.14; 0.002 < P < 0.005). Grooming
occurred more frequently during afternoon hours (50% of the landings)
than the morning hours (37.5% of the landings). When two males perched
on the same leaf, they showed no visible response toward each other.
Perched males (n = 75) never mouthed or rubbed their gaster on the leaf,
suggesting no application of a pheromone.

Bumblebees, syrphid flies, conspecific males and other flying insects
elicited no response from the patrolling males.

In an attempt to determine if males patrol a specific area or route (home
range), twenty males were individually marked with paint (Tester's PLA)
on the thorax and gaster. After marking, the males returned to the tree from
which they were caught, apparently unaffected by the marking. Yet, only
two males were seen again on the same tree; one the day after and the other
two days after marking. The marked males were not seen during brief
observations in other areas of the field. However, the marked males may
have escaped my detection, due to the large number of males patrolling the
tops of the trees. These observations suggest that males do not confine their
patrolling to one small area (i.e., two or three trees), but either patrol the
vegetation randomly or patrol large home ranges within the field.

Mating Behavior

Portions of five natural copulations and two complete copulations with a
tethered queen (gyne) were seen. The queen was tethered by tying one end
of a thread (one meter in length) around her abdominal petiole and the other
end to a bamboo pole. There were no obvious differences in the sequence or
duration of the matings in the two situations. All observed copulations
(natural and tethered) took place between 1025 hr and 1325 hr.

The full sequence of male approach through copulation was observed
only with the tethered queen. The tethered queen was approached while
perched on a leaf, not while in flight. The male flew in a zigzag fashion,
downwind from the queen, for less than 30s, gradually flying closer and
finally landing on the leaf next to the queen. He then antennated the queen

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 115

and climbed, with his claspers extended, onto her gaster from behind. The
male then climbed onto her thorax and coupled with her. Approximately
20s after coupling was established the male flipped backwards venter up
and fanned his wings. If the queen clung to the underside of the leaf, the male
hung in mid-air, or if the queen sat on top of the leaf, the male laid back on
the leaf. The male then groomed his forelegs with his mouthparts, while
occasionally the queen groomed her forelegs and mouthparts. Grooming
lasted 4 min. and 7.58 min. in the two tethered situations. The complete
phase of male fanning was not seen in two natural pairings, but the portions
seen lasted 58s and 4.42 min. In all copulations the queen then turned
ventrally and bit the male's tergites while the male continued to fan his
wings. This phase lasted 2 min. and 1 .35 min. in tethered pairs and 2.2 min.
and 13.45 min. in natural pairs. The male then released the queen and
immediately flew away. Under natural conditions the queen flew out of the
area 24s later and in another situation, after being pounced on by another
male, 35s later.

During the copulations other males (10-15) flew within one meter of the
pairs, but did not approach or respond to them in any way.

Discussion

V. maculifrons patrolling behavior is similar to male behavior of D.
sylvestris (Sandeman, 1938), D. nonvegica (Wynne-Edwards, 1962), V.
austriaca (Pack-Beresford, 1901), V. rufa (Spradbery, 1973), V. vulgaris
(Schremmer, 1962), V. germanica (Thomas, 1960; Schremmer, 1962), V.
atropilosa and V. pensylvanica (MacDonald, et. al., 1974). In all cases
males patrol among conspicuous objects, with no evidence of a male
marking pheromone.

In all vespine species, except V. atropilosa, in which it has been
observed, male behavior during copulation appears to be similar. V.
atropilosa males, under caged conditions, frequently initiated mating in
mid- air and remained coupled with the queen for shorter durations of time
than the other above species, apparently because of continual harassment
from other males (MacDonald, et. al., 1974).

It is thought that the biting behavior of the queen may stimulate the male
to release her (Richards, 1937). In V. maculifrons this behavior also gives
the impression that the queen is trying to escape. This difficulty in
uncoupling may function to protect against usurpations by other males.
However, since other males apparently do not attempt to usurp copulating
males (except for males of V. atropilosa}, it may be considered a form of
post-copulatory guarding (see Parker, 1970, 1974). Queens are known to
mate more than once in cages (MacDonald, et. al., 1974) and while

1 1 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tethered (see above) and occasionally another male may attempt to grasp
the queen immediately following copulation (see above). A second mating
may result in sperm competition and eventual precedence of the second
male's sperm over the first male's, suggesting a possible advantage for male
guarding (Parker, 1970, 1974). The male, by retaining his hold on the
female for a relatively long duration (1.35 to 13.45 min.) facilitates
remaining with the queen until she is likely to fly out of the field, away from
possible mates.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Robert L. Jeanne, Robert W. Matthews, and Ronald L. Rutowski for suggestions
on improving the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

MacDonald, J.F., R.D. Akre, and W.B. Hill. 1974. Comparative biology and behavior of

Vespula atropilosa and V. pensylvanica (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Melanderia 1 8: 1-66.
Pack-Beresford, D.R. 1901. Males of Vespula austriaca. Irish Nat. 10:195.
Parker, G.A. 1 970. Sperm competition and its evolutionary consequences in the insects . Biol.

Rev. 45:525-567.
Parker, G.A. 1974. Courtship persistence and female-guarding as male time investment

strategies. Behaviour 48:157-184.
Richards, O.W. 1937. The mating habits of species of Vespa (Hymenoptera). Proc. R. Ent.

Soc. London (A) 12:27-29.
Sandeman, R.G. 1938. The swarming of the males of Vespula sylvestris (Scop.) around a

queen. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (A) 13:87-88.
Schremmer, F. 1962. Wespen und Hornissen; die einheimischen sozialen Faltenwespen. A.

Ziemsen, Wittenberg. 104 pp.
Spradbery, J.P. 1973. Wasps: An Account of the Biology and Natural History of Social and

Solitary Wasps. Univ. Washington Press, Seattle. 408 pp.
Thomas, C.R. 1960. The European wasp (Vespula germanica) in New Zealand. Inf. Ser.

Dept. Sci. Ind. Res. New Zealand 17:1-74.
Wynne-Edwards, V.C. 1 962. Animal Dispersion in Relation to Social Behaviour. Oliver and

Boyd, London. 653 pp.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 117

NEW RECORDS OF NEARCTIC SIALIS

(MEGALOPTERA: SIALIDAE), WITH EMPHASIS

ON MISSISSIPPI FAUNA 1

Bill P. Stark 2 , Paul K. Lago 3

ABSTRACT: New distributional data are presented for 1 1 Nearctic Sialis species. Six of
these, including four from Mississippi, represent new state records. Male genitalia of five and
female genitalia of three Mississippi species are illustrated.

A recent study by Tarter et al. ( 1 978) included the first published reports
of Sialis (S. vagans Ross) in Mississippi. In this paper we report the
occurrence of four additional species [S. americana (Rambur), S. glabella
Ross, S. iola Ross and S. mohri Ross] in the state; male genitalia for each
species and female terminalia for S. americana, S. moHriandS. vagans are
illustrated to aid in species recognition. Unreported records of six
additional species are listed from six other states. Two of these, S. infumata
Newman (Oklahoma) and S. velata Ross (Idaho), represent new state
records.

The following abbreviations indicate collections in which specimens
studied are deposited: BM-Bryant Mather Collection, Clinton, MS.; BPS-
Bill P. Stark Collection; UM-University of Mississippi; UU-University of
Utah.

MISSISSIPPI RECORDS

Sialis americana (Rambur) (Figs. 1, 2, 12)

Males are distinguished by an elongate bifid genital plate which is apically truncate in
lateral view. The terminal plate is emarginate caudally and appears to show some variation
from illustrations in Ross (1937). The female eighth sternum is rectangular and bears a mesal
depression.

Material examined. Adams Co., Natchez. 22-V-1978, P. Lago, 19(UM). Hinds Co.,
Clinton, 20-V-1977, B. Stark, 19(BPS). Lafavette Co., Oxford, 19-V-1977. S. Hurdle,
lcf(UM); 2-VI-1977, S. Hurdle, lcf(UM); 30-V-1978, P. Lago, 5cf 1 19(UM); 5-VII-1978,
D. Stanford, 19(UM).

Comments. Widely distributed but known from few specimens. Tarter et al. (1978)
reported americana in adjacent Louisiana.

Deceived May 24, 1980.

Biology Department, Mississippi College, Clinton, MS 39058.
"Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 117-121

1 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Sialis glabella Ross (Figs. 3, 4)

Males are most similar to americana but are readily distinguished by lateral and dorsal
aspect of the genital plate. The apex of the glabella genital plate is rounded rather than truncate
in lateral view and the arms of the genital plate are broader distally in dorsal view than in
americana. No females were available for study.

Material examined. Adams Co., Natchez, 13-V-1977, A. Zuccaro, lcf(UM).

Comments. Previously known only from Illinois (Ross, 1937).

Sialis iola Ross (Figs. 5, 6)

Males are distinguished by the relatively smaller genital plate which bears a few fine setae
and which is apically hooked in lateral aspect. Dorsally the genital plate has sinuate lateral
margins and the bifid tips are acute apically. The single female examined has mesal notches on
the posterior margins of sterna 7 and 8.

Material examined. Marshall Co., 28-IV-1978, D. Standord. lcf(UM). Tishomingo
Co., 12-V-1973, 4 mi E luka, C. Bryson, 19(BM).

Comments. - - Previously known from Atlantic Coastal states from Maine to South
Carolina along with Ohio and New Hampshire (Tarter et al., 1978).

Sialis mohri Ross (Figs. 9, 10)

Males are distinguished by long curved arms of the terminal plate and long narrow lobes of
the genital plate; the terminal plate arms have an apical spine and sparse dorsal setae. The
female eighth sternum bears 2 lateral sclerites and a small mesal sclerite.

Material examined. Hinds Co., Jackson, 28-111-1980, T. Dent, lcf(BPS); 6 mi. w.
Raymond, 8-IV-1980, B. Stark, lcfl9(BPS). Lafavette Co., Puskus Lake, 31-111-1977, P.
Lago, M.McEwen and E. Zuccaro, 16cfl39(UM); 23-IV-1979, R.Goodwin, 19(UM);T75-
R2W-Sec. 34, 17-IV-1980, P. Lago and M. Mann, 10tf69(UM).

Comments. Widely distributed and common in eastern North America and previously
reported in adjacent Arkansas and Tennessee (Tarter et al., 1978).

Sialis vagans Ross (Figs. 7, 8, 11)

Males are distinguished by the ventral extension of sternum 9 over the genitalia. The
genital plate is broad basally and acute apically in lateral aspect; dorsally the plate is notched
apically and lateral margins are sinuate. The female eighth sternum is almost divided by a
constriction in the mesal depression.

Material examined. Amite Co., East Fk. Amite Riv., 29-III-1 978, B. Stark, 1 9(BPS); 7
mi E Smithdale, 17-111-1977, B. Stark, 3c?19(BPS). Green Co., 3.5 mi. S. McLain, 7-IV-
1979, P. Lago, 19(UM). Lafavette Co., Oxford, 7-IV-1977, S. Hurdle, D. Stanford and A.
Zuccaro, 9cfll9(UM); 1 3-IV-'l 978, M. Mann, lcf!09(UM); 1 7-IV-l 978. D. Stanford, Icf,
blacklight trap (UM);3-IV- 1979, D.Stanford, Itf(UM); 26-IV-1979,D. Massey, 2cf(UM);
9 mi. NE Oxford, 19-IV-1979, D. Massey, 29(UM). Lincoln Co., 1 mi. N Summit, 25-111-
1977, B. Stark, 10cf59(BPS); 29-IIM978, B. Stark, 8cfll9(BPS); 7-IV-1979, B. Stark,
lcf(BPS). Rankin Co., Pearl, 17-IV-1971, B. Mather, 19(BM). Stone Co., 13 mi. SE
Wiggins, 6-IV-1979, P. Lago, 2cf49(UM).

Comments. Amite and Lincoln county records given here for vagans were previously
reported by Tarter et al. (1978).

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980

119

Fig. 1. Sialis americana.3 terminalia, lateral. Fig. 2. S. americana.d terminal and genital
plates, ventral. Fig. 3. S. glabella, cf terminalia. lateral. Fig. 4. S. glabella, of terminal and
genital plates. Ventral. Fig. 5. S. tola, cf terminalia, lateral. Fig. 6. S. iola, cT terminal and
genital plates, ventral.

120

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 7. S. vagans, cf terminalia, lateral. Fig. 8. S. vagans, cf terminal and genital plates,
ventral. Fig. 9. S. mohri, cf terminalia, lateral. Fig. 10. S. mohri, 9 terminalia, ventral. Fig.
11. 5. vagans, 9 terminalia, ventral. Fig. 12. S. americana, 9 terminalia, ventral.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 121

ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF NEARCTIC SIALIS
Sialis californica Banks

Material examined. Oregon: Douglas Co.. MuirCrk., Hwy 230, 10- VIM 979, B. Stark
& K. Stewart, 1 cf(BPS). Washington: Pierce Co., Chamber's Lake, Ft. Lewis, 25-V-l 970, B.
Stark, 109(BPS).

Sialis hamata Ross

Material examined. -- Wyoming: Grand Teton Natl. Pk., Gros Ventre Riv., 7 mi N
Jackson, 28-VI-1964, S. Jensen & J. Richardson, lcf(UU).

Sialis hasta Ross

Material examined. Missouri: Greene Co., Pearson Crk., Springfield, 21 -IV- 1979, B.
Stark, K. Stewart & S. Szczytko, lcf!9(BPS).

Sialis infumata Newman

Material examined. Oklahoma: Pittsburg Co., Brushy Crk., Haileyville, 8-IV-1971,
lcf(BPS).

Sialis occidens Banks

Material examined. California: Plumas Co., Gold Lake outfall, 5-V1I-1 979, B. Stark &
K. Stewart, ltf49(BPS).

Sialis velata Ross

Material examined. Idaho: Bannock Co., Portneuf Riv., 9 mi N Lava Hot Springs, 20-
VI-1964, S. Jensen & J. Richardson, lcC(UU).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to Dr. K. W. Stewart, North Texas State University, and Dr. R. W.
Baumann, Brigham Young University, for helpful comments made during their review of this
manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Ross, H.H. 1937. Studies of Nearctic aquatic insects. I. Nearctic alderflies of the genus Sialis

(Megaloptera, Sialidae). Bull. 111. Natur. Hist. Surv. 21:57-78.
Tarter, D.C., W.W. Watkins, D.L. Ashley and J.T. Goodwin. 1 978. New state records and

seasonal emergence patterns of alderflies east of the Rocky Mountains (Megaloptera:

Sialidae). Entomol. News 89: 231-234.

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A RAPID, STEAM BATH METHOD
FOR RELAXING DRY INSECTS' 2

John S. Weaver III, Tina R. White 3

ABSTRACT: The steam-saturated environment of a modified steam bath apparatus provides
a safe, reliable method for relaxing dry, fragile insect specimens in 10-15 minutes.

A taxonomist's examinations of specimens at distant museums or even
at home often may be limited by time. Using conventional methods, many
hours may pass before dried specimens are sufficiently relaxed.

Four methods for relaxing dried insects were recommended by Borror,
DeLong and Triplehorn (1976). The first utilizes a sealed, moist dis-
infected chamber in which specimens must be retained for 24-48 hours.
This method is reliable, but too time-consuming. The second method entails
submerging specimens in boiling water for a few minutes. Although this is a
rapid method, it may cause damage to delicate insects, and is only
recommended for beetles and other hard-bodied specimens. In the third
method, entire specimens may be relaxed by dipping them in Barber's fluid
(a mixture of alcohol, water, ethyl acetate and benzene ) for several minutes .
Antennae and other delicate structures may be lost in the fluid, and
matching specimens to parts is sometimes impossible. A fourth method of
relaxing is to inject water into the specimen with a hypodermic needle. This
method is particularly useful for Lepidoptera, but is not recommended for
small insects.

Gloyd (1980) discussed three additional relaxing methods. The first
involves applying household ammonia to the specific body surfaces of
dragonflies. This method is effective, but may cause fading of body colors.
A second method similarly utilizes "OT" solution (sodium dioctyl sulfo-
succinate), a surface active agent which is used in conjunction with
insecticides, and is available commercially. This chemical may cause a
cloudy film on specimens. A third method is utilized for soft-bodied insects
which have been stored in alcohol, and over time the alcohol has
evaporated. These insects may be restored by soaking them in a salt
solution for 24-48 hours.

1 Received April 26, 1980.

Published by permission of Director, South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station,
Technical Contribution No. 1784.

Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, Clemson University, Clemson, South
Carolina 29631.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 122-124

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 123

The aforementioned methods, although effective, may be damaging to
delicate insects and are often messy. To provide a more convenient
alternative to these, we have devised a fast and gentle method for relaxing
brittle arthropods. This method simply involves placing the specimen in a
steam bath apparatus for 10-15 minutes . We recommend a device similar to
that shown in Figure 1 . Any pot with a lid will suffice to produce steam, but
we prefer a one liter Pyrex beaker with a watchglass for a lid. A wire screen
or sieve can be utilized to provide a solid platform on which to place the
specimens. The screen should be located a few cm above the water surface
and about ten cm below the lid. This arrangement provides adequate
clearance to place a large cork with several pinned insects attached to it on
the screen platform. The watch glass should be placed upside down to allow
condensing water droplets to slide down the inside of the beaker instead of
dropping onto the specimens.

Water should be approximately five cm deep in the beaker. It is
important to check the water level periodically. If there is not sufficient
steam the intense heat may dry the specimen further, and even may cause it
to disintegrate. The heating plate should be set just high enough to boil the
water. Unmounted specimens may be placed in small Syracuse watch
glasses to avoid unnecessary handling. Condensation of water in the steam
bath may cause saturated wings or antennae to stick to wet surfaces. This
can be avoided by placing a small piece of absorbent tissue paper between
the watch glass and the insect.

Special attention should be given to insects mounted on points. This
procedure could cause water-soluble adhesives to dissolve, allowing
specimens to fall off points. To prevent mixing of specimens and labels, and
to protect the specimens should they become detached, it is recommended
that pinned specimens be placed at least 3 cm apart, with a ball of cotton
pinned directly underneath each specimen.

Specimens of Coleoptera, Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Orthoptera,
Trichoptera, Odonata and Megaloptera have been successfully relaxed
within 10-15 minutes of having been placed in the steam bath. Genitaliaof
large stag beetle were easily extracted, and wings and appendages of other
specimens were pliable following 10-15 minutes of exposure to the dense
steam. Larger, heavily sclerotized specimens occasionally may require a
slightly longer exposure to the steam.

Many different combinations of laboratory or kitchen implements may
be modified to create a suitable steam bath. This method was first
performed by placing a few caddisflies in a one-egg poacher. A six-egg
poacher might prove to be useful to relax a number of different lots of
specimens.

124

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Borror, D.J., D.M. DeLong and C.A. Triplehorn. 1976. An introduction to the study of
insects. Fourth edition. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. New York. 852 p.

Gloyd, L.K. 1980. Notes on preparation and mailing of study specimens and discovery of
available reprints. Selysia 9(1 ):3.

Fig. 1. A modified steam bath for relaxing dry insects.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 125

NEW SPECIES OF POLANA (HOMOPTERA:

CICADELLIDAE) FROM BOLIVIA, PERU,

PANAMA, AND FLORIDA 1

T

Dwight M. DeLong

ABSTRACT: Six new species ofPolana are described. Two species, P. caputa n.sp. (Bolivia)
and P. carla n.sp. (Peru) placed in the subgenus Poland, and four species, P. robusta n.sp.
(Florida), P. tortoran.sp. (Bolivia),/*, acutica n.sp. (Panama) and P. cochlean.sp. (Panama),
placed in the subgenus Nililana.

The genus Poland was described by DeLong (1942). A synopsis of
Poland treating 87 species by DeLong and Freytag was published ( 1 972).
Species have since been described by DeLong ( 1976). ( 1979). DeLong and
Wolda (1978) and DeLong and Triplehorn (1979). Six species are
described at this time. All types are in the DeLong collection.

Only one species, P. quadrinotata (Spangberg) has previously been
recorded for the United States, occurring in the southwestern portion, near
Mexico. The species described at this time from Florida, P. robusta, is not
closely related to P. quadrinotata. It is related to P. spindella DeLong and
Freytag and P. gelara DeLong and Freytag which occur in Mexico and
Columbia.

Polana caputa n.sp.

(Figs. 1-5)

Length of male 8 mm., female unknown. Crown more than half as long at middle as basal
width between eyes. Margin of crown and just above margin with deep concentric grooves and
striae. Color, crown brown, light brown along basal margin. Pronotum pale brown with large
dark brown broken spots along anterior margin and behind eyes. A small brown circular spot
just anterior to large yellow spots, in a yellowish blotch. Scutellum pale yellow with dark
brown basal angles and a pale brown area between them. Forewings subhyaline with
conspicuous yellow veins and irregular brown spots on clavus, corium and costa.

Male genital plates four times as long as wide at middle, apices rounded. Style slender,
abruptly enlarged subapically, then forming a short slender apex. Aedeagal shaft slender,
encased by a cylindrical portion on basal half and bearing an apical elongate structure
resembling a bird's head with pointed dorsal "beak". Pygofer narrowed and truncate apically.

Holotype male, Bolivia, Department of Santa Cruz, 2 km. S. Montero, Muyurina.

P. caputa is placed in the subgenus Polanana and is different from
described species, probably closest to P. truncata.

'Received April 4, 1980.
Department of Entomology. Ohio State University

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 125-129

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Poland carlo n.sp.

(Figs. 6-10)

Length of male 8 mm., female unknown. Crown more than twice as wide at base, between
eyes as median length. Color, crown pale brown with black coloration around antennae, a
round black spot at base, each side, behind ocelli. Pronotum mostly dark brown, a yellowish
basal marginal area with black spots behind eyes, and lateral margins, narrowly yellow.
Scutellum yellow with dark brown basal angles, and pale brown median longitudinal area with
black markings at center. Forewings white, subhyaline, with basal half of clavus. corium area
extending to costa, and apical area, pale brown to black.

Male genital plates almost twice as long as width at middle, apices rounded. Style slightly
widened by convex bulge on ventral margin near base of shaft, apex bluntly pointed. Aedeagal
shaft bearing a non-scleritized portion at apex, also bearing a pair of subapical processes which
arise near apex, are almost half as long as shaft, and extend caudolaterally. Py go fern arrowed
and bluntly pointed apically.

Holotype male Sinchona, Peru, August 1934. J.G. Sanders coll.

P. carla is placed in the subgenus Polana and is related to P. falsa.

Polana robusta n.sp.

(Figs. 11-15)

Length of male 8 mm., female 8.5 mm. Crown short, parallel margined, three times as wide
at base, between eyes, as median length. Broadly rounded to front. Ocelli widely separated and
near anterior margin. Color, crown pale brown, ocelli red. Pronotum pale brown, two large
black spots, the larger spots next margin, behind each eye, one third distance to base.
Scutellum pale brown. Forewings pale brown, veins dark brown. Two dark brown cross veins
on corium and two dark brown terminal spots on first and second claval veins at commissure.

Female seventh sternum with posterior margin concavely rounded, each side, between
broadly rounded lateral angles and a median produced lobe. The lobe is one-third width of
segment, slightly notched at middle, and is produced to the length of the lateral angles.

Male genital plates two and one-half times as long as width at middle, apices rounded.
Style with a conspicuous, ventral pointed tubercle, at half its length, apex bluntly pointed.
Aedeagal shaft curved, narrow, bearing a pair of apical processes extending basad, one-third
distance to base. A pair of processes arise at base and curve ventrally, then apically and
dorsally, extending three-fourths length of shaft. Py gofer bearing a dorsal, hooked process
which extends apically and vertically on each side.

Holotype male, Edgewater, Florida, April 8, 1938, D.M. DeLong coll. Paratype female,
same data.

P. robusta is related to P. gelara and P. spinella. They can be separated
externally by the shorter head to P. robusta and the darker coloration of the
forewings. The genitalia can be used for their separation as illustrated.

Polana tortora n.sp.

(Figs. 16-20)

Length of male 7.5 mm., female unknown. Crown one-third as long at middle as basal
width between eyes. Ocelli nearer to eyes than median line, and nearer to anterior than to
posterior margin of crown. Color, crown pale brown. Pronotum pale brown with darker brown
blotches along anterior margin, behind eyes, and disc darker brown. Scutellum dark brown,
apex paler brown. Forewings brownish gray, veins brown, brown spots at end of first and

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980

127

second claval veins along commissure, and on cross veins of corium.

Male genital plates three and one-half times as long as width at middle, apices narrow,
rounded. Style straight, with curved hook at apex causing the apical tip to extend basad.

Plate I, Figs. 1-5 Polana caputa n.sp. 1. aedeagus ventrally. 2. aedeagus laterally. 3. style
laterally, 4. plate ventrally, 5. pygofer, apical portion, laterally. Figs. 6-10 P. carla n.sp. 6.
aedeagus laterally, 7. aedeagus ventrally, 8. plate ventrally, 9. pygofer, apical portion,
laterally, 10. style laterally. Figs. 1 1-15 P. robuslan.sp. 1 1. aedeagus ventrally, 12. aedeagus
laterally, 13. plate ventrally. 14. style laterally, 15. pygofer, apical portion, laterally.

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Aedeagal shaft curved and gradually tapered to apex which is only slightly scleritized and
appears divided. Pygofer dorsal hook with one tooth.

Holotype male, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, June 1, 1967, Peredo coll.

P. tortora is placed in the subgenus Nihilana and is related to P. bena.

Polana scutica n.sp.

(Figs. 21-25)

Length of male 7 mm., female unknown. Crown short, almost parallel margined, more than
three times as wide at base, between eyes, as medial length. Ocelli nearer to eyes than to
median line and closer to anterior than to posterior margin of crown. Color, crown brown, disc
darker brown. Scutellum pale brown, basal angles darker brown. Forewings subhyaline, veins
darker brown. Brown spots at apices of claval veins at commissure and on cross veins of
corium. Apical portion of forewings pale brown.

Male genital plates three times as long as width at middle, apices narrow, rounded. Style
bent dorsally and narrowed at two-thirds its length, apex narrow, blunt. Aedeagal shaft
narrow, curved 180 , apical half narrowed, apex divided, forming two pointed apical tips.
Pygofer with a dorsal hooked process bearing one tooth.

Holotype male, Panama, Las Cumbres, June 8. 1973, Henk Wolda coll.

P. scutica is placed in the subgenus Nihilana and is related to P.fina.

Polana cochlea n.sp.
(Figs. 26-30)

Length of male 7.5 mm., female unknown. Crown short, scarcely produced, less than half
as long at middle as basal width between eyes. Ocelli nearer to eyes than to median line. Color,
pale brown, a pair of small round black spots on basal margin behind ocelli. Pronotum pale
brown, a round black spot behind each eye, at one-third length of pronotum, and a row of small
black spots extending between them, parallel with anterior margin. Scutellum pale brown.
Forewings brownish gray, veins brown. Dark brown coloration on commissure at tips of claval
veins, cross veins of corium and apical cell cross veins.

Male genital plates more than three times as long as width at middle, apices narrowed,
rounded. Styles widened at middle, by an enlargement on ventral margin, apical half tapered to
a narrow, bluntly pointed apex. Aedeagal shaft roundly broadened at apex, bearing a pair of
separated apical spines which extend caudally . Pygofer bearing a dorsal hooked spine on inner
margin of pygofer dorsal wall.

Holotype male, Panama, Las Cumbres, June 8, 1973, Henk Wolda coll.

P.. cochlea is placed in the subgenus Nihilana and is related to P. rixa.

LITERATURE CITED

DeLong, D.M., 1942. A monographic Study of the North American Species of the Subfamily
Gyponinae (Homoptera:Cicadellidae) exclusive of Zerophloea. Ohio State University,
Graduate School Studies, Contrib. Zool., Entomol. No. 5. Biol. Series XIV 187; 35 pis.

1976. Polana concinna (Stal) and a closely related species of Gyponinae

(Homoptera:Cicadellidae). Revista Peruana de Entomologia 19(1): 27-28.

1979. Two new subgenera and three new species of Polana (Homop-

tera:Cicadellidae) from Peru and Columbia. Ent. News. 90(4): 187-190.

1979. Studies of the Gyponinae with Six New Species of Polana

(Homoptera:Cicadellidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81(2): 298-303.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980

129

and P.H. Freytag, 1972. Studies of the World Gyponinae (Homop-

tera:Cicadellidae) The Genus Polana Arq. Zool. S. Paulo. 22(5): 239-324.

and B.W. Triplehorn, 1979. New species of Gyponinae (Homop-

tera:Cicadellidae) from Peru. Brenesia 16: 175-188.

and H. Wolda, 1978. New species of Polana and Curtara (Gyponinae

Homoptera:Cicadellidae) from Panama. Ent. News. 89:nos. 9 & 10, 227-230.

(IP

Plate II, Figs. \6-2QPolanatortoran.sp. 16. aedeagus ventrally, 17. aedeagus laterally, 18.
plate ventrally, 19. style laterally, 20. pygofer laterally. Figs. 21-25 P. scutica n.sp. 21.
aedeagus ventrally, 22. pygofer laterally, 23. plate ventrally, 24. aedeagus laterally. 25. style
laterally. Figs. 26-30 P. cochlea n.sp. 26. aedeagus ventrally, 27. aedeagus laterally. 28. style
laterally, 29. plate ventrally, 30. pygofer laterally.

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

STARVATION LONGEVITY OF LOXOSCELES
LAETA (NICOLET) (ARANEAE) 1

D.C. Lowrie 2

ABSTRACT: Data are reported on the longevity of Loxosceles laeta and its ability to
withstand starvation and lack of water.

Anderson's (1974) comparison of the energetics and life styles of the
spiders Lycos a lenta Hentz and Filistata hibernal is Hentz has demon-
strated the importance of withstanding starvation for long periods in
spiders. This report is on the longevity of Loxosceles laeta (Nicolet) and its
ability to withstand starvation. Bonnet (193 5, 1939) and the work of others
cited in the Bibliographia Araneorum (Bonnet 1945) contain some data on
longevity but only under normal conditions of feeding. My data should be
important for physiologists who would test the relationship between
longevity and ability to withstand physical stress such as starvation and lack
of water. Also, it is important in understanding how these species withstand
starvation episodes associated with accidental dispersion by humans.

Results and Discussion

The only good data I could find on starvation longevity in spiders is
Anderson's (1974) on adult filistatids. They lived for a mean of 276 days
without food. With food they have lived over eleven years (Bonnet 1945;
Lowrie 1966). The Loxosceles laeta raised in this study lived under
conditions of various amounts and some variety of food and were fed fairly
regularly every several days. They were kept in either of two sizes of plastic
vials (about 40 cm 3 and 80 cm 3 ) with tight snap caps. None of the spiders
were given water and seldom, except during feeding, was the cap removed.
They had very little water vapor in the vial as room humidity seldom
exceeded 30%. They were kept at room temperature, ranging from 15Cto
20C. During starvation there was no sign of stress as they remained plump
and active until death. Field collections in Chile (Schenone et. al., 1970)
indicate this spider is a common inhabitant of houses, seldom, if ever, being
found in the field. Thus, except for the confinement within vials, the spiders
were living under somewhat "natural" conditions.

The data reported here are on individuals raised from a single egg sac.
Each of 48 spiderlings was placed in a separate dry vial after it emerged
from the sac on 27 July 1970. By December 1973 10 immatures had died

Deceived March 1. 1980.
Prof. Emeritus, California State University at Los Angeles.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 130-132

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 131

but there were 38 adults still alive (22 males and 16 females). Until 26
December 1973 these spiders were fed mealworms (usually weekly) and
about ten meals of other insects. By this time they were over three years old
and were adults. From then until 22 July 1976 they were partially starved,
being fed one mealworm each on four occasions at long intervals (ranging
from three to ten months). Since 22 June 1 976 until the last female died on
17 July 1978, a maximum of 755 days, the fourteen females that were then
alive had survived an average of 453 days ( 1 .24 years) more without food
(Table 1).

TABLE 1: Life cycle data on Loxosceles laeta fed on a varied diet.

Days to
Adulthood

Days as
Adult

Total Days
of Life

No. Days of
Starvation

Sex

F

M

F

M

F

M

F

No. Specimens

16

22

16

22

16

22

14

Mean

762

818

1745

598

2507

1417

453

S.D.

104

194

327

197

300

97

171

Range of means

by t test 707- 733- 1571- 511- 2348- 1374- 354-

(95% Level) 818 905 1919 685 2667 1460 551

Actual Range 669- 547- 1028- 227- 1746- 1101- 219-

of Individuals 973 1200 2108 912 2872 1494

These females took an average of 762 days (2. 1 years) to reach maturity
and lived an average of 1 745 days (4.8 years) as adults under conditions of
partial food deprivations. The males averaged 818 days (2.2 years) to
maturity but only lived 598 days (1.6 years) as adults and were all dead
when the period of total starvation began. These data on days to maturity do
not agree with those of Galiano (1967). Her data, based upon 51 females
and 75 males, indicate a mean of 406.5 days for males while females
averaged 315.3 days to reach maturity. Her spiders took about half the time
to reach maturity of the ones I raised. This may be due to several factors: the
feeding regime, sample size, or a more uniform genetics with a slower
growth rate of my one egg-sac sample.

These data indicate that this species is capable of prolonged life with
little food and no free water. These conclusions probably apply also to other
species in the genus. One specimen of Loxosceles deserta Gertsch,
collected by Wendell Icenogle in the El Paso Mountains of Southern
California in 1 969 and raised by me, lived under the same conditions after

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

capture and survived until 25 July 1977. The ability of Loxosceles laeta to
withstand long periods without water or food certainly helps to explain its
wide dispersal. It has been found in Helsinki, Finland; Vancouver and
Toronto, Canada; Boston and the Los Angeles area, in the United States
(Gertsch 1967; Huhta 1972; Keh 1970; Levi and Spielman 1964), as well
as ranging widely in South America (Gertsch 1967).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I acknowledge the aid of Mel Thompson in the early rearing of some specimens. I thank Dr.
Findlay Russell and the University of Southern California Medical School for some funds for
early rearing expenses.

LITERATURE CITED

Anderson, J.F., 1974, Responses to starvation in the spiders Lycosa lenta Hentz and

Filistata hibernalis Hentz, Ecology 55:576-585.

Bonnet, P., 1935, La Longevite chez les araignees. Bull. Soc. Ent. France 10:272-277.
Bonnet, P., 1939, Elevage de Filistata insidiatrix. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 73:167-

188.

Bonnet, P., 1945, Bibliographia Araneorum 1:704,715.
Galiano, M.E., 1967, Ciclo Biologico y Desarrollo de Loxosceles laeta (Nicolet, 1849),

Acta Zool. Lilloana 23:431-464.
Gertsch, W.J., 1967, The Spider Genus Loxosceles in South America (Araneae-

Scytodidae), Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 136:121-173, 11 pi.
Huhta, V., 1972, Loxosceles laeta (Nicolet) (Araneae, Loxoscelinae), a venomous spider

established in a building in Helsinki, Finland, and notes on some synanthropic spiders,

Ann Ent. Fenn. 38:152-156.

Keh, B., 1970, Loxosceles Spiders in California, Cal. Vector News 17(5): 29-38.
Levi, H.W. and A. Spielman, 1 964, The Biology and Control of the South American Brown

Spider, Loxosceles laeta (Nicolet), in a North American Focus, Amer. J. Trop. Med. and

Hygiene 13: 132-136.
Lowrie, D.C., 1966, Longevity Record of a spider of the genus Filistata, Bull. So. Calif.

Acad. Sci. 65: 249-250.
Schenone, H., Rojas A., Reyes, H.,et. al., 1 970, Prevalence of Loxosceles laeta in houses in

central Chile., Amer. J. Trop. Med and Hygiene 19:564-567.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 133

COMMENTS ON OPILIONES DESCRIBED FROM
WESTERN NORTH AMERICA BY SCHENKEL 1

James C. Cokendolpher 2

ABSTRACT: Examination of the type specimens of harvestmen described by Schenkel from
western North America reveals several new synonymies and a new combination. Microgyas
banksi is considered a junior synonym of Leuronychus pacificus ( Banks), while Leuronychus
gertschi and Nelima goodnighti are regarded as synonyms of Leiobunum? exilipes (Wood).
Liomitopus leavis is conspecific with Leptobunus californicus Banks, while Eun'bunus
simplex is transferred to the genus Globipes. The relationships of Liopilio glaber, Globipes
rugosus, and Protolophus longipes are briefly discussed.

In 1951, E. Schenkel published the second part of the paper on the
arachnids collected by H. Schenkel-Rudin in western North America. At
the end of this second part ten species of harvestmen are treated; only two of
which, Ortholasma rugosa Banks and Phalangium opilio Linne were not
described as new. In addition, three monotypic genera were described.
Forcart (1961) designated lectotypes from the type series described by
Schenkel. During revisionary studies of several opilionid genera of western
North America I noted some synonyms; a few initially based on a series of
illustrations prepared of some of the types by Dr. William A. Shear. By
examining the type specimens, deposited in Naturhistorisches Museum
Basel (NMB), I was able to confirm the suspected synonymies. Due to the
growing interest in North American Opiliones and the need of the
synonymies in other studies, I have chosen to present my comments, the
four new synonymies, and one new combination prior to the publication of
revisions. The distribution stated for each species is based on museum
specimens examined by me during revisionary studies.

Microgyas banksi Schenkel (1951:47-49, fig. 46). The male holotype
(NMB no. 82-a; Forcart, 1961:53) from La Jolla, California, is a
Leuronychus pacificus (Banks). As Microgyas is monotypic, it must be
considered a junior synonym of Leuronychus Banks. This species differs
from all known Leuronychus spp. by having the coxae, genital operculum,
and ventral surface of the abdomen covered with rounded tubercles.
Leuronychus pacificus is common along the coast from Baja California
Norte to the northern boundary of British Columbia.

Liomitopus leavis Schenkel ( 1 95 1 :49-5 1 , fig. 47). The male lectotype
and female paralectotype (NMB no. 81 -a; Forcart, 1961:53) from Yo-

1 Received April 5. 1980.

The Museum and Department of Biological Sciences, Texas Tech University, Lubbock.
Texas 79409.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 133-135

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Semite, California, are Leptobunus californicus Banks. As Liomitopus is
monotypic, it is a junior synonym of Leptobunus Banks. Leptobunus
californicus differs from all known Leptobunus spp. by having the distal tip
of the penis many times longer than the paired primary setae of the glans,
seminal receptacles with convoluted loop posteriorly, and by having no
brown markings on the palpal tibiae. Leptobunus californicus is primarily
found in the eastern portion of California and adjoining Nevada.

Liopilio glaber Schenkel (1951:51-53, fig. 48). The female lectotype
and immature paralectotype (NMB no. 91-a; Forcart, 1961:53) from
Canmore, Banff National Park, Alberta, are the only described specimens
of this genus. A second species (undescribed) of the genus occurs in Alaska
and southwestern Yukon Territory. The genus Liopilio is very similar to
Leptobunus, but differs by having the patellae and tibiae of the palps
swollen and densely covered with fine setae. The mal palpal tarsus of
Liopilio has a ventral row of denticles. It is bare in Leptobunus. The paired
setae of the penis glans are near the stylus-glans junction in Liopilio. In
Leptobunus the setae are on the median portion of the glans. Liopilio
glaber is now known from a few localities in the Rocky Mountains along the
boundary of Alberta and British Columbia.

Eurybunus simplex Schenkel (1951:53-55). The female holotype
(NMB no. 89-a; Forcart, 1961:52) from Berkeley Hills, California, is a
member of the genus Globipes Banks. Globipes simplex is very similar to
the southern California Globipes spinulatus Banks. Globipes simplex
differs from G. spinulatus by being uniformly colored and over-all less
spiny (tibiae II with no dorsal spines or tubercles). Globipes simplex is
known only from a few localities in central California.

Globipes rugosus Schenkel (1951:55-57, fig. 49). The male lectotype
and male (reported as a juvenile) paralectotype (NMB no. 90-a; Forcart,
1961:53) from La Jolla, California, are closely related to the Texas
Globipes formosus (Banks) and an undescribed species from Chihuahua
and Durango. All three differ from typical Globipes spp. by having one or
no pseudosegments on tibiae II, angular leg tibiae (less so in I and III) cross
section, and by having the tubercles on the legs arranged in distinct rows.
Unlike other Globipes spp., G. rugosus have the chelicera covered with
many pointed tubercles. In addition, the median dorsal tubercles of the
abdomen are large and closely spaced in G. rugosus. Globipes rugosus is
known only from three males collected in the San Diego area in California.

Protolophus longipes Schenkel (1951:57-59, fig. 50). The male
lectotype, three male and two female paralectotypes (NMB no. 96-a and
96-b; Forcart, 1961:54) are similar to Protolophus niger Goodnight and
Goodnight and Protolophus tuberculatus Banks. Protolophus longipes
differs by the slender nature of the appendages, palpal patellae of both sexes

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 135

extended on inner margin, and the over-all small body size. Specifically, P.
longipes differs from P. niger by having five paired abdominal tubercles;
and from P. tuberculatus by having tibiae II longer than the body in males.
Protolophus longipes is known from a few specimens taken near the type
locality, forest near Guerneville and Monterio, California.

Leuronychus gertschi Schenkel (1951:59-61, fig. 51). The male
lectotype and immature paralectotype (NMB no. 95-a; Forcart, 1961:53)
from Russian Rivers near Guerneville, California, are Leiobunum ?
exilipes (Wood). Leiobunum ? exilipes differs from all other western
species referred to Leiobunum by having the tarsus of the palps light while
the other segments are black, and legs are uniform brown to black without
white bands. Leiobunum ? exilipes is known from scattered localities in
California, Nevada, Montana, Oregon, and British Columbia.

Nelima goodnighti Schenkel (1951:61-62). The immature holotype
(NMB no. 98-a; Forcart, 1961:53) from forest near Guerneville and
Monterio, California, is essentially identical to the paralectotype of
Leuronychus gertschi, which was collected only a few kilometers away.
Like L. gertschi, this species is a junior synonym of Leiobunum ? exilipes.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Dr. Ernst Sutler for the loan of the Schenkel type specimens. Drs. Rod
Crawford and William A. Shear made valuable suggestions and comments on the manuscript.

REFERENCES CITED

Forcart, L. 1961. Katalog der Typusexemplare in der Arachnida-Sammlung des Natur-
historischen Museums zu Basel: Scorpionidea, Pseudoscorpionidea. Solifuga,
Opilionidea und Araneida. Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel 72:47-87.

Schenkel, E. 1 95 1 . Spinnentiere aus dem westlichen Nordamerika, gesammelt von Dr. Hans
Schenkel-Rudin. Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel 62:28-62.

136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

"TRAP NESTS" FOR STUDYING DESERT WEB-
BUILDING SPIDERS (ARANEAE: PHLOCIDAE) 1

Harold G. Fowler 2 - 3

ABSTRACT: Pitfall traps are useful trap nests for studying populations and behaviors of arid-
land web-building spiders, which are normally cryptic in behavior.

Krombeirfs (1967) monumental studies on wood-boring bees and
wasps indicated the potential benefits of experimental habitat modification
in investigations of populations and behaviors of cryptic insects. Similarly
to trap-nesting insects, web-building spiders are known to exhibit pref-
erences for habitat characteristics when selecting web sites (Cherrett, 1 964;
Duffey, 1966; Colebourn, 1974; Enders, 1976). Thus, web-building
spiders should be considered likely candidates to utilize simulated habitat
features ('trap nests'). In my studies of Chihuahuan Desert Phlocidae,
which normally colonize abandoned rodent burrows (Muma, 1975a),
crude pitfall traps have proven to be suitable "trap nests", as hinted at by
Muma (1975a).

Traps used for my studies were standard 3.785 1 (1 gallon) tin cans,
buried flush to the lip, and covered with a small, slightly elevated wooden
plank. All "trap nests" contained neither collecting flasks nor preservative.
Due to these characteristics, these traps were very similar to the entrances
of abandoned rodent burrows, and were therefore ideal "trap nests" for
desert web-builders. In the study area, abandoned burrows were scarce,
thus enhancing the attractiveness of these traps as web sites for colonizing
individuals. Moreover, the wooden plank could be removed easily, and
spiders could be counted or observed /'// situ.

Over a 20-week period, populations of Psilochorus imitatus Gertsch
and Mulaik were followed with the aid of these "trap nests", on the Jornada
Experimental Range, Dona Ana County, NM. Traps were opened,
checked, and the number of spiders recorded. The pattern of occupancy of
49 "trap nests" are given in Fig. 1.

Frequency of utilization of a trap was a good indicator of the total
number of P. imitatus recorded from that trap. This suggests that web site

'Received May 8, 1980.

Department of Biology, New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, NM 88003
Present address: Department of Entomology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ
08903.

Research supported by the National Science Foundation, grant DEB-77- 1 633, to Walter G.
Whitford.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 136-138

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980

137

tenacity (Enders, 1976) may have a stabilizing effect on population
structure, and also emphasizes the importance of the availability of suitable
habitats in the recruitment of other spiders into the area. The large catches
of P. imitatus in pitfall traps in the near-by Tularosa Basin (Muma, 1 97 5b)
can thus be attributed to the behavior of these spiders while searching for
suitable web sites (Muma, 1975a).

Although the value of pitfall trapping in population studies of cursorial
arachnid populations is still subject to debate (Turnbull, 1973; Uetz and
Unzicker, 1976), in desert communities this sampling technique is ex-
tremely valuable (Muma, 1975a). I have found pitfall traps valuable in

0-2 0-4 0-6 0-8

Relative Frequency of Accumlated Catches

1-0

Fig. 1. The relationship between the frequency of weekly trap nest utilization, and the
accumulated number of P. imitatus recorded from each trap over a 20-week period, expressed
as a frequency relative to the trap with the greatest accumulated catch.

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

assessing populations of web-builders, as well as permitting studies on their
behavioral ecology. No other means of sampling, with which I am familiar,
would even disclose the presence of these spiders in desert environments.

REFERENCES

Cherrett, J.M. 1964. The distribution of spiders on the Moor House National Nature
Reserve, Westmoreland. J. Anim. Ecol. 33: 27-48.

Colebourn, P.H. 1974. The influence of habitat structure on the distribution of Araneus
diadematus Clerck. J. Anim. Ecol. 43: 401-410.

Duffey, E. 1966. Spider ecology and habitat structure (arach., Araneae). Senck. Biol. 47: 45-
49.

Enders, F. 1 976. Effects of prey capture, web destruction and habitat physiognomy on web-
site tenacity of Argiope spiders (Araneidae). J. Arachnol. 3: 75-82.

Krombein, K. 1967. Trap Nesting Bees and Wasps: Life Histories, Nests and Associates.
Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington. 570 pp.

Muma, M.H. 1975a. Long-term can trapping for population analyses of ground surface, arid-
land arachnids. Fla. Entomol. 58: 257-570.

Muma, M.H. 19756. Two vernal ground-surface arachnid populations in the Tularosa Basin,
New Mexico. Southwest. Natur. 20: 55-67.

Turnbull, A.L. 1973. Ecology of the true spiders (Araneomorphae). Ann. Rev. Entomol. 18:
305-348.

Uetz, G.W. and J.D. Unzicker. 1976. Pitfall trapping in ecological studies of wandering
spiders. J. Arachnol. 3: 101-111.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL

NOMENCLATURE

c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD, United

Kingdom.

16th May, 1980
A.N.(S.) 113
The Commission hereby gives six months' notice of the possible use of its plenary powers

in the following cases, published in Bull. Zoo/. Norn. Volume 37, part 1, on 8th May 1980, and

would welcome comments and advice on them from interested zoologists. Correspondence

should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address, if possible within six months of the

date of publication of this notice.

2197 Peggichisme Kirkaldy, 1904 (Hemiptera Heteroptera); proposed designation of a
type species.

2216 LYMANTRIIDAE Hampson,| 1893) (Insecta Lepidoptera); proposed prece-
dence over ORGYIIDAE Wallengren, 1861 and DASYCHIRIDAE Packard,
1864.

2264 Harminius Fairmaire, 1852 (Insecta, Coleoptera); proposed designation of a type
species.

2291 Chr\'solina Motschulsky, 1860 (Insecta, Coleoptera); proposed conservation.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 139

ROMALEA GUTTATA (HOUTTUYN), NAME
CHANGE FOR WELL-KNOWN "EASTERN
LUBBER GRASSHOPPER" (ORTHOPTERA:

ROMALEIDAE) 1

D. Keith McE. Kevan 2

The "Eastern lubber grasshopper," so called, for example, in the latest
revision of the list of "Common Names of Insects and Related Organisms"
published by the Entomological Society of America (Sutherland, 1978), is
known almost universally throughout schools and colleges all over North
America, though its natural distribution is restricted to the southeastern
United States. Because it is a very large insect that is frequently available in
very large numbers, it is one of the "type" arthropods for biology classes
and, as such, is among those animals widely sold by biological supply
houses. For a very long time the insect has been called Romalea
(sometimes incorrectly Rhomalea) microptera. The specific part of the
name is attributable to Palisot de Beauvois ( 1 805-2 1 ). The name appeared
in his work asAcridium micropterum (on p. 1 46, and in Orthopteres pi. IV,
fig. 4), and is usually cited as dating from 1805, even by Rehn and Grant
(1961: 253). The year 1805 is, however, that for the issue of only the first
two of the fifteen "livraisons"ihat made up the work (they are dated "An.
XIV", according to the French Revolutionary calendar the only parts to
use this and they may not have appeared until 1 806, as some maintain).
In fact, parts of the work continued to appear until 1821 (after Palisot's
death), and the one with which we are here concerned (Li vraison 9), was not
published until 1817 (Griffin, 1937).

There are thus two available senior synonyms for Romalea microptera.
The first is "Gn'llus (Locustae) Guttatus " proposed by Houttuyn (1813:
Register to Vol. 2, p. 12) in his completed edition of Caspar Stoll's
"Natuurlijke en naar het leven nauwkeurige gekleurde Afbeeldingen en
Beschrijringen der Spoken, Wandelende Bidden, Zabel-Springhaanen,
etc", the first parts of which appeared much earlier; it refers to Stoll's
original "Trek-Springhaanen" (Stoll', 1787-88: 23 and pi. Xb, fig. 34).
The other is Dictyophorus reticulatusof Thunberg( 1815:259). There is no
doubt that both of these names apply to the same species as Palisot's
Acridium micropterum, and a name change is therefore unavoidable under
the rule of priority. Indeed, Blanchard ( 1 840: 40), long ago, gave the name

'Received May 2. 1980.

"Department of Entomology and Lyman Entomological Museum and Research Lab-
oratory, Macdonald Campus, McGill University. Ste-Anne de Bellevue. Que. Canada.
H9X ICO.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 139-140

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

guttata precedence over microptera, whether or not he consciously did so
on the basis of publication date. He was not followed by others.

Although the Eastern lubber grasshopper is so widely known as
Romalea microptera, it is scarcely possible to plead a case to the
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature for the retention of
this name on the grounds that the senior synonyms are nomina oblita, for
both have been cited as supposedly junior synonyms comparatively
recently (Rehn and Grant, loc. cit. ). Nor is there a case on the grounds that
confusion would result from the use of the valid prior name, for the genus is
monotypic. The only basis for arguing for retention of Romalea microptera
would be stability of nomenclature in the case of a well known species. Even
then, the case would not seem to be strong, for the amount of literature on
the species (as contrasted with the number of people who are familiar with
it) is, surprisingly, rather limited.

REFERENCES

Blanchard, E. 1840. Deuxieme ordre. Orthopteres, Latreille. In Histoire naturelle des
Insectes. Orthopteres, Nevropteres, Hemipteres, Hymenopteres, Lepidopteres et Dip-
teres avec une introduction par M. Brulle. In Castelneau, L. de, & LaPorte, F.L. (Eds.)
Histoire Naturelle des Animaux articules, Annelides, Crustaces, Arachnides, Myri-
apodes et Insectes. Paris, Dume'snil, 3( 1840-41): 1-44, pi. 1-11.

Griffin, F.J. A further note on "PalisotdeBeauvois, Insectes Rec. Afr. Amer." 1805-1821. J.
Soc. Biblphy. nat. Hist. 1: 121-122.

Houttuyn, M. (Ed.) 1813. Natuurlijke en naar het leven naukeurige gekleurde Afbeeldingen
en Beschrijvingen der Spoken, Wandelende Bladen, Sabel-springhanen, Krekels, Trek-
springhanen en Kakkerlakken, in alle vier deelen der wereld Europa, Asia, Afrika en
Amerika huishoudende, bij een verzameld en beschreven door Caspar Stoll'. Amsterdam,
J.C. Sepp et Fils. 7:[ii] + 79 pp. XXV pi.; 2:[ii] + 28 + 42 + 8 + 1 4 pp. [incl. Register: 1 0-
14] + XIII + XXIII + IV + V pi.

Palisot de Beauvois, A.-M.-F.-J. 1 805-1 82 1 . Insectes recueillis en Afrique et en Amerique,
dans les royaumes d'Oware et de Benin, a Sainte-Domingue et dans les Etats-Unis,
pendant les annees 1786-1797. Paris, Imprimerie de Fain et Cie. (Publ. in parts, as
follows: Jf&2(1805):(i-iv),i-xvi, 1-40, 12pl.; 5(1806): 41-56, 6pl.;& 5(1807): 57-88,
12 pi.; 6 (1809): 89-100, 6 pi.; 7& 5(1 811): 101-136, 12pl.;9&70: 137-172, 12 pi. : 1 1
& 72(1817): 173-208, 12 pi.; 75(1819): 209-224, 6 pi.; 74(1820): 225-240, 6 pi.; 75
(1821, posthumous, ed. J.G. Aduinet-Serville): 241-276, 6 pi.].

Rehn, J.A.G., and H.J. Grant. 1961. A monograph of the Orthoptera of North America
(North of Mexico) Volume I. [all published]. Monogr. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 72: i-iv,
1-257, pi. I-VIII.

StolT C. 1787-1788. Natuurlyke en naar 't leeven naauwkeurig gekleurde Afbeeldingen en
Beschryvingen der Spooken, Wandelende Bladen, Zabel-springhaanen, Krekels, Trek-
sprinkhaanen en Kakkerlakken. In alle vier deelen der waereld Europa, Asia, Afrika en
America huishoudende, by een versamelt en beschreeven. Amsterdam, J.C. Sepp.: 9 + 56
+ 16 pp. + pi. I-XVIII, la-VIa, Ib-VIb. [Copy consulted also has additional "Trek-
spinkhaanen," pp. 17-28 + pi. Vllb-XIIb, of 1790.]

Sutherland, D.W.S. (Ed.) 1978. Common Names of Insects and Related Organisms
approved by the Entomological Society of America ( 1 978 Revision). Spec. Publ. ent. Soc.
Amer. 75-7: i-ii, 1-132.

Thunberg, C.P. 1815. Hemipterorum Maxillosorum General Illustrata plurimisque novis
speciebus ditata et descripta. Mem. Acad. Sci. St Petersb. 5: 21 1-301, PI. III.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 141

HETEROMELES ARBUTIFOLIA (ROSACEAE:
POMOIDEAE) FOUND TOXIC TO INSECTS 1 2

D.L. Dahlman, Victor Johnson

ABSTRACT: Leaves of Heteromeles arbutifolia Roem. (Rosaceae: Pomoideae) were found
to be cyanogenic. Shredded leaves of this plant were toxic to insects in closed containers.

Heteromeles arbutifolia Roem., a member of the Rosaceae, subfamily
Pomoideae, is a common shrub in southern California and northern Lower
California. It is found both in the wild and occasionally in landscaping
(Preston, 1 976). Commonly called Christmasberry , holly, toyon or tollon,
it is a spreading evergreen plant that reaches considerable size. We have
encountered it from sea level to about 5,000 feet.

Several species of Coniopterygidae (Insecta: Neuroptera) are predators
of mites and whiteflies that feed on H. arbutifolia. The observations
reported here resulted from our attempts to rear two coniopterygid species
(Conwentzia barretti (Banks) and C. californica Meinander) from larva to
adult in the laboratory. We placed early instar larvae on leaves of H.
arbutifolia infested with mites and then placed the leaves in 7 dram plastic
snapcap vials. Occasionally, a leaf was too large to fit into the vial and the
edges were trimmed to make it fit. We noticed that the coniopterygid larvae
placed on trimmed leaves died soon after placement into the vials but no
mortality was observed in larvae in vials containing untrimmed leaves. We
suspected that the trimming of the leaves released some agent toxic to the
larvae. To confirm this, we placed several larvae in vials with untrimmed
leaves and several in vials containing shredded leaves. Within 2-3 minutes,
the larvae in the vials with the shredded leaves were dead. Adult
Coniopterygidae, unidentified specimens of Isopoda, Acaria (mites feeding
on H. arbutifolia leaves), Dermaptera, Coleoptera (Carabidae), Hy-
menoptera, Homoptera, Diptera, and Lepidoptera placed in vials with
shredded leaves were all killed. One shredded leaf knocked down about 20
muscid Diptera in less than 1 minute. Whiteflies are only occasional prey of
these coniopterygid species and were unavailable for tests. Since the
shredded leaves produced an odor similar to hydrogen cyanide, the

Deceived April 19, 1980.

The investigation reported in this paper (No. 80-7-63) is in connection with a project of the
Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director.

Associate professor. Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington.
Kentucky 40546.

4 USDA, Box 22277, Lexington, Kentucky 40522.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 141-142

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Guignard sodium picrate paper test (Harborne, 1973) was used to test for
the presence of hydrogen cyanide. Freshly shredded plant material was
placed into test tubes and a strip of picrate test paper was held in place inside
the tube by means of a neoprene stopper. A change in color from yellow to
red-brown within 1 hr indicated enzymatic cyanogenesis.

All tests with leaves collected at different times of the year were positive
for hydrogen cyanide . However, older or senescent leaves seemed to be less
active. Fruit collected in early March was negative, even after 24 hr, a time
sufficient to indicate nonenzymatic liberation of hydrogen cyanide.

Plants which synthesize compounds which are capable of liberating
hydrogen cyanide upon hydrolysis are commonly known as cyanogenic
plants. Cyanogenic glycosides, which are responsible for this cyanophoric
capability in most cyanogenic plants, are known to occur in at least 800
species of plants representing 70 to 80 families (Seigler, 1975). Highest
concentrations are usually found in leaves but other plant tissues have been
shown to contain cyanogenic compounds. The Rosaceae are notable for
their cyanogenetic substances, and cyanogenesis is especially pronounced
in the Pomoideae (Alston and Turner, 1963). Therefore, it is not unusual
that cyanogenesis was observed.

Several insects which feed on cyanogenic plants have been shown to
contain enzymes capable of detoxifying cyanide (Jones, 1972). Arthropods
we found feeding on H. arbutifolia included mites, whiteflies, scales,
leafhoppers (Cicadellidae), and caterpillars (Arctiidae).

We hope that this report will stimulate further investigations into the
ecological advantages of cyanogenicity to the plant and its effects on
phytophagous organisms. In addition, this information can prove useful to
entomologists who live (or work) within the distribution range of H.
arbutifolia. We found that leaves of this plant were an effective killing agent
for insects and could be used in temporary killingjars. We shredded several
leaves, packed them into the bottom of a small jar, covered the leaves with
tissue and then placed a piece of filter paper over the tissue. This served to
kill insects placed in the jar.

REFERENCES CITED

Alston, R.E. and B.L. Turner. 1963. Biochemical Systematics. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,

Prentice-Hall, Inc. 404 pp.

Harborne, J.B. 1973. Phytochemical Methods. London, Chapman and Hall. 278 pp.
Jones, D.A. 1972. Cyanogenic glycosides and their function. IN: Phytochemical Ecology,

J.B. Harborne, ed. New York, Academic Press. Ann. Proc. Phytochem. Soc., Vol. 8, 272

pp.
Preston, R.J., Jr. 1976. North American Trees, 3rd Ed. Ames, IA, The Iowa State Press, 399

pp.
Seigler, D.S. 1975. Isolation and characterization of naturally occurring cyanogenic

compounds. Phytochem. 14:9-29.

Vol. 91, No. 4, Sept. & Oct. 1980 143

TAKING AMBLYCHILA CYLINDRIFORMIS SAY
BY BARRIER-TYPE PITFALL TRAP
(COLEOPTERA: CICINDELIDAE) 1

Gary A. Dunn

ABSTRACT: Two specimens of Amblychila cylindriformis Say were taken by barrier pitfall
trap at Angostura State Recreation Area, Fall River Co., SDon 15-viii-1979. This indicates
that barrier pitfall traps may be useful in capturing this uncommon and unusual tiger beetle.

Amblychila cylindriformis Say is an inch-long, flightless tiger beetle
confined to the prairies west of the Missouri River and east of the Rocky
Mountains. It is known from localities in western Oklahoma to south-
western South Dakota and westward to northeastern New Mexico and east-
cental Wyoming.

These beetles are nocturnal, appearing after dusk to search for food, and
retiring before dawn. They spend the daylight hours in mammal or self-
excavated burrows (Vaurie, 1955).

During the summer of 1979 I had an opportunity to visit Angostura
State Recreation Area, 15 miles SW of Hot Springs, Fall River Co., SD,
where Amblychila cylindriformis is known to occur (Howden, 1970). I
arrived at the recreation area early in the afternoon of 14-viii. It was cool
(13C), cloudy and windy. The prospects for collecting cylindriformis by
flashlight later that evening did not seem good. Therefore, I decided to set
out 10 barrier pitfall traps instead of making a visual search.

Each trap consists of a pair of 1 liter plastic cups and a 15 cm x 1 m
plexiglass barrier. The cups are buried with the rims at ground level; the
barrier spans the distance between the two cups. The traps were placed in
small, sandy openings among the prairie vegetation.

I returned to the recreation area the following morning at 0930 hours
( 1 5-viii) to check the traps. The weather had gradually worsened overnight
for it was now drizzling. As I approached trapline 1 (0.8 km N of
Campground 4), I spotted a specimen of cylindriformis descending into a
large mammal burrow. I quickly grabbed the specimen before it disappear-
ed from sight. The traps in traplines 1, 2, and 3 contained many
tenebrionids, and a few carabids but no cicindelids. However, two of the
traps in trapline 4 (0.4 km E of Campground 2) contained single specimens

'Received April 7. 1980.

Extension Specialist. Department of Entomology, Michigan State University,
East Lansing, MI 48824.

ENT. NEWS 91(4): 143-144

144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ofcylindriformis. The bottoms of the cups containing the tiger beetles were
colored bright pink from digestive fluids.

Despite unfavorable weather conditions, and limited abundance of
cylindriformis in this area at the extreme northeastern corner of its range,
the barrier pitfall trap proved useful in capturing Amblychila cylindri-
formis. Pitfalls may prove to be an efficient and more convenient method of
collecting this tiger beetle.

LITERATURE CITED

Howden, H.F. 1970. First South Dakota Record for Amblvchila cvlindriformis. Cicindela

2(3): 8
Vaurie, P. 1955. A review of the Genus Amblychila (Coleptera: Cicindelidae). American

Museum Novitates, #1724.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL

NOMENCLATURE

c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD, United
Kingdom.

16th May, 1980

ITZN 59

The following Opinions have been published recently by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Volume 37, part 1 , 8th
May 1980.
Opinion No.

1 147 (p. 1 1 ) Status, for the purposes of the type fixations, of the remains of Chironomid
Larvae (Insecta, Diptera) provided by Thienemann to Kieffer for the description of
new species based on the adults reared from those larvae.

1 148 (p. 27) Stabilisation of the generic name Orchelimum Audinet-Serville, 1838 and
the specific name Orchelimum vulgare Harris, 1841 (Insecta, Coleoptera) by use
of the plenary powers.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions.

R.V. Melville, Secretary'

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) submit
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript can be referred by the editor for final review. Titles should be carefully composed
to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. Classification as to
order and family should be included in the title, except where not pertinent. Following the title
there should be a short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of not over 150 words.
The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in abstracting journals and should be carefully
written. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as
a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to
make them useful to the nonspecialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or
discussion of the group, plus references to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations
nearly always are needed. All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the
standard system, comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very
helpful by indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations
within the text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4 '4 x 6Mz inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $6.00 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Short notes will be published promptly in The Entomologist's Record.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $25.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly scheduled time at a cost of
$30.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial asistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

INSECT PINS All kinds. Prompt Shipment. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Ave., Reedley,
Calif. 93654.

INSECT LABELS: Exceptionally high quality printed labels, typeset in 4pt type (not
photoreduced from typewritten masters), and printed on 1 10 Ib. white cardstock are now
available with quick deliveries. Write for brochure with complete specifications and prices to
Bio-Publication Services, 25711 N. Vista Fairways Drive, Valencia, California 91355.

Wanted. Adult specimens of worldwide, including U.S., Lucanidae, Carabidae, Cicindelidae,
Coccinellidae, Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae. Burprestidae. and Elateridae. State condition,
variety, and price. A.I.B S Spencer, 20 W. Virginia Ave., West Chester, PA. 19380.

For Sale: Lepidoptera livestock for private rearers and scientific study. Species for this fall
include Citheronia regalis and Antheraea pernvi and many more. Write for prices. Brett
Barrett, P.O. Box 107, Alvaton, Ky. 42122.

Butterflies for sale or exchange. Over 1 200 species from Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Laos,
Ceylon, Indonesia, Sumatra and Borneo. Write to Sim Yam Seng, 21 Joon Hiang Road,
Singapore 19.

Wanted. Live Gerris (Gerridae)/ship 10 to inflated 12 in. plastic bag/damp paper towel in
each bag/cardboard box via special delivery mail/immediate reimbursement for postage and
$5 handling/shipments or questions to: D.M. Calabrese, Dept. Biol. Scis., Univ. Texas, El
Paso, Texas 79968.

WORLDWIDE BUTTERFLY SPECIMENS, books, equipment at wholesale prices.
Offer material from over 40 countries. Send $1 cash for new 1980, 10 page catalog.
TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY CO. - UK, PO Box 14, Reigate, Surrey, RH2 9PW,
England

Wanted: Entomological News, Vol. 45, No. 7 and Vol. 47, Nos. 1-8, or all of each volume.
J.F. Schesser, Jr., RR 1, Box 15, Horton, Kansas 66439

Books for Sale. Leng et al: Catalog Coleop. Amer. & all 5 suppl's.; Arnett: Beetles U.S.;
Andrewes: Fauna Br. India, Pt. I Carabinae & Pt. II Harpalinae (2 vols.); Drake &
Ruhoff: Lacebugs of World Catalog; Heinrich: Amer. Moths of subfamily Phycetinae;
Hall: Robber Flies of World, Pts. I & II (2 vols.) Write Howard Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., RD 7,
Tabernacle, Vincentown, N.J. 08088.

VOL. 91

NOVEMBER & DECEMBER 1980

NO. 5

Errt.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Description of male Neogonatopus niger

(Hymenoptera: Dryinidae) Paul H. Freytag 145

Biological notes on spiders of some citrus groves
in cent. & so. California (Araneae)

D. P. Carroll 147

Two aggregations of Calosomafrigidum in Ontario
in 1976 (Coleoptera: Carabidae)

William J. Crins 155

Notes on Coniopterygidae from Ethiopian region

(Neuroptera) Victor Johnson 159

Carnivory in Ephemerella inermis nymphs
(Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae)

Lynda D. Corkum 1 6 1

Adult feeding in two species of Chironomidae

(Diptera) Richard M. Seward 164

Distribution of leafhoppers in subfamilies

Cicadellinae & Gyponinae in West Virginia^
(Homoptera: Cicadellidae)

J. W. Begley, L. Butler 165

Adult limnephilid caddisfly records in West
Virginia (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae)

D.C. Tarter, P.L. Hill 170

Aberrant oviposition by caddisfly Triaenodes
tardus (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae)

D.A.Belluck, B.A. Pennington, J.D. Unzicker 171

NOTICES 158, 172, 175

OBITUARY - Murray I. Cooper 163

MAILING DATES: Vol. 91 & Ownership statement 176
INDEX: Volume 91, 1980 177

TIIK AMERICAN' ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academv of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Officers for 1979 and 1980: President: Howard P. Boyd; Vice President: Daniel Otte;
Recording Secretary: Roger W. Fuester; Corresponding Secretary: Charles E. Mason;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: S. Roback, Chr., C. Mason, D. Otte and Howard P.
Boyd, Editor.

Previous editors: 1890-1920 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.,; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $9.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $18.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade Rd., RD7, Tabernacle Twp, Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should fellow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Two doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8'/2 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect, life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster: If undeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, Oak Shade
Rd., RD7, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 91. No. 5, November & December 1980 145

A DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE

NEOGONATOPUS NIGER (FENTON)

(HYMENOPTERA: DRYINIDAE) 1 2

Paul H. Freytag 3

ABSTRACT: The male of Neogonatopus niger (Fenton) is described from a series of five
males reared in the laboratory from a single field collected female. Comparison with other
species in the genus Neogonatopus make it necessary to emend the generic description to
include species (such as niger) which have the male genitalia with the dorsal processes shorter
than the gonoforceps.

A female of Neogonatopus niger (Fenton) was reared from a field
collected specimen of Scaphoideus (S.) paludosus Ball, family Cica-
dellidae, on Impatiens from Lexington, Fayette Co., Kentucky. This
female oviposited in nymphs of this same leafhopper, which were collected
from the same locality and held several days, prior to oviposition, to be
relatively sure they were not previously parasitized. The offspring of this
female were all males and the description that follows is based on this
material which represents the first known males of this species.

Neogonatopus niger (Fenton)

Length of male 2-2.5 mm, female 2.25-2.5 mm.

Male: Entirely blackish brown or black. Externally resembling other members of this
genus, especially ombrodes. Genitalia (Figures 1-2) with short dorsal processes of gono-
forceps. extending only half length of gonoforceps, somewhat paddle-shaped and expanded
near apex. Entire genital capsule the size of ombrodes.

Female: As described earlier by Fenton (1924), and illustrated by myself (Freytag.
1977).

Material Examined: One female and five male specimens reared on Scaphoideus (S.)
paludosus Ball on Impatiens during the fall of 1979 in Lexington, Kentucky. The female and
three males are deposited in the University of Kentucky Collection, and the other two males
are deposited in the Bishop Museum. Honolulu, Hawaii.

This is the only species of Neogonatopus known so far that has the male
dorsal processes of the gonoforceps shorter than the gonoforceps. In my key
to species ( Freytag, 1 977) niger males will key out in the same couplet with
ombrodes. These two species can be separated by the length of the dorsal

'Received June 16, 1980

The investigation reported in this paper (No. 80-7-120) is in connection with a project of the
Kentucky Argricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director.

Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40546.

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 145-146

IEC30

loon

146

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

processes of the gonoforceps, niger having short processes and ombrodes
having long processes.

0.25mm

NEOGONATOPUS NIGER (FENTON)

Figures 1 &2. Neogonatopus /7/^r(Fenton) malegenitalia. 1 . Ventral view; 2. Dorsal view.
Both drawn to the same scale. Vosella shaded in ventral view. Aedeagus shaded in dorsal view.
Genital collar removed.

REFERENCES CITED

Fenton, F.A. 1924. New parasitic Hymenoptera of the subfamily Anteoninae (Bethylidae).
Ohio J. Sci. 24:191-4.

Freytag, P.H. 1977. A review of the Genus Neogonatopus for North America (Hy-
menoptera: Dryinidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 70(4):569-76; 17 figs.

Vol. 91, No. 5. November & December 1980 147

BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE SPIDERS OF SOME

CITRUS GROVES IN CENTRAL AND

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA 1 2

D.P. Carroll 3

ABSTRACT: This list of the spider species found in several citrus groves in central and
southern California is supplemented with biological notes on the more abundant species.
Spiders outnumbered all other large predators in the citrus canopy and were also abundant in
the litter. Oxyopes scalaris(O\yopidae), Thiodina cf. T. sylvana (Salticidae), Misumenops
spp. (Thomisidae) and Trachelas pacificus (Clubionidae) were the most abundant vagrant
spiders in the canopy. Diet of these spiders is discussed, with emphasis on the spiderlings.
Abundant web-building spiders in the canopy were typically small-sized species. These
included Theridion leechi (Theridiidae), Erigone dentosa (Linyphiidae) and Dictyna
reticulata (Dictynidae). Hololena spp. (Agelenidae) were the only abundant web-building
large spiders. Sac spiders (Clubionidae) are probably the most promising natural enemies of
citrus pest arthropods.

California citrus groves provide a habitat for a variety of spider species,
some of which may reduce pest populations, but no general study of them
has been published. Collections by researchers at the University of
California, Riverside, and the USDA Boyden Entomological Laboratory
provided the opportunity to study the spider fauna of citrus groves at varied
locations. Field biologies of some species were investigated at the
University of California Lindcove Field Station near Exeter, California.

METHODS

Arboreal spiders were taken between 1 975 and 1 979 by inspection and
beating of navel orange foliage in groves at Lindcove Field Station and U.C.
Riverside, and in 1973, using a D-VAC* vacuum apparatus, from
commercial navel orange groves in Tulare and Fresno counties. Little or no
insecticides were applied to the principal groves.

Litter spiders and other arthropod predators were separated by Berlese
funnel from samples collected in 1975 from lemon and navel orange groves
at U.C. Riverside, and at Orosi in Tulare County. Additional litter
collections were taken between 1 975 and 1 979 from navel orange groves at
Lindcove Field Station using pitfalls (Morrill, 1975), direct inspection and
Berlese funnels.

1 Received April 15, 1980

Funds for this research came in part from a National Science Foundation grant No. DEB 75-
04223, entitled "Principal Strategies and Tactics of Pest Population Regulation and Control
in the Citrus Ecosystem".

Current address: Tree Fruit Research Center, 1 100 N Western Avenue, Wenatchee,
WA 98801.

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 147-154

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Diets of the principal arboreal species were observed on the trees at
Lindcove under natural conditions and in several field experiments. In the
latter, first instar spiderlings, hatched in the laboratory, were placed within
infestations of citrus thrips [Scirtothrips c/Yr/ (Moulton)], or citrus red mite
[Panonychus citir (McGregor)], and allowed to run freely while their
reaction to the prey was observed. Flashlights aided observations of
nocturnal spiders.

RESULTS

In the citrus canopy, spiders outnumbered all other large predators.
Sedentary spiders, which snare their prey in webs, and vagrant spiders,
which wander about searching for their prey, were represented in ap-
proximately equal numbers.

The arboreal vagrant spider fauna was remarkably similar among all of
the orchards studied and uniformly included lynx spiders, jumping spiders,
crab spiders and sac spiders. Most frequently encountered during the day
were the brown lynx spider, Oxyopes scalaris Hentz (Oxyopidae) and
jumping spiders (Salticidae), particularly Thiodina cf. T. sylvana (Hentz).
Crab spiders (Thomisidae) in the genera Misumenops and Xysticus were
also abundant. Day hunters were replaced at night by sac spiders,
Trachelas pacificus Chamb. & Ivie (Clubionidae) and related species of
Clubionidae and Anyphaenidae.

Brown lynx spiders, O. scalaris, usually overwintered as partly grown
juveniles and completed maturation in the spring. Between June and
September females could be found on brood webs, generally on the outside
canopy. Young lynx spiders were abundant by the middle of the summer.
Although easily disturbed, these spiderlings were observed eating citrus
thrips and a few mites. Hunting lynx spiders sit motionless, usually facing
down a twig, for a few minutes, then move to another spot. They rapidly
respond to moving prey approaching from any direction, but motionless
prey are not attacked. Judging by their small size and hunting strategy, the
spiderlings probably eat large numbers of thrips when these are moving
about on the twigs in the late afternoon and presumably also numerous
small flies and wasps. In the laboratory they will eat leafhopper nymphs and
gnats. Larger individuals were observed in the field eating ichneumonid
wasps, midges, crane flies and tortricid moths. Cutler et al. (1977) have
published a review of the biology of this species.

The jumping spider Thiodina cf. T. sylvana overwintered in late instar
juvenile or mature adult stages. Females were found with egg sacs, usually
in rolled leaves in the canopy, from May to September, with early instars
most common in June and July. The spiderlings most commonly ate flies
and midges, which they perceived at distances greater than 10 cm. and
invariably pursued, but they occasionally attacked small wasps, mites and
thrips. First instar Thiodina spent up to an hour consuming one midge,
compared to about five minutes for a mite or a thrips. Thrips were usually

Vol. 91. No. 5. November & December 1980 149

passed unnoticed. Citrus red mites were often rejected; of 1 7 adult and 1 7
nymphal mites attacked during the tests, only 2 adults and 8 nymphs were
eaten. The spiderlings also rejected scale crawlers, mealybugs and aphids,
and fled from ants. The prey did not have to move to be seen if it contrasted
strongly enough with the background. Spiderlings attacked apparently
motionless thrips, mites, midges, and on two occasions, small pieces of
bark. Larger instar Thiodina ate various flies, including Syrphidae,
Muscidae, Chironomidae and Empididae, and small moths such as
Tortricidae. They have been observed in other ecosystems eating lynx
spiders (B.T. Carroll, pers. comm.).

In one Lindcove orchard of young navel orange trees, Thiodina was
uncommon but another jumping spider, Phidippus johnsoni (G. & E.
Peckham), rarely taken in other orchards, was abundant. P. johnsoni
probably has a diet similar to that of Thiodina, although the spiderlings
were more apt to eat mites once captured. In one trial six out of six mites
captured were eaten. Larger individuals were observed eating flies and, in
one case, a small spider. Gravid P.johnsoni'were often found overwintering
in silken nests in litter or under boards.

Adult crab spiders, Misumenops lepidus (Thorell), occupied the
canopy in May and June, with the new generation apparent in June. No
feeding observations were made on citrus. In other crops such as cotton,
Misumenops spp. have been reported to eat predominantly flying insects
such as flies, wasps, bees, moths and bugs (Muniappan & Chada, 1970;
Whitcomb et al., 1963). Another crab spider, Xysticus californicus Keys.,
inhabited both the canopy and the litter. One female in a rolled leaf in the
canopy was guarding an egg sac in April.

The abundant sac spider Trachelas pacificus, was most prevalent in
both the canopy and the litter in the summer and fall, but juveniles and
adults were present year around. Since the litter is a population reservoir for
this spider, abundance of prey in the litter may influence abundance of
spiders in the canopy. These spiders usually spend the day in loose silk nests
in rolled leaves or other enclosed spaces. At night they wander rapidly over
the canopy, groping for primarily slow-moving or sessile prey such as thrips,
mites, insect eggs and lepidopterous larvae. During feeding trials young
spiders were very efficient at finding thrips, even under the fruit calyx, but
many thrips escaped by flying or dropping off the leaves. Of 43 contacts
observed, 19 or slightly less than half were successful captures. This is not
abnormally low for predators (Salt, 1967). Spiderlings ate up to six thrips
per hour so that each may eat a maximum of 50 thrips per night. Even at this
unlikely rate of predation, however, it is doubtful that enough spiders would
be present to control a rapidly increasing thrips population. On the other
hand, thrips, along with species of innocuous prey, might support a
population of sac spiders large enough to control a potential outbreak of
lepidopterous or other pests. In the laboratory young T. pacificus ate mites.

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Trichoplusia eggs (Noctuidae) and agromyzid flies. In one incidence of
cannibalism in the field a large individual ate a smaller one.

Chiracanthium inclusum (Hentz) (Clubionidae) and Aysha incursa
(Chamb.) (Anyphaenidae) occurred in the canopy of some orchards. After
extensive laboratory tests of A ysha sp. (identified as A. decepta Banks but
almost certainly A. incursa ) feeding on citrus thrips, Bravo-Mojica(1975)
concluded that this sac spider probably consumed a large number of thrips.
Peck (1970) has published a biology of C. inclusum.

The danger of sac spider predation may account in part for a curious
habit displayed by Thiodina, Misumenops and Oxyopes (see Cutler et al.,
1977). These diurnal vagrant spiders all spend the night hanging on a
dragline, in what might be termed "suspended bivouac" by analogy with the
similar practice of alpine climbers. The effectiveness of this defence was
proven in one instance when a large T. pacificus stumbled onto the end of a
bivouac line of an M. lepidus. The crab spider immediately cut the line and
dropped to safety. Not all diurnal vagrant spiders use "suspended bivouac".
P. johnsoni, for example, spends the night in a heavy silk retreat with
multiple entrances.

Among the canopy web-building spiders the most common were small
spiders of three families, each of which predominated in a different season.
Appearing first were Theridion leechi Gertsch & Archer (Theridiidae) and
other Theridion spp., which were abundant from March to May. They built
delicate sheet webs across a single leaf, catching primarily small flies,
midges and psocids, but also some thrips, tiny wasps, mites and aphids.
Following the Theridiids was a population of Erigone dentosa O. P.-
Cambridge (Linyphiidae) which appeared in the middle of May and lasted
into July. Erigone webs were usually spread over several leaves and snared
small flies, gnats, psocids, mites and other small insects. The last of the tiny
web-builders to appear were the Dictynidae. Dictyna reticulata Gertsch &
Ivie, abundant in some years from June through August, built irregular webs
across one or more leaves. Smiliar webs of D. calcarata Banks, found in
one year in July, caught numerous small flies and leafhoppers, and many
were covered with hundreds of male California red scale [Aonidiella
aurantii (Mask.)/

Thick sheet webs built by Hololena n. sp. (Agelenidae), a large funnel-
web spider common in many groves, contained various flies, midges,
parasitic wasps, small moths, psocids, leafhoppers, bugs, lacewings and
spiders. Hololena spiderlings, abundant in the spring, built tiny webs across
one or more leaves, resembling the webs of the common small web-building
spiders. Both adults and spiderlings hide in a tubular retreat and run on the
top of the web. At Lindcove, Hololena matured in October and later.

Several species of orbweb-weaving spiders were moderately abundant
in some groves. Uloborus diversus Marx (Uloboridae) built its delicate

Vol. 91, No. 5, November & December 1980 151

horizontal webs usually in the skirts of the canopy or in the fork of the trunk.
Some webs caught a few thrips. Tetragnatha versicolor Walck. (Tetrag-
nathidae) also built a horizontal orbweb but did not occur in large numbers.
Several species of Araneidae, which build vertical orbwebs, inhabited some
orchards, and more species will undoubtedly be found. A spring population
of Neoscona oaxacensis (Keys.) spiderlings occurred in one Riverside
orchard. Adults of this large spider appear in the fall (Chirri, 1977).
Cyclosa sp., a small spider which collected discarded prey, primarily small
flies, in a streak across the center of its orbweb, was active at Riverside in
the late spring.

Spiders were consistently abundant in citrus litter, but the species
composition differed widely from grove to grove. Litter faunas of some
orchards were characterized by one or more dominant species, such as
Scotinella cf. S. duncani Chamb. (Clubionidae), Spirembolus pusillus
Millidge (Linyphiidae) or Oecobius annulipes Lucas (Oecobiidae), that
were absent from other orchards. Glatz (1967) stated that the diet of O.
annulipes was exclusively formicine, but webs of this spider on buildings
often contain some flies as well as ants. The litter of most orchards
supported a large assemblage of spiders species from a variety of families.
Among the vagrants, Trachelas pacificus and Zelotes rusticus (L. Koch)
(Gnaphosidae) were usually abundant beneath the litter surface. In the
laboratory Z. rusticus ate some psocids, a major litter fauna component.
Wolf spiders (Lycosidae) ran on the surface of the litter around standing
water. The small Oardisa ranykisa (McCook) predominated during the
summer, whereas three larger species, Lycosa gosiuta Chamb.. Schizo-
cosa mccookii (Mont.) and Tarentula kochiiKeys., were more common
during the late fall and winter. Castianeira thalia Reiskind (Clubionidae)
juveniles were active in winter, maturing in the spring. A small jumping
spider, Pellenes formosus Banks (Salticidae), stalked flies on sunny litter
surfaces in the spring, summer and fall. Sitticus cf. S. callidus Gertsch &
Mulaik (Salticidae) was taken in pitfall traps throughout the summer and
fall. Web-building spiders of the litter included a large number of small
species in the families Linyphiidae and Dictynidae. Most of the Liny-
phiidae were uncommon or only seasonally abundant, but Erigone dentosa
was present year around, sometimes at extremely high densities. Dictyna
agressa Ivie and D. calcarata Banks were common, as were the slightly
larger spiders of the genus Tricholathys (Dictynidae). Tidarren haemorr-
hoidale(Bertkau) (Theridiidae) occasionally built a large web at the base of
a tree trunk.

DISCUSSION

Since most species of spiders in the citrus groves feed primarily on

152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

innocuous species of insects, the impact of spiders on citrus pests is
probably minimal. The one exception is the sac spiders (Clubionidae and
Anyphaenidae) whose prey includes a number of important pest species
such as Lepidoptera, mites and thrips. A recent experiment in Israel (David
Rosen, pers. comm.) on apple trees demonstrated that when all sac spiders,
primarily Chirac anthium sp., were removed from the trees the survival of
Spodoptera sp. (Noctuidae) caterpillars hatching from egg masses on cards
was very high, whereas if the spiders were left on the trees very few
caterpillars survived. Likewise it is possible that sac spiders are contribut-
ing to control of lepidopterous pests in California citrus groves.

The arboreal spider fauna observed in California citrus groves differed
notably from that observed by Muma (1975) in Florida. Among the
vagrants, only sac spiders were abundant in Florida citrus. Jumping spiders
were uncommon and lynx and crab spiders were very rare. The web-
building component was more similar to that of California, with Dictynidae,
Theridiidae and Uloboridae common, but Linyphiidae were seldom
abundant, Agelenidae were absent, and Araneidae were much more
abundant than in the California groves. Some of these differences may be
due to the biogeography of the spiders involved. For instance, Erigone
dentosa and the genus Hololena both have exclusively western ranges.
Other differences between the two faunas may be due to ecological or
agronomic factors.

List of Spiders Seen in California Citrus Groves

Family Records Habitat

Genus & Species

Filistatidae

Filistata geophila Chamb. & Ivie Lin. Litter

Oecobiidae

Oecobius annulipes Lucas Riv. Litter

Uloboridae

Uloborus diversus Marx Lin., Fre. Tree

Dictynidae

Dictyna agressa Ivie Lin.. Oro. Riv. Litter

Dictyna calcarata Banks Lin. Tree, Litter

Dictyna cf. D .joaquina Chamb. & Gertsch Lin. Litter

Dictyna reticulata Gertsch & Ivie Lin., Fre. Tree

Dictyna saepei Chamb. & Ivie Lin. Tree

Lin. = Lindcove, Tulare County; Oro = Orosi, Tulare County; Riv. = Riverside, Riverside
County; Fre. = Fresno County.

Vol. 91, No. 5. November & December 1980

153

Tricholathys hirsutipes (Banks)
Tricholathys jacinto Chamb. & Gertsch

Oonopidae

Orchestina moaba Chamb. & Ivie

Dysderidae

Dysdera crocata C. Koch

Pholcidae

Psilochorus sp. (juv.)

Theridiidae

Theridion leechi Gertsch & Archer
Theridion melanitnim Hahn
Theridion rabuni Chamb. & Ivie
Tidarren haemorrhoidale (Bertkau)

Linyphiidae

Erigone autumnalis Emerton
Erigone dentosa O. P. -Cambridge

Eperigone eschatologica Crosby
Grammonota gentilis Banks
Spirembolus phylax Chamb. & Ivie
Spirembolus proximus Millidge
Spirembolus pusillus Millidge
Spirembolus redondo {Chamb. & Ivie)
Walckenaeria spiralis (Emerton)

Araneidae

Araniella displicata (Hentz)
Cyclosa sp. (juv.)
Neoscona oaxacensis (Keys)

Tetragnathidae

Tetragnatha versicolor Walck.

Agelenidae

Hololena n. sp.
Hololena sp. (juv.)

Lycosidae

Lycosa gosiuta Chamb.
Pardosa ramulosa (McCook)
Pardosa californica Keys
Schizocosa mccookii (Mont.)
Tarentula kochii Keys.

Oxyopidae

Oxyopes salticus Hentz
Oxyopes scalaris Hentz

Gnaphosidae

Drassvllus insularis (Banks)
Poecilochroa cf. P. montana Emerton
Poecilochroa sp.
Zelotes rusticus ( L. Koch )

Lin., Oro.
Riv.

Riv.

Riv.

Lin.

Lin.
Lin.
Fre.
Lin.

Lin.

Lin., Oro.,

Fre., Riv.,

Lin.

Lin.

Lin.

Lin., Oro.

Lin., Oro.

Riv.

Lin.

Lin.
Riv.
Lin., Riv.

Lin.

Lin.
Riv.

Lin.. Riv.
Lin., Riv.
Lin.
Lin.
Lin.

Lin.

Lin., Fre., Riv.

Riv.
Riv.
Oro.
Riv., Oro., Lin.

Litter
Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Tree
Tree
Tree
Base of Trunk

Litter

Tree, Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Tree
Tree
Tree

Tree

Tree
Tree

Litter
Litter
Litter
Litter
Litter

Tree
Tree

Litter
Litter
Litter
Litter

154

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Zelotes n. sp.

Clubionidae

Agroeca trivittata (Keys)
Castianeira cf. C. crocata (Hentz)
Castianeira thalia Reiskind
Chiracanthium inclusum (Hentz)
Scotinella cf. S. duncani Chamb.
Trachelas deceptus (Banks)
Trachelas pacificus Chamb. & Ivie

Anyphaenidae

Aysha incursa (Chamb.)

Thomisidae

Misumenops lepidus (Thorell)
Misumenops sp. (J uv -)
Xysticus californicus Keys.

Philodromidae

Ebo pepinensis Gertsch

Salticidae

Metaphidippus vitis (Cock.)

Pellenes formosus Banks

Phidippus johnsoni (G. & E. Peckham)

Sitticus cf. S. callidus Gertsch & Mulaik

Thiodina cf. T. sylvana (Hentz)

Lin.

Lin., Oro., Riv.

Lin., Riv., Oro.

Lin., Oro.

Lin.

Riv.

Riv.

Lin., Oro., Riv.

Riv.

Lin.

Riv., Fre.
Lin., Oro., Riv.

Riv.

Riv.
Lin.

Lin., Riv.
Lin., Oro.
Lin., Fre., Riv.

Litter

Litter

Litter

Litter

Tree

Litter

Litter

Litter, Tree

Tree

Tree
Tree
Tree, Litter

Litter

Tree

Litter

Tree

Litter

Tree

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

My sincerest gratitude to Dr. Norman Platnick and Dr. Willis Gertsch for their aid in
identification of difficult specimens and to Dr. Robert F. Luck for his invaluable support and

advice.

LITERATURE CITED

Bravo-Mojica, H. 1975. Ecological studies on the citrus thrips, Scirtothrips cv'm(Moulton)

(Thysanoptera, Thripiidae), in southern California. Ph.D. Dissertation, University of

California, Riverside.
Chirri, A. 1 977. A quantitative study of the prey caught by a sample population ofNeoscona

oaxacensis (Keys.)(Araneae, Araneidae) in southern California. M.S. Thesis, California

State University, Long Beach.
Cutler, B., D.T. Jennings and M.J. Moody 1977. Biology and habitats of the lynx spider

Oxyopes scalaris Hentz (Araneae, Oxyopidae). Ent. News 88 (374): 87-97.
Glatz, L. 1967. Zur Biologic und Morphologic von Oecobius annulipes Lucas (Araneae,

Oecobiidae). Z. Morphol. Tiere 61: 185-214.
Morrill, W.J. 1975. Plastic pitfall tap. Environ. Entomol. 4(4):596.
Muma, M.H. 1975. Spiders in Florida citrus groves. Fla. Entomol. 58 (2): 83-90.
Muniappan, R. and H.L. Chada 1970. Biology of the crab spider Misumenops celer. Ann.

Ent. Soc. Amer. 63 (6): 1718-22.
Peck, W.B. and W.H. Whitcomb 1970. Studies on the biology of a spider, Chiracanthium

inclusum (Hentz) (Clubionidae: Araneae). Univ. Ark. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 753: 1-76.
Salt, G.W. 1967. Predation in an experimental protozooan population (Woodruffia-

Paramecium). Ecol. Monog. 37:113-44.
Whitcomb, W.H., H. Exline and R.C. Hunter 1963. Spiders of the Arkansas cotton field.

Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 565:653-60.

Vol. 91, No. 5, November & December 1980 155

TWO AGGREGATIONS OF CALOSOMA FRIGIDUM
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE) IN ONTARIO

DURING 1976 1

William J. Crins 2

ABSTRACT: Two aggregations of the carabid, Calosoma frigidum Kirby, are described
from Ontario. Large populations in Algonquin Park during June 1976 occurred concurrently
with large populations of a prey species, Operophtera bruceata (Hulst).-> Observations about
movements of the beetles within areas of high density are presented, and a high degree of flight
activity was particularly significant. The second aggregation involved a mass flight of C.
frigidum, and evidence is provided which suggests that meteorological factors were partly
responsible for the flight.

The Frigid Calosoma (Calosoma frigidum Kirby) is a large ground
beetle of wooded habitats (Gidaspow 1959). It is widespread throughout
southern Canada and the United States, occurring from Newfoundland to
British Columbia, and south to Georgia and Texas (Burgess and Collins
1917, Gidaspow 1959). In spite of the wide range occupied by this species,
little has been written regarding its movements or other aspects of its natural
history. This is surprising in light of the fact that this species, and members
of the genus Calosoma in general, are voracious predators of the larvae and
pupae of many forest Lepidoptera and, as such, are potentially important as
biological control agents. Poulin and O'Neil (1969) have shown that C.
frigidum may be an important predator of the introduced pestiferous slug,
Arion ater (L.).

The present note describes some of the features related to two separate
aggregations of C. frigidum in Ontario. The first involves an apparent close
relationship with a concurrent outbreak of a prey species; the second is
related to mass migration (cf. Johnson 1969).

1 . The Algonquin Park Aggregation

During the period of 4- 1 2 June 1 976, large numbers of C. frigidum were
observed in woodlands in Peck and Canisbay Townships, Algonquin
Provincial Park, Nipissing District, Ontario. The forests in which they were
found were generally dry mesic, sugar maple (Acer saccharum Marsh. )-
dominated woodlands over thin, loamy soils. These forests were being

1 Received June 6, 1980

Department of Biology, Erindale College, University of Toronto, Mississauga, Ontario.
Canada L5L 1C6.

'(Lepidoptera: Geometridae)

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 155-158

156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

defoliated by large populations of the Bruce Spanworm (Operophtera
bmceala ( Hulst) ). The beetles were observed only once in forests not fitting
the above description, and it seems likely that the abundant food source
available in the maple forests influenced the distribution of beetles within
the stands. In Alberta, C. frigidum also seems to be restricted to mature
forest stands (Dr. H. Goulet, pers. comm. 1978).

In Algonquin Park, many adult beetles were observed carrying O.
bruceata larvae in their mandibles. Although much of the foraging activity
occurred on the litter layer of the forest floor, many adult beetles were
observed climbing the trunks of trees and foraging on the branches and
foliage at heights of 7 meters or more above the forest floor. They were also
observed to fly from place to place beneath the canopy quite frequently. It is
interesting to note that Dr. Goulet (pers. comm. 1978) observed flight only
once during five summers of study in Alberta. It is possible that flight
activity is related to the type of prey being exploited. If a large number of
prey can be obtained on the ground, the need for flight is greatly reduced.
This could be so when cutworms (Lepidoptera:Noctuidae) serve as a food
source for C. frigidum, as in some of the Alberta studies. O. bruceatalarvae
are most abundant in the canopy levels in hardwood forests. Thus, although
some larvae were on the forest floor, a far larger pool of food was available
at higher levels in the forests in Algonquin Park, and this may account for
the high degree of flight activity observed there.

The beetles were no longer present after 1 2 June, presumably having
become dormant. Goulet (pers. comm. 1979) found that all adults had
become dormant by 15-20 June in his Alberta studies.

During the latter part of May and early June 1977, C. frigidum was
again common in the same hardwood forests in Algonquin Park, but O.
bruceata had almost disappeared. It is possible that C. frigidum was partly
responsible for this rapid decline.

2. The Lake Erie Aggregation

At approximately the same time as the Algonquin Park aggregation
discussed above, another, more spectacular aggregation occurred along the
north shore of Lake Erie in Elgin County, Ontario. An anonymous collector
provided the following note, which is located with a series of specimens, in
the collection of the Department of Environmental Biology, University of
Guelph.

"This species of Calosoma (i.e., frigidum) was found in excessive numbers in Iroquois
Beach Provincial Park on or about June 15, 1976. Specimens were first reported climbing
on swimmers. Observers reported that there were 'hundreds of thousands' of beetles in the
water, on the beach and 'were 5 beetles deep on the supports of the boat pier'."

Vol. 91, No. 5, November & December 1980 157

In all likelihood, this represents an example of a sudden mass flight, as
discussed by Johnson (1969). This type of flight is thought to be influenced
by meteorological factors. Six meteorological criteria for mass flights were
reviewed by Johnson (1969, p. 287). These are:

1 . The maximum temperatue on the day of the flight must equal or exceed
20C.

2. The average temperature must be greater than that of the previous day.

3. There can be no precipitation on the day of the flight.

4. There must be at least one hour of sunshine on the day of the flight.

5. The dew-point must be between 5C and 15C.

6. The atmosphere must be stable above approximately 5000 feet (ca.
1500 meters).

An analysis of weather maps for the week preceding the flight indicates that
a front was beginning to move into the Great Lakes region on 1 1 June. This
front became occluded just west of Lake Superior on 12 June, and by 13
June, the occlusion was centered over the lower Great Lakes. Violent
weather, in the form of tornadoes, torrential rains, and hailstorms, was
associated with this system from Chicago to Toronto (Atmospheric
Environment Service 1976, Taubensee 1976). On 14 June, the front
passed, and the lower Great Lakes region was situated in the warm sector.
Taubensee ( 1 976) also points out that the average temperatures from 7-20
June were several degrees (F) above normal. Thus, although data for all
six criteria are not at hand, it is apparent that at least three or four of the
criteria are fulfilled, and this circumstantial evidence suggests that the C.
frigidum flight might well have been influenced by meteorological factors.
Johnson (1969) suggested that mass flights actually form part of a
continuous event that remains unnoticed until special weather conditions
cause a mass exodus or concentrate insects that are already flying into
lower levels of the atmosphere. This may be true for some insect groups, but
mass flights have never before been documented for C. frigidum, and only
one report describes a possible mass flight in the genus Calosoma (Doane
and Schaefer 1971, for C. sycophanta (L.)). Those authors also com-
mented on the rarity of the event.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Henri Goulet, Biosystematics Research Institute. Ottawa, for generously
providing help and encouragement, in the forms of discussions, unpublished data, and
comments on the manuscript. D.H. Pengelly. University of Guelph, L.-C. O'Neil. Universite
de Sherbrooke. and A.V. Morgan, University of Waterloo, provided useful comments and/or
information relating to the beetles and the manuscript. I am grateful to J. Goltz for providing
field assistance in Algonquin Park, and to R.D. Strickland, Ontario Ministry of Natural
Resources, Whitney, for taking an interest in these beetles, and encouraging me to gather the
observations.

158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Atmospheric Environment Service. 1976. June. Weatherwise 29: 200-215

Burgess, A.F. and C.W. Collins. 1917. The genus Calosoma: including studies of seasonal

histories, habits, and economic importance of American species north of Mexico and of

several introduced species. U.S.D.A. Bull. No. 417. 124 pp.
Doane, C.C.and P.W. Schaefer. 1971. Field observations on the flight activity of Calosoma

sycophanta (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 64: 528
Gidaspow, T. 1959. North American caterpillar hunters of the genera Calosoma and

Callisthenes (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1 16: 229-343.
Johnson, C.G. 1969. Migration and dispersal of insects by flight. Methuen and Co., Ltd.

London. 763 pp.
Poulin,G. andL.-C.O'Neil. 1969. Observations sur les predateurs de lalimacenoire,/lr/o

ater (L.), (Gasteropodes, Pulmones, Arionides). Phytoprotection 50: 1-6
Taubensee, R.E. 1976. Weather and circulation of June 1976 - increasing drought in

California. Mon. Weath. Rev. 104: 1200-1205

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL

NOMENCLATURE

c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, SW7 5BD, United
Kingdom.

30th June, 1980
and 7th October, 1980
A.N.(S.) 114

The Commission hereby gives six months' notice of the possible use of its plenary powers
in the following cases, published in Bull. zoo/. Norn. Volume 37, part 2, on 1 9th June 1 980,
and would welcome comments and advice on them from interested zoologists. Cor-
respondence should be addressed to the Secretary at the above address, if possible within six
months of the date of publication of this notice.

1 175 Heterelis Costa, 1 887 (Insecta, Hymenoptera): proposed procedure for concluding the
case.

2048 Leptinotarsa Chevrolat, 1837 (Insecta, Coleoptera): revised proposals for con-
servation.

The following cases were published in Bull. zoo/. Nom. Volume 37, part 3, on 25th
September 1980.

2138 Sphinx tipuliformis Clerck, 1759 (Insecta, Lepidoptera), proposed conservation.

2139 Sesia andrenaeformis Laspeyres, 1801 (Insecta, Lepidoptera), proposed conser-
vation.

2149 Chermes fusca Zetterstedt, 1828 (Insecta, Homoptera) a secondary homonym in
Psvlla Geoffroy, 1762: proposed validation.

(Continued on page 160)

Vol. 91, No. 5, November & December 1980 159

NOTES ON CONIOPTERYGIDAE (NEUROPTERA)
FROM THE ETHIOPIAN REGION 1 2

Victor Johnsorr

ABSTRACT: Coniopteryx borealis Tjeder is recorded for the first time from the African
continent. A neotype is designated for Semidalis nigrivena Eraser, and its synonymy with
Semidalis mascarenica is confirmed.

Upon examining specimens of Coniopterygidae in the Illinois Natural
History Museum collection, two interesting specimens were found. These
were one male each of Coniopteryx borealis Tjeder and Semidalis
mascarenica Fraser.

The specimen of C. borealis was labelled "12 mi. sw. of Mateur,
Tunisia, Aug. 31, 1943, G.T. Riegel and J.H. Materne" and represents a
new country and continent record. This species was previously known from
Norway, Sweden, Findland, Denmark, Scotland, France, Germany,
Switzerland, Austria, Czechoslovakia, Romania and USSR (Meinander,
1972).

The second specimen is of interest because it confirms the synonomy of
Semidalis nigrivena with 5". mascarenica. Fraser described S. mascar-
enica from Madagascar (1952) and S. nigrivena from Reunion Island
(1957). The description of S. nigrivena was based on "a number of both
sexes but mostly males from the Rempart de Belouve, Reunion, 1-55,
collected by Dr. R. Paulian." He indicated that the type was deposited in
the Institute de Recherche Scientifique, Madagascar. Fraser gave as
inadequate description of both S. mascarenica and S. nigrivena and
indicated that the 2 species were very similar. He apparently considered S.
nigrivena to be a valid species based on its new insular distribution.

Meinander (1972) considered S. nigrivena a synonym of S. mascare-
nica from Madagascar. He concluded that the types of both species were
lost as they were not in the Institut de Recherche Scientifique, Madagascar,
British Museum (Natural History) or Museum National d'Histoire
Naturelle. The present specimen is genitalically identical to Meinander's
illustration of S. mascarenica; the collection data is identical to that of S.
nigrivena given by Fraser.

1 Received May 1 , 1 980

^The investigation reported in this paper (No. 80-7-50) is in connection with a project of the
Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with approval of the Director.

Formerly Research Assistant in the Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, Kentucky 40546. Current Address: USDA-APHIS-PPQ, Box 22277.
Lexington, Kentucky 40522.

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 159-160

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Since the holotype of S. nigrivena is apparently lost and there is a
specimen with identical collection data as the original type series, I hereby
designate the Illinois History Natural Survey specimen as a neotype of S.
nigrivena. Additionally, as the specimen is genetalically identical to S.
mascarenica, I concur with Meinander that until demonstrated otherwise,
S. nigrivena should be considered a synonym on S. mascarenica.

REFERENCES CITED

Fraser, F.E. 1952. New additions to the fauna of Madagascar, Odonata and Neuroptera.

Mem. Inst. Scient. Madagascar (E)l: 135-43.
Fraser, F.E. 1957. Odonata and Neuroptera of Reunion. Mem. Inst. Scient. Madagascar

(E)8:pp. 21-22.
Meinander, M. 1972. A revision of the family Conioptergidae. Acta Zool. Fennica. 136: 1-

357.

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL

NOMENCLATURE

(Continued from page 158)

2160 Lamprocabera Inoue, 1958 (Insecta, Lepidoptera), proposed designation of type
species.

2258 Ptinella Motschulsky, 1844, and Nephanes Thomson, 1859 (Insecta, Coleoptera),
proposed conservation.

2283 Aphis callunae Theobald, 1915 (Insecta, Aphidoidea), proposed conservation.

1583 Athyreus Macleay, 1819 and Glyptus Brulle, 1835 (Insecta, Coleoptera), proposed

conservation.

The following Opinions and Direction No. 108 have been published recently by the
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in the Bulletin of Zoological
Nomenclature, Volume 37, part 2, 19th June 1980.

Opinion No.

1 155 (p. 89) Saperda inornata Say, 1824 (Insecta Coleoptera): designation of a neotype by
the use of the plenary powers.

1157 (p. 96) Sphex viatica [sic] Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta Hymenoptera): designation of
lectotype.

The Commission regrets that it cannot supply separates of Opinions or Directions.

R.V. Melville
Secretary

Vol. 91, No. 5, November & December 1980 161

CARNIVORY IN EPHEMERELLA INERMIS

EATON NYMPHS
(EPHEMEROPTERA: EPHEMERELLIDAE) 1

Lynda D. Corkum

ABSTRACT: A photograph is presented of an Ephemerella inermis Eaton nymph with the
anterior portion of a Tanytarsini (Diptera: Chironomidae) larva protruding from its mouth.
Few unidentified animal fragments have been reported in gut contents of large nymphs of this
species, which is commonly a detritivore.

Ephemerellid nymphs are typically detritivores and/or herbivores,
however there have been occasional reports of animal fragments in the guts
of these mayflies (Hamilton, 1979). I collected an Ephemerella inermis
Eaton nymph with the anterior portion of a Tanytarsini larva protruding
from its mouth (Fig. 1 ) from the Highwood River, Alberta (50 47'00" N,
1 1 3 49' 1 3" W) on 1 2 June 1 979 at 2 1 30 h M.S.T. (water temperature was
15C). At the sample site, 133.1 km downstream from its source in the
Rocky Mountain Forest, the river is a 4th order stream. Here, the river (50
m wide and 1 047 m above m.s.l.) flows through hilly grassland. The nymph
was taken in a 3-min kick net sample (mesh opening = 1 80 microns) over a
stream bottom of shale, rock and sand; aquatic macrophytes were absent.
Although there was no overhanging vegetation, poplars, willow shrubs and
grasses were common beside the river. Streambank erosion was evident
upstream. At the site, mean current velocity and flow 3 cm above the
substrate (Gurley current meter) was 1.33 m/s and 0.79 m/s, respectively.

Mayfly nymphs (51.3%) and chironomid larvae (20.6%) dominated
the kick fauna. Of the mayflies, 35.5% were Ephemerella nymphs; 17.7%
of the chironomids were Tanytarsini larvae.

I analyzed the gut contents of 50 other E. inermis nymphs from the kick
sample (21 females: head capsule width = 1.39 mm 0.147, total body
length excluding caudal filaments = 6.76 mm 0.868; 29 males: HCW =
1.39 mm 0.195, TBL = 6.34 mm 0.947) similar in size to the
Ephemerella predator (male: HCW = 1.52 mm, TBL = 6.39 mm). Gut
contents of these other nymphs consisted of detrital particles; no evidence of
animal fragments were found. Hamilton (1979) reported that over 90% of
food ingested by all size classes of E. inermis nymphs was detritus.

Early workers considered that any animal fragments found in the guts of
ephermerellid nymphs were accidently taken (likely as dead matter) when

'Received May 27, 1980

^Department of Zoology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2E9

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 161-163

162

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

plant material was consumed (Percival & Whitehead, 1 929; Muttkowski &
Smith, 1929). Muttkowski and Smith (1929) reported that 18. 5% of the gut
contents of Drunella sp. nymphs and 3.7% of Ephemerella sp. nymphs
consisted of animal matter.

Carnivory among ephemerellid nymphs has most frequently been
reported in species of the genus Drunella: coloradensis, cornuta, doddsi,
flavilinea, grandis and spinifera (Gilpin & Brusven, 1970; Shapas &
Hilsenhoff, 1 976; Hamilton, 1979). Animal fragments have been shown to
dominate the gut contents of relatively large nymphs of only two species, D.
cornuta (Shapas & Hilsenhoff, 1976) and D. spinifera (Gilpin & Brusven,
1970; Hamilton, 1979). Identified prey contents of these species are
chironomid larvae and/or ephemeropteran nymphs. Few unidentified
arthropod fragments have been reported mE. inermis( Hamilton, 1 979), E.
inermis/infrequens, Serratella tibialis and Timpanoga hecuba (Gilpin &
Brusven, 1 970). From the photograph (Fig. 1 ), it is evident that a relatively
large E. inermis nymph can capture a dipteran larva.

Fig. 1. Photograph of Ephemerella inermis nymph with a Tanytarsini larva protruding from
its mouth.

Vol. 91, No. 5, November & December 1980 163

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I thank R.W. Mandryk and R.H. Seward for taking the photograph.

LITERATURE CITED

Gilpin, B.R. and M.A. Brusven. 1970. Food habits and ecology of mayflies of the St. Maries

River in Idaho. Melanderia, 4:19-40.
Hamilton, H. 1979. Food habits of ephemeropterans from three AJberta, Canada, streams.

Unpubl. M.Sc. thesis, Dept. of Zoology, University of Alberta, 207p.
Muttkowski, R.A. and G.M. Smith 1929. The food of trout stream insects in Yellowstone

National Park. Roosevelt Wild Life Ann. 2:241-263.
Percival, E. and H. Whitehead. 1929. A quantitative study of the fauna of some types of

stream-bed. J. Ecol. 17:282-314.
Shapas, T.J. and W.L. Hilsenhoff. 1976. Feeding habits of Wisconsin's predominant lotic

Plecoptera, Ephemeroptera, and Trichoptera. Great Lakes Entomol. 9:175-188.

MURRAY I. COOPER

We regret to announce the recent passing of Murray I . Cooper. He was a long time and active
member of the American Entomological Society, including service as President and Chairman
of the Finance Committee of the Society.

Dr. Cooper was a graduate of Cornell University and earned his PhD in Entomology from
the University of Illinois. He was a pest control entomologist and was active in several
professional organizations, including the Philadelphia Section of the Institute of Food
Technologists, the Society of Sigma Xi, the American Registry of Professional En-
tomologists and Pi Chi Omega. A World War II veteran, he was retired from the Army with
the rank of Captain. He is survived by his wife, the former Meta Flamberg who resides at 244
Buckboard Rd., Willow Grove, Pa. 1 9090, two daughters, a son, a sister, a brother and three
grandchildren.

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ADULT FEEDING IN TWO SPECIES OF
CHIRONOMIDAE (DIPTERA)

Richard M. Seward

For years it was reported that adult Chironomidae do not feed, and that
all energy for the adult functions of reproduction and dispersion was derived
through the catabolism of fat reserves which were accumulated during the
larval stage. Recent reports (Downes, 1974; Schlee, 1977) indicate adult
feeding on nectar and honeydew is widespread; indeed, between those two
sources, they list a total of 44 genera observed feeding. Downes (1974)
suggests this behavior prolongs adult activity, especially flight.

Recently, I observed hundreds of adult Chironomidae, both males and
females, feeding on droplets of sugary liquid which collected in the flowers
of an ornamental Rhododendron after a heavy rain (1 June 1980,
Pittsburgh, Pensylvania, U.S.A., 19:00 hours). At least two species were
present, Smittia sp. and Pseudosmittia sp.. Both genera have previously
been reported to feed on honeydew (Downes, 1974). Representative
specimens were collected and preserved in 70% ethyl alcohol.

Dissection of several females revealed the presence of immature
follicles in the ovaries. However, no fat bodies were evident in the
abdominal cavity. Together, these two observations indicate these females
had already oviposited the initial egg batch and were beginning to mature a
second batch. Most of the females collected were in this condition.
Presumably, female chironomids imbibe plant sugars to obtain the energy
needed for both oogenesis of subsequent egg batches and dispersion to
favorable sites for oviposition. Supportive of this, is evidence gathered
during my doctoral research (Seward, 1 980) which suggests the maturation
of additional egg batches is a common phenomenon. Likewise, presumably,
males feed to prolong their ability to produce sperm and locate potential
mates.

In light of these observations and evidence previously gathered, I feel
the importance of adult feeding in the Chironomidae on the reproductive
functions has not been realized. For many species, the intake of plant sugars
probably allows females to mature and oviposite additional egg batches and
males to sustain their reproductive function.

REFERENCES

Downes, J.A. 1974. The feeding habits of adult Chironomidae. Ent. Tidskr., Suppl., 95: 84-

90.
Schlee, D. 1977. Florale and extraflorale nektarien sowie insektenkot aln nahrungsquelle fur

Chironomidae - imagines (und andere Diptera). Stuttgarter Beitr. Naturk., Ser. A, 300,

146.
Seward, R.M. 1980. A study of fecundity in the Chironomidae with emphasis on intra- and

inter-specific variability in primary follicle number. Ph. D. Thesis. Univ. of Pittsburgh,

Pittsburgh, PA.

Deceived August 19, 1980

Department of Biological Sciences and the Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, University
of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA 15260

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 164

Vol. 91, No. 5. November & December 1980 165

DISTRIBUTION OF LEAFHOPPERS IN

SUBFAMILIES CICADELLINAE AND

GYPONINAE (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) IN

WEST VIRGINIA 1 2

J.W. Begley, L. Butler 3

ABSTRACT: A statewide survey of leafhoppers (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) conducted
during 1978 and 1979, confirmed the presence of 40 species of cicadellids in the subfamilies
Cicadellinae and Gyponinae. This paper represents the first systematic study of West
Virginia's leafhopper fauna.

Until the present study, there have been no published surveys on
leafhoppers found in West Virginia. This paper represents the first attempt
to survey this state's fauna of cicadellids at the subfamily level.

The results reported herein are from a study initiated in May, 1 978, with
field collections made during the summers of 1978 and 1979. Sixteen
species of Cicadellinae and 24 species of Gyponinae have been recorded
from 45 of West Virginia's 55 counties.

The following distribution records include county, location, date
collected, collector, and present disposition of the specimen(s) if other than
West Virginia University.

LIST OF GENERA AND SPECIES

Subfamily CICADELLINAE
Tribe Proconiini

Genus Paraulacizes Young

P. irrorata (Fabricius): BERKELEY, Martinsburg, 5-VIII-77, PC, BOONE, Greenwood, 1-
VI-79, LB. GILMER, Cedar Ck. S.P., 4-VII-77, LB. GRANT, Seneca Rocks, 1 2-X-75, PL.
GREENBRIER, Jet. 39/Summit Lk. Rd., 14-VI-79, LB. HARDY, Rig., 4-VIII-79, LB.
HARRISON, Shinnston, 20-IX-72, LM. JEFFERSON, 15-VI-79, CS. KANAWHA,
Hernshaw, 7-IX-79. LB. LINCOLN. Big Ugly P.H.A., 27-VI-79. LB. LOGAN, Chap-
manville, l-VI-79, LB. MCDOWELL, Panther S.F., 22-VI-79. LB. MINGO, Laurel Ck.
P.H.F.A., 14-VI-79, LB. MONONGALIA, Morgantown, 15-IX-74. MB. OHIO, Bear
Rock LK.. 18-IV-78, MR. PRESTON. Reedsville. 2-IX-?. POCAHONTAS. Droop Mtn..

'Received July 15, 1980

"Published with approval of the Director of the Agricultural and Forestry Experiment Station
as Scientific Article No. 1648.

~ Division of Plant and Soil Sciences - Entomology West Virginia University, Morgantown
26506

ENT. NEWS 91(5): 165-169

166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2-IX-?. RITCHIE, Harrisville, 29-V